Skip to main content

Full text of "Mount St. Mary's College 1978-1980"

See other formats 


"The se  precious  years  should  be  aimed  toward  being 
a  better  person,  a  happier  person,  a  more  productive  person! 


Sister  Magdalen  Coughlin 
President,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://archive.org/details/mountstmaryscollOOmsmr 


Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  a  small,  Catholic,  liberal  arts  college, 

primarily  for  women.  We  stress  these  four  distinctions,  because 

they  are  vital  in  helping  you  decide  whether  we  are  right  for  you. 

Our  size  is  important.  We  are  small  enough  for  each  student  to  be 
an  individual  who  matters.  Small  enough  for  us  to  know  your  name, 
and  to  call  you  by  it.  Small  enough  for  you  to  be  a  face,  not  a  number. 

Our  Catholic  heritage  matters.  It  puts  you  in  touch  with 

questions  of  substance  about  the  universe,  people,  God,  yourself. 

It  shapes  our  values  and  will  affect  yours.  It  will  not  restrict  you.  If 

you  happen  not  to  be  Catholic,  you  will  not  feel  out  of  place  here. 

Our  liberal  arts  emphasis  gives  dimension  to  life.  It  will  open  doors  for 
your  eyes  and  ears,  and  for  your  heart  and  mind  and  soul. 

Though  men  are  welcome  in  our  departments  of  nursing  and  music, 

we  are  a  women's  college.  We  nurture  the  difference 

between  women  and  men,  even  as  we  prepare  you  to  enjoy  and 

contribute  to  and  excel  in  the  world  of  both. 

In  the  next  pages,  we  will  try  to  show  you  who  we  are.  We  have  tried 
to  be  as  candid  as  possible.  Your  life  is  precious,  and  we  want 

you  to  make  as  much  of  this  gift  as  possible.  If  we 
are  right  for  you,  and  you  for  us,  we  can  enrich  each  other. 


Welcome  to  the  Mount! 


Walking  across  the  campus,  you  notice  first 
the  friendliness.  Whether  you're  with  a  student  or 
a  secretary  or  a  Sister,  everyone  you  meet  smiles 
and  speaks.  It's  a  good  feeling. 

Look  into  a  classroom,  and  you  discover 
another  mark  of  the  Mount.  Classes  are  small.  The 
atmosphere  is  involved,  intense,  highly  personal. 
Learning  is  obviously  of  paramount  importance. 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  unique,  even  as 
you  are.  We  hope  our  description  and  photographs 
will  be  helpful  to  you  in  determining  whether  it  is 
right  for  you.  And  vice  versa. 
The  bare  facts. 

Mount  St.  Mary's  was  founded  in  1925  by  the 
Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  of  Carondelet.  The  school  was 
dedicated  to  educating  women  within  a  Catholic, 
liberal  arts  tradition.  Though  many  things  about 


"When  I  started  at  Doheny  last  fall,  my  goal  was  to  get  my 
A. A.  degree  and  become  a  legal  secretary.  The  school  helped  me 
get  a  job  in  a  law  firm.  This  was  good  experience,  mainly 
because  it  made  me  realize  I  wouldn't  be  all  that  happy  as  a  legal 
secretary.  I  took  the  Career  Planning  class,  and  now  I'm  going 
to  work  for  my  bachelor's  in  Business  at  Chalon,  and  go  into 
advertising.  Dr.  Sawchuk  really  helped  me  -she's  a  fantastic 
person."  Lynne  Broderick,  1979,  A. A.,  Business. 


"I  feel  I'm  ready  to  leave.  I 
think  the  Mount  has  given 
me  enough  background  to  go 
out  and  make  my  own  life. 
One  thing  I've  really  learned 
here  is  you  can  do  what  you 
want  to  do.  You  just  figure 
it  out  and  you  put  your  mind 
to  it,  and  you  can  do  things 
the  way  you  want  to  do  them 
as  long  as  they're  not 
completely  and  utterly  crazy." 
AnneZachary,  1978,  B.S., 
Nursing. 


"When  we  came  here  as  fresh- 
men, we  rushed  down  to 
Bullock's  to  buy  matching 
bedspreads,  and  we  couldn't 
wait  to  get  them.  We  kept 
checking  with  Receiving.  One 
day,  we  went  down  and  ex- 
plained to  the  Sister  who  was 
there  that  we'd  been  expecting 
this  package  for  days.  She  said 
she'd  certainly  look  into  it.  A 
few  hours  later,  she  delivered 
it  to  our  room.K  It  turned  out 
she  was  the  college  President, 
and  she'd  just  happened  to  be 
in  Receiving  that  afternoon!" 
Katina  Zaninovich,  1978,  B.S., 
Nursing. 

the  college  have  changed  since  1925,  our  reason  for 
existence  has  not. 

On  the  Chalon  Campus  in  Brentwood,  we 
offer  four-year  courses  of  study  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science, 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  and  Bachelor  of  Music. 

At  our  Doheny  Campus,  in  the  heart  of 
downtown  Los  Angeles,  we  offer  two-year 
Associate  Degree  programs,  as  well  as  Community 
Outreach  activities  which  involve  students  in  social 


action  and  fieldwork,  both  on-campus  and  off. 

Also  at  Doheny,  men  and  women  may  earn 
graduate  degrees  and  advanced  teaching 
credentials. 
A  very  personal  place. 

To  say  that  Mount  St.  Mary's  is  a  personal 
college  is  an  understatement.  With  some  250 
undergraduate  students  at  Doheny,  and 
approximately  650  at  Chalon,  it's  easy  to 
understand  why  life  is  on  a  first- name  basis. 

With  one  faculty  member  for  each  11 
students,  you  will  benefit  from  far  greater  personal 
concern  for  your  academic  performance  than  you 
would  find  at  larger  colleges. 

This  smaller  size  also  allows  greater 
opportunities  for  you  to  express  your  talents  and 
develop  leadership. 

You  will  find  many  opportunities  to  know 
your  professors  outside  the  classroom.  You  will  be 
invited  to  their  homes  for  discussion  and  dessert 
after  lectures  or  programs,  for  honor  society 
initiations,  and  for  departmental  parties. 


You  may  also  work  with  faculty  members  on 
special  projects,  including  research,  Model  United 
Nations,  chamber  music  concerts,  and 
organizations  such  as  Athenaeum.  These 
experiences  can  be  among  the  finest  educational 
advantages  available  to  you  at  Mount  St.  Mary's. 
A  diverse  student  body. 

You  will  learn,  too,  from  your  fellow 
students.  They  come  from  many  states,  including 
Alaska  and  Hawaii.  Approximately  11  percent  are 
from  other  lands,  such  as  Japan,  Hong  Kong, 
Central  and  South  America,  India,  and  Africa. 

About  one-half  are  Catholic,  with  all  the 
other  major  faiths  represented  in  the  other  half. 
Blacks,  Orientals,  Spanish- Americans,  and 
American  Indians  make  up  over  one-fourth  of  our 

"My  sister  attended  Mount  St.  Mary's  and  I  decided  to  come 
here,  too.  Being  from  Africa,  I  like  the  small  size  of  the  school, 
and  the  friendliness.  I  don't  think  I'd  have  done  as  well 
anywhere  else.  I  have  a  scholarship  for  graduate  work  at  Notre 
Dame,  and  I  think  I'm  ready  for  that,  because  of  the  Mount." 
Cecilia  Diaz,  1978,  B.S.,  Biochemistry. 


rtJ 


student  body.  About  ten  percent  are  women 
returning  to  school  after  an  absence  of  several 
years. 

The  chance  to  exchange  points  of  view  and 
make  friends  with  people  whose  backgrounds  are 
different  from  your  own  will  deepen  your 
understanding  of  the  world  and  society. 
And  when  you  need  it,  help. 

If  you  face  an  academic  problem,  a  faculty 
advisor  is  here  to  discuss  it  and  counsel  you. 
Personal  guidance  is  available  when  you  feel  the 
need  to  talk  over  an  individual  dilemma. 

Your  special  questions  can  be  answered  by 
someone  in  our  Academic  Counseling  Center 
where  you  will  also  receive  assistance  in  planning 
your  schedule  and  discussing  your  choice  of  major. 

If  you  find  yourself  having  trouble  with  your 
classes,  you're  not  unique.  We  offer  group  sessions 
with  suggestions  on  time  management,  reading, 
note  taking,  and  preparing  for  exams.  Individual 
counseling  is  also  available. 

"After  getting  my  degree  from  Doheny,  I  transferred  to  Chalon, 
where  I'm  working  for  my  bachelor's  in  Business.  On  both 
campuses,  classes  are  really  small,  so  you  get  lots  of  attention. 
But  they  don't  smother  you  and  they  don't  baby  you." 
Bernadette  Gonzaque,  1977,  A. A.,  Business,  now  at  Chalon. 


"After  about  two-and-a-half 
years  in  Nursing,  I  decided  I 
wanted  to  change  to 
American  Studies.  My 
department  chairman  and 
teachers  helped  me  design  my 
major  and  they  worked  with 
me  so  I  could  apply  as  many 
of  my  credits  as  possible.  A 
larger  school  couldn't 
possibly  be  that  flexible.  I 
really  appreciate  their 
counseling."  Mary  Anne 
McAlea,  1979,  B.A., 
American  Studies.  Student 
Body  President,  1978-79. 


Campus  Ministry  offers  spiritual  counseling, 
retreats,  liturgical  celebrations,  interfaith 
discussions,  prayer  groups,  and  social  action.  A 
full-time  chaplain  and  campus  minister  together 
staff  the  Campus  Ministry  Office. 

Should  you  become  ill,  medical  services  are 
available  at  both  campuses.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
preventive  medicine. 
A  strong  academic  program. 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers  29  majors 
and  four  different  baccalaureate  degrees  at  Chalon. 
The  two-year  Associate  in  Arts  degree  from  the 
Doheny  Campus  may  be  earned  with  seven 
specializations.  These  are  all  described  in  detail,  in 
succeeding  pages. 

Our  college  has  a  proud  tradition  of  academic 
excellence,  a  tradition  we  guard  jealously.  We 
choose  our  faculty  members  carefully,  and  support 
them  with  encouragement  and  the  best  of  physical 
facilities. 

But  far  more  important  than  their  academic 
credentials,  they  are  enthusiastic,  sympathetic,  and 
dedicated  men  and  women,  whose  primary 
commitment  is  to  teaching. 


Plan  your  own  major. 

Because  of  your  special  interests,  you  may 
wish  to  combine  one  or  more  areas  of  study.  Our 
individualized  major  allows  you  to  design  your 
own  course  of  study,  with  the  supervision  of  a 
faculty  committee.  For  example,  if  you  are 
interested  in  public  relations,  you  may  wish  to 
build  a  program  combining  classes  in  journalism 
and  writing,  business,  psychology,  and  sociology. 

Or  perhaps  you  would  like  to  investigate  a 
special  topic  in  depth.  You  may  draw  up  a  proposal 
for  independent  study,  with  the  help  of  a  faculty 
sponsor.  When  approved,  you  study  on  your  own, 
reporting  at  intervals  to  the  faculty  member  for 
guidance. 
The  rewards  of  leadership. 

Everyone  talks  about  how  important 
leadership  is.  Our  Leadership  Program  specifically 
develops  and  rewards  this  attribute. 

"I  was  editor  of  the  college  paper  last  year,  and  we  raised  some 
questions  about  the  way  some  students  were  being  treated. 
Finally,  the  administration  met  and  decided  to  hold  an  open 
forum.  The  President  and  the  Dean  and  a  lot  of  the  staff  were 
there.  We  got  answers  and  things  that  couldn't  be  answered 
were  looked  into.  Nothing  got  swept  under  the  rug.  I  don't 
think  this  could  have  happened  in  most  schools."  Valerie 
Holcomb,  1979,  B.A.,  English. 


"I  had  heard  about  the  Mount  through  a  friend  of  my  parents.  I 
decided  to  come  here  basically  because  of  the  size  -  J  like  a 
smaller  school  -and  the  people  I  met  here  the  first  time  I . 
visited.  They  were  really  outgoing.  There's  a  lot  of  support  here 
for  you."  Chris  Potvin,  1978,  B.A.,  English. 


If  you  have  held  responsible  positions  in 
your  school,  community,  or  church,  you  may  be 
eligible.  If  you  are  chosen  for  the  program,  you 
may  also  apply  for  a  scholarship  ranging  from  $50 
to  full  tuition. 

Leadership  students  take  part  in  programs  to 
nurture  their  special  skills  through  study  and 
practice.  As  a  member  of  the  program,  you  will 
attend  workshops  on  how  to  delegate 
responsibility,  how  to  motivate  groups  of  people, 
how  to  provide  constructive  criticism  and  support. 
You  will  have  the  opportunity  of  working  with 
successful  women  leaders  on  and  off  campus. 

This  program  can  prove  invaluable  in 
preparing  you  for  a  satisfying  and  successful  role  in 
your  community,  your  career,  and  in  your  home. 

For  further  information,  and  an  application 
for  the  award,  contact  the  Admissions  Office. 


One  college,  two  campuses. 


Laura  Ortiz  relaxes  on  Chalon  Campus.  Reassuring  sign  tells  you  you're  on  the  Brady  Hall,  one  of  two  dorms  on  Chalon. 

right  road  to  Chalon. 


Doheny  mansion,  which  lends  its  name  and  character  to 
downtown  campus. 


-».  m 

Ancient  trees  provide  a  backdrop  of  serenity  to  Doheny 

Campus  trio.  ^Hl 


Four  years  after  the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  of 
Carondelet  established  Mount  St.  Mary's,  the 
college  moved  to  56  acres  in  what  was  then  a 
remote  location  in  the  Santa  Monica  Mountains, 
high  above  the  distant  outskirts  of  Los  Angeles. 
The  campus  borrowed  its  name  from  Chalon  Road, 
which  winds  up  to  it  via  Bundy  Drive  from  Sunset 
Boulevard. 

In  1962,  a  second  campus  became  part  of  the 
college.  This  is  the  Doheny  Campus,  15  acres  on 
the  former  estate  of  oil  millionaire  Edward  L.  and 
Countess  Estelle  Doheny,  very  near  the  heart  of 
the  Los  Angeles  Civic  Center. 

Vastly  different  in  architectural  character,  the 
two  campuses  share  many  qualities.  Both  offer  a 
great  degree  of  tranquility,  especially  conducive  to 
learning.  Yet  both  are  just  a  few  minutes  away 
from  all  the  urban  amenities  of  one  of  the  world's 
most  exciting  cities. 
Chalon:  On  a  clear  day  .  .  . 

If  not  forever,  you  can  certainly  see  one  of 
the  most  spectacular  views  in  Southern  California. 
The  Pacific  stretches  to  infinity.  The  Santa  Monica 
Mountains,  guarding  the  campus,  remind  you  that 
we  share  this  world  with  deer  and  hawks  and 
coyotes.  Below,  UCLA,  Century  City,  and  the  busy 
freeways  reassure  you  that  all  the  fascinations  and 
frustrations  of  the  20th  Century  are  waiting. 

The  architecture  is  Spanish,  white  masonry 
with  red  tile  roofs,  graceful  arches,  timeless  serenity. 
The  Campus  Circle,  an  island  of  flowers,  is  the  hub 
from  which  all  Chalon  buildings 
radiate:  the  chapel, 


the  classroom  building,  dormitories,  administration 
building,  Coe  Library,  and  the  new  Jose  Drudis- 
Biada  Art  Building.  Behind  the  residence  hall, 
tennis  courts  and  an  Olympic-sized  pool  offer 
welcome  respite  from  classes. 
Doheny:  One  step  back  .  .  . 

The  Doheny  Campus,  within  minutes  of  the 
Music  Center,  Chinatown,  Olvera  Street,  USC,  and 
the  Museum  of  Natural  History,  takes  you  back  to 
the  elegance  of  the  1890s.  But  its  academic  eyes 
are  firmly  fixed  on  the  21st  Century. 

A  private  residential  development  for 
decades,  Chester  Place  lies  between  Adams 
Boulevard  on  the  south  and  23rd  Street  on  the 
north.  The  Doheny  mansion  dominates  the  street, 
just  as  its  owners  once  dominated  its  social  life. 

Today,  this  house  remains  much  as 
Countess  Doheny  left  it,  with  stained  glass 
windows,  marble  floors  and  columns  and  mantels, 
and  the  great  Tiffany- domed  Pompeian  Room. 
Yet  change  has  come  to  Chester  Place.  Classrooms 
occupy  the  mansions.  The  chalet  serves  as  a 
library.  A  gracious  old  home  listens  as  students 
practice  their  music  and  rehearse  their  nursing 
skills.  In  gardens  where  a  USC  Chancellor  once 
strolled,  neighborhood  children  swing  and  play  in 
the  sand  and  learn  the  wonders  of 
nature  from  a  pet  rabbit. 


Ventura  Frw 


Rose  Bowl 


Pacific  Palisades 


Getty 
Museum 


Chaloi 
Campu 


c,\^ 


.»«s 


Hollywood  Oq> 


Pacific  Ocean      ^   Brentwood!^ 
Santa  Monica    \  ^ 


\ 


Beverly  L- A.  County 

'  UCLA        Hills  Museum 

Westwood 


Santa  Monica  Frwy 


% 

Dodger   \%^^^ 
Stadium  \>T 


<£^r        Center 


Catalina  Island 


>heny  Campus 

USC  i 


San  Bernardino  Frwy 


EastL.A. 


Pomona  Frwy 


>* 


/v, 


Student  life. 


Many  things  to  do. 

How  will  you  spend  your  time  outside  the 
classroom  and  the  laboratory?  Do  you  have  a 
special  interest  in  the  arts?  Join  the  Mount  Chorus 
and  Orchestra.  Take  a  role  in  the  production  of  the 
school  play,  either  on-stage  or  off. 

Students  publish  a  yearbook  and  a  school 
newspaper  called  View.  Writers  and  editors  and  art 
directors,  proofreaders  and  "go-fers"  are  always  in 
demand. 

The  Jose  Drudis-Biada  Art  Gallery  frequently 
offers  a  fascinating  exhibition  of  superb  paintings, 
sculpture,  weaving,  ceramics,  or  serigraphs. 


Studio  in  the  new  Jose  Drudis-Biada  Hall  at  Chalon  is  an 
inspiration  for  artists,  with  its  perfect  light,  great  space,  and 
excellent  technical  facilities.  Building  also  contains  spacious 
galleries,  offices,  and  well-equipped  classrooms. 


Chalon  students  laze  beside  outdoor  swimming  pool. 

"I  must  be  crazy  -I  could  still  be  sleeping."  Early 
morning  joggers  from  the  Chalon  Campus  give 
San  Vicente  Boulevard  a  run  for  its  money. 


Government  of  the  students  .  .  . 

The  Associated  Student  Body  shapes  the 
social,  cultural,  recreational,  and  religious  activities 
of  the  college  to  serve  students'  needs  within  the 
framework  of  the  administrative  philosophy.  Five 
committees  assess  student  priorities,  mediate 
among  the  various  interests,  and  allocate  funds 


Two  kinds  of  bread.  A 
number  of  studen  ts  find  jobs 
in  the  campus  cafeteria, 
helping  to  pay  for  their 
education. 


Olvera  Street,  where  Los 
Angeles  began  nearly  two 
centuries  ago,  is  a  favorite 
attraction  for  Doheny 
students. 


from  its  annual  budget. 

This  governing  body  runs  the  Fine  Arts 
Festival,  the  Fleur  de  Lis  and  Graduation  Balls,  Red 
Cross  blood  drives,  and  fund-raising  campaigns  for 
such  worthy  charities  as  Los  Nirios  Orphanage. 
They  also  arrange  special  group  tours  —  ski  trips, 
back-packing  expeditions,  and  weekend  excursions 
to  nearby  attractions. 

The  small  size  of  the  college  makes  it  entirely 
feasible  for  you  to  find  a  role  in  this  student 
government,  if  you  are  interested.  In  fact,  one 
priority  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  to 
encourage  the  development  of  leadership  qualities 
through  organizations  of  this  type. 
Social,  professional,  and  service  groups. 

You  may  wish  to  join  professional 
organizations  relating  to  your  academic  major. 
There  are  many  —  Student  California  Teachers' 
Association;  Student  Nurses'  Association  of 
California;  Women  in  Consumer  Studies;  Women 
of  Management  and  Enterprise;  the  American 

James  Delahanty,  Professor  of  Political  Science,  (right),  and 
Ronald  J.  Oard,  Professor  of  History  and  Political  Science,  are 
among  MSMC's  most  enthusiastic  tennis  contenders.  Both 
Chalon  and  Doheny  Campuses  boast  excellent  courts. 


m'  .  /  __. 


w  & 


Chemical  Society  Student  Affiliates;  and  Phi  Alpha 
Theta,  which  is  associated  with  the  American 
Historical  Society  —  to  name  just  a  few. 

Pi  Theta  Mu  is  a  service  organization  whose 
members  work  as  hostesses  for  on-campus  events. 
Kappa  Delta  Chi  is  a  local  social  sorority,  which 
arranges  its  own  cultural  and  social  events. 
Campus  Ministry  also  organizes  students  to  help 
out  within  the  community  in  places  such  as  the 
House  of  Hospitality,  which  serves  meals  to  the 
hungry  of  the  inner  city. 

You  may  wish  to  become  a  member  of 
Athenaeum.  This  group  attends  the  diverse  and 
excellent  theatre  in  the  Los  Angeles  area,  at 
attractively  reduced  rates. 


Behveen-classes  break,  Doheny  Campus. 

Plus  other  pleasures. 

On  both  the  Chalon  and  the  Doheny 
Campuses,  you'll  find  tennis  courts  and  at  Chalon 
a  swimming  pool,  to  help  you  stay  in  shape.  The 
hiking  trails  in  the  Santa  Monica  Mountains  at 
Chalon  are  challenging  and  exhilarating.  At  the 
beginning  of  each  term,  you  may  sign  up  for  sports 
such  as  gymnastics  and  softball.  With  enough 
interest,  sailing,  horseback  riding,  and  scuba 
diving  may  be  available. 

And  as  you  can  see,  the  proximity  of  our 
campuses  to  UCLA  and  USC  results  in  other 
pursuits. 


Brahms  would  probably  have  felt  at  home  in  the  Pompeian 
Room  of  the  Doheny  mansion,  setting  for  a  May  concert  by  The 
Women's  Chamber  Ensemble,  which  opened  with  four  of  his 
songs.  Siena  marble  pillars  and  floor,  and  furniture  copied  from 
Pompeian  pieces  in  a  Rome  museum,  inspired  the  present  name 
of  the  room,  originally  known  as  the  Palm  Court.  Louis 
Comfort  Tiffany  designed  the  Favrile  glass  dome  which  encloses 
the  once-open  court. 


Officially,  it's  Prague  Hall,  the  Doheny  student  residence.  But 

Where  will  you  live? 

Chalon  has  two  residence  halls.  Brady  Hall 
has  large  rooms  with  high  ceilings,  many  with 
balconies.  The  newer  Carondelet  Hall  has  more 
compact  rooms,  with  built-in  desks  and 
bookshelves.  Each  accommodates  about  150 
residents,  with  both  single  and  double  rooms. 
Basic  furnishings  are  provided,  but  you  may 
furnish  and  decorate  your  room  as  you  wish. 

Each  floor  of  these  dorms  has  a  lounge, 
which  is  the  center  of  activities.  Students  gather 
here  for  monthly  meetings  to  thrash  out  problems, 
elect  representatives  to  Residence  Council,  and 
plan  events.  Many  floors  hold  monthly  parties. 

Resident  assistants  work  with  the  staff  to 
oversee  all  house  activities.  These  are  junior, 
senior,  or  graduate  students  chosen  on  the  basis  o 
their  maturity  and  ability  to  work  with  others. 


occupants  call  it  "the  Castle." 

Doheny  has  on-campus  rooms  in  one  house, 
which  its  27  occupants  call  "the  Castle."  The  red 
stone  Victorian  building  is  distinguished  by  its 
three-story  tower  and  a  wide  veranda  that  curves 
around  the  entire  house.  As  on  Chalon,  social  life 
here  is  informal  and  easy-going. 

After  you  are  accepted  by  the  college, 
residence  request  forms  are  sent  to  you.  Early 
application  is  advisable,  because  rooms  are  filled 
on  a  first-come,  first-served  basis. 

About  half  the  students  at  Chalon,  and  90 
percent  at  Doheny  commute.  Commuter  student 
needs  are  given  careful  consideration  at  both 
campuses.  The  college  also  provides  a  service  to 
match  commuters  from  the  same  area  who  want  to 
car-pool  on  either  a  short-term  or  long-term  basis. 
f 


Santa  Monica  Pier  and  friend  provide  The  best  view  in  town.  Two  Chalon 

happy  respite  from  academic  grind  for  one    Campus  residents  greet  the  dawn  from 
MSMC  student.  their  sleeping  quarters  on  top  of  a  building. 


For  students  at  Chalon,  the  Pacific  Ocean 
is  much  more  than  a  magnificent  view. 
It's  also  a  playground. 


"I've  been  working  in  a  doctor's  office  since  I  started  at  Doheny 
last  year.  It's  good  experience,  and  makes  it  possible  for  me  to 
stay  in  school.  I'll  get  my  A.  A.  in  Business  in  May,  1979,  and 
then  I  want  to  get  my  bachelor's.  At  Doheny,  they  work  with 
you  to  make  sure  you  succeed.  I  know  in  other  schools,  they  just 
have  big  lecture  classes  and  they  can't  take  the  time  to  help 
you."  Emily  Gonzales,  1979,  A. A.,  Business. 


"I  came  from  a  public  high  school,  and  Mount  St.  Mary's  is 
really  different.  If  you're  absent,  they're  concerned.  They  want 
to  know  why  you're  out,  and  if  you're  having  problems,  they 
want  to  help  you.  It's  really  more  like  a  family  than  a  college. 
I'm  working  for  a  bank  now.  I'll  get  my  A. A.  in  Business  next 
year,  and  get  a  job  as  a  legal  secretary. "  Letitia  Delgadillo 


vj     Chalon  Campus  student 


In  the  filtered  sunlight  of 
finds  the  bed  in  her  Chester  Place,  a  guardian 

Carondelet  Hall  room  the  lion  naps  peacefully,  smiling 

ideal  place  for  concentration.       as  he  recalls  another  era. 


Staying  ahead  of  the  healthy  appetites  at  Doheny  keeps  George 
and  Andrea  hard  at  work  in  the  kitchen  -  but  still  smiling! 


If  only  these  walls  could  talk!  Victorian  mantel  and  lamp 
contrast  sharply  with  animated  conversation  between  two 
occupants  of  "the  Castle,"  as  students  have  nicknamed  Prague 
Hall,  a  Doheny  Campus  mansion  which  has  been  converted  to 
student  residence. 

In  Father  Sylvester  Ryan, 
Mount  St.  Mary's  students 
find  a  friend,  counselor,  and 
chaplain.  He  also  serves  as  a 
Lecturer  in  Religious 
Studies. 


Academic  Programs. 


Sister  Magdalen  Coughlin 
President,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 


From  our  President. 

Few  times  have  been  more  exciting,  more 
challenging  to  a  young  woman  than  today.  Your 
opportunities  for  influencing  the  world  you  live  in 
are  almost  without  limit. 

But  that  opportunity  carries  responsibility, 
and  your  responsibility  right  now  is  to  fulfill  your 
own  potential.  This  is  where  the  right  college  can 
make  a  difference. 

For  over  half  a  century  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  has  been  making  a  difference  in  the  lives  of 
our  students.  This  difference  flows  from  what  the 
Mount  is  —  a  Catholic,  liberal  arts  college, 
primarily  for  women.  The  Catholic  tradition 
provides  a  value  orientation  for  one's  personal  and 
professional  life  as  well  as  a  motivation  for  a 
Christian  commitment  that  views  professional  life 
as  service. 

We  emphasize  liberal  arts  because  we  believe 
that  education  should  greatly  enrich  your  own  life 
and  every  life  that  touches  yours.  We  believe 
fiercely  in  the  promise  of  the  individual  student 
and  in  her  responsibility  to  improve  her  own  time, 
that  each  individual  can  gain  a  knowledge  of  truth, 
can  recognize  and  create  beauty,  and  can  be  a  vital 
agent  of  love  and,  therefore,  justice  in  her  time. 

Finally,  we  offer  an  environment  in  which 
you  can  learn  to  be  a  leader.  At  a  time  in  history 
when  women  are  finding  more  opportunities  than 
ever  before  to  shape  events,  we  believe  it  is 
imperative  that  the  art  of  leadership  be  developed. 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College  will  encourage  you,  will 
guide  you,  and  will  give  you  the  opportunities  and 
the  setting  in  which  you  can  develop  your  potential 
to  its  greatest,  and  then  we  will  urge  you  to  make  a 
difference  in  whatever  milieu  becomes  yours.  We 
believe  you  will  graduate  from  the  college  a  better 
person,  a  happier  person,  and  a  more  productive 
person. 


u^fe,  ^jtyaUL,  (***jlL; 


Associate  in  Arts  Degree  Programs: 
Doheny  Campus 

Associate  Degree  programs,  conducted  on 
the  Doheny  Campus,  prepare  you  for  immediate 
entry  into  a  career,  or  for  transfer  to  a  baccalaureate 
degree  program. 

If  your  interest  lies  in  earning  a  bachelor's 
degree,  the  transfer  program  is  ideal. 

Degrees  are  offered  in  Art,  Business, 
Nursing,  Pre-School  Teaching,  and  Liberal  Arts,  as 
well  as  in  Respiratory  Therapy  and  Physical 
Therapy  Assistant. 
Art  —  Doheny 

This  program  provides  basic  preparation  for  a 
beginning  career  in  commercial  art,  or  for 
transferring  to  a  B.A.  or  B.F.A.  program.  Small 
classes,  taught  by  practicing  artists,  develop  a 
comprehension  of  basic  design.  Students 
particularly  enjoy  the  converted  carriage  house 
which  serves  as  a  working  studio. 

Special  Experience  classes,  tailored  to  your 
career  goals,  combine  field  work  with  studio 
projects  to  provide  practical  experience. 

"I  try  to  give  assignments 
that  students  can  deal  with 
personally,  so  they  can  get 
involved  conceptually .  I 
encourage  them  to  draw 
upon  their  own  backgrounds 
to  come  up  with  solutions  for 
class  problems.  We  hope  they 
come  away  from  their  courses 
in  art  knowing  that  there's 
more  to  art  than 
craftsmanship.  There  are 
ideas."  Jake  Gilson, 
Assistant  Professor  of  Art. 


•A3fX 


/ 


se\  ■» 


Business  —  Doheny 

The  combination  of  practical  secretarial  skills 
with  business  management  fundamentals  prepares 
you  for  immediate  employment  as  an  executive, 
legal,  or  medical  secretary,  or  administrative 
assistant.  In  addition,  classes  in  history,  literature, 
and  psychology  will  enrich  your  entire  life. 

As  a  background  for  further  development, 


you'll  take  courses  in  business  management, 
business  law,  and  mathematics  for  business.  In 
your  sophomore  year,  you'll  serve  an  internship  in 
a  business  firm,  law 
office,  or  health  care 
facility,  to  bridge  the 
gap  between  class- 
room and  office.  This 
often  leads  to 
permanent  employ- 
ment. 

Sister  Marie  Loyola  Sanders, 

CSJ,  Assistant  Professor  of 

Business,  planned, 

organized,  and  administers  the  A. A.  Business  program,  and 

designs  from  20  to  25  semester-long  internships  for 

Doheny  students. 

Liberal  Arts  —  Doheny 

If  you  are  undecided  on  career  goals,  or  if 
you  wish  a  career  that  combines  many 
specializations,  this  program  may  be  ideal.  Your 
advisor  will  help  you  design  your  own  program  to 
meet  the  general  requirements  for  an  Associate  in 
Arts  Degree. 

In  this  way,  you  may  explore  a  variety  of 
fields,  or  select  courses  to  develop  the  special  skills 
you  need.  As  you  do,  you  may  wish  to  work  with 
the  Office  of  Career  Planning  counselors. 
Nursing  —  Doheny 

This  program  combines  clinical  nursing 
courses  with  classes  in  psychology,  sociology,  and 
religious  studies,  to  develop  both  technical  skills 
and  human  understanding.  The  content  of  classes 
is  based  upon  the  Roy  Adaptation  Level  Theory  of 
Nursing,  which  stresses  respect  for  the  patient  as  a 
human  being. 

At  the  program's  completion,  you  will  be 
granted  an  Associate  in  Arts  Degree,  and  be 
eligible  to  take  the  California  State  Board 
examination  for  a  registered  nurse  (RN)  license.  If 
you  are  an  LVN  and  have  taken  required 
prerequisite  classes,  you  may  wish  to  inquire  about 
challenging  the  first-year  clinical  courses. 


Respiratory  Therapy  —  Doheny 

Whenever  breathing  is  impaired,  the 
Respiratory  Therapist,  for  which  this  program 
prepares  you,  helps  doctors  restore  normal  heart 
and  lung  functions.  The  human  services  core  of 
this  program  helps  you  deal  with  the  fears  of 
patients  confronted  by  strange  equipment.  Clinical 
classes  develop  required  technical  skills,  and  allow 
you  to  apply  your  skills  in  a  health  care  facility. 
Your  two  years  will  prepare  you  for  the  year  of 
practice  required  before  taking  the  exam  to  become 
a  Registered  Respiratory  Therapist. 

Or  you  may  transfer  to  Chalon  to  earn  a 
bachelor's  degree  in  a  related  field.  For  example,  a 
major  in  Health  Services  Administration  within  the 
Business  Department  could  develop  the  abilities 
needed  to  become  administrator  of  the  Respiratory 
Therapy  service  in  a  hospital. 
Physical  Therapy  Assistant  —  Doheny 

Under  the  direction  of  a  Registered  Physical 
Therapist,  the  Physical  Therapy  Assistant  helps 
people  with  disabilities  caused  by  age,  accident, 
illness,  or  birth  defects. 

Special  courses  and  actual  experience  in  a 
clinical  setting  will  help  you  develop  both  the 
professional  skills  and  the  understanding  needed 
to  work  constructively  with  patients  and  other 
medical  specialists.  Upon  graduation,  you  will  be 
qualified  to  work  in  hospitals  and  nursing  homes, 
or  to  continue  at  Chalon  to  become  a  Registered 
Physical  Therapist  with  a  baccalaureate  degree. 
Pre-School  Teaching  —  Doheny 

This  program  will  enable  you  to  teach  in  a 
private  nursery  school,  in  Head  Start  programs,  in 
Los  Angeles  County  Unified  School  District 
Children  Centers,  or  in  a  family  day-care  home. 

Throughout  the  program,  classroom  learning 
is  integrated  with  experience  in  the  Child 
Development  Center  on  campus.  Even  before  your 
semester  of  supervised  teaching,  you'll  work  with 
three-  and  four-year  olds.  You  may  choose  the 
bilingual  program,  with  its  four  semesters  of 
Spanish,  or  a  special  program  concentrating  on  the 
needs  of  handicapped  children.  These  choices 
widen  employment  opportunities  in  Southern 
California. 


"From  their  very  first  course,  our  Education  students  at 
Doheny  gain  first-hand  experience  with  three-  and 
four-year-old  children.  We  have  about  50  youngsters  from  the 
neighborhood  in  our  Child  Care  Center.  Working  and  observing 
and  interacting  with  them  complements  the  theory  our  students 
learn  in  class.  It's  a  rare  opportunity." 
Sister  Imelda  D'Agostino,  CSJ,  Instructor  in  Education. 


Bachelor  Degree  Programs : 
Chalon  Campus 

On  the  Chalon  Campus,  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  conducts  all  of  its  four-year  Bachelor 
Degree  programs.  These  comprise  29  majors,  and 
combine  a  strong  liberal  arts  foundation  with 
preparation  for  a  wide  diversity  of  careers  or  for 
graduate  study. 

The  degrees  offered  by  these  programs 
include  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science, 
Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  Music,  and 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  with  a  major  in  Art. 
American  Studies  —  Chalon 

Exploring  the  influences,  past  and  present, 
which  have  affected  American  character, 
experience,  and  institutions,  this  major  offers  an 
excellent  foundation  for  a  career  in  government, 
business,  economics,  political  writing,  teaching,  or 
law.  Introductory  classes  in  English,  history,  and 
sociology,  with  emphasis  upon  American 
approaches  to  these  subjects,  provide  a  basis  for 
specialized  upper  division  studies  in  American  art, 
business,  history,  music,  and  philosophy. 

You  will  be  encouraged  to  serve  an  internship 
in  political  science  or  government  service.  This  may 
take  you  into  local  law  firms,  legal  aid  societies,  or 
the  offices  of  California's  senators  or  congressmen. 
Art  —  Chalon 

The  Art  program  presents  art  as  an  essential 
activity  of  man,  and  provides  professional  training 
if  you  wish  a  career  as  an  artist  or  art  teacher.  You 
may  earn  either  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  a  Bachelor  of 
Fine  Arts.  Both  programs  begin  with  courses  in 
drawing,  design,  painting,  and  art  history.  Areas 
of  study  are  also  available  in  photography,  graphic 
design,  printmaking,  figure  drawing,  weaving, 
fiber  arts,  ceramics,  and  sculpture.  The  B.F.A. 
student  will  choose  an  area  of  concentration  which 
leads  to  an  exhibit  at  the  end  of  her  senior  year. 

Jose  Drudis-Biada  Hall  offers  excellent 
facilities  including  modern  equipment  and  spacious 
studios. 
Biochemistry  —  Chalon 

An  interdisciplinary  study  of  biological 
sciences,  chemistry  and  physics,  this  major 


introduces  you  to  the  minute,  fundamental  life 
processes.  It  offers  excellent  preparation  for 
graduate  study  if  you  wish  a  career  as  a  doctor, 
dentist,  pharmacist,  veterinarian,  or  biochemist. 

You  prepare  for  the  major  with  classes  in 
biological  dynamics,  general  and  organic 
chemistry,  mathematics  analysis,  and  physics.  In 
your  junior  and  senior  years,  you  study  genetics, 
cellular  physiology,  qualitative  organic  analysis, 
and  advanced  biochemistry.  You  will  have  the 
chance  to  do  independent,  original  research,  an 
opportunity  rarely  offered  to  undergraduates. 


Marie  Zeuthen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Biological  Sciences,  is  a 
Mount  St.  Mary's  graduate,  and  has  been  on  the  faculty  for 
over  15  years.  Her  expertise  in  Medical  Technology  is 
particularly  helpful  in  arranging  student  placements  and 
hospital  internships  for  students  in  this  field. 

Biological  Sciences  —  Chalon 

This  major  allows  you  to  examine  the 
behavior  of  living  cells,  organs,  and  systems,  and 
learn  how  to  modify  or  control  their  function.  You 
explore  their  origins  and  development,  and 
investigate  their  interaction  with  other  living 
things. 

These  studies  will  prepare  you  for  careers  in 
environmental  control,  medical  or  dental  schools, 
teaching,  pharmaceutical  companies,  medical 
technology,  research  or  graduate  school. 


Business  —  Chalon 

You  may  specialize  here  in  one  of  the  two 
fastest-growing  fields  in  private  industry: 
management  and  accounting.  In  Business 
Administration,  you'll  study  various  types  of 
companies  and  the  functions  they  perform: 
advertising,  public  relations,  personnel 
management,  and  marketing.  In  Accounting,  you 
will  learn  to  solve  the  various  problems 
accountants  handle,  regardless  of  the  size  of  the 
firm. 

In  both  programs,  you'll  have  the 
opportunity  as  a  senior  to  do  an  internship  with 
the  type  of  organization  that  interests  you. 
Chemistry  —  Chalon 

This  major  provides  you  with  a 
comprehension  of  the  principles  of  chemistry, 
opening  the  doors  to  careers  in  the  chemical 
industry  and  allied  fields  of  food,  petroleum,  and 
textiles.  Women  chemists  work  as  laboratory  and 
research  assistants,  technical  writers,  research 
librarians,  and  chemical  analysts.  Or  you  may  go 
on  to  a  career  in  health  or  education,  industrial 
management,  or  patent  law. 

You  may  earn  either  a  B.A.  or  a  B.S.  in 
Chemistry.  If  you  plan  on  graduate  study  or 
medical  school,  a  B.S.  is  recommended. 

Throughout  your  study,  you'll  enjoy  small 
classes  and  personalized  laboratory  instruction. 
Child  Development  —  Chalon 

A  major  in  Child  Development  prepares  you 
to  help  pre-school  and  primary  school  children 
learn  and  grow.  Graduates  work  in  day  care 
centers,  nursery  schools,  and  community  agencies, 
or  go  on  to  advanced  study  in  social  work  or 
psychology.  The  program  is  interdisciplinary, 
giving  you  a  broad  understanding  of  the  needs, 
abilities,  and  emotional  responses  of  the  small 
child.  As  an  area  of  special  emphasis,  you  will 
choose  consumer  studies,  psychology,  or 
sociology. 

You  will  be  encouraged  to  take  classes  to 
expand  your  own  creativity,  and  will  spend  time 
working  with  young  children  for  first-hand 
experience. 


Consumer  Studies  —  Chalon 

This  major  helps  you  become  a  more  careful 
consumer,  better  able  to  conserve  your  resources  in 
the  marketplace  and  at  home.  It  offers  a  number  of 
career  options.  You  may  enter  consumer  relations 
in  business,  government,  or  specialize  in  consumer 
journalism,  with  a  Consumer  Affairs  emphasis.  For 
retailing,  advertising,  journalism,  and  public 
relations,  choose  Fashion  Merchandising.  The 
Home  Economics  emphasis,  plus  the  requirements 
for  the  California  teaching  credential,  qualifies  you 
to  teach  this  subject. 

Whatever  your  choice,  you'll  have  the 
opportunity  for  an  internship.  In  many  cases,  this 
had  led  to  full-time  employment. 

Dr.  F.  Roman  Young  has 
been  a  faculty  member  and 
advisor  in  the  Education 
Department  since  the 
mid-1950s.  For  the  ten  years 
preceding  his  retirement  in 
1978,  he  served  as  Chairman 
of  the  department.  His 
philosophy  and  dedication 
have  been  major  factors  in 
building  the  department's 
reputation  in  academic 
circles. 


Education  —  Chalon 

The  Diversified  major  concentrates  on 
English,  natural  sciences,  social  sciences,  and  the 
fine  arts  to  prepare  you  to  teach  in  elementary 
school.  It  leads  to  the  Preliminary  Multiple  Subject 
Teaching  Credential.  You  will  take  18-21  units  in 
each  area.  Classes  such  as  Communication  and 
Mathematics  will  develop  teaching  techniques,  and 
you  will  also  work  as  a  student  teacher  for  one 
semester. 

The  Single  Subject  Major  leads  to  the 
Preliminary  California  Single  Subject  Credential  for 
secondary  school  teaching.  You  will  complete 
requirements  for  an  academic  major,  plus 


education  courses,  and  student  teaching. 

You  may  remain  a  fifth  year  to  earn  a  Life 
Credential. 


"Our  internship  program  is  unique,  because  we  work  with  our 
students,  evaluating  their  abilities  and  challenging  their 
direction.  They  are  given  leads  which  they  must  pursue,  setting 
up  their  own  interviews  and  following  through  on  them.  Then 
they  submit  a  proposal,  establishing  their  own  goals  and  criteria 
for  performance.  Aftenvard,  they  evaluate  their  internship .W 'e 
have  women  in  airlines,  insurance,  banking,  personnel,  and 
department  stores.  We're  not  just  paying  lip  service  to  practical 
experience.  We're  actually  making  every  intelligent  effort  to  help 
our  students  build  an  economic  base  from  which  to  pursue  their 
values."  David  Leese,  Ph.D.,  Chairman  of  Business 
Department. 

English  —  Chalon 

English  majors  work  as  journalists,  writers, 
and  reporters  for  radio  and  TV,  advertising  writers, 
public  relations  specialists,  editors,  and  technical 
writers.  With  a  double  major  in  Business,  you  may 
enter  private  industry. 

Classes  in  writing  sharpen  your  technical 
competence  and  develop  your  personal  style.  The 
study  of  literature  presents  a  wide  variety  of 
human  motivations,  while  critical  analysis  of 
literary  works  trains  you  to  organize  your 
thoughts. 

During  your  senior  year,  you  may  take  an 
internship,  applying  your  skills  in  writing  grant 
proposals,  raising  funds,  or  working  in  advertising. 


French  —  Chalon 

This  major  will  bring  you  to  proficiency  in 
speaking,  reading,  and  writing  French,  the 
traditional  diplomatic  language.  French  literature 
and  history  will  help  you  understand  the  nation's 
values  and  philosophy. 

The  major  can  lead  to  careers  in  translation 
and  diplomatic  services,  as  well  as  education,  the 
travel  industry,  or  with  a  multi-national  company. 
Courses  cover  the  language  thoroughly,  French 
literature,  theatre,  history,  and  composition. 

Gerontology  —  Chalon 

This  explores  the  biological,  environmental, 
social,  and  psychological  aspects  of  aging  in 
American  society.  It  is  an  increasingly  important 
area  because  of  today's  greater  life  expectancy. 

Classes  in  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences 
include  General  Psychology,  Sociological 
Perspectives,  Developmental  Psychology,  and 
Biology  of  Aging.  You  will  also  take  courses  such  as 
Psychology  of  Development  and  Aging, 
Psychology  of  Disability  and  Adjustment, 
Sociology  of  Aging,  Art  or  Music  Therapy,  Death 
and  Dying,  and  Bioethics.  Then  you  will  practice 
what  you've  learned  by  working  with  the  elderly  in 
a  health  care  facility. 

History  —  Chalon 

History  provides  a  good  foundation  for  a 
career  in  law,  business,  government,  or  teaching.  It 
begins  with  courses  in  Western  Civilization, 
American  Government,  Political  Concepts,  and 
Cultural  and  Historical  Geography.  In  your  junior 
and  senior  years,  three  classes  will  be  in  U.S. 
history,  three  in  European  history. 

As  a  History  major,  you  may  wish  to  become 
a  delegate  to  the  Model  United  Nations.  Each 
participating  school  is  assigned  a  country  to 
represent  at  the  national  conference  in  New  York. 
After  studying  the  country's  politics,  society, 
economy,  and  foreign  policy,  you  will  speak  for 
that  nation  during  a  simulated  session  of  the  U.N. 

International  Business  —  Chalon 

This  major  blends  courses  in  international 
business  management,  finance,  and  leadership 
training  with  the  language  and  culture  of  the 


Western  world.  Classes  and  seminars  in  business 
law,  personnel,  international  marketing,  and 
business  management  will  develop  management 
skills.  You  will  acquire  proficiency  in  either  French 
or  Spanish,  along  with  a  liberal  arts  base.  The 
program  includes  an  internship  with  a  government 
agency  or  an  international  firm,  either  here  or 
abroad. 

A  B.A.  in  International  Business  prepares 
you  for  a  career  with  an  international  firm  or  in 
government  service,  the  travel  industry, 
advertising,  or  transportation. 
Mathematics  —  Chalon 

Because  mathematical  theorems  and 
equations  define,  clarify,  and  even  predict  events 
in  the  physical  universe  and  in  our  social 
environment,  a  Mathematics  major  may  choose  to 
be  a  statistician,  actuary,  data  processor,  and  with 
further  training,  an  engineer,  computer 
programmer,  or  systems  analyst.  Women  are  in 
great  demand  in  these  areas. 

You'll  take  Mathematical  Analysis  I  and  II  as 
preparation.  Then  in  your  junior  and  senior  years, 
you'll  take  eight  advanced  courses,  including 
Topics  in  Geometry,  Advanced  Calculus,  Real 
Analysis,  and  Modern  Algebra. 
Medical  Technology  —  Chalon 

If  you  enjoy  using  your  hands  and  mind 
precisely,  a  career  as  a  medical  technologist  will 
allow  you  to  perform  vital  tests  and  interpret  their 
results.  A  major  in  Biological  Sciences  with  a 
Medical  Technology  emphasis  prepares  you  for  this 
specialty. 

Following  the  Biological  Dynamics  sequence 
of  classes  in  your  first  two  years,  you  will  study 
Medical  Bacteriology,  Immunology,  Genetics,  and 
Cellular  Physiology.  As  a  senior,  you'll  do 
independent  research.  After  earning  your  B.S.,  you 
will  serve  a  one-year  internship  in  a  hospital 
laboratory  to  be  eligible  for  the  California 
examinations  to  become  a  licensed  Medical 
Technologist. 


"Our  teachers  are  very  available  to  our  music  students.  One  of 
our  most  talented  girls  had  gone  to  a  big  Eastern  school,  and 
from  there  to  Paris  for  a  year.  When  she  came  to  us,  she  was 
very  disheartened  because  she  hadn't  found  the  kind  of  personal 
teaching  she  knew  she  needed  to  develop.  She's  really  bloomed 
here,  because  she's  gotten  lots  of  attention  from  teachers  who 
want  to  see  her  make  the  most  of  her  talent." 
Sister  Teresita  Espinosa,  CSJ,  Associate  Professor  of  Music. 

Music  —  Chalon 

Here  you  may  earn  either  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
or  Bachelor  of  Music  degree.  Both  programs 
combine  individual  instruction,  solo  and  ensemble 
performance  with  classroom  study,  discussions, 
and  lectures,  to  provide  a  wide  range  of  musical 
learning.  For  the  B.A.,  two-thirds  of  your  study 
must  be  in  the  liberal  arts,  placing  music  in  the 
context  of  one's  search  for  truth  and  beauty,  and 
combining  music  with  other  interests.  The  B.M. 
prepares  you  to  be  a  performing  artist,  conductor, 
composer,  teacher,  church  musician,  or 
musicologist.  Two-thirds  of  your  classes  will  be  in 
music. 

In  either  program,  you  may  choose  an 
emphasis  in  Performance,  Music  Education,  Music 
History,  or  Music  Theory.  B.M.  students  may  also 
focus  on  Church  Music. 
Nursing  —  Chalon 

To  develop  the  technical  skills,  clear 
thinking,  and  compassion  for  the  whole  patient, 


this  program  combines  a  broad  education  in  liberal 
arts  and  sciences  with  rigorous  clinical  training, 
based  on  the  Roy  Adaptation  Level  Theory  of 
Nursing. 

The  first  two  years  are  spent  on  campus  in 
preprofessional  studies,  combined  with  liberal  arts, 
to  deepen  your  knowledge  of  man.  Both  junior  and 
senior  years  are  devoted  primarily  to  the  Nursing 
major,  with  work  as  a  nurse  in  clinical  settings.  The 
program  qualifies  you  to  take  the  California  State 
Board  examination  to  become  a  Registered  Nurse. 
At  graduation,  you'll  also  be  qualified  for  the 
Public  Health  Nursing  Certificate,  and  for  graduate 
study  in  surgical,  pediatric,  and  psychiatric 
nursing. 

The  Roy  Adaptation  Level 
Theory  of  Nursing,  which  is 
now  a  part  of  the  curriculum 
of  many  schools  throughout 
this  country  and  Canada, 
took  its  name  from  Sister 
Callista  Roy ,  CSJ ',  Chairperson 
of  the  Nursing  Department 
at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 
She  is  herself  a  graduate  of 
the  Mount.  "This  Theory 
emphasizes  the  patient's 
abilities  to  deal  with  his  own 
problems.  The  nurse 
reinforces  and  strengthens 

these  abilities,  so  that,  ideally,  the  patient  emerges  from  his 

illness  better  able  to  cope." 

Philosophy  —  Chalon 

This  major  trains  you  to  think  logically  and 
be  aware  of  the  implications  of  your  statements.  It 
is  excellent  preparation  for  any  career  requiring 
careful  analysis  of  situations,  precise  expression  of 
ideas,  and  a  clear  grasp  of  issues.  Students 
working  toward  careers  in  law,  business, 
government,  or  religion  study  Philosophy,  often 
with  a  double  major  in  English,  Business, 
American  Studies,  or  Religious  Studies. 

The  major  begins  with  such  courses  as  Logic: 
Structures  of  Reasoning,  Knowledge  and  Reality, 


Values  and  Human  Existence.  As  a  junior  and 
senior,  you'll  choose  from  Metaphysics,  Theory  of 
Knowledge,  Contemporary  Moral  Problems, 
Philosophy  of  Science,  Existentialism,  Aesthetics, 
and  History  of  Philosophy. 
Physical  Therapy  —  Chalon 

This  major  trains  you  in  rehabilitation  skills 
to  help  people  with  disabilities  make  the  fullest  use 
of  their  physical  capacities.  The  program  includes 
basic  science  classes,  plus  courses  to  help  you 
understand  the  emotional  needs  of  patients.  Junior 
and  senior  year  classes  develop  skills  in  the  various 
types  of  therapy  to  improve  patients'  physical 
functions. 

You'll  work  in  a  clinical  setting,  designing 
programs  with  other  health  care  specialists  and 
learning  to  supervise  assistants.  The  major 
prepares  you  for  the  year  of  practice  needed  for 
taking  the  exam  to  become  a  Certified  Registered 
Physical  Therapist. 
Political  Science  —  Chalon 

Politics  can  help  you  understand  how  the 
government  affects  you  and  how  you  can  affect  it. 
It  can  lead  to  a  career  in  public  administration, 
education,  community  organizations,  business, 
and  politics. 

You  will  investigate  political  theory, 
institutions,  international  relations,  comparative 
politics,  and  public  law  as  they  relate  to  historical 
developments  and  to  today's  political  world.  You 
may  combine  this  program  with  a  major  in 
American  Studies,  History,  or  Business.  During 
your  senior  year,  you  will  be  able  to  take  an 
internship  in  an  elected  official's  office.  You  may 
also  serve  as  a  delegate  to  the  Model  United 
Nations  (described  under  History). 
Pre-Law  —  Chalon 

Because  government  regulations  control  so 
many  areas  of  our  lives,  the  study  of  law  can  be 
endlessly  useful.  The  legal  profession  also  gives 
women  access  to  power  in  many  walks  of  life. 

Law  schools  require  certain  courses,  but  do 
not  specify  a  major,  so  you  may  choose  from  a 
wide  variety  of  fields.  Majors  in  American  Studies, 


Business,  Consumer  Studies,  English,  History, 
Foreign  Languages,  Philosophy,  Politics,  Science, 
Psychology,  Social  Science,  and  Sociology  may 
apply  to  law  schools.  The  Pre- Law  Program 
requires  Accounting,  Logic:  Structures  of  Reasoning, 
and  Symbolic  Logic. 
Pre-Medical,  Pre-Dental  —  Chalon 

If  you  wish  to  become  a  doctor  or  dentist, 
Mount  St.  Mary's  offers  excellent  preparation  for 
the  competitive  world  of  professional  schools. 
First,  you  have  a  choice  of  majors:  i.e.,  Biological 
Sciences,  Biochemistry,  and  Chemistry.  The 
Biological  Sciences  Department  has  a  special 
Pre-Medical,  Pre-Dental  emphasis. 

You  will  also  be  able  to  do  research,  working 
closely  with  faculty  members.  This  can  prove 
invaluable.  Perhaps  most  important  of  all,  your 
liberal  arts  education  will  help  you  understand 
your  patients  as  human  beings. 

Discuss  your  career  goals  with  the 
department  chairperson. 
Psychobiology  —  Chalon 

You  will  examine  the  relationships  between 
the  biological  makeup  and  the  behavior  of  the 
human  personality.  As  the  name  of  the  major 
suggests,  courses  concentrate  heavily  upon  both 
Biological  Sciences  and  Psychology.  As  a  junior 
and  senior,  you  will  choose  12  courses  in  these  two 
fields,  including  Endocrinology,  Experimental 
Psychology,  and  Physiological  Psychology.  You 
will  also  be  encouraged  to  participate  in  a  clinical 
practicum  in  Psychology. 
Psychology  —  Chalon 

This  major  focuses  upon  the  study  of 
emotion,  learning,  motivation  and  personality  as 
interacting  human  processes.  You  will  explore 
theories  of  personality  formation,  of  mental  health, 
and  of  counseling. 

Psychology  is  an  excellent  foundation  for 
graduate  study  for  anyone  interested  in  becoming  a 
practicing  psychologist.  It  is  helpful,  too,  in 
business,  law,  social  work,  education,  and 
medicine. 


Courses  include  Experimental  Psychology, 
Personality,  Human  Learning,  Social  Psychology, 
Physiological  Psychology,  Abnormal  Psychology, 
and  Counseling.  As  a  senior,  you  will  practice  the 
techniques  you've  learned  in  a  mental  health  facility. 

"Two  factors  make  Religious  Studies  especially  challenging 
today:  first,  the  hunger  for  religious  experiences,  as  shown  by 
prayer  groups,  meditation  courses,  and  self-improvement 
programs;  and  second,  the  growing  acceptance  of  how  much 
women  can  offer  the  church  in  responsible  roles.  It's  an  exciting 
time  to  be  in  this  field!"  Sister  Joan  Henehan,  CSJ,  Assistant 
Professor  of  Religious  Studies. 


Religious  Studies  —  Chalon 

Here  is  a  chance  to  explore  the  various 
theological,  ethical,  and  spiritual  ideas  with  which 
people  have  responded  to  the  mystery  of  life  and 
their  relationship  with  God.  You  will  investigate 
Hebrew  and  Christian  scriptures;  Eastern,  Jewish 
and  Protestant  theological  thought;  and  the 
Catholic  tradition. 


This  program  will  prepare  you  for  a  career  in 
various  kinds  of  ministries  —  hospital,  parish,  and 
campus  —  and  for  a  career  with  religious 
organizations,  and  for  graduate  study.  You  will 
take  a  practicum,  working  with  people  in  a 
ministry  which  you  select. 


"I'm  very  interested  in  society  and  the  changes  -  the  very  rapid 
changes  -  that  are  taking  place  in  our  social  structure  today, 
especially  in  family  relationships.  It  seems  terribly  important 
that  students  have  some  understanding  of  this  structure,  no 
matter  what  they  finally  specialize  in.  This  is  part  of  the 
strength  of  a  liberal  arts  approach  to  education." 
Mimi  A.  Simson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology. 

Social  Science  —  Chalon 

This  is  an  expanded  area  major  with  a  choice 
of  five  emphases:  Hispanic  Studies,  History, 
Political  Science,  Public  Administration,  and 


Sociology.  This  flexibility  makes  it  a  fine 
preparation  for  careers  in  federal,  state,  or  local 
government,  diplomatic  service,  or  business.  You 
may  go  on  to  graduate  work  in  law,  political 
science,  history,  sociology,  urban  planning,  and 
public  administration. 

A  core  of  studies  is  directed  toward  fiscal 
problems,  employment,  technology,  societal  roles, 
and  the  general  strategy  of  government. 
Sociology  —  Chalon 

Sociology  studies  the  way  people  live 
together  in  groups,  with  special  emphasis  upon 
urban  conditions,  race  relations,  education, 
poverty,  and  crime.  The  major  can  lead  to  careers 
in  civil  service,  market  research,  or  business  and 
industry.  Students  may  also  go  on  to  graduate 
work  in  social  organization,  social  psychology, 
family  relations,  or  urban  studies. 

You'll  take  Cultural  Anthropology, 
Probability  and  Statistics,  and  General  Psychology. 
As  a  junior  and  senior,  you'll  study  The  Family, 
Deviant  Behavior,  Social  Psychology,  Racial  and 
Cultural  Minorities,  and  Urban  Sociology. 
Spanish  —  Chalon 

This  major  leads  to  a  proficiency  in  reading, 
writing,  and  speaking  the  language,  as  well  as  an 
understanding  of  the  culture  of  Spanish-speaking 
nations.  It  prepares  you  for  teaching,  research, 
graduate  study,  translation,  and  diplomatic  service. 

You  will  take  Intermediate  Spanish, 
Phonetics  and  Conversation,  History  and 
Civilization  of  Spain,  and  Advanced  Grammar.  As 
a  junior  and  senior,  classes  include  Stylistics  and 
Composition,  Spanish  Literature,  and 
Spanish-American  Civilization.  You  will  also  write 
a  senior  thesis. 


Admissions  and  general  information. 


How  to  apply  for  admission. 

Each  student  is  considered  individually,  and 
all  factors  bearing  on  admission  are  assessed.  To 
enter  any  degree  program  you  must  present  the 
following  information:  completed  application  form, 
transcripts  of  total  previous  academic  records,  SAT 
or  ACT  scores,  and  three  letters  of 
recommendation.  Foreign  students  must  also 
present  evidence  of  proficiency  in  oral  and  written 
English  by  TOEFL  scores  over  550  or  satisfactory 
completion  of  the  advanced  level  at  an  ELS 
Language  Center,  as  well  as  a  guarantee  of 
financial  support. 

Students  entering  Bachelor  Degree  Programs 
as  freshmen  must  be  graduates  of  accredited  high 
schools  and  have  completed  a  college  preparatory 
program  with  at  least  a  B  average  in  all  academic 
subjects. 

Students  transferring  to  Bachelor  Degree 
Programs  from  another  college  should  have  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.25  in 
transferable  courses.  Nursing  majors  must  have  a 
2.5  grade  point  average.  Transfer  students  with 
more  than  30  units  are  not  required  to  submit  SAT 
or  ACT  scores. 

The  fundamental  consideration  for  admission 
to  the  Associate  Degree  Program  is  your  ability  to 
benefit  from  the  program.  Individual 
specializations  may  have  additional  requirements. 
Please  consult  program  fact  sheets  for  details. 

It  is  also  highly  desirable  that  you  come  to 
the  college  for  an  interview,  to  discuss  your  record, 
motivation,  and  personal  circumstances.  We  are 
very  interested  in  finding  the  best  ways  to  help  you 
achieve  your  academic  goals. 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  does  not,  of 
course,  discriminate  against  any  applicant  or 
student  on  the  basis  of  race,  age,  religion,  or 
national  or  ethnic  origin. 
And  when. 

There  is  no  deadline  for  application  to  the 
college.  But  your  chances  for  acceptance  are  better 
if  your  application  is  on  record  by  March  1  before 
the  fall  semester  in  which  you  wish  to  enroll.  The 
nursing  program  admissions  may  close  earlier. 


For  further  information,  write  or  call  the 
Director  of  Admissions,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College, 
12001  Chalon  Road,  Los  Angeles,  California  90049, 
(213)  476-2237. 
The  college  calendar. 

Our  school  year  is  based  on  the  4-1-4 
structure.  The  fall  semester  runs  from  September 
through  December,  and  the  spring  semester  from 
February  through  May.  January  is  reserved  for 
Interterm,  when  you  may  concentrate  on  one 
course  in  depth. 
Interterm.  31  days  of  possibilities. 

Our  students  use  Interterm  for  a  wide  variety 
of  learning  experiences.  Many  use  it  to  work  on  a 
project  they  have  designed  themselves.  Others 
explore  such  subjects  as  "The  Arts  in  Los 
Angeles,"  going  to  museums,  libraries,  and 
galleries,  and  going  to  concerts  and  plays.  Or  they 
visit  a  Buddhist  or  Mormon  temple,  a  Jewish 
synagogue,  and  a  Byzantine  church  to  study  their 
architecture  while  learning  about  other  religions. 
Junior  Year  Abroad. 

During  one  or  both  terms  of  your  junior  year, 
you  may  be  able  to  study  in  a  foreign  country.  We 
have  made  special  arrangements  with  universities 
in  Mexico  City,  Quebec,  and  Vienna  to  accept 
students  from  Mount  St.  Mary's  and  transfer  their 
grades. 

Further  details  may  be  secured  from  the 
Office  of  the  Academic  Dean. 
From  internships,  practical  experience. 

Internships  allow  you  to  work  in  major 
corporations  or  in  educational  or  public  offices, 
earning  academic  credit  while  you  gain  valuable 
experience.  As  a  junior  or  senior,  you  may  apply 
what  you  have  learned  in  school  and  confront 
practical  problems  in  business,  health  care, 
psychology,  communications,  and  many  other 
fields. 

Our  students  have  interned  in  banks,  savings 
and  loans,  specialty  department  stores, 
congressional  offices,  schools  for  special  children, 
and  health  care  facilities.  They've  served  with 
airline  executives,  attorneys,  and  political  parties. 


If  you  wish  to  be  an  intern,  you  and  your 
department  chairman  will  discuss  your  interests, 
skills,  career  goals,  and  schedule  to  design  the 
most  beneficial  program.  The  opportunity  to  be  an 
intern  will  help  you  confirm  your  choice  of  a  major 
and  test  career  possibilities.  But  even  more 
important,  it  gives  you  an  impressive  answer  to  a 
future  employer's  most  difficult  (and  inevitable) 
question,  "What  experience  have  you  had?" 
After  graduation,  what? 

As  a  woman  in  today's  world,  you  are 
particularly  fortunate.  Your  career  choices  can  be 
virtually  unlimited.  But  to  make  the  most  of  these 
opportunities,  you  need  to  know  where  you  are 
going. 

Whether  you  already  know  what  you  want  to 
do  after  completing  college,  or  are  still  trying  to 
figure  out  your  goals,  we  have  a  plan  to  help  you 
make  the  most  of  your  life.  Our  Office  of  Career 
Planning  will  spend  time  in  testing  and  personal 
counseling  to  discover  what  career  fits  you.  You 
can  explore  your  interests,  values,  and  skills,  and 
we  will  work  with  you  to  relate  this  knowledge  to 
data  about  job  opportunities  and  labor  trends. 

This  office  will  also  teach  you  traditional  and 
non- traditional  ways  of  looking  for  a  job.  Special 
workshops  will  sharpen  your  job-hunting 
techniques,  give  you  a  chance  to  practice  your 
approach  to  job  interviews,  and  help  you  write  an 
impressive  resume. 
How  can  I  pay  for  it? 

Well  over  one-half  of  our  students  receive 
financial  aid  of  one  kind  or  another.  This  takes 
many  forms: 

Scholarships/Grants/ Awards:  Basic 
Educational  Opportunity  Grants,  Supplemental 
Educational  Opportunity  Grants,  Federal  Nursing 
Grants,  California  Grants  A,  B,  C,  Art  and  Music 
Scholarships,  Alumnae  Scholarships,  Dean's 
Awards,  Leadership  Awards,  and  other  grants  and 
awards  administered  bythe  college. 

Loans:  National  Direct  Student  Loans, 
Guaranteed  Student  Loans,  Federal  Nursing 
Loans. 


Employment:  College  Work-Study,  Service 
Contracts. 

If  part-time  employment  is  part  of  your 
financial  aid  package  at  Mount  St.  Mary's,  you  may 
work  up  to  15  hours  per  week,  depending  upon 
financial  need  and  the  availability  of  jobs.  Jobs  may 
be  on  campus,  in  faculty  offices,  cafeteria,  or 
library,  and  they  pay  an  average  of  $2.65  per  hour. 
This  experience  often  proves  a  valuable  asset  when 
you  seek  full-time  employment  after  graduation. 
Training  workshops  are  provided  for  all  student 
employees. 

Many  of  our  students  pay  for  their  education 
through  a  combination  of  two  or  more  of  these 
programs.  Whatever  form  it  takes,  all  financial  aid 
is  administered  in  accordance  with  nationally 
established  principles,  and  awarded  on  the  basis  of 
satisfactory  academic  progress  and  financial  need, 
without  discrimination  by  race,  national  and  ethnic 
origin,  or  religion. 

Because  all  forms  of  aid  must  be  coordinated 
with  awards  from  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission  and  Basic  Educational  Opportunity 
Grants,  applicants  are  urged  to  complete  the 
Financial  Aid  Form/BEOG,  common  application, 
and  Cal  Grant  supplements  by  the  designated 
deadline.  Application  will  be  reviewed  when  all 
paperwork  is  on  file.  First  priority  will  be  given  to 
students  who  meet  the  college  deadline  of  March  1. 
Students'  needs  will  be  met  with  a  combination 
package  of  scholarship,  grant,  loan,  and 
employment,  based  on  the  availability  of  funds  and 
an  individual  evaluation  of  each  student's  needs. 

A  financial  aid  brochure  giving  complete 
information  and  application  may  be  obtained  by 
writing  to  the  Financial  Aid  Office  at  either  the 
Chalon  or  the  Doheny  Campus. 

As  a  further  financial  assistance,  you  may  be 
able  to  live  off-campus  in  a  nearby  home,  earning 
room  and  board  in  exchange  for  12  hours  per  week 
of  baby-sitting  or  light  housekeeping. 

The  Office  of  Student  Development 
coordinates  these  housing  arrangements,  with  an 
eye  toward  matching  families  with  students. 


Continuing  Education. 


Coming  back  and  going  on. 

"I  felt  I  needed  to  put  myself  through  a  rock 
tumbler.  I  needed  to  define  myself,  to  internalize 
my  experiences  and  background.  The  Mount  has 
done  that  for  me.  Everyone  there  has  been  wide 
open  to  me,  and  helped  me  work  toward  my  own 
goals." 

Laurie  Ostrow  is  in  her  mid- fifties,  with  a 
husband,  two  grown  sons,  and  a  successful  career 
in  personnel  management  and  education.  By  most 
standards,  her  life  has  been  rewarding.  "But  I 
wasn't  growing."  This  thought,  expressed  in 
different  ways  by  different  Continuing  Education 
students,  sums  up  the  reason  most  women  return 
to  college.  They  are  looking  for  self- fulfillment,  for 
knowledge  for  its  own  sake,  in  order  to  grow. 

"I  used  to  see  the  college  from  my  home," 
Laurie  continued.  "One  day,  I  called  to  ask  about 
going  back  to  school.  They  told  me  the  semester 
had  already  started,  but  to  come  on  in  just  the 
same.  The  Director  of  Admissions  herself  took  me 
over  to  the  department  head.  Can  you  imagine 
anybody  doing  that  at  most  colleges?" 

Like  most  returning  students,  she  admits  that 
going  back  to  college  has  been  difficult.  "But  I 
wouldn't  trade  it  for  anything.  And  the  faculty,  the 
other  students,  everybody  has  been  absolutely 
marvelous.  They've  done  everything  to  make  me 
feel  I  belong." 

Carolyn  Harris  had  gone  to  UCLA  before 
marrying,  and  had  even  gone  back  for  some 
extension  courses.  "But  just  finding  a  place  to  park 
there  is  traumatic."  Now,  with  the  last  of  their  four 
children  in  high  school,  she  wanted  to  get  her 
degree. 

She  happened  to  get  a  flyer  describing  the 
Focus  course  at  the  Mount.  This  seminar, 
conducted  especially  for  women  who  wish  to 
return  to  college,  covers  two  semesters.  The  first 

Continuing  Education  students  discuss  experiences  in  Charles 
Willard  Coe  Library  on  Chalon.  Library  contains  more  than 
106,000  volumes,  580  current  periodicals,  1200  microfilm  reels, 
and  4900  Audio/Visual  titles.  Doheny  library  adds  20,800 
volumes,  125  periodicals,  177  microfilm  reels,  542  recordings. 


seeks  out  and  attempts  to  define  personal  concerns 
for  growth.  The  second  considers  the  application  of 
knowledge  in  today's  world. 

"One  of  my  professors  told  me  she  thought  I 
belonged  in  English,  even  though  I'd  majored  in 
nutrition  at  UCLA.  I've  started  reading  again.  I'm 
more  alert,  more  alive.  My  husband  says  the 
Mount  makes  me  more  interested  and  more 
interesting. 

"Sure,  it's  been  hard  getting  back  into 
studying.  But  I  look  at  learning  in  a  totally  different 
light  now.  I'm  doing  it  for  me,  not  because  I  think  I 
should,  or  because  somebody  tells  me  I  must. 

"Every  time  I  drive  up  the  hill  to  the  Mount, 
my  spirits  rise." 


Many  Continuing  Ed  students  return  to 
college  to  realize  a  specific  career  goal.  Mary 
Hesburgh  is  one  of  these.  "Before  I  married,  I 
taught  third  grade.  But  I'd  always  wanted  to  be  a 
nurse.  I  thought  I'd  fulfill  that  desire  by  doing 
volunteer  work,  and  at  first,  that  was  fine.  But  after 
a  while,  it  just  wasn't  enough. 

"So  when  Chris,  our  youngest,  went  into 
kindergarten,  I  decided  it  was  time  to  try.  Mount 
St.  Mary's  is  close,  and  it  has  the  kind  of 
philosopical  approach  I  wanted.  I  went  to  see 
them,  scared  and  tongue-tied,  knowing  they'd 
never  let  me  in.  Instead,  I  got  all  the 
encouragement  I  needed,  from  everybody  — 
Admissions  staff,  the  faculty,  even  the  students. 

"I've  never  felt  out  of  place,  never  had  a 
single  day  when  I  felt  uncomfortable.  There's  no 
kind  of  segregation  just  because  I'm  older  —  with 
three  kids  in  college  and  two  in  high  school.  When 
I've  had  to  go  on  a  trip  with  my  husband,  I've 
always  been  able  to  get  notes  and  make  up  the 
classes. 

"I've  been  there  two-and-a-half  years  now 
and  it's  just  great  being  in  a  school  where 
everybody  cares  and  wants  you  to  succeed." 

For  Muriel  Friedman,  Mount  St.  Mary's  has 
proved  the  end  of  a  long  search.  She  and  her 
husband,  a  dentist  who  is  also  head  of  a 
department  at  USC,  have  two  daughters,  one 
grown  and  the  other  a  teenager.  Eight  years  ago, 
finding  herself  with  time  on  her  hands,  she  went  to 
UCLA  and  took  courses  and  psychological  tests  to 
determine  her  talents  and  aptitudes.  One  of  the 
answers  was  art. 

She  took  drawing  classes  at  UCLA,  at  Otis 
Art  Institute,  and  from  a  private  instructor.  But 
none  seemed  quite  right  for  her. 

"Then  one  day  I  was  ironing,  and  I  saw  a 
commercial  on  TV  for  Mount  St.  Mary's.  My 
daughter  Susie  knew  about  the  school,  and  that 
same  day,  I  called  them  up  and  went  up  to  see 
them.  I  enrolled  in  Art.  At  first,  I  thought  I'd  go  for 
my  degree,  but  now,  what  I  want  to  do  is  learn  all  I 
can  about  the  subject  I  love." 


She  goes  to  classes  every  day  for  half-days, 
"just  to  satisfy  my  own  curiosity  and  develop  my 
talent  as  much  as  I  can." 

On  Mount  St.  Mary's,  "I  think  it's  fantastic. 
I've  been  encouraged  by  everybody,  and  that 
includes  all  the  students.  They  never  make  you  feel 
out  of  place.  I  never  get  a  'No'  from  anybody  — 
doors  are  never  closed.  I  feel  alive  again.  And 
would  you  believe  it,  I  made  the  Dean's  List  this 
semester!" 

Another  bonus  was  summed  up  by  a 
member  of  the  college  staff  who  has  known  her 
since  the  day  she  applied  for  admission.  "Every 
time  I  see  Muriel,  she  looks  younger." 

Barbara  Gordon  came  back  for  still  another 
reason.  "I  graduated  in  1961  with  a  B.A.  in 
Sociology  from  UCLA.  Then  I  married  and  had  two 
children.  Last  year,  I  decided  I  wanted  to  go  back 
to  school  for  my  master's,  after  working  as  a 
para-professional  in  child  development  at 
Cedars-Sinai  Hospital.  My  goal  has  always  been 
social  work.  But  when  I  applied  to  USC,  they 
turned  me  down  because  I  hadn't  been  in  school 
for  a  long  time,  and  my  grade  average  wasn't  very 
high." 

To  overcome  these  problems,  she  came  to 
Mount  St.  Mary's.  She  spent  an  Interterm  and  two 
semesters  with  us,  and  got  good  grades,  even 
though  she  admits  to  terrible  anxiety.  "I  never 
have  thought  of  myself  as  a  student.  But  at  the 
Mount,  I  got  tremendous  support.  The  smallness 
allows  individual  attention  and  gives  you  a  chance 
to  express  yourself.  The  teachers  go  out  of  their 
way  to  know  you  as  a  person,  not  just  a  name  on 
the  class  roll. 

"I'm  Jewish  and  I  was  a  little  concerned 
about  being  in  a  Catholic  school.  But  there's  such 
an  open  attitude,  my  background  just  added 
another  point  of  view  to  our  discussions.  I  feel  very 
sad  about  leaving." 

But  her  reason  is  a  happy  one.  She  was 
accepted  for  graduate  work  by  USC. 


Four  alumnae  look  back  at  the  Mount. 


Sister  Suzanne  Jabro 


Sister  Suzanne  J abro,  CSJ,  B.A.,  Sociology,  1969. 
Chaplain  at  Los  Angeles  Central  Juvenile  Hall. 
"We  work  with  kids  in  juvenile  detention,  trying  to 
help  them  realize  God's  love,  and  their  own 
self- worth.  I  could  never  have  gotten  to  this  point 
if  it  hadn't  been  for  my  years  at  the  Mount, 
because  I  grew  up  in  an  upper  middle  class  home, 
and  had  always  been  pretty  sheltered.  Dr. 
Hoffman's  classes  in  Sociology  helped  make  me 
aware  of  how  much  people  need  help,  and  made 
me  want  to  become  more  involved." 
Kathy  Janeski,  B.A.,  Social  Science,  1971.  Account 
Executive  with  office  supply  firm,  San  Fernando  Valley. 
"I  handle  over  125  accounts  for  my  firm.  The 
people  are  so  different  from  the  ones  I  grew  up 
with  and  saw  at  Mount  St.  Mary's,  there  have  been 
times  when  I've  wondered  whether  all  the  things  I 
learned  in  college  were  going  to  waste.  But  I've 
found  in  business  that  I  have  a  lot  of  strength,  and 
that  comes  from  my  church  and  my  family  and 
especially  from  my  years  at  the  Mount." 
Lola  McAlpin-Grant,  B.A.,  Political  History ,  1963;  J.  D. 
Assistant  Dean,  Loyola- Mary  mount  Law  School;  former 
Deputy  Attorney  General  for  California. 
"Mount  St.  Mary's  helped  me  merge  my  identity 
as  a  woman,  as  a  black,  and  as  a  Christian." 
Cristine  Ferrero,  B.S.,  Nursing,  1971,  Liaison  in 
Oncology,  Children's  Hospital,  Los  Angeles. 
"I've  taken  a  much  closer  look  at  what  I  learned  at 
the  Mount  since  leaving  school.  My  years  there 
gave  me  a  very  solid  base  for  living,  and  helped  me 
develop  a  sense  of  self-worth.  They  nurtured  a  lot 
of  confidence,  and  that's  very  precious  to  me." 


Lola  McAlpin-Grant 


Cristine  Ferrero 


Mount  St  Marys  College  •  1978-1980 

General  Information  2 
Associate  Degree  Program  10 
Bachelors  Degree  Programs  26 
Graduate  Degree  Programs  62 
Courses  of  Instruction  12 
Administration  and  Faculty  108 
Index  HI 


2/General  Information 


Degree  Programs 

Associate  Degree  Program 

At  the  Doheny  Campus  two-year  courses  of  study  are 
offered  which  lead  to  the  Associate  in  Arts  degree.  With 
prime  emphasis  on  the  student  as  an  individual,  the 
program  attempts  to  enhance  self- development  through 
involvement  on  and  off  campus  in  OUTREACH  activities 
—  social  action  and  fieldwork  —  and  in  institutional 
involvement.  Extensive  advisement  and  counseling 
programs  and  a  core  program  in  communication  skills 
support  the  regular  course  work. 

Students  may  specialize  in  Art,  Business,  Liberal  Arts, 
Nursing,  Physical  Therapy  Assistant,  Pre-School 
Teaching,  and  Respiratory  Therapy.  The  Nursing 
program  makes  the  student  eligible  to  write  the  licensing 
examination  to  practice  as  a  registered  nurse  and  to  use 
the  title  R.N.  The  two-year  program  can  also  prepare  the 
student  to  transfer  to  the  Chalon  Campus,  or  can  lend 
itself  to  individually  designed  study  programs.  For 
further  information,  see  the  associate  degree  section. 

Bachelors  Degree  Programs 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers  four-year  courses  of 
study  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor 
of  Fine  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Music,  and  Bachelor  of  Science. 
Primarily  these  are  offered  at  the  Chalon  Campus.  See 
the  bachelors  degree  section. 

Within  the  liberal  arts  tradition,  the  curriculum  provides 
the  student  with  a  broad  and  liberating  background  in  the 
arts  and  sciences,  and  aims  at  developing  her  ability  to 
communicate  knowledge  and  to  apply  appropriate 
principles  and  techniques  to  particular  problems.  During 
the  junior  and  senior  years,  the  student  pursues  deeper 
study  in  her  major  areas  of  concentration  and  takes 
related  elective  courses. 

Masters  Degree  Programs/Teacher  Credential  Programs 

Since  1931,  the  graduate  division  of  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  has  extended  and  deepened  the  work  of  the 
undergraduate  departments  by  offering  to  qualified  men 
and  women  the  opportunity  to  pursue  advanced  courses 
and  to  obtain  professional  training. 

Students  may  earn  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  in 
Teaching  with  a  major  in  History  or  Spanish,  and  Master 
of  Science  in  Education  with  specializations  in 
Administrative  Studies,  Bilingual/Cross-Cultural  Studies, 
Individually  Designed  Program,  Early  Childhood 
Education,  Pupil  Personnel  Services,  and  Special 
Education  (Learning  Handicapped).  This  latter 
specialization  is  in  collaboration  with  the  Leadership 
Program  of  the  Marianne  Frostig  Center  of  Educational 
Therapy. 


The  graduate  division  also  offers  courses  which  qualify 
the  student  for  various  specializations  in  the  California 
Teaching  Credentials  and  for  the  California  Services  and 
Specialist  Credentials.  See  the  graduate  section. 

Characterization  of  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College 

Academic  Focus 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  an  academic  community 
devoted  to  continuing  exploration  of  our  relation  to  God, 
other  persons,  and  nature.  This  exploration  takes  the 
form  of  programs  designed  to  provide  experience  in  the 
principal  modes  of  thought  by  which  we  reach 
understanding,  and  the  strengths  and  limitations  of  these 
modes.  The  objectives  are  to  assist  the  student  to  develop 
a  disciplined  and  continuing  curiosity,  a  receptivity  to 
new  ideas,  and  a  base  for  evaluation  of  these  ideas. 

Within  the  framework  of  these  same  major  objectives,  the 
College  also  offers  programs,  undergraduate  and 
graduate,  in  which  the  student  engages  in  more  intensive 
study  appropriate  to  a  specific  career.  In  this  way  the 
College  ensures  that  it  will  not  only  directly  serve  the 
society  that  supports  it,  but  will  also  enhance  the 
student's  awareness  of  an  ever-changing  context  within 
which  values  of  the  individual  must  operate.  It  is  in  this 
latter  context  of  a  dynamic  society  that  programs  of 
continuing  education  will  find  and  play  their  role. 

The  Religious  Commitment 

The  Catholic  commitment  of  the  College  manifests  itself 
in  many  ways.  It  is  found  in  opportunities  for  worship.  It 
is  found  in  academic  programs.  It  is  found  in  the  way  the 
College  functions.  Above  all,  it  is  found  in  the  whole 
environment  in  which  inquiry  and  learning  take  place. 
Thus,  the  College  embodies  Christian  convictions 
supportive  of  lives  of  commitment  and  Christian  concern 
in  a  secular  society. 

Distinctive  Services 

Several  factors  emerge  from  the  history  and  environment 
of  the  College  that  create  a  distinctive  community.  A  true 
academic  community  becomes  possible:  the  total  college 
—  not  just  the  classroom,  the  academic  major  or  the 
course  —  is  a  learning  environment.  Historically,  the 
College  is  a  liberal  arts  institution  with  a  special  concern 
for  the  education  of  women;  however,  men  are  admitted 
to  undergraduate  music  and  nursing,  to  graduate  and 
extended  day  programs,  and  to  summer  sessions.  It  is  a 
small  college  of  about  1000  students  on  two  campuses. 


General  Information/3 


The  Chalon  campus  primarily  offers  baccalaureate 
programs  in  liberal  arts  and  sciences,  and  related 
professional  training.  The  Doheny  campus  offers  a 
variety  of  programs  ranging  from  two-year  through 
graduate,  in  which  the  metropolitan  setting  is  a 
significant  factor  in  learning. 

Academic  Government 

The  academic  community  that  is  the  College  requires  of 
each  constituent  group  a  distinct  role  related  to  the 
welfare  of  the  whole.  As  such,  it  is  not  a  microcosmic 
political  society  of  identical  and  equal  units  in  which 
egalitarian  principles  can  operate.  Rather,  functional 
distinctions  produce  different  kinds  of  responsibilities 
which  in  turn  must  determine  kinds  of  authority. 

For  example,  students  and  alumnae  are  helpful  when 
they  advise  on  the  quality  of  teaching  and  the  adequacy 
of  programs.  Faculty  are  best  equipped  to  determine 
academic  content  and  to  advise  on  program  needs. 
Administrators  and  staff  perform  their  function  when 
they  allocate  scarce  resources  and  provide  the  services 
necessary  to  achieve  the  academic  purposes  of  the 
College  most  effectively.  Regents  assist  through 
participation  in  College  functions  and  in  support  of 
advancement  programs.  Trustees  best  discharge  their 
responsibility  by  defining  College  goals,  reviewing 
collegiate  performance,  and  providing  effective  liaison 
with  concerned  extra-mural  groups. 

Because  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  a  community,  each 
group  has  an  additional  responsibility  for  keeping  the 
others  informed  and  for  soliciting  the  views  of  others  on 
matters  of  mutual  or  overlapping  concern.  The  separation 
of  function  must,  however,  always  parallel  the  division  of 
authority,  and  the  exercise  of  authority  must  always 
recognize  the  interdependence  of  each  group  in  achieving 
the  welfare  of  the  College. 

Accreditations 

Chartered  by  the  State  of  California  in  1925,  Mount  St. 

Mary's  College  is  accredited  by: 

The  Accrediting  Commission  for  Senior  Colleges  and 

Universities  of  the  Western  Association  of  Schools  and 

Colleges 

The  California  State  Board  of  Education. 

The  California  Board  of  Registered  Nursing. 

The  National  League  for  Nursing. 

The  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music. 

Affiliations 

The  Frostig  Center  for  Educational  Therapy,  established 
in  1948,  became  associated  with  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  in  1969. 


The  Center-College  association  provides  for  a  sharing  of 
faculties  and  facilities,  with  Mount  St.  Mary's  granting 
the  Master  of  Science  degree  with  a  specialization  in 
Special  Education  in  the  area  of  Learning  Handicapped, 
and  the  California  Specialist  Credential  in  Special 
Education  —  Learning  Handicapped.  The  program 
prepares  leadership  personnel  for  school  systems  that 
give  help  to  the  educationally  handicapped. 

The  Frostig  Center  is  in  Culver  City,  off  the  Santa  Monica 
Freeway,  within  twenty  minutes  of  the  Doheny  Campus. 

Family  Education  Rights  and  Privacy  Act 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  fully  conforms  with  the  Family 
Education  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (the  Buckley 
Amendment)  of  1974.  In  accordance  with  this  act,  official 
records  are  made  available  to  students  and  are  not  made 
available  to  off-campus  persons  or  agencies  without  the 
express  consent  of  the  student,  except  under  legal 
compulsion  or  in  cases  in  which  the  safety  of  persons  or 
property  is  involved,  or  for  educational  improvement. 
See  current  Student  Handbook  for  policy  statement. 

Legal  Responsibility  of  the  College 

The  college  endeavors  to  safeguard  students  in  the  use  of 
physical  facilities,  laboratories,  and  athletic  equipment.  It 
is  clearly  understood  that  students  who  use  college 
facilities  do  so  entirely  at  their  own  risk.  Emergency  first 
aid  treatment  is  available,  but  the  college  has  no  legal 
responsibility  for  injury  or  other  damages  suffered  by 
students  on  or  off  the  campus,  or  in  travel  to  and  from 
such  activities  or  for  any  expenses  in  connection 
therewith. 

Nondiscrimination  Policy 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  admits  students  of  any  race, 
color,  national  and  ethnic  origin  to  all  the  rights, 
privileges,  programs,  and  activities  generally  accorded  or 
made  available  to  students.  It  does  not  discriminate  on 
the  basis  of  race,  color,  national  and  ethnic  origin  in 
administration  of  its  educational  policies,  admissions 
policies,  scholarship  and  loan  programs,  and  athletic  and 
other  college-administered  programs. 


4/General  Information 


Academic  Calendar,  1978-1979 

Undergraduate  Programs 


Fall,  1978 

August  31-S 

September  1 

September 

2,3,4 
5,6 

7 

10 

18 

27 

October 

2 

23 

November 

1 

13-17 

15 

22 

23-26 

27 

December 

8 

11-15 

16 

Interterm,  1979 

January 

2 

5 

12 

25,  26 

26 

Spring,  1979 
February 

5 

6 

14 

19 

March 

21 

April 

4 
12-17 

18 

29 

30 

May 

14-18 
19 

20 

Summer  Session  -  2979 

June 

25 

July 

4 

August 

3 

Faculty  and  staff  orientation 

Orientation  for  new  Chalon  students 

Advisement;  registration  for  all  students,  9:00  a.m. -12:00  noon,  1:00-4:00  p.m.  (late 

registration  begins  at  4:00  p.m.) 
Classes  begin 

Mass  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  4:00  p.m.  (Chalon) 
Last  day  to  add  a  course  and  file  computer  cards;  to  register  late;  to  file  Fall  Term  Independent 

Study  proposals 
Horizons  Convocation  (classes  will  not  meet  9:30-12:00  p.m.) 

Last  day  to  file  for  December/January  graduation 
Notice  of  mid- semester  academic  difficulty 

All  Saints  Day  (classes  will  meet) 

Last  day  to  withdraw  from  courses  with  grade  of  W;  to  file  for  CR/NC;  to  declare  AUDIT 

Interterm  registration 

Last  day  to  submit  Interterm  Independent  Study  proposals 

Last  day  for  Chalon  students  to  file  for  May  graduation 

Thanksgiving  vacation 

Classes  resume 

Feast  of  the  Immaculate  Conception  (classes  will  meet) 
Final  examinations 
Christmas  vacation  begins 

Classes  begin;  late  registration  for  returning  students;  registration  for  new  and  exchange 

students 
Last  day  to  add  a  course 

Last  day  to  withdraw  from  courses  with  grade  of  W;  to  declare  CR/NC;  to  declare  AUDIT 
Payment  of  Spring  Term  tuition  and  fees 
Final  examinations;  Interterm  ends 

Advisement;  registration  for  all  students,  9:00  a.m. -12:00  noon,  1:00-4:00  p.m.  (late 

registration  begins  at  4:00  p.m.) 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  add  a  course  and  to  file  computer  cards;  to  register  late;  to  file  Spring  Term 

Independent  Study  proposals 
Washington's  Birthday  —  Holiday 

Notice  of  mid- semester  academic  difficulty 

Last  day  to  withdraw  from  courses  with  grade  of  W;  to  file  for  CR/NC;  to  declare  AUDIT 

Easter  vacation 

Classes  resume 

Siena  Day 

Last  day  for  sophomores  to  declare  major 

Final  examinations 

Mary's  Day,  Laurel  Day,  Baccalaureate 

Graduation 

Classes  begin 

Registration  for  those  who  have  not  pre-registered;  late  registration  begins  at  4:00  p.m. 

Holiday 

Summer  Session  ends 


General  Information/5 


Academic  Calendar,  1978-1979 

Graduate  and  Extended  Day 

Fall,  1978 

September     14  Registration,  2:30-6:00  p.m.  (late  registration  begins  at  6:00  p.m.) 

16  Saturday  classes  begin 

18  Late  afternoon/evening  classes  begin 

25  Last  day  to  add  a  course;  to  register  late 

October  13  Student  must  file  intention  to  receive  degree  in  January,  1979  and  pay  $50.00  graduation  fee  in 

Graduate  Office 

November     11  Veteran's  Day  —  Holiday 

22  Last  day  to  withdraw  from  a  course  with  grade  of  W;  to  declare  AUDIT 
23-26               Thanksgiving  Vacation 

27  Classes  resume 

December      18  Christmas  vacation  begins 

January  2  Classes  resume 

15-20  Final  examinations 

Spring,  1979 

January  29  Registration,  2:30-6:00  p.m.  (late  registration  begins  at  6:00  p.m.) 

30  Late  afternoon/evening  classes  begin 

February         3  Saturday  classes  begin 

7  Last  day  to  add  a  course;  to  register  late 

23  Student  must  file  intention  to  receive  degree  in  May,  1979  and  pay  $50.00  graduation  fee  in 

Graduate  Office 

April  4  Last  day  to  withdraw  from  a  course  with  grade  of  W;  to  declare  AUDIT 

9-14  Easter  Vacation 

16  Classes  resume 

May  14-19  Final  examinations 

17  Graduate  Hooding  ceremony 
20  Graduation 

Summer  Session  -  1979 

June  25  Classes  begin 

Registration  for  those  who  have  not  pre-registered;  late  registration  begins  at  4:00  p.m. 
30  Student  must  file  intention  to  receive  degree  in  August,  1979  and  pay  $50.00  graduation  fee  in 

Graduate  Office. 

July  4  Holiday 

August  3  Summer  Session  ends 

Expenses  for  1978-1979 

Tuition.  Payable  at  registration. 

Undergraduate  students 

Full-time  (12-17  units/semester  plus  Interterm) $2,700  per  year 

1,350  per  semester 

Full-time  (units  in  excess  of  17/semester) 90  per  unit 

Part-time  (less  than  12  units/semester  including  Interterm) 90  per  unit 

Tuition  deposit  required  of  all  incoming  full-time  undergraduate  students. 
Not  refundable.  Applicable  only  to  tuition 50 

Graduate  students 

Tuition  (per  unit) 90 


6/ General  Information 


Special  Programs 

College  classes  for  high  school  students  (1-6  units) 50  per  semester 

Junior  year  abroad  registration 35  per  semester 

Tuition  and  fees  for  cooperative  courses/programs  will  be  calculated  on  an  individual  basis. 

Auditing  courses 

Students  register  for  audit  in  the  same  manner  as  for  credit  and  pay  the  same  fees. 

Fees 

Student  Body  Fees 

Chalon  Campus  Students 7.50  per  semester 

Doheny  Campus  A. A.  Students 7.50  per  semester 

Doheny  Campus  Graduate  and  Extended  Day  Students 3  per  semester 

Orientation  Fee  (for  new  students) 20 

Health  Service  Fee 

Chalon  Campus  Students 15  per  semester 

Doheny  Campus  A. A.  Students 15  per  semester 

Doheny  Campus  Graduate  and  Extended  Day  Students  (optional) 16  per  semester 

Studen t  Health  and  Acciden t  Insurance  (subject  to  change  in  1978): 55  per  year 

Nursing  students  and  students  living  away  from  home  are  required  to  carry  the  student  Health 
and  Accident  Insurance  or  show  evidence  of  other  health  insurance  coverage.  Other  students 
carrying  nine  units  or  more  may  elect  to  purchase  Student  Health  and  Accident  Insurance. 

Examinations 

Comprehensive  Examinations  (graduate  students) 50 

Credit  for  a  course  by  examination  (non- refundable) 

Clinical  courses,  per  course 100 

Others,  per  course 50 

Portfolio  evaluation  (credit  for  prior/extra-institutional  learning;  non-refundable) 50 

General 

Application  for  admission  (all  students) 20 

Late  registration  (after  published  dates  and  time  of  registration) 10 

Late  filing  of  registration  materials 1  per  day 

Adding/dropping  courses  (per  course) 1 

Adjustment  in  course  schedule  after  published  dates 5 

Graduation  fee  —  Undergraduate  students 25 

Graduation  fee  —  Graduate  students 50 

Transcripts  (When  more  than  one  is  ordered  at  the  same  time,  $2  is  charged  for  the  first 

and  $1  for  each  additional) 2 

Evaluation  of  academic  records  (non-refundable  but  can  be  applied  toward  application  fee) 20 

Teacher  Placement  File 5 

Teacher  Placement  file  copies  sent  out  at  the  request  of  the  student  (each  copy) 2 

Project/Thesis  Binding  (per  copy) 10 

Removal  of  grade  of  INC 10 

Deferred  payment  fee 10  per  semester 

Administrative  fee  for  handling  returned  checks 3  each 

Courses 

Student  teaching  —  Elementary 5  per  unit 

Student  teaching  —  Secondary 5  per  unit 

EDU115ABCD 7  per  course 

EDU  360AB  (per  seminar  and  practicum) 100 

NUR  40  (equivalent  to  six-unit  course) 540 

NUR  100  (equivalent  to  six-unit  course) 540 

Applied  music  —  part-time  student 35  per  course 

Private  music  lessons  —  fee  paid  to  instructor 


General  Information/7 


Full  payment  of  all  expenses  is  due  on  or  before  registration  day  of  each  semester,  including  all  previous  unpaid 
obligations. 

Members  of  religious  communities  receive  a  40%  tuition  discount  during  the  academic  year. 

Residence 

Board  and  small  double  room $1,490  per  year 

745  per  semester 
Board  and  large  double  room 1,580  per  year 

790  per  semester 
Board  and  single  room 1 ,650  per  year 

825  per  semester 
Board,  single  room,  private  bath 1,770  per  year 

885  per  semester 

Board  and  room,  Interterm  only 180 

Room  and  Board,  Doheny  Campus 1,800  per  year 

900  per  semester 

A  guest  rate  of  $9.00  per  day  is  required  for  residence  during  vacation  periods. 

An  advance  payment  of  $100.00  is  required  for  a  room  reservation.  $75.00  is  applied  to  the  student's  account  for  the  first 
semester;  $25.00  is  retained  from  the  first  payment  as  a  room  deposit  (to  be  applied  against  unusual  cleaning  and 
damage  costs)  until  such  time  as  the  student  discontinues  residence. 

Students  already  in  residence  make  an  advance  deposit  of  $75.00  for  priority  in  requesting  a  room  for  the  following  year. 

Rooms  are  reserved  for  the  year.  Room  assignments  are  made  in  the  order  of  the  receipt  of  the  reservation  payment. 

Advance  payment  is  forfeited  if  notice  of  withdrawal  is  received  after  August  1.  Room  deposit  is  forfeited  if  notice  of 
intention  to  withdraw  from  residence  is  not  given  to  the  Director  of  Residence  prior  to  the  close  of  the  fall  semester. 

Refunds 

All  students  complying  with  the  procedure  established  for  withdrawal  from  the  college  or  from  a  course  are  entitled  to  a 
refund  according  to  the  following  scale: 

Period  of  time  Refundable 

During  first  week  (tuition) 100  %  minus  $25 

administrative 
fee 

During  first  week  (room  and  board) 75  % 

During  second  week  (tuition,  room  and  board) 75  % 

During  third  week  (tuition,  room  and  board) 50  % 

During  fourth  week  (tuition,  room  and  board) 25  % 

After  fourth  week 0 

The  date  on  which  the  notice  of  withdrawal  is  filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office  is  used  to  calculate  the  amount  of  refund 
of  tuition  and/or  room  and  board.  Refunds  will  be  first  credited  against  a  student's  financial  aid,  if  any,  before  a  balance 
accrues  to  the  student.  No  refunds  will  be  made  for  fees. 

Refunds  will  not  be  made  in  cases  of  suspension  or  dismissal. 

When  outside  agencies,  grants,  scholarships  or  loans  do  not  cover  the  withdrawal  or  change  of  unit  charge,  the 
individual  will  be  responsible  for  the  amount  due. 

Note  Regarding  Interterm 

For  full-time  students  no  additional  charge  is  made  for  Interterm;  consequently,  no  refund  will  be  made  to  anyone  not 
attending.  The  tuition  charge  for  the  first  half  of  the  academic  year  which  is  paid  in  September  covers  the  fall  semester 
and  Interterm.  The  second  half  of  the  tuition  charge  for  the  academic  year  which  is  paid  in  February  covers  the  spring 
semester.  For  a  full-time  student  entering  the  college  for  the  first  time  after  Christinas,  payment  for  the  spring  semester 
includes  Interterm.  Payment  is  made  at  the  time  of  registration.  No  refund  will  be  made  if  the  student  does  not  attend 
Interterm. 

The  same  policy  applies  to  room  and  board  charges.  Since  additional  charges  are  not  made,  no  refunds  will  be  made. 

Students  who  come  to  the  college  only  for  the  Interterm  and  come  outside  the  established  exchange  process  will  pay  the 
regular  per  unit  tuition  and  the  board  and  room  fee  established  for  the  Interterm. 


8/General  Information 


Financial  Aid 

All  financial  aid  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is 
administered  in  accordance  with  principles  which  have 
been  established  nationally.  These  are  based  on  the  belief 
that  parents  have  a  responsibility  for  assisting  their 
children  to  meet  educational  costs,  and  that  financial  aid 
is  available  to  fill  the  gap  between  a  family's  contribution 
(including  the  student's  own  potential  resources)  and  the 
student's  yearly  academic  expenses. 

The  amount  of  the  contribution  expected  from  a  family  is 
determined  by  a  careful  analysis  of  the  family's  financial 
strength,  based  on  the  "Financial  Aid  Form"  (FAF)  which 
is  submitted  to  the  College  Scholarship  Service  of  the 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 

There  are  many  financial  assistance  programs  available 
from  sources  outside  the  college  such  as  Cal  Grants  A,  B, 
C  from  the  State,  Federal  Basic  Educational  Opportunity 
Grants,  Federal  loans,  and  scholarships  given  by 
foundations,  business  firms,  and  clubs.  High  school 
seniors  who  have  financial  need  should  investigate  all  of 
these  sources  of  aid.  High  school  seniors  should  also 
obtain  information  on  how  to  apply  for  a  Basic 
Educational  Opportunity  Grant  from  their  counselors. 

The  financial  aid  programs  available  at  MSMC  are: 
ScholarshipslGrantsi 'Awards:  Art  and  Music  scholarships, 
Alumnae  scholarships,  Supplemental  Educational 
Opportunity  Grants,  Federal  Nursing  Grants,  Dean's 
Awards,  Leadership  Awards,  other  MSMC  grants  and 
awards. 

Loans:  National  Direct  Student  Loans,  Guaranteed 
Student  Loans,  Federal  Nursing  Loans. 
Employment:  College  Work-study,  Service  Contracts 

Financial  aid  at  MSMC  is  awarded  on  the  basis  of 
satisfactory  academic  progress  and  financial  need  and 
without  discrimination  by  sex,  race  or  religion.  Assistance 
is  also  dependent  upon  the  availability  of  funds.  Since  all 
forms  of  aid  must  be  coordinated  with  the  awards  from 
the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  and  BEOG, 
applicants  are  urged  to  complete  the  FAF/BEOG, 
common  application  and  Cal  Grant  supplements  by  the 
designated  deadline.  Applications  will  be  reviewed  when 
all  paperwork  is  on  file  and  first  priority  will  be  given  to 
students  who  meet  MSMC  deadline  of  March  1. 
Students'  needs  will  be  met  with  a  combination  package 
of  scholarship,  grant,  loan  and  employment,  based  on  the 
availability  of  funds  and  the  individual  situation  of  the 
student. 

Financial  aid  brochure  giving  complete  application  and 
program  information  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the 
financial  aid  office  at  the  Chalon  or  Doheny  campuses. 


The  Alumnae  Association 

The  Alumnae  Association  works  toward  the  goals  and 
interests  of  the  college  and  toward  strengthening  avenues 
of  communication  and  bonds  of  loyalty  between  the 
college  and  graduates  of  the  Mount. 

The  Alumnae  Association  is  a  member  of  the  Council  for 
Advancement  and  Support  of  Education.  Its  members 
qualify  for  membership  in  the  American  Association  of 
University  Women;  the  International  Federation  of 
Catholic  Alumnae;  Kappa  Gamma  Pi,  the  honor  society 
for  the  graduates  from  Catholic  colleges  for  women;  and 
Delta  Epsilon  Sigma,  honor  society  for  graduates  of 
Catholic  universities  and  colleges. 


Associate  Degree  Program 


10/ Associate  Degree  Program 


Associate 
Degree  Program 


The  Associate  in  Arts  program  gives  students  the 
opportunity  to  explore  new  beginnings.  It  offers 
excellence  in  its  specialized  fields  and  concern  for  the 
individual  student  who  hopes  to  become  a  more  educated 
and  a  finer  person.  Each  student  is  unique:  each 
possesses  different  strengths  and  capacities,  has  different 
criteria  and  motivation  for  success,  and  has  the  capacity 
to  change,  to  grow,  and  to  make  responsible  choices. 
Each  is  offered  the  personalized  atmosphere  of  the 
Doheny  program.  The  fundamental  goal  of  this  program 
is  to  provide  knowledge  and  skills  required  to  make  a 
living  within  the  larger  context  of  making  a  life.  An 
environment  based  on  Christian  principles  is  geared  to 
enable  students,  faculty,  and  administrators  to  live  a  life 
of  concern  and  commitment  in  accord  with  those 
principles. 

Special  Features 

The  academic  program  at  Doheny  centers  around  the 
personal  development  of  each  student  and  emphasizes 
three  asepcts  of  her  learning  environment:  organized 
instruction,  experience,  and  support. 

Organized  instruction  aims  at  the  transmission  of 
knowledge,  skills,  attitudes,  and  motivations  derived 
from  academic  disciplines  and  theories.  Experience,  a 
second  dimension  of  the  program,  endeavors  to  relate 
personal  growth  and  learning  to  the  more  practical 
aspects  of  life.  Support,  a  third  feature  of  the  program, 
attempts  to  reinforce  personal  strengths  and,  at  the  same 
time,  to  remove  obstacles  to  personal  growth.  Thus  the 
A. A.  program  has  a  dual  focus  —  classroom  learning  and 
experience-oriented  learning,  both  forms  of  learning 
taking  place  in  a  climate  of  support  and  encouragement. 

Organized  Instruction 

The  college  provides  three  major  curriculum  options:  a 
specialization,  transfer  to  a  baccalaureate  major,  or  the 
liberal  arts  option.  A  student  may  study  one  of  six 
specializations:  art,  business,  nursing,  physical  therapy 
assistant,  pre-school  teaching  or  respiratory  therapy.  She 
may  begin  preparation  for  transfer  to  one  of  the 
baccalaureate  majors  at  the  Chalon  Campus  of  Mount  St. 
Mary's,  or  she  may  elect  to  experiment  with  various  fields 
of  study  while  earning  the  A. A.  degree. 

Experience. 

Opportunities  for  experience  can  occur  both  inside  and 
outside  the  college.  Experiences  within  the  college  are 
called  College  Involvement,  and  those  outside  the  college 
are  organized  into  a  three-level  program  called  Outreach. 


College  Involvement.  Students  are  encouraged  to  become  a 
vital  part  of  college.  They  are  invited  to  serve  on  major 
committees  and  to  initiate  religious,  cultural,  and  social 
activities  at  Doheny. 

Outreach.  This  program  extends  the  learning  process 
beyond  campus  limits.  The  student  becomes  aware  of 
important  issues  in  society  by  dealing  with  them. 
Opportunities  are  offered  for  career-related  experiences 
and  the  blending  of  theory  and  practice.  Regular 
volunteer  aid  to  community  agencies,  centers,  and 
institutions  is  made  available. 

Off-campus  college-related  experiences  occur  at  several 
levels: 

Social  Action.  The  student  may  perform  supervised 
volunteer  services:  tutoring,  hospital  volunteer  work, 
child  care,  home  visiting,  and  the  like. 

Fieldwork.  The  student  may  engage  in  supervised 
field  work  directly  related  to  a  course  or  to  her 
program  of  studies:  clinical  nursing,  supervised 
teaching,  business  internship,  or  similar  work. 

Outreach  Term.  The  student  spends  a  term  in  an 
off-campus  experience  involving  problem-solving 
with  the  guidance  and  instruction  of  a  faculty 
member. 

In  all  of  these  experiences,  the  goal  is  the  development  of 
the  student  through  the  practical  application  of 
knowledge  to  life  situations. 

Support  Programs. 

At  Doheny,  support  occurs  as  an  outgrowth  of  the  total 
philosophy  of  the  college.  The  Support  Program  is 
designed  to  help  the  student  achieve  success  in  college.  It 
is  a  combination  of  course  work,  such  as  Communication 
Skills,  group  and  individual  counseling,  student- faculty 
relations,  and  personal  interest. 

Communication  Skills.  The  ability  to  communicate  is  one  of 
the  basic  tools  of  learning.  A  student  must  be  able  to 
receive  and  to  transmit  information  accurately.  This 
process  involves  reading,  writing,  speaking,  and 
listening,  as  well  as  understanding  non-verbal  messages. 
She  must  be  able  to  think  logically  and  apply  knowledge 
to  problems  and  situations  at  hand.  A  student  usually 
enrolls  in  Communication  Skills  during  her  first  term  at 
Doheny  so  that  these  skills  may  be  integrated  throughout 
her  academic  program. 

Four  levels  of  instruction  in  Communication  Skills  are 
offered:  (1)  Large  group  instruction  on  principles;  (2) 
Small  group  workshops  to  apply  these  principles;  (3) 
Individual  tutorial  help  as  needed;  (4)  Self- teaching, 
using  machines  and  programmed  materials  iri  the 
communication  skills  lab  in  the  Learning  Resource 
Center. 


Associate  Degree  Program/11 


Counseling.  Counseling  services  are  offered  as  an  integral 
part  of  the  college  experience,  to  assist  students  in 
self-evaluation  and  attainment  of  their  potential. 

Group  Counseling.  This  is  an  attempt  to  enable  the 
student  to  make  responsible  choices  while  recognizing 
her  own  values,  setting  her  own  goals  and  priorities, 
and  at  times  facing  conflict.  Usually  the  student 
participates  in  Group  Experience  during  the  first  term 
at  Doheny  as  an  orientation  to  the  total  college 
experience. 

Academic  Counseling.  Assistance  in  selecting  program 
and  courses  is  available  in  the  Counseling  Center. 

Personal  Counseling.  If  the  student  desires  personal 
counseling,  it  is  built  into  the  program.  Informed  and 
concerned  faculty  and  staff  are  available  for  personal 
and  religious  counseling.  Doheny  students  are  also 
eligible  to  use  the  full  scope  of  services  provided  at  the 
Counseling  Center  of  the  University  of  Southern 
California  under  the  provisions  described  in  Health 
Services. 

Career  Counseling.  Through  the  assistance  of 
counselors  and  an  elective  course  in  career  planning, 
students  are  offered  help  in  making  career  decisions 
.  and  in  planning  an  appropriate  program  of  studies, 
reference  materials  on  career  possibilities  and  further 
education  are  available  in  the  Counseling  Center. 

Associate  Degrees 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  confers  the  following  associate 
degrees: 

The  Associate  in  Art  with  specializations  in 

Art 

Business 

Liberal  Arts 

Nursing 

Physical  Therapy  Assistant 

Pre-School  Teaching 

Respiratory  Therapy 

Associate  in  Arts 

Freshmen  Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  for  the  Associate  Degree  Program  should  be 
graduates  of  an  accredited  high  school  and  should  have 
completed  a  college  preparatory  course  of  study.  While 
individual  majors  in  the  Associate  in  Arts  program  may 
have  additional  requirements  the  basic  criterion  for 
admission  is  the  ability  to  benefit  from  the  program.  All 
majors  are  open  to  women.  Men  may  be  admitted  into 
the  Nursing  Program. 


Freshmen  Admission  Procedures 

Freshmen  applicants  for  admission  must  submit  the  following: 

1.  Completed  application  form  with  an  application  fee  of 
$20.00.  This  processing  fee  is  not  refundable  nor 
applicable  to  tuition.  Application  fee  waivers  are 
granted  upon  evidence  of  financial  need. 

2.  High  school  transcript  which  should  include  the  first 
semester  grades  of  the  senior  year.  The  following 
courses  are  used  in  computing  grade  point  average: 
Algebra,  geometry,  English,  U.S.  History  government, 
lab  sciences,  foreign  languages  and  advanced 
mathematics. 

3.  Scores  on  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  or  the 
American  College  Test  (ACT).  Information  concerning 
registration  for  either  of  these  tests  is  available  in  the 
Admissions  Office. 

4.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

5.  Other  information  a  student  may  wish  to  provide  in 
support  of  her/his  application:  awards,  honors,  special 
experiences. 

6.  Foreign  students  must  present  evidence  of  proficiency 
in  oral  and  writtten  English  by  TOEFL  scores  of  550  or 
better  or  satisfactory  completion  of  the  ninth  level  at 
an  ELS  Language  Center.  A  statement  guaranteeing 
financial  support  is  also  required. 

A  personal  interview  is  strongly  recommended  and  can 
be  arranged  through  the  Admissions  Office. 

Transfer  Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  with  more  than  15  transferable  semester  units 
may  be  considered  for  admission  as  a  transfer  student 
and  are  not  required  to  submit  high  school  transcripts  or 
SAT/ ACT  scores.  Applicants  with  fewer  than  15 
transferable  units  must  satisfy  freshmen  admission 
requirements  and  procedures  as  well  as  submit 
transcripts  of  all  college  work.  A  previous  college  record 
may  not  be  disregarded. 

While  individual  majors  in  the  Associate  in  Arts  program 
may  have  additional  requirements  the  basic  criterion  for 
admission  is  the  ability  to  benefit  from  the  program.  All 
majors  are  open  to  women.  Men  are  admitted  into  the 
Nursing  Program. 

Transfer  Admission  Procedures 

Transfer  applicants  for  admission  must  submit  the  following: 

1.  Completed  application  form  with  an  application  fee  of 
$20.00.  This  processing  fee  is  not  refundable  nor 
applicable  to  tuition.  Application  fee  waivers  are 
granted  upon  evidence  of  financial  need. 

2.  Transcripts  of  credits.  College  transfer  students  should 
request  the  Registrar  of  each  college  they  have 
attended  to  forward  two  copies  of  their  transcript, 
including  work  in  progress,  directly  to  the  Admissions 
Office.  Transcripts  submitted  become  the  property  of 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College  and  cannot  be  returned  to 
the  applicant. 


12/ Associate  Degree  Program 


3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

4.  Other  information  a  student  may  wish  to  provide  in 
support  of  her/his  application:  awards,  honors,  special 
experiences. 

5.  Foreign  students  must  present  evidence  of  proficiency 
in  oral  and  written  English  by  TOEFL  scores  of  550  or 
better  or  satisfactory  completion  of  the  ninth  level  at 
an  ELS  Language  Center.  A  statement  guaranteeing 
financial  support  is  also  required. 

A  personal  interview  is  strongly  recommended  and  can 
be  arranged  through  the  Admissions  Office. 

Conditional  Admission 

A  student  who  qualifies  for  admission  but  whose 
academic  history  indicates  possible  difficulty  in  college 
may  be  admitted  conditionally.  The  conditions  are 
established  at  the  time  of  acceptance  into  the  associate 
degree  programs. 

To  have  the  conditions  removed  a  student  must  maintain 
good  academic  standing  (2.0  minimum  grade  point 
average)  for  two  semesters  and  meet  the  other 
requirements  established  at  the  time  of  acceptance.  For 
further  details  on  conditional  admission,  consult  the 
Admissions  Office  or  the  Academic  Counselor  in  the 
Counseling  Center. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

The  extent  of  the  transfer  student's  advanced  standing  is 
determined  on  an  individual  basis  and  is  not  decided 
until  an  evaluation  of  all  previous  academic  work  has 
been  completed. 

Credit  for  courses  taken  in  other  accredited  colleges  or 
universities  is  transferable  provided  that  the  transferred 
courses  satisfy  curriculum  requirements  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College.  A  maximum  of  36  semester  units  or  54 
quarter  units  for  course  work  taken  in  an  accredited 
college  is  transferable  toward  the  associate  degree.  Credit 
for  extension  course  is  not  automatically  transferable. 

A  final  credit  summary  and  determination  of  advanced 
standing  will  be  prepared  by  the  registrar  after  the 
applicant  is  accepted  for  admission  and  all  final 
transcripts  have  been  submitted. 

Once  admitted  to  and  enrolled  in  the  college,  the  student 
is  normally  expected  to  pursue  study  only  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College. 

A  student  seeking  an  exception  to  this  policy  must  file  a 
Transfer  of  Credit  Clearance  with  all  approvals  in  the 
office  of  the  registrar  prior  to  registration  in  course  for 
which  approval  has  been  obtained. 

Special  Admission 

Special  admission  may  be  granted  to  students  who  are 
returning  to  the  classroom  after  an  absence  or  to  students 
who  wish  to  take  courses  for  enrichment  but  do  not  wish 
to  pursue  a  degree  at  this  time. 


Up  to  twelve  units  may  be  earned  as  a  special  part-time 
student.  After  taking  twelve  units,  the  student  will  be 
reviewed  for  formal  admission  to  a  degree  program.  The 
units  taken  as  a  special  student  may  be  applied  toward 
the  degree  unless  otherwise  noted. 

Academic  Policies 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  A  minimum  of  sixty  semester  hour  units  of  credit  are 
required  with  a  grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.0.  The 
last  24  units  immediately  preceding  graduation 
normally  must  be  completed  at  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College. 

2.  The  following  courses  are  required: 

a.  A  course  in  religious  studies 

b.  A  three -unit  course  in  humanities  outside  the 
specialization  requirements: 

Art,  music,  literature,  cultural  history 

c.  At  least  one  term  in  Communication  Skills 
(DO10A). 

d.  At  least  one  term  in  Outreach  by  participation  in 
one  of  the  following: 

—  Social  Action 

—  Fieldwork  or  clinical  experience  associated  with 
the  specialization 

—  An  Outreach  term 

e.  At  least  one  term  in  group  counseling. 

3.  Satisfaction  of  the  residence  requirement.  Residence  is 
defined  as  the  last  twenty- four  units  before  graduation 
which  must  be  taken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  At 
least  some  of  these  units  are  in  the  student's 
specialization  and  are  earned  in  regular  course  work. 

4.  Fulfillment  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  bachelors 
program  general  studies  requirements  is  strongly 
recommended.  A  wide  background  of  study  is 
considered  important.  Electives  should  be  chosen  with 
this  in  mind. 

Specialization  Requirements 

To  obtain  a  degree  with  a  specialization,  the  particular 
requirements  in  that  area  must  be  met.  Basic  curricular 
patterns  listed  in  this  bulletin  should  be  followed  with  the 
consent  and  approval  of  academic  advisors. 

Maximum  Credit  Load 

During  the  first  term  of  the  freshman  year,  a  student  is 
encouraged  to  select  a  minimum  program  of  courses 
unless  her  area  of  specialization  prescribes  a  certain 
pattern,  or  unless  her  grade  point  average  is  exceptionally 
high. 

Learning  Resource  Center 

In  order  to  enable  each  student  to  achieve  maximum 
benefit  from  the  academic  programs  at  the  college,  the 
Learning  Resource  Center  is  available.  Students  enrolled 


Associate  Degree  Program/13 


in  Communication  Skills  programs,  nursing,  business, 
and  human  services  programs  will  find  learning  materials 
pertinent  to  course  content  as  well  as  study  materials  for 
individual  skill  building. 

The  center  provides  referral  and  individualized  and 
group  sessions.  A  volunteer  program  of  student  tutors  is 
provided.  Communication  Skills  tutors  assist  students 
with  course-related  assignments  as  well  as  special 
experience  courses  for  academic  credit. 
Testing  programs  for  placement  and  assessment  are 
arranged  in  conjunction  with  the  academic  counselor  in 
the  Counseling  Center. 

Academic  Counseling  Services 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  currently  implementing  a 
Counseling  Center  at  the  Doheny  Campus  for  Associate 
in  Arts  students.  This  center  will  provide  on  an  on-going 
basis  academic  counseling  and  referral  services.  The 
academic  counselor  will  provide  a  system  for  academic 
advisement,  will  establish  an  academic  testing  and 
referral  program,  and  will  coordinate  the  services  of 
several  faculty  advisors  in  the  center.  Once  a  student  has 
been  admitted  to  the  college,  she  will  plan  her  program 
with  an  academic  advisor  who  will  assist  her  with  goal 
achievement  and  who  will  further  clarify  college  policies 
and  procedures. 

Although  the  college  makes  every  effort  to  provide 
academic  counseling  to  the  student,  it  is  ultimately  the 
individual  student's  responsibility  to  see  that  all 
specialization  and  degree  requirements  have  been 
fulfilled. 

Independent  Study/Directed  Reading 

Opportunity  for  independent  study  and  directed  reading 
is  available  to  qualified  students.  In  independent  study, 
the  student  has  responsibility  for  planning, 
implementing,  and  presenting  the  project;  the  faculty 
member  approves  the  project,  meets  with  the  student 
several  times  in  the  term,  and  evaluates  the  final  results. 
In  directed  reading,  the  faculty  member  shares  the 
responsibility  with  the  student,  generally  planning  the 
readings  and/or  projects  and  meeting  with  the  student 
regularly. 

Guidelines  for  Independent  Study  Directed  Reading: 

1.  Introductory  courses  to  discipline  will  not  be  taken  in 
this  mode. 

2.  Freshmen  will  take  neither  independent  study  nor 
directed  reading. 

3.  Neither  independent  study  nor  directed  reading  will 
be  taken  in  Interterm  to  fulfill  a  General  Studies 
requirement. 

4.  No  more  than  two  independent  studies  or  directed 
readings  will  be  taken  in  any  one  semester. 

5.  In  extraordinary  circumstances,  the  above  guidelines 
may  be  waived  by  petition. 


Prior  to  registering  for  independent  or  directed  study,  the 
student  discusses  plans  with  the  sponsoring  faculty 
member,  prepares  a  proposal  which  should  include  goals, 
methodology,  bibliography,  target  dates,  and  evaluative 
criteria,  and  files  an  approval  form  for  the  projected  study 
in  the  office  of  the  academic  dean. 

Interterm 

Full  time  students  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  are 
expected  to  participate  in  the  Interterm  program  as  part 
of  the  academic  year.  During  the  month  of  January, 
students  will  ordinarily  concentrate  on  a  single  activity. 
Thus,  the  student  should  plan  on  devoting  her  full  time 
(30-40  hours  a  week)  to  the  study  she  chooses  to  pursue. 
Opportunities  for  interdepartmental  work,  for  in-depth 
study  in  one  area,  for  research,  for  internships,  for 
experience-oriented  courses,  for  independent  study,  and 
for  travel  will  be  available  during  interterm. 
Opportunities  are  also  available  for  students  to  participate 
in  Interterm  experiences  at  other  colleges  on  an  exchange 
basis. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  explore  interest  areas  both 
inside  and  outside  their  major  department  on  either  the 
Chalon  or  the  Doheny  campus. 
Students  should  note  that  a  maximum  of  six 
non-required  units  in  special  programs  may  be  counted 
toward  the  baccalaureate  degree. 

Students  may  take  a  maximum  of  four  units  during  an 
Interterm  session.  These  units  are  not  computed  with  the 
12-17  units  which  a  full-time  student  may  take  during  the 
fall  or  spring  semesters. 

Enrollment  in  Interterm  courses  is  determined  on  a  first 
come,  first  served  basis.  However,  any  sophomore  who 
enrolls  in  a  class  during  the  registration  period  may  have 
first  preference.  All  courses  taken  during  the  Interterm 
period  must  be  completed  by  the  end  of  January. 
Incompletes  may  not  be  given  except  in  extraordinary 
circumstances  and  with  the  consent  of  the  A.  A.  dean. 

Honors 

Honors  at  Entrance: 

Applicants  who  have  at  least  a  3.3  GPA  in  academic 
subjects  in  high  school  and  who  score  a  minimum  of  1150 
on  the  CEEB  Aptitude  Test  or  26  on  the  ACT  test,  or 
applicants  who  have  been  recommended  by  the  Honors 
Committee,  are  awarded  Honors  at  Entrance. 

Dean's  List 

To  give  public  recognition  to  academic  achievement,  the 
academic  dean  posts  a  list  each  term  with  the  names  of 
full-time  students  who  have  obtained  a  grade  point 
average  of  3.5  or  higher  for  the  preceding  term. 


14/Associate  Degree  Program 


To  qualify  for  the  Dean's  List,  a  full-time  student  must 
have  taken  at  least  12  letter-graded  units  in  the  preceding 
semester.  To  qualify  for  the  Dean's  List,  a  part-time 
student  must  have  taken  at  least  5  letter-graded  units  in 
the  preceding  semester  (excluding  students  who  register 
full-time,  but  who  drop  units  or  take  an  Incomplete 
during  the  semester). 

Graduation  With  Honors  (Associate  in  Arts  Degree) 

With  honors  shall  be  granted  to  a  student  who  has  earned 

the  Associate  in  Arts  degree  while  maintaining  a 

cumulative  3.5  grade  point  average  prior  to  the  final 

semester. 

The  overall  GPA  at  the  end  of  the  fall  semester  of  the 
academic  year  is  used  in  determining  honors.  The 
student's  grade  point  average  will  be  calculated  on  the 
basis  of  grades  earned  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  as 
well  as  grades  transferred  into  the  College  at  the  time  of 
matriculation.  Courses  at  another  institution  after 
matriculation  are  not  counted  into  the  cumulative  grade 
point  average. 

Placement  and  Acceleration 

Acceleration  Program  for  High  School  Students 
Superior  high  school  juniors  or  seniors  who  are 
recommended  by  their  principals  may  be  permitted  to 
enroll  in  regular  on-campus  classes  and  earn  college 
credit.  A  special  reduced  fee  is  available  for  1-6  units  per 
semester. 

Advanced  Placement 

Students  who  earn  scores  of  3,  4,  or  5  in  Advanced 
Placement  Examinations  (ETS)  may  receive  credit  for 
equivalent  courses  provided  they  are  accepted  and 
registered  students  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 
Students  taking  the  Advanced  Placement  Examinations 
should  arrange  to  have  test  results  sent  to  the  Office  of 
Admissions. 

Placement  Examinations 

Examinations  used  to  place  a  student  at  a  level  of  study 

may  result  in  lower  levels  of  study  being  waived.  No 

credit  will  be  awarded  as  a  result  of  these  placement 

examinations. 

Credit  by  Examination,  Extra-Institutional  Learning,  and 
Non-Collegiate  Coursework 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  recognizes  that  learning  can 
and  often  does  occur  outside  the  formal  setting  of  the 
classroom.  The  college  provides  for  this  in  the  following 
ways:  credit  by  examination,  credit  for  extra-institutional 
learning,  and  credit  for  non-collegiate  coursework. 

Credit  by  Exam 

There  are  two  ways  a  student  may  demonstrate  her 
knowledge  of  content  areas:  by  challenging  course  exams 
and  by  taking  standard  proficiency  exams.  Credit  for 


certain  courses  in  the  college  may  be  earned  by 
successfully  passing  departmental  exams.  A  list  of  these 
courses  is  published  each  fall.  A  student  must  notify  the 
department  of  her  intention  to  challenge  a  departmental 
course  one  month  in  advance  of  the  date  of  the  exam. 
Successfully  passing  the  exam,  she  may  receive  credit  for 
the  course.  A  fee  is  required  to  conduct  and  process  this; 
see  Tuition  and  Fees. 

Students  may  also  take  externally  administered  exams 
such  as  CLEP  (College- Level  Examination  Program  from 
CEEB)  and  PEP  (Professional  Equivalency  Program  from 
ACT)  in  those  areas  approved  by  the  college.  Information 
about  these  exams  and  a  current  list  of  approved  exams 
are  available  from  the  dean's  office,  the  registrar's  office, 
or  the  Counseling  Center.  Students  who  have  taken 
CLEP  or  PEP  exams  prior  to  enrolling  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College  must  present  original  transcripts  from 
ACT  or  CEEB  in  order  to  receive  credit. 
Credit  for  non-traditional,  extra-institutional  learning 
When  a  student  has  acquired  college-level  skills  and 
learning  relating  to  her  academic  goals  through 
experiences  such  as  work,  travel,  and  reading,  she  may 
have  this  learning  evaluated  for  credit  by  preparing  a 
portfolio  containing  an  application,  supporting  evidence 
and  documents  and  a  narrative  relating  the 
extra-institutional  learning  to  her  educational  objectives. 

Credit  for  college-level  course  offered  by  non-collegiate  agencies 
Students  who  have  taken  courses  sponsored  by  business, 
industry,  the  armed  forces,  or  other  non-collegiate 
agencies  may  apply  for  an  evaluation  of  these  learning 
experiences.  If  the  course  has  previously  been  evaluated 
by  the  American  Council  on  Eduation  (ACE)  and  appears 
in  The  National  Guide,  a  student  may  not  have  to  prepare 
a  portfolio.  In  all  other  cases,  a  student  requesting  credit 
for  non-collegiate  courses  must  prepare  a  portfolio  for 
evaluation  by  a  faculty  committee. 

These  portfolios  should  be  prepared  according  to  the 
guidelines  in  CAEL  Student  Handbook  with  the  guidance  of 
an  advisor.  If  the  portfolio  is  approved  by  a  faculty 
committee,  the  student  may  earn  college  credit 
appropriate  to  the  experiences.  A  fee  is  required  to 
conduct  and  process  this  evaluation:  see  Tuition  and 
Fees.  For  further  details,  see  the  Dean  for  Associate  in 
Arts  Programs  or  the  Academic  Counselor  in  the 
Counseling  Center. 

An  A. A.  student  may  earn  a  maximum  of  9  units  for 
credit  by  exam.  An  LVN  applicant  to  the  second  year  of 
the  A. A.  program  in  nursing  may  earn  15  units  by  taking 
the  NLN  challenge  exam  and  by  completing  NUR  40 
successfully. 

An  A. A.  student  may  earn  a  maximum  of  10  units  in 
credit  for  extra-institutional  learning  and  10  units  in  credit 
for  non-collegiate  course  work. 


Associate  Degree  Program/15 


Credit  examinations  and  portfolio  evaluations  will 
ordinarily  be  given  only  to  students  who  are  admitted  to 
the  college.  After  satisfactorily  completing  the 
examination  or  evaluation,  the  student  will  register  and 
receive  credit  for  the  corresponding  course(s).  Only 
"credit"  (i.e.,  no  letter  grades)  will  be  given;  no  record  of 
failures  will  appear  on  the  transcript. 

Credit  will  only  be  awarded  at  the  end  of  one  semester's 
study  at  the  college.  The  residence  requirement  stipulates 
that  the  last  24  units  to  be  counted  toward  the  degree  be 
earned  in  course  work. 

Classification  of  Students 

To  be  classified  as  a  sophomore,  a  student  must  have 
satisfactorily  completed  30  semester  units  (10  standard 
courses),  or  the  unit  equivalent. 

A  student  with  full-time  status  must  carry  12-17  units  per 
semester.  Part-time  students  carry  less  than  12  units  per 
semester.  Foreign  students  (with  nonimmigrant  "F-l" 
student  status)  enrolled  in  beginning  ESL  (on  or  off 
campus)  plus  nine  semester  units  may  be  considered  as 
students  with  full-time  status. 

Special  students  may  take  a  course  or  courses  for 
academic  credit  without  following  a  prescribed 
curriculum  toward  a  degree.  After  twelve  units  of  study, 
a  special  student,  unless  exempted  by  the  dean,  should 
make  application  for  admission  to  the  college. 

Auditors  attend  class  sessions  regularly  but  are  not 
obligated  to  take  examinations.  They  receive  no  credit  for 
courses  audited. 

Ordinarily  a  student  should  be  a  sophomore  before 
enrolling  in  upper  division  courses.  It  is  the  student's 
responsibility  to  be  aware  of  prerequisites  or 
requirements  for  enrolling  in  upper  division  courses. 

Degree  Application 

May  graduates  must  file  for  the  appropriate  degree 
during  the  fall  semester  of  the  sophomore  year.  Students 
who  plan  to  graduate  at  other  times  should  file  for  the 
degree  not  later  than  three  weeks  after  the  start  of  the 
final  semester. 

Attendance 

Since  regularity  and  punctuality  are  essential  to  the 
successful  pursuit  of  study,  the  number  and  character  of 
student  absences  will  be  taken  into  account  in 
determining  academic  grades.  Unless  proof  to  the 
contrary  is  furnished,  an  instructor  will  assume  that  an 
absence  is  without  serious  cause. 

There  is  no  provision  for  a  system  of  allowed  cuts  and 
absences.  In  the  case  of  a  prolonged  absence  because  of 
illness  or  other  serious  reasons,  the  recommendation  of 
the  academic  dean  is  required  for  the  student  to  be 
reinstated  in  class.  Students  may  be  dropped  from  a  class 


for  excessive  absences  when,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
instructor,  further  enrollment  in  the  class  would  be  of 
little  value  to  the  student.  Occasionally,  a  student  is 
excused  from  class  attendance  by  the  academic  dean  in 
order  to  represent  the  college  at  some  function.  The 
student  should  inform  her  instructors  of  such  excused 
absences  and  secure  from  them  assignments  for  the  next 
class. 

Course  Examinations 

All  undergraduate  sudents  are  required  to  take  the 
regular  course  examinations. 

Grades 

At  the  end  of  each  term,  the  student  receives  a  grade  in 
every  class.  The  grade  indicates  results  of  examinations, 
term  reports,  and  general  scholastic  standing  in  the  entire 
course. 

The  student's  grade  point  average  is  computed  according 
to  this  scale: 

A,  excellent,  4  grade  points  per  unit 

B,  good,  3  grade  points  per  unit 

C,  average,  2  grade  points  per  unit 

D,  poor  but  passing,  1  grade  point  per  unit 
F,  failure,  0  grade  points  per  unit 

The  following  grades  are  not  computed  in  the  GPA: 

AU,  audit 

CR,  C  or  better;  credit  given 

I,  incomplete 

IP,  deferred  grading  for  graduate  thesis,  senior  project, 

or  undergraduate  research  work  in  progress. 

NC,  D  or  F;  no  credit  given 

W,  withdrawn 

Grading  Policies 

CreditlNo  Credit 

To  encourage  a  wider  choice  of  courses  by  lessening  the 
student's  concern  for  the  grade  point  average,  selected 
courses  may  be  taken  for  CR/NC.  The  following 
regulations  apply  to  this  option: 

Students  may  apply  a  maximum  of  9  semester  units  of 
CR/NC  to  the  Associate  in  Arts  degree,  and  a  maximum 
of  18  semester  units  of  CR/NC  to  the  baccalaureate 
degree;  not  more  than  5  units  each  term  may  be  taken  for 
CR/NC. 

Courses  taken  for  CR/NC  may  not  be  applied  to  the 
General  Studies  requirements;  nor  may  they  be  applied 
to  requirements  for  the  student's  major,  except  at  the 
discretion  of  the  major  department. 

The  student  must  indicate  intent  to  take  a  course  CR/NC 
no  later  than  the  last  day  to  drop  a  class,  as  indicated  on 
the  academic  calendar,  by  filing  with  the  Registrar  a  form 
signed  by  the  advisor,  the  instructor,  and  the  student.  A 
change  to  letter  grade  may  not  be  petitioned  after  the 
form  has  been  filed.  Signings  are  a  form  of  active  consent 
and  not  pro  forma. 


16/Associate  Degree  Program 


Incomplete 

An  Incomplete  is  given  only  when  a  student: 

1.  has  fulfilled  the  majority  of  the  course  requirements, 

2.  has  a  passing  grade  in  the  class  work, 

3.  is  prevented  from  completing  the  assigned  work  for 
serious  reasons, 

4.  has  consulted  the  instructor  prior  to  the  grading 
period,  and  the  instructor  has  determined  that  the 
student  can  realistically  complete  the  work  within  one 
semester. 

An  Incomplete  will  remain  as  such  unless  removed  by  the 
instructor  within  one  semester.  The  Incomplete  is  ignored 
when  computing  the  GPA.  An  Incomplete  can  be 
extended  beyond  one  semester  only  upon  petition  to  the 
academic  dean. 

Repetition  of  courses  with  D  IF  INC  grades 
Only  courses  for  which  D,  F,  and  NC  were  assigned  may 
be  repeated  for  a  higher  grade/CR.  Courses  may  be 
repeated  only  once.  In  cases  of  repeated  courses,  the 
units  are  counted  once  and  the  higher  grade  is  computed 
in  the  GPA. 

Withdrawal  From  Courses 

The  grade  W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course, 
according  to  the  following  policy:  Withdrawal  (W) 
indicates  that  a  student  withdrew  from  a  class  during  the 
period  scheduled  on  the  college  calendar  with  the 
approval  of  the  instructor  and  advisor.  After  the 
scheduled  date,  the  approval  of  the  A. A.  Dean  is 
required.  A  withdrawal  form  must  be  filed  in  the 
Registrar's  office  to  have  an  official  withdrawal  with  the 
grade  of  W.  The  W  carries  no  connotation  of  quality  of 
student  performance  and  is  not  calculated  in  the  grade 
point  average.  Students  who  do  not  officially  withdraw 
receive  a  grade  of  F. 

Transcripts 

Transcripts  are  issued  at  the  written  request  of  students 
or  graduates  to  the  office  of  the  registrar.  The  first 
transcript  is  free.  All  other  transcripts  are  $2.00  each.  One 
week  should  be  allowed  for  processing. 

Full  payment  of  all  expenses  incurred  during  a  given  term 
or  semester  must  be  made  before  the  credit  for  courses 
taken  during  that  term  or  semester  will  be  recorded  on 
the  student's  transcript. 

Academic  Petitions 

Any  academic  policy  or  regulation  (e.g.,  degree 
requirements,  academic  dismissal,  etc.)  may  be  waived  or 
modified  for  good  reason  for  individual  students  by  use 
of  a  petition  form.  Reasons  must  be  presented  by  the 
student.  After  consultation  with  the  student,  the 
student's  advisor  and  department  chairman  as 
appropriate,  the  dean  of  the  A. A.  program  has  the 
authority  to  approve  or  disapprove  any  petition.  The 


dean  for  academic  development  has  the  authority  to 
approve  or  disapprove  any  petition  for  any  academic 
program  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  A  copy  of  any 
approved  petition  must  be  sent  to  the  office  of  the 
registrar  to  be  placed  in  the  student's  permanent  file. 

Withdrawal  From  College 

Students  thinking  of  withdrawing  from  college  should 
schedule  an  exit  interview  with  an  academic  advisor  or 
the  dean  in  order  to  explore  other  options  or  assistance. 
Students  who  must  withdraw  from  the  college  at  any 
time  must  file  a  withdrawal  notice  in  the  office  of  the 
registrar.  Forms  are  available  from  the  office  of  the 
academic  dean.  Honorable  dismissal  may  be  granted 
when  this  form  is  filed. 

Students  who  leave  the  college  in  good  standing  for  one 
semester  and  do  not  attend  another  postsecondary 
institution  in  the  interim  period  may  re-enroll  through 
the  office  of  the  registrar.  Other  students  wishing  to 
re-enter  must  file  an  application  for  readmission  with  the 
admissions  office. 

Probation 

A  student  is  placed  on  probation  if  she  fails  to  maintain  a 
2.0  GPA  for  all  courses  undertaken  in  a  term.  A  student 
on  probation  must  achieve  a  GPA  of  2.0  or  higher  during 
the  following  term  in  order  to  be  readmitted  to  regular 
standing. 

Dismissal 

A  student  is  subject  to  dismissal  for  the  following 
reasons: 

1.  Failure  to  maintain  a  minimum  GPA  of  1.0  during  any 
term. 

2.  Failure  to  maintain  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.0  during  a 
probationary  term. 

The  A. A.  dean  has  the  power  to  dismiss  students  and  to 
suspend  dismissal.  She  may  also  recommend  that  the 
Admissions  Committee  reinstate  a  dismissed  student  on  a 
probationary  basis. 

When  extenuating  circumstances,  such  as  prolonged 
illness,  account  for  the  student's  disqualification,  she  may 
be  permitted,  on  petition  to  the  dean,  to  continue  on 
probation  until  the  next  term. 

Enrollment  in  the  college  implies  willingness  on  the  part 
of  the  student  to  comply  with  the  requirements  and 
regulations  of  the  college.  If  the  student  fails  to  comply 
with  these  requirements  and  regulations,  or  if  it  is 
determined  by  the  dean  for  Associate  in  Arts  programs 
and  the  associate  dean  for  student  development  that  she 
is  not  able  to  benefit  from  the  opportunities  offered  by 
the  college,  her  withdrawal  may  be  requested  even 
though  she  is  charged  with  no  specific  breach  of 
discipline. 


Associate  Degree  Program/17 


Student  Development 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  provides  students  with 
programs  and  experiences  conducive  to  personal, 
cultural,  ethical,  social  and  intellectual  growth.  Student 
initiative  and  responsibility  are  encouraged  in  an 
atmosphere  of  close  interrelation  among  students, 
faculty,  administration  and  staff. 

Membership  on  various  college  committees  permits 
interaction  with  members  of  the  faculty  and 
administration  and  allows  for  student  contribution  to  the 
policy  and  procedures  of  the  college. 

These  and  other  opportunities  supply  the  broadening 
experience  of  organized  discussions  and  planned 
activities  and  foster  interest  in  the  special  fields  which  the 
students  are  pursuing. 

Leadership  Program 

The  Leadership  program  is  designed  to  provide  for  a 
selected  group  of  students  the  development  of  their 
potential  leadership  skills.  It  offers  workshops  and 
seminars  on  how  to  delegate  authority,  how  to  motivate 
groups  of  people,  and  how  to  provide  constructive 
criticism  and  support.  Leadership  students  not  only 
study  leadership  techniques  but  have  the  opportunity  to 
put  them  into  practice. 

Associated  Students  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 

The  Associated  Student  organization  sponsors  a  wide 
range  of  social,  cultural,  recreational,  and  religious 
activities.  Students  are  invited  to  take  part  in  the  many 
activities  of  the  surrounding  colleges  and  the  many 
opportunities  available  in  the  greater  Los  Angeles  area. 

Student  Nurses  Association  of  California 

The  Student  Nurses  Association  of  California  prepares 
future  nurses  for  participation  in  their  professional 
organization.  It  provides  a  vehicle  for  student  sharing, 
has  malpractice  coverage  for  student  clinical  experience, 
disseminates  information  about  future  directions  in 
education  and  current  trends  in  nursing  care  delivery. 

Delta  Service  Organization 

Delta  members  act  as  official  hostesses  for  receptions, 
open  house  tours,  programs,  and  other  social  events. 
This  organization  gives  service  to  campus  events  and  also 
enriches  the  lives  of  the  members  by  helping  them  to 
learn  the  skills  required  of  an  excellent  hostess. 

Religious  Opportunities 

The  campus  is  located  next  door  to  St.  Vincent's  Church 
and  a  few  blocks  from  the  Newman  Center  of  the 
University  of  Southern  California.  Both  facilities  are  open 
daily  to  Mount  students.  Liturgy  is  celebrated  monthly  on 
the  Doheny  Campus.  A  Catholic  chaplain  is  on  campus 
once  a  week,  providing  the  students  with  a  sense  of 
Christian  living. 


Residence  Life 

The  Doheny  residence  hall  accommodates  a  small 
number  of  students  and  provides  an  opportunity  for  a 
group- living  experience  in  a  warm  and  friendly 
atmosphere.  Student  life  is  largely  self-regulated  under 
the  guidance  of  the  director  of  residence,  residence 
assistants  and  the  student  residence  council.  Every  effort 
is  made  to  allow  for  student  privacy  while  providing 
opportunities  for  a  good  community-living  experience. 

Health  Service 

Students  at  the  Doheny  Campus  have  available  to  them 
the  full  scope  of  health  services  offered  by  the  Student 
Health  Service  of  the  University  of  Southern  California. 
All  Doheny  students  must  have  a  preliminary  statement 
of  health  submitted  to  the  USC  Student  Health  Center. 
To  use  the  Center,  students  need  only  show  their  MSMC 
identification  card.  Students  are  expected  to  provide  their 
own  transportation  to  the  Center. 

Insurance 

All  students  living  away  from  home  are  required  to  carry 
sickness  insurance.  This  rule  applies  even  if  students  are 
living  with  relatives  if  these  are  not  their  legal  guardians. 
Evidence  of  insurance  coverage  must  be  provided  at  the 
time  of  registration.  Insurance  may  be  obtained  through 
the  college.  The  decision  to  take  out  the  college  insurance 
must  be  made  before  the  second  week  of  each  term. 

Student  Placement  Service 

Students  who  desire  part-time  employment  may 
participate  in  the  student  placement  program  by  applying 
to  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  Employment  opportunities 
are  available  both  on  and  off  campus.  Jobs  are  filled 
according  to  students'  financial  need  and  skill. 

Counseling  Services 

Students  may  find  assistance  in  an  atmosphere  of 
responsible  freedom  in  a  variety  of  counseling  situations. 
Counseling  may  range  from  an  informal  chat  to  long-term 
therapy  as  a  result  of  referral  to  an  outside  resource.  The 
College  Chaplain,  the  Student  Development  staff,  the 
faculty  and  the  Counseling  Center  are  all  available  to 
serve  the  needs  of  the  students. 


:8/Associate  Degree  Program 


Associate  Degree  Specializations- 
Descriptions  and  Requirements 

The  Art  Program 

The  A.  A.  art  program  emphasis  is  design  treated  as  an 
introduction  to  all  forms  of  art.  The  instruction  is 
thorough  and  comprehensive.  Small  classes  allow  for 
concentrated  personal  direction.  Special  experience 
courses  provide  field  work  related  to  each  student's 
career  goals.  The  program  prepares  students  wishing  to 
transfer  to  Mount  St.  Mary's  B.A.  and  B.F.A.  programs 
or  to  other  institutions  for  further  study.  It  also 
introduces  students  to  the  processes  and  techniques  used 
in  various  commercial  design  areas. 
Art  courses  are  taught  in  a  converted  carriage  house,  a 
unique  studio  space  and  an  atmosphere  conductive  to  the 
making  of  art. 


The  A. A.  Degree  With  a  Specialization  in  Art 

Freshman  Year 

Fall  Semester 

ARTl 
ART  2 
ENG  10A 
SPR  80 

Drawing 
Design  I 

Communication  Skills 
Group  Experience 
Elective 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(1) 
(3) 

Interterm 

ART  5 

Fundamentals  of  Art 

(3) 

or 
ART  7 

Modern  Art  Survey 

(3) 

Spring  Semester 

ART  6               Design  II 

ART  22              Drawing  II 

—  Humanities  Course 

—  Elective 
SPR  60B            Outreach 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(1-3) 

Sophomore 

Vear 

Fall  Semester 

ART  4 
ART  99 
RST 

Painting  I 

Special  Experience 

One  course  in  religious  studies 

Electives 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(6) 

Interterm 

— 

Elective 

(3) 

Spring  Semester 

ART  30A           Graphic  Communication 

(3) 

or 

ART 
ART  99 

Elective 

Special  Experience 

Electives 

(3) 
(3) 
(9) 

The  Business  Program 

The  Associate  in  Arts  Degree  in  Business  is  attained  by 
completion  of  a  two-year  career-oriented  program  with  a 
specialization  in  one  of  three  areas:  Executive  Secretary, 
Legal  Secretary,  Medical  Secretary.  The  Medical  Secretary 
specialization  offers  core  courses  in  the  Human  Services 
Program,  giving  the  student  a  background  in  gerontology 
(human  development  and  aging).  This  emphasis  adds 
another  area  of  career  opportunities  in  the  wide  field  of 
health-care  agencies. 

In  each  area  of  specialization  the  curriculum  has  been 
designed  to  meet  one  of  the  most  pressing  needs  of 
business  today:  college-trained  secretaries,  able  to  accept 
responsibility,  make  intelligent  decisions,  and  function  as 
a  member  of  a  team. 

The  program  includes  courses  in  the  skills  necessary  for 
entry  positions;  in  Business  Administration  to  give  the 
background  for  advancement;  and  in  the  Liberal  Arts  to 
provide  the  "plus"  of  wider  horizons  and  broader 
interests  —  all  of  this  in  an  atmosphere  of  support  and 
encouragement  conducive  to  personal  growth  and 
development. 

With  this  preparation,  graduates  of  the  business  program 
are  ready  for  entry-level  positions  of  responsibility  in 
many  areas  and  are  equipped  to  advance  in  the  business 
and  professional  world  as  far  as  their  individual  talents 
and  abilities  will  take  them. 

A  special  feature  of  the  business  program  is  the 
internship  which  bridges  the  gap  between  formal 
education  and  life  situations  by  providing  work 
experience  in  a  business  firm,  a  legal  office,  or  a 
health-care  setting.  It  helps  the  student  to  develop 
personality  and  poise  and  to  acquire  good  working 
habits.  In  the  weekly  seminar  session  the  students 
evaluate  experiences  and  develop  an  appreciation  for  and 
an  understanding  of  the  relationship  between  formal 
education  and  career  success. 

Requirements  for  admission  into  the  business  program: 

1.  Good  records  in  high  school  business  courses. 

2.  Well  developed  business  skills  (or  adequate  substitute 
as  determined  through  a  screening  process). 

3.  The  personal  qualities  needed  to  function  well  in  an 
office  or  a  health-care  setting. 


Total  units  —  62 


Associate  Degree  Program/19 


The  Associate  in  Arts  Degree  with  a  Specialization 

in  Business 

Concentrations: 

Executive  Secretary 

Legal  Secretary 

Medical  Secretary 
General  requirements  for  i 


concentratbns: 


ENG  10 


Communications  Skills 
—  Humanities  Course 

RST  One  course  in  religious  studies 

SPR  60B  Outreach 

SPR  80  Group  Experience 

A  minimum  of  three  courses  from  three  of  the  following  areas 
art,  literature,  music,  philosophy,  psychology,  sciences 
sociology. 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(0-1) 
(1) 


Requirements  for  the  Executive  Secretary  concentration: 

BUS  4 

Introduction  to  American  Business 

(3) 

BUS  5 

Business  Law 

(3) 

BUS  15 
BUS  20 

Principles  of  Accounting 
Office  Administration 

(3) 
(3) 

BUS  21 

Business  Communications 

(3) 

BUS  22AB 
BUS  23 

Advanced  Typewriting 
Mathematics  for  Business 

(2-2) 
(3) 

•BUS  25 
BUS  26 
BUS  85 
BUS  90 

Machine  Transcription 
Adding  and  Calculating  Machines 
Business  Management 
Business  Internship 

(2) 
(1) 
(3) 
(3) 

ECOl 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

MTH9 

Introduction  to  Computer  Processes 

(3) 

Recommended: 

BUS  24AB 

Shorthand  Transcription 

(3-3) 

Requirements 

for  the  Legal  Secretary  concentration: 

BUS  4 

Introduction  to  American  Business 

(3) 

BUS  5 

Business  Law 

(3) 

BUS  15 

Principles  of  Accounting 

(3) 

BUS  20 

Office  Administration 

(3) 

BUS  21 

Business  Communications 

(3) 

BUS  22AB 

Advanced  Typewriting 

(2-2) 

BUS  23 

Mathematics  for  Business 

(3) 

BUS  25 

Machine  Transcription 

(2) 

BUS  26 

Adding  and  Calculating  Machines 

(1) 

BUS  27 

Legal  Secretarial  Procedures  and 

Terminology 

(3) 

BUS  85 

Business  Management 

(3) 

BUS  90 

Business  Internship 

(3) 

ECOl 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

MTH9 

Introduction  to  Computer  Processes 

(3) 

Recommended: 

BUS  24AB 

Shorthand  Transcription 

(3-3) 

Requirements  for  the  Medical  Secretary  concentration 

BUS  4 

Introduction  to  American  Business 

(3) 

BUS  5 

Business  Law 

(3) 

BUS  15 
BUS  20 

Principles  of  Accounting 
Office  Administration 

(3) 
(3) 

BUS  21 

Business  Communications 

(3) 

BUS  22AB 
BUS  23 

Advanced  Typewriting 
Mathematics  for  Business 

(2-2) 
(3) 

BUS  25 
BUS  26 
BUS  28 

Machine  Transcription 

Adding  and  Calculating  Machines 

Medical  Secretarial  Procedure  and 

(2) 
(1) 

BUS  85 
BUS  90 
ECOl 

Terminology 
Business  Management 
Business  Internship 
Microeconomics 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 

MTH9 

Introduction  to  Computer  Processes 

(3) 

Recommended: 

BUS  24AB 

Shorthand  Transcription 

(3-3) 

Human  Services  Program  Core  Courses  replacing  the  elec- 
tives  of  the  other  concentrations: 

HSP94 
PHI  21 

Gerontology  Seminar 

Moral  Values  and  Ethical  Decisions 

(2) 
(3) 

PSYl 
RST  78 
SOC5 

General  Psychology 

Death  and  Dying:  Religious  Aspects 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 

The  Liberal  Arts  Program 

The  liberal  arts  option  is  available  to  students  who  are 
working  to  develop  career  plans,  who  have  not  decided 
on  a  specialization,  or  who  wish  to  select  a  baccalaureate 
major  for  which  there  is  no  A. A.  specialization.  Students 
fulfill  Mt.  St.  Mary's  College  general  associate  in  arts 
requirements  as  well  as  lower  division  requirements  for 
the  intended  major.  Mt.  St.  Mary's  College  general 
studies  requirements  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  are 
recommended  but  not  required  for  this  option.  The  liberal 
arts  program  provides  experience  in  a  variety  of 
disciplines  so  that  a  student  has  maximum  freedom  to 
design  her  own  program  with  the  assistance  of  her 
advisor. 

The  Nursing  Program 

The  associate  degree  program  offers  a  two-year  course  in 
nursing  which  combines  general  studies  and  clinical 
nursing  courses  during  both  years.  The  content  of 
nursing  courses  is  based  upon  the  Roy  adaptation  model 
of  nursing.  Upon  completion  of  the  program,  the  student 
is  granted  the  Associate  in  Arts  degree  and  is  eligible  to 
write  the  licensing  examinations  to  practice  as  a 
registered  nurse  and  to  use  the  title  R.N. 


20/Associate  Degree  Program 


Requirements  for  Admission  to  the  Program 
In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  admission 
requirements,  acceptance  into  the  Department  of  Nursing 
is  determined  by  the  Admission  Committee  of  the 
department.  Admission  is  based  upon  a  consideration  of 
the  student's  academic  achievement,  personality,  health, 
and  aptitude  for  the  nursing  profession.  There  is  a  formal 
review  of  the  student's  high  school  record  and  grade 
point  average,  College  Entrance  Examination  scores, 
previous  college  experience  (if  any),  letters  of 
recommendation  and  an  interview. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  review,  applicants  must  have 
achieved  a  minimum  of  2.5  (C+)  grade  point  average  in 
high  school.  Students  who  intend  to  major  in  nursing  are 
required  to  take  two  high  school  laboratory  science 
courses,  including  chemistry  and  either  physics  or  a 
biological  science.  Students  who  have  had  previous 
college  experience  must  also  have  achieved  a  2.5 
cumulative  grade  point  average. 

The  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Nursing  have  the  right 
and  the  responsibility  for  judging  and  evaluating  the 
quality  of  the  student's  achievement,  both  in  the  mastery 
of  theoretical  content  and  in  clinical  competence. 
Midterm  warning,  probation  or  disqualification  may  be 
used  when  deemed  necessary.  Disqualification  from  the 
Nursing  Program  will  occur  when  a  student  receives  a 
"D"  or  "F"  in  a  nursing  course  or  a  course  required  by 
the  department,  i.e.,  Anatomy  and  Physiology, 
Microbiology,  Nutrition,  Sociology  and  Psychology.  If  a 
student's  level  of  clinical  practice  is  unsatisfactory  or 
unsafe,  the  student  may  be  disqualified  before  the  end  of 
the  semester.  In  the  event  of  unsatisfactory  performance, 
which  could  result  in  the  student's  disqualification,  the 
student's  record  is  reviewed  by  the  faculty  before  a  final 
evaluation  is  made  and  action  taken.  Reinstatement  will 
be  granted  only  by  special  action  of  the  Admission 
Committee  of  the  Nursing  Department. 

A  student  will  bring  a  written  report  of  a  chest  X-Ray, 
up-dated  immunizations,  and  a  physical  examination  done 
in  the  late  spring  or  summer  preceding  the  first  clinical 
assignment,  and  another  before  beginning  the  second 
clinical  year  of  the  program. 

During  the  clinical  portion  of  the  program,  students  must 
carry  malpractice  insurance  obtained  through  the  Student 
Nurse  Association  of  California  organization. 

A  program  exists  for  LVNs  who  have  the  general  studies 
requirements  of  the  first  year  to  challenge  first  year 
nursing  courses  and  move  directly  into  the  second  year. 

The  course  NUR  40  is  taken  prior  to  beginning  the  second 
year  course. 


The  A.  A.  Degree  with  a  Specialization  in  Nursing 

Requirements 

Freshman  Year 

BIO  41AB 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

(4-4) 

CST10 

Human  Nutrition 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

ENG  10A 

Communication  Skills 

(3) 

ENG  11 

Communication  Skills  for  the 

Medical  Profession 

(3) 

NUR  20 

Introduction  to  Medical  Science 

(3) 

NUR  21AB 

Nursing  Science  Theory  I 

(2-2) 

NUR  24AB 

Nursing  Practicum  I 

(4-4) 

Sophomore 

Year 

BIO  3 

General  Microbiology 

(4) 

— 

Humanities  Course 

(3) 

RST 

Religious  Studies 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

NUR  30ABCD  Medical  Science                     (1 V2-I % 

-IV2-IV2) 

NUR  31ABCD  Nursing  Science  Theory  II 

(1-1-1-1) 

NUR  33ABCD  Professional  Practicum          (21/2-21/2-21/2-21/2) 

NUR  34 

Sophomore  Seminar 

(2) 

Total  units 

in  Nursing  —  37 

The  Physical  Therapy  Assistant 
Program 

The  graduate  of  the  Pysical  Therapy  Assistant  program  is 
prepared  to  assist  the  professional  (licensed)  Physical 
Therapist  in  patient-related  treatment  activities. 

The  program  is  designed  in  accordance  with  the 
guidelines  of  the  American  Physical  Therapist 
Association. 


The  A. A.  Degree  with  a  Specialization  in  Physical 

Therapy  Assistant 

A. A.  Degree  Requirements 

ENG  10 

Communication  Skills 

(3) 

— 

Humanities  Course 

(3) 

SPR  60B 

Outreach 

(0-1) 

SPR80 

Group  Experience 

(1) 

Preparation 

BIO  3 

Microbiology 

(4) 

BIO  41AB 

Anatomy  and  Physiology 

(4-4) 

PHS  1 

Scientific  Concepts 

(3) 

Requirements 

-  Human  Services  Core 

ART  46 

Art  as  Therapy 

(3) 

or 
MUS64 

Music  and  Life 

(3) 

HSP94 

Gerontology  Seminar 

(2) 

PHI  21 

Moral  Values  and  Ethical  Decisions 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

RST  78 

Death  and  Dying:  Religious  Aspects 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

Associate  Degree  Program/21 


Requirements  - 

-  Physical  Therapy 

BIO  42 

Introduction  to  Physical  Therapy 

Assistant 

(3) 

BIO  43 

Physical  Therapy  Assistant 

Procedures  I 

(3) 

BIO  44 

Physical  Therapy  Assistant 

Procedures  II 

(10) 

BIO  45 

Physical  Therapy  Assistant 

Procedures  III 

(4) 

BIO  46 

Physical  Therapy  Assistant 

Procedures  IV 

(10) 

Total  units  ir 

Physical  Therapy  —  30 

Total  units  in 

Human  Services  Core  —  17 

The  Pre-School  Teaching 
Program 

The  Associate  Degree  Program  with  a  specialization  in 
Pre-School  Teaching  is  the  first  step  in  the  career-ladder 
program  in  teaching  offered  by  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College. 

The  two-year  program  at  the  Doheny  Campus  fulfills  the 
requirements  for  a  Child  Center  Instructional  Permit  with 
postponement  of  requirements.  These  requirements  as 
established  by  the  Commission  for  Teacher  Preparation 
and  Licensing  and  the  State  Board  of  Education  are  the 
following: 

a.  Sixty  semester  hours  of  course  work,  including  at  least 
twelve  semester  hours  related  to  the  major; 

b.  Field  work  course  in  a  pre-school  program. 

This  permit  is  valid  for  two  years  and  may  be  renewed  for 
successive  two-year  periods  if,  during  these  periods,  the 
student  takes  a  minimum  of  four  units  in  a  subject  field 
related  to  the  major. 

At  the  end  of  the  two-year  program,  the  student  may 
begin  to  teach  in  a  children's  center  (pre-kindergarten)  or 
transfer  to  the  four-year  program  at  the  Chalon  Campus 
to  complete  a  bachelor  of  arts  degree  with  a  major  in 
Child  Development  which  qualifies  the  student  for  the 
Child  Center  Instructional  Permit.  Another  alternative  is 
to  transfer  to  the  Chalon  Campus  to  complete  the 
requirements  for  the  bachelor  of  arts  degree  with  a 
diversified  major  and  the  preliminary  Multi-Subject 
Teaching  Credential.  The  fifth  year  requirements  for  this 
credential  could  be  met  with  the  Specialist  Teaching 
Credential  —  Early  Childhood  Education.  For  other 
California  teaching  credentials  and  for  a  description  of  the 
graduate  programs  leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  in 
Education  degree,  see  the  Graduate  Section  of  this 
bulletin. 

Students  in  the  Education  Department  fulfill  the  state 
requirement  in  American  History  and  Institutions  for  all 
credentials  by  satisfying  the  Contemporary  Political 
Experience  (CPE)  requirement.  (See  p.  28.) 


The  Associate  Degree  Program 

The  teacher  of  the  pre-school  child  must  have  ability  of  a 
special  sort.  She  must  be  able  to  establish  rapport  with 
the  very  young  child  and  his  family,  and  she  must  be  able 
to  sustain  him  in  his  needs.  To  do  this,  she  needs  wide 
knowledge  and  a  mastery  of  the  tools  of  learning.  Course 
work,  including  observation  and  supervised  teaching,  is 
designed  to  achieve  these  basic  goals  within  a  two-year 
period. 

Criteria  for  Admission  Into  the  Pre-School  Teaching  Program 
Students  entering  this  program  must  meet  the  general 
admission  requirements  of  the  associate  degree  program. 
Academic  ability,  health,  personality,  and  ability  in  basic 
skills  (reading,  arithmetic,  language,  handwriting,  and 
spelling)  are  all  considered.  Letters  of  recommendation 
and  the  personal  interview  are  important. 


The  A. A.  Degree  with  a  Specialization  in 

Pre-School  Teaching 

Freshman  Year 

Fall  Semester 

ART  45 

Creative  Art  Experience 

(3) 

EDU31 

Introduction  to  Early  Childhood 

Education 

(3) 

ENG  10A 

Communication  Skills 

(3) 

MUS31 

Music  for  the  Young  Child 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

SPR80 

Group  Experience 

(1) 

Interterm 

— 

Humanities  Course 

(3) 

Spring  Semester 

EDU33 

Language  Development  of  the  Child 

(3) 

ENG  34 

Pre-School  Literature 

(3) 

PSY13 

Early  Child  Development 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

— 

Elective 

(3) 

Sophomore  Year 

Fall  Semester 

EDU  35A 

Cognition  and  the  Young  Child 

(3) 

HIS/POL 

American  History  and  Institutions 

Requirement 

(3) 

PHI 

One  course  in  philosophy 

(3) 

SOC4 

The  Family 

(3) 

— 

Elective 

(3) 

Interterm 

EDU  35B 

Creativity  and  the  Young  Child 

(3) 

Spring  Semester 

CST9 

Maternal  and  Child  Nutrition 

(3) 

EDU  333 

Supervised  Practicum  —  Pre-School 

(4) 

RST 

One  course  in  religious  studies 

(3) 

— 

Elective 

(3) 

22/Associate  Degree  Program 


The  A. A.  Degree  With  a  Specialization  in 

Pre-School  Teaching  —  Bilingual  (Spanish) 

Freshman  Year 

Fall  Semester 

EDU  31 

Introduction  to  Early  Childhood 

Education 

(3) 

ENG  10A 

Communication  Skills 

(3) 

MUS31 

Music  for  the  Young  Child 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

SPA 

One  course  in  Spanish 

(3) 

SPR80 

Group  Experience 

(1) 

Interterm 

— 

Humanities  course 

(3) 

Spring  Semester 

EDU  33 

Language  Development  of  the  Child 

(3) 

ENG  34 

Pre-School  Literature 

(3) 

PSY13 

Early  Child  Development 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

SPA 

One  course  in  Spanish 

(3) 

Sophomore  Year 

Fall  Semester 

ART  45 

Creative  Art  Experience 

(3) 

EDU  35A 

Cognition  and  the  Young  Child 

(3) 

HIS/POL 

American  History  and  Insitutions 

Requirement 

(3) 

PHI 

One  course  in  Philosophy 

(3) 

SPA 

One  course  in  Spanish 

(3) 

Interterm 

EDU  35B 

Creativity  and  the  Young  Child 

(3) 

Spring  Semester 

CST9 

Maternal  and  Child  Nutrition 

(3) 

EDU  333 

Supervised  Practicum  —  Pre-School 

(4) 

RST 

One  course  in  Religious  Studies 

(3) 

SPA 

One  course  in  Spanish 

(3) 

The  A.A. 

Degree  with  a  Specialization  in 

Pre-School  Teaching  —  Special  Education 

Freshman  Year 

Fall  Semester 

ART  45 

Creative  Art  Experience 

(3) 

EDU  31 

Introduction  to  Early  Childhood 

Education 

(3) 

ENG  10A 

Communication  Skills 

(3) 

MUS31 

Music  for  the  Young  Child 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

SPR80 

Group  Experience 

(1) 

Interterm 

— 

Humanities  Course 

(3) 

Spring  Semester 

ENG  34 

Pre-School  Literature 

(3) 

PSY13 

Early  Child  Development 

(3) 

PSY  77 

Language  Development  of  the  Child 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

— 

Elective 

Sophomore 

Year 

Fall  Semester 

EDU  35A 
EDU  70 

Cognition  and  the  Young  Child                    (3) 
Introduction  to  Children  with 

HIS/POL 

PHI 

SOC4 

Special  Needs  (3) 
American  History  and  Institutions 

Requirement  (3) 
One  course  in  philosophy  (3) 
The  Family                                                       (3) 

Interterm 

EDU  35B 

Creativity  and  the  Young  Child                    (3) 

Spring  Semester 

CST9 

Maternal  and  Child  Nutrition                       (3) 

EDU  72 

EDU  333 
RST 

Early  Childhood  Education  and  the 

Exceptional  Child                                        (3) 
Supervised  Practicum  —  Special  Education  (4) 
One  course  in  religious  studies                    (3) 

The  Respiratory  Therapy 
Program 

The  graduate  of  the  Respiratory  Therapy  program  is 
prepared  to  assume  the  responsibility  of  a  staff  position 
under  medical  direction  in  large  hospitals  or  health-care 
facilities  and/or  departmental  supervisory  positions  in 
smaller  hospitals. 

The  Respiratory  Therapy  program  is  designed  in 
accordance  with  the  guidelines  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  Council  on  Medical  Education. 


The  A.A 

.  Degree  with  a  Specialization  in 

Respiratory  Therapy 

A.A.  Degree  Requirements 

ENG  10 

Communication  Skills 

(3) 

— 

Humanities  Course 

(3) 

SPR  60B 

Outreach 

(0-1) 

SPR80 

Group  Experience 

(1) 

Preparatior 

BIO  3 

Microbiology 

(4) 

BIO  41AB 

Anatomy  and  Physiology 

(4-4) 

PHS1 

Scientific  Concepts 

(3) 

Requirements  -Human  Services  Core 

ART  46 

Art  as  Therapy 

(3) 

MUS64 

Music  and  Life 

(3) 

HSP94 

Gerontology  Seminar 

(2) 

PHI  21 

Moral  Values  and  Ethical 

Decisions 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

RST  78 

Death  and  Dying:  Religious  Aspects 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

Associate  Degree  Program/23 


Requirements  -Respiratory  Therapy 

BIO  12        Fundamentals  of  Respiratory  Therapy  I 

(3) 

BIO  20        Principles  of  Respiratory  Therapy 

Equipment  II 

(2) 

BIO  30A     Applied  Respiratory  Therapy  III 

(10) 

BIO  30B      Applied  Respiratory  Therapy  IV 

(4) 

BIO  40        Directed  Studies  in  Respiratory 

Therapy  V 

(10) 

Total  units  in  Respiratory  Therapy  —  29 

Total  units  in  Human  Services  Core  —  17 

The  Transfer  Program 

A  student  may  begin  her  college  work  on  the  Doheny 
Campus  with  the  intention  of  transferring  to  the  Chalon 
Campus.  In  this  case  she  enrolls  in  the  transfer  program 
and  works  out  her  program  in  close  cooperation  with  her 
advisor.  She  fulfills  MSMC  general  studies  requirements, 
lower  division  prerequisites  for  her  intended  major,  and 
general  associate  in  arts  requirements.  If  she  intends  to 
apply  for  the  A. A.  degree,  she  also  fulfills  A. A.  program 
requirements. 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


26/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


Bachebrs  Degree  Programs 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  confers  the  following 
baccalaureate  degrees: 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  majors  in 

American  Studies 

Art 

Biological  Sciences 

Business 

Chemistry 

Child  Development 

Diversified  major 

(for  elementary  teaching  credential  students) 

English 

French 

Gerontology 

History 

Mathematics 

Music 

Philosophy 

Political  Science 

Psychobiology 

Psychology 

Religious  Studies 

Social  Science 

Sociology 

Spanish 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  with  majors  in 

Biochemistry 

Biological  Sciences 

Chemistry 

Consumer  Studies 

Health  Services  Administration 

Home  Economics 

Nursing 

Physical  Therapy 

Psychobiology 

The  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  Music 

The  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  with  a  major  in  Art 

Admissions 

Freshmen  Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  must  be  graduates  of  an  accredited  high 
school  and  should  have  completed  a  college  preparatory 
course  of  study  including  the  following:  algebra, 
geometry,  three  years  of  English  (literature  and 
composition),  U.S.  History,  government,  a  lab  science, 
two  years  of  a  foreign  language  and  an  advanced  course 
in  either  mathematics,  science  or  a  foreign  language. 
Some  majors  may  have  additional  requirements. 

Students  should  have  an  average  of  B  or  better  in  these 
college  preparatory  courses  as  well  as  satisfactory  SAT  or 
ACT  scores. 


All  majors  are  open  to  women;  men  may  be  admitted  into 
the  Music  and  Nursing  Programs. 

Freshmen  Admission  Procedures 

Freshmen  applicants  for  admission  must  submit  the  following: 

1.  Completed  application  form  with  an  application  fee  of 
$20.00.  This  processing  fee  is  not  refundable  nor 
applicable  to  tuition.  Application  fee  waivers  are 
granted  upon  evidence  of  financial  need. 

2.  High  school  transcript  which  should  include  the  first 
semester  grades  of  the  senior  year.  Students  with  a 
grade  point  average  above  3.3  may  be  considered  for 
admission  without  senior  year  grades.  Transcripts 
submitted  become  the  property  of  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  and  cannot  be  returned  to  the  applicant. 

3.  Scores  on  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  or  the 
American  College  Test  (ACT).  Information  concerning 
registration  for  either  of  these  tests  is  available  in  the 
Admissions  Office. 

4.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

5.  Foreign  students  must  present  evidence  of  proficiency 
in  oral  and  written  English  by  TOEFL  scores  of  550  or 
better  or  satisfactory  completion  of  the  ninth  level  at 
an  ELS  Language  Center.  A  statement  guaranteeing 
financial  support  is  also  required. 

While  a  personal  interview  is  not  required,  it  is  strongly 
recommended  and  can  be  arranged  through  the 
Admissions  Office. 

Transfer  Admission  Requirements 

An  applicant  who  has  taken  any  college  level  classes 
since  graduation  from  high  school  must  apply  for 
admission  to  advanced  standing  as  a  transfer  student.  A 
previous  college  record  may  not  be  disregarded.  The 
transfer  student  who,  as  a  high  school  graduate,  was 
qualified  for  admission  as  a  freshman  may  be  admitted  to 
the  college  with  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at 
least  2.25  for  all  transferable  college  work  attempted. 

The  transfer  student  who,  as  a  high  school  graduate,  was 
not  qualified  for  admission  as  a  freshman  may  be 
admitted  to  the  college  after  completing  a  minimum  of  30 
transferable  units  with  a  cumulative  grade  point  average 
of  at  least  2.25.  Some  majors  may  have  additional 
requirements. 

All  majors  are  open  to  women.  Men  may  be  admitted 
into  the  Music  and  Nursing  Programs. 

Transfer  Admission  Procedures 

Transfer  applicants  for  admission  must  submit  the  following: 

1.  Completed  application  form  with  an  application  fee  of 
$20.00.  This  processing  fee  is  not  refundable  nor 
applicable  to  tuition.  Application  fee  waivers  are 
granted  upon  evidence  of  financial  need. 

2.  Transcripts  of  credits.  College  transfer  students  should 
request  the  Registrar  of  each  college  they  have 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/27 


attended  to  forward  two  copies  of  their  transcript, 
including  work  in  progress,  directly  to  the  Admissions 
Office.  Transcripts  submitted  become  the  property  of 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College  and  cannot  be  returned  to 
the  applicant.  Official  transcripts  of  all  prior  college 
work  must  be  on  file  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  by 
the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  attendance. 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

4.  Transfer  students  with  less  than  30  transferable  units 
must  also  submit  their  high  school  transcript  and  SAT 
or  ACT  scores. 

5.  Foreign  students  must  present  evidence  of  proficiency 
in  oral  and  written  English  by  TOEFL  scores  of  550  or 
better  or  satisfactory  completion  of  the  ninth  level  at 
an  ELS  Language  Center. 

In  addition,  foreign  students  must  submit  an  English 
translation  of  their  official  college  transcripts  including 
the  following  information:  descriptive  titles  of  courses 
studied  (i.e.  European  History,  Inorganic  Chemistry), 
the  number  of  lecture  hours  and  laboratory  hours  per 
week  devoted  to  each  course,  the  number  of  weeks  of 
lecture  and  laboratory  work  in  each  course,  and  the 
grades  earned  with  an  explanation  of  the  marking 
system. 

A  statement  guaranteeing  financial  support  is  also 
required. 

Conditional  Admission 

A  student  who  qualifies  for  admission  but  whose 
academic  history  indicates  possible  difficulty  in  college 
may  be  admitted  conditionally.  The  terms  of  the 
condition  are:  1)  a  reduced  course  load  (12-13  units),  and 
2)  placement  testing  and  follow-up  skill  building  as 
indicated  by  the  placement  tests. 

To  have  the  conditions  removed,  a  student  must  maintain 
good  academic  standing  for  two  semesters  and 
successfully  complete  the  follow-up  required  by  the 
placement  tests.  For  further  details  on  conditional 
admission,  consult  the  Admissions  Office  or  the  Director 
of  the  Learning  Assistance  Program. 

Special  Admission 

Special  admission  may  be  granted  to  students  who  are 
returning  to  the  classroom  after  an  absence  or  to  students 
who  wish  to  take  courses  for  enrichment  but  do  not  wish 
to  pursue  a  degree  at  this  time. 

Up  to  twelve  units  may  be  earned  as  a  special  part-time 
student.  After  taking  twelve  units,  the  student  will  be 
reviewed  for  formal  admission  to  a  degree  program.  The 
units  taken  as  a  special  student  may  be  applied  toward 
the  degree  unless  otherwise  noted. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

The  college  will  evaluate  all  credits  submitted  by  the 
transfer  applicant  and  reserves  the  right  to  accept  or 
reject  any  of  the  credits  offered  for  transfer. 


Credit  for  courses  taken  in  other  accredited  colleges  or 
universities  prior  to  matriculation  at  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  is  transferable  provided  that  the  transferred 
courses  satisfy  curriculum  requirements  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College  and  the  courses  are  transferred  prior  to 
fulfillment  of  senior  residence. 

No  more  than  66  semester  units  may  be  transferred  from 
an  accredited  community  college.  Credit  for  extension 
courses  is  not  automatically  transferable. 

A  final  credit  summary  and  determination  of  advanced 
standing  will  be  prepared  by  the  registrar  after  the 
applicant  is  accepted  for  admission  and  all  final 
transcripts  have  been  submitted. 

Once  admitted  to  and  enrolled  in  the  college,  the  student 
is  normally  expected  to  pursue  study  only  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College. 

A  student  seeking  an  exception  to  this  policy  must  file  a 
Transfer  of  Credit  Clearance  with  all  approvals  in  the 
office  of  the  registrar  prior  to  registration  in  courses  for 
which  approval  has  been  obtained. 

Academic  Policies 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  Completion  of  at  least  129  semester  units  (43  standard 
courses)  with  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  (C  average) 
for  all  college  work  undertaken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College.  A  minimum  of  45  semester  units  (15  standard 
courses)  must  be  in  upper  division  work. 

2.  Completion  of  a  major,  as  designated  by  the  major 
department,  with  a  maximum  of  15  courses  in  one 
field. 

3.  Satisfaction  of  the  senior  residence  requirement. 
Residence  is  defined  as  the  last  twenty-four  units  before 
graduation  which  must  be  taken  at  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College.  At  least  some  of  these  units  are  in  the 
student's  major  and  earned  in  regular  course  work. 

4.  Completion  of  a  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  General 
Studies  Program. 

The  General  Studies  Program 

An  educated  person  is  one  who  is  not  only  academically 
prepared  in  an  area  of  specialization  but  also  one  who  has 
knowledge  and  appreciation  of  the  diverse  fields  of 
human  endeavor.  To  achieve  this,  a  student  is  expected 
to  explore  areas  of  learning  outside  the  major  through  the 
general  studies  program.  Intended  to  expand  the 
student's  world,  the  requirements  include  units  in 
religious  studies  and  philosophy  as  the  student  reflects 
on  questions  of  values  and  meaning  in  human  experience 
and  grapples  with  the  mystery  of  the  divine;  units  in 
humanities  as  one  explores  the  creative  and  artistic 
expressions  of  humankind;  units  in  the  natural  sciences 
as  one  confronts  and  examines  the  physical  world;  and 


28/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


unts  in  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences,  as  one 
approaches  avenues  to  understanding  the  complexity  of 
the  human  person  as  a  social,  political  being. 

In  addition  to  this,  the  college  expects  that  every 
educated  person  should  have  the  ability  to  express  one's 
thoughts  with  clarity  and  be  knowledgeable  about 
government  and  its  structure  and  organization. 
Moreover,  students  earning  a  bachelor  of  arts  degree  are 
expected  to  study  a  foreign  language  in  order  to  better 
appreciate  diverse  peoples  and  cultures. 

General  Studies  Requirements 

The  current  schedule  of  classes  will  indicate  courses 
offered  for  General  Studies  credit.  No  single  course  may 
satisfy  more  than  one  General  Studies  requirement. 


General  Studies  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 

Arts  Degree 

Required: 

A  minimum  of  27  units  selected  from  three  divisions: 
Humanities,  Natural  Sciences,  and  Social  and  Behavioral  Sci- 
ences; only  nine  units  of  general  studies  credit  allowed  in  the 
student's  major  division. 

Division  I:  Humanities 
Areas: 

Art 

Cultural  History 

Literature 

Music 

Required: 

6  to  15  units  in  two  areas  outside  the  student's  major  field. 

Division  II:  Natural  Sciences 

Areas: 

Biological  Sciences 

Chemistry 

Mathematics 

Physics  and  Physical  Sciences 

Required: 

6  to  15  units  in  two  areas  outside  the  student's  major  field. 

Division  III:  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

Areas: 

Economics 

History 

Political  Science 

Psychology 

Sociology  and  Anthropology 

Required: 

6  to  15  units  in  two  areas  outside  the  student's  major  field. 

Philosophy 

Required: 

9  units,  6  of  which  should  be  lower  division. 


Religious  Studies 
Required: 

9  units. 

Recommended: 

Introductory  course  in  Scripture. 

Requirements  which  may  be  satisfied  by  examination  or  by 

course  work: 

Contemporary  political  experience  requirement 

Foreign  language  requirement 

Writing  competency  requirement 
See  additional  information  on  these  requirements. 


General  Studies  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Fine  Arts  Degree 

Division  I:  Humanities 
Areas: 

Cultural  History 

Literature 

Music 

Required: 

6  units 

Division  II:  Natural  Sciences 

Areas: 

Biological  Sciences 

Chemistry 

Mathematics 

Physics  and  Physical  Sciences 

Required: 

6  units 

Division  III:  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

Areas: 

Economics 

History 

Political  Science 

Psychology 

Sociology  and  Anthropology 

Required: 

6  units 

Philosophy 

Required: 

9  units,  six  of  which  should  be  lower  division. 

Religious  Studies 

Required: 

9  units. 

Recommended: 

Introductory  course  in  Scripture. 

Requirements  which  may  be  satisfied  by  examination  or  by 

course  work: 

Contemporary  political  experience  requirement 

Writing  competency  requirement 
See  additional  information  on  these  requirements. 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/29 


General  Studies  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Music  Degree 

Division  I:  Humanities 
Areas: 
Art 

Cultural  History 
Literature 
Required: 
6  units 

Division  II:  Natural  Sciences 
Areas: 

Biological  Sciences 
Chemistry 
Mathematics 

Physics  and  Physical  Sciences 
Required: 
3  units 

Division  III:  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 
Areas: 
Economics 
History 

Political  Science 
Psychology 

"Sociology  and  Anthropology 
Required: 
6  units 
Philosophy 
Required: 

9  units,  6  of  which  should  be  lower  division. 
Religious  Studies 
Required: 
9  units. 

Recommended: 

Introductory  course  in  Scripture. 

Requirements  which  may  be  satisfied  by  examination  or  by 
course  work: 

Contemporary  political  experience  requirement 

Writing  competency  requirement 
See  additional  information  on  these  requirements. 


General  Studies  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor 

of  Science  Degree 

Required: 

A  minimum  of  27  units  selected  from  three  divisions: 
Humanities,  Natural  Sciences,  and  Social  and  Behavioral  Sci- 
ences; only  nine  units  of  general  studies  credit  allowed  in  the 
student's  major  division. 

Division  I:  Humanities 
Areas: 

Art 

Cultural  History 

Literature 

Music 


Required: 

6  to  15  units  in  two  areas  outside  the  student's  major  field. 

Division  II:  Natural  Sciences 

Areas: 

Biological  Sciences 

Chemistry 

Mathematics 

Physics  and  Physical  Sciences 

Required: 

6  to  15  units  in  two  areas  outside  the  student's  major  field. 

Division  III:  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

Areas: 

Economics 

History 

Political  Science 

Psychology 

Sociology  and  Anthropology 

Required: 

6  to  15  units  in  two  areas  outside  the  student's  major  field. 

Philosophy 

Required: 

9  units,  6  of  which  should  be  lower  division. 

Religious  Studies 

Required: 

9  units. 

Recommended: 

Introductory  course  in  Scripture. 

Requirements  which  may  be  satisfied  by  examination  or  by 

course  work: 

Contemporary  political  experience  requirement 

Writing  competency  requirement 
See  additional  information  on  these  requirements. 


Areas  in  Which  Requirements  Can  be  Satisfied  by 
Examination  OR  Course  Work: 

1.  Contemporary  Political  Experience  (0-3  units). 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  requires  that  students  fulfill 
by  examination  or  course  work  a  study  of 
contemporary  American  political  institutions  and  their 
conceptual  framework  on  the  federal  and  state  levels. 

Students  may  choose  one  of  the  following  ways  to 
satisfy  the  Contemporary  Political  Experience  (CPE) 
requirement: 

—  Satisfactory  performance  in  a  comprehensive 
examination. 

—  Satisfactory  completion  of  one  of  the  following 
courses:  HIS  7GHI,  HIS  27,  HIS  75/175,  HIS  76/176, 
HIS  179,  POL  1,  POL  70/170,  POL  75/175,  POL  107, 
POL  108,  POL  180,  ECO  107. 

—  Satisfactory  completion  of  any  other  course 
designated  in  the  current  schedule  of  classes  as 
fulfilling  the  requirement. 


30/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


Students  in  the  Education  Department  fulfill  the  state 
requirement  for  all  credentials  by  satisfying  the 
Contemporary  Political  Experience  (CPE)  requirement. 

2.  Foreign  Language  (0-9  units). 

This  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  in  one  of  the 
following  ways: 

—  Successfully  passing  a  proficiency  examination  at 
the  level  equivalent  to  completion  of  the  third 
semester  of  college  language.  This  examination  is 
to  be  administered  either  by  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  or  by  an  approved  testing  center. 

—  Study  of  one  of  the  following  foreign  languages  — 
French,  Spanish  —  to  the  completion  of  level  three 
(three  semesters  of  college  language  study).  The 
beginning  course  for  each  student  is  to  be 
determined  by  a  placement  examination 
administered  several  days  before  registration  each 
fall  term. 

Students  whose  native  language  is  not  English  have 
another  alternative.  They  may  satisfy  the  requirement 
by  demonstrating  full  academic  proficiency  in  English 
as  a  second  language.  Full  academic  proficiency  is 
equivalent  to  (1)  passing  the  TOEFL  examination  with 
scores  above  level  nine;  or  (2)  sequential  work  in  ESL 
to  raise  student  performance  to  level  nine  or  above. 

In  the  case  of  a  bilingual  or  multilingual  student,  the 
Department  of  Foreign  Languages  will  determine 
which  is  the  student's  first,  or  native  language,  and 
which  is  the  second,  or  foreign  langauge. 

3.  Writing  Competency  (0-7  units). 

A  student  may  fulfill  the  writing  competency 
requirement  by  successfully  completing  the  college 
writing  program  (1978-79:  ENG  1AB  or  ENG  4,  1AB). 

Learning  Assistance  Center 

In  order  to  enable  each  student  to  achieve  maximum 
benefit  from  the  academic  programs  at  the  college,  a 
Learning  Assistance  Program  is  available.  Students 
whose  previous  performance  would  indicate  they  might 
experience  academic  difficulty  at  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  take  part  in  the  program  through  assessment 
testing  and  follow-up  programs  in  composition,  reading, 
and  math. 

The  center  provides  referral  and  individualized  and 
group  sessions.  A  volunteer  program  of  student  tutors  in 
composition,  chemistry,  and  other  areas  as  need  dictates 
is  also  provided. 

Placement  and  assessment  testing  are  available  to  all 
students  who  request  it.  Students  may  be  referred  to  the 
Learning  Assistance  Center  by  faculty,  or  deans,  or  may 
seek  assistance  themselves.  Lab  fees  may  be  assessed  for 
long-term  use  of  the  Center. 


Academic  Counseling  Center  and  Services 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  currently  implementing  an 
Academic  Counseling  Center.  This  center  will  provide  on 
an  ongoing  basis  academic  counseling  and  referral 
services. 

Once  a  student  has  been  admitted  to  the  college,  she  will 
be  assigned  an  academic  advisor,  in  the  area  of  her  major  if 
she  is  ready  to  declare  an  academic  major,  or  a  liberal  arts 
advisor  if  she  is  undecided.  A  special  student-to-student 
assistant  will  meet  with  each  new  student  to  answer  any 
questions  and  to  discuss  college  requirements.  The 
student's  academic  program  will  be  planned  with  an 
academic  advisor  who  will  further  clarify  college  policies 
and  procedures. 

Although  the  college  makes  every  effort  to  provide 
academic  counseling  to  the  student,  it  is  ultimately  the 
individual  student's  responsibility  to  see  that  all  General 
Studies  and  major  requirements  have  been  fulfilled. 
Independent  Study/Directed  Reading 

Opportunity  for  independent  study  and  directed  reading 
is  available  to  qualified  students.  In  independent  study, 
the  student  has  responsibility  for  planning, 
implementing,  and  presenting  the  project;  the  faculty 
member  approves  the  project,  meets  with  the  student 
several  times  in  the  term,  and  evaluates  the  final  results. 
In  directed  reading,  the  faculty  member  shares  the 
responsibility  with  the  student,  generally  planning  the 
readings  and/or  projects  and  meeting  with  the  student 
regularly. 

Guidelines  for  Independent  Study /Directed  Reading: 

1.  Introductory  courses  to  a  discipline  will  not  be  taken  in 
this  mode. 

2.  Freshmen  will  take  neither  independent  study  nor 
directed  reading. 

3.  Neither  independent  study  nor  directed  reading  will 
be  taken  in  Interterm  to  fulfill  a  General  Studies 
requirement. 

4.  No  more  than  two  independent  studies  or  directed 
readings  will  be  taken  in  any  one  semester. 

5.  In  extraordinary  circumstances,  the  above  guidelines 
may  be  waived  by  petition. 

Prior  to  registering  for  independent  or  directed  study,  the 
student  discusses  plans  with  the  sponsoring  faculty 
member,  prepares  a  proposal  which  should  include  goals, 
methodology,  bibliography,  target  dates,  and  evaluative 
criteria,  and  files  an  approval  form  for  the  projected  study 
in  the  office  of  the  academic  dean. 

Educational  Alternatives  Program 

The  Educational  Alternatives  Program  is  available  to  the 
student  interested  in  giving  further  creative  direction  to 
her  own  education.  The  EAP  student  is  encouraged  to 
utilize  alternative  modes  of  education  and  to  assume 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/31 


leadership  in  initiating  educational  and  cultural 
experiences.  Admission  to  EAP  presumes  the  ability  on 
the  part  of  the  student  to  engage  in  independent  study. 
Freshmen  are  eligible  to  apply  for  membership  after  the 
successful  completion  of  their  first  semester  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College. 

With  the  approval  of  the  academic  dean,  EAP  students  of 
demonstrated  ability  may  also  apply  to  earn  a  bachelors 
degree  in  an  individually  constructed  program  of  study 
directed  by  a  board  of  three  faculty  members. 

ROTC 

Through  a  cross-town  agreement,  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  students  may  take  part  in  the  Loyola-Marymount 
University  Air  Force  ROTC  program.  (See  courses  listed 
under  Aerospace  Studies.) 

Army  and  Air  Force  ROTC  programs  are  available  to 
qualified  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  students  through 
agreement  with  UCLA. 

Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
the  Academic  Dean. 

Interterm 

Full-time  students  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  are 
expected  to  participate  in  the  Interterm  program  as  part 
of  the  academic  year.  During  the  month  of  January, 
students  will  ordinarily  concentrate  on  a  single  activity. 
Thus,  the  student  should  plan  on  devoting  her  full  time 
(30-40  hours  a  week)  to  the  study  she  chooses  to  pursue. 
Opportunities  for  interdepartmental  work,  for  in-depth 
study  in  one  area,  for  research,  for  internships,  for 
experience-oriented  courses,  for  independent  study,  and 
for  travel  will  be  available  during  Interterm. 
Opportunities  are  also  available  for  students  to  participate 
in  Interterm  experiences  at  other  colleges  on  an  exchange 
basis. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  explore  interest  areas  both 
inside  and  outside  their  major  department  on  either  the 
Chalon  or  the  Doheny  campus.  A  maximum  of  two 
Interterm  courses  (during  the  four  years)  may  be  taken  in 
any  one  department.  Students  should  also  note  that  a 
maximum  of  six  non-required  units  in  special  programs 
may  be  counted  towards  a  degree. 

A  maximum  of  four  units  may  be  taken  during  an 
Interterm  session.  These  units  are  not  computed  with  the 
12-17  units  which  a  full-time  student  is  allowed  to  take 
during  the  fall  term  or  during  the  spring  term. 

Enrollment  in  Interterm  courses  will  be  determined  on  a 
first  come,  first  serve  basis.  However,  any  senior  who 
enrolls  in  a  class  during  the  registration  period  may  have 
first  preference. 

All  courses  taken  during  the  Interterm  period  must  be 
completed  by  the  end  of  January.  Incompletes  may  not  be 
given  except  in  extraordinary  circumstances  and  with  the 
consent  of  the  dean. 


Junior  Year  Abroad 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers  several  opportunities  for 
foreign  study  during  one  or  both  terms  of  the  junior  year. 
Arrangements  have  been  made  with  the  following  foreign 
universities  to  accept  students  from  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  and  to  transfer  their  grades:  La  Universidad 
Iberoamericana,  Mexico  City,  Mexico;  Laval  University, 
Quebec,  Canada;  The  Institute  of  European  Studies, 
Vienna,  Austria.  In  addition,  other  foreign  universities 
may  be  approved  by  the  academic  dean  on  an  individual 
basis. 

Students  who  wish  to  take  part  in  this  program  must 
obtain  the  approval  of  the  academic  dean  and  the 
chairman  of  their  major  department.  They  must  qualify 
by  a  grade  point  average  of  2.5.  If  they  plan  to  attend 
classes  in  which  the  lectures  are  given  in  a  foreign 
language,  they  should  have  sufficient  proficiency  in  that 
language  before  entering  the  program. 

To  facilitate  transfer  of  credits  from  foreign  universities, 
students  should  observe  the  following  procedure: 

1.  Work  out  with  the  assistance  of  their  advisors,  an 
acceptable  program  of  courses  for  the  year;  a  record  of 
the  approved  program  is  kept  on  file  in  the  office  of 
the  academic  dean. 

2.  Maintain  status  as  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  students 
by  registering  in  the  office  of  the  registrar  for  the  year 
abroad;  the  fee  for  registration  is  $35.00  per  semester. 

3.  Register  as  regular  students  at  the  foreign  university 
and  request  that  transcripts  of  credits  be  sent  to  the 
registrar  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  courses  taken 
abroad  are  treated  in  the  same  manner  as  other 
transfer  courses. 

The  GPA  earned  by  a  student  during  the  year  abroad  is 
included  in  determining  the  student's  overall  GPA  for  the 
conferral  of  honors  at  graduation. 

Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  office  of 
the  academic  dean. 

Honors 

Honors  at  Entrance: 

Applicants  who  have  at  least  a  3.3  GPA  in  academic 
subjects  in  high  school  and  who  score  a  minimum  of  1150 
on  the  CEEB  Aptitude  Test  or  26  on  the  ACT  test,  or 
applicants  who  have  been  recommended  by  the  Honors 
Committee,  are  awarded  Honors  at  Entrance. 

Dean's  List 

To  give  public  recognition  to  academic  achievement,  the 
Academic  Dean  posts  a  list  each  semester  with  the  names 
of  students  who  have  obtained  a  grade  point  average  of 
3.5  or  higher  for  the  preceding  term. 


32/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


To  qualify  for  the  Dean's  List,  a  fulltime  student  must 
have  taken  at  least  12  letter-graded  units  in  the  preceding 
semester.  To  qualify  for  the  Dean's  List,  a  part-time 
student  must  have  taken  at  least  5  letter-graded  units  in 
the  preceding  semester  (excluding  students  who  register 
as  fulltime,  but  who  drop  units  or  take  an  Incomplete 
during  the  semester). 

Honor  Societies: 
Alpha  Mu  Gamma 

National  Foreign  Language  Honor  Society 
Delta  Epsilon  Sigma 

National  Catholic  Honor  Society 
Kappa  Gamma  Pi 

National  Catholic  Women's  Honor  Society 
Lambda  Iota  Tau 

National  Literature  Honor  Society 
Phi  Alpha  Theta 

International  History  Honor  Society 
Pi  Delta  Phi 

National  French  Honor  Society 
Pi  Gamma  Mu 

National  Social  Science  Honor  Society 
Pi  Theta  Mu 

Service  Honor  Society 
Sigma  Delta  Pi 

National  Spanish  Honor  Society 

Graduation  With  Honors 

Summa  cum  laude  shall  be  granted  to  a  student  who  has 

received  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.85  or 

higher.* 

Magna  cum  laude  shall  be  granted  to  a  student  who  has 
received  a  cumulative  grade  point  averge  of  3.7  or 
higher.* 

Cum  laude  shall  be  granted  to  a  student  who  has  received 
a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.5  or  higher.* 

*Effective  with  the  graduating  class  of  1982. 

The  overall  GPA  at  the  end  of  the  Fall  Semester  of  the 
academic  year  is  used  in  determining  honors.  To  be 
eligible,  the  student  must  have  completed  48 
letter-graded  units  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  The 
student's  grade  point  average  will  be  calculated  on  the 
basis  of  grades  earned  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  as 
well  as  grades  transferred  into  the  College  at  time  of 
matriculation.  Courses  at  another  institution  after 
matriculation  are  not  counted  into  the  cumulative  grade 
point  average,  with  the  exception  of  approved  junior  year 
abroad  programs. 


Placement  and  Acceleration 

Acceleration  Program  for  High  School  Students 
Superior  high  school  juniors  or  seniors  who  are 
recommended  by  their  principals  may  be  permitted  to 
enroll  in  regular  on-campus  classes  and  earn  college 
credit.  A  special  reduced  fee  is  available  for  1-6  units  per 
semester. 

Advanced  Placement 

Students  who  earn  scores  of  3,  4,  or  5  in  Advanced 
Placement  Examinations  (ETS)  may  receive  credit  for 
equivalent  courses  provided  they  are  accepted  and 
registered  students  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 
Students  taking  the  Advanced  Placement  Examinations 
should  arrange  to  have  test  results  sent  to  the  Office  of 
Admissions. 

Placement  Examinations 

Examinations  used  to  place  a  student  at  a  level  of  study 

may  result  in  lower  levels  of  study  being  waived.  No 

credit  will  be  awarded  as  a  result  of  these  placement 

examinations. 

Credit  by  Examination,  Extra-Institutional  Learning,  and 
Non-Collegiate  Coursework 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  recognizes  that  learning  can 
and  often  does  occur  outside  the  formal  setting  of  the 
classroom.  The  college  provides  for  this  in  the  following 
ways:  credit  by  examination,  credit  for  extra-institutional 
learning,  and  credit  for  non-collegiate  coursework. 

Credit  by  Exam 

There  are  two  ways  a  student  may  demonstrate  her 
knowledge  of  content  areas:  by  challenging  course  exams 
and  by  taking  standard  proficiency  exams.  Credit  for 
certain  courses  in  the  college  may  be  earned  by 
successfully  passing  departmental  exams.  A  list  of  these 
courses  is  published  each  fall.  A  student  must  notify  the 
department  of  her  intention  to  challenge  a  departmental 
course  one  month  in  advance  of  the  date  of  the  exam. 
Successfully  passing  the  exam,  she  may  receive  credit  for 
the  course.  A  fee  is  required  to  conduct  and  process  this; 
see  Tuition  and  Fees. 

Students  may  also  take  externally  administered  exams 
such  as  CLEP  (College-Level  Examination  Program  from 
CEEB)  and  PEP  (Professional  Equivalency  Program  from 
ACT)  in  those  areas  approved  by  the  college.  Information 
about  these  exams  and  a  current  list  of  approved  exams 
are  available  from  the  dean's  office,  the  registrar's  office, 
or  the  Academic  Counseling  Center.  Students  who  have 
taken  CLEP  or  PEP  exams  prior  to  enrolling  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College  must  present  original  transcripts  from 
ACT  or  CEEB  in  order  to  receive  credit. 

Credit  for  non- traditional  extra-institutional  learning 
When  a  student  has  acquired  college-level  skills  and 
learning  relating  to  her  academic  goals  through 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/33 


experiences  such  as  work,  travel,  and  reading,  she  may 
have  this  learning  evaluated  for  credit  by  preparing  a 
portfolio  containing  an  application  supporting  evidence 
and  documents  and  a  narrative  relating  the 
extra-institutional  learning  to  her  educational  objectives. 

Credit  for  college-level  courses  offered  by  non-collegiate  agencies 
Students  who  have  taken  courses  sponsored  by  business, 
industry,  the  armed  forces,  or  other  non-collegiate 
agencies  may  apply  for  an  evaluation  of  these  learning 
experiences.  If  the  course  has  previously  been  evaluated 
by  the  American  Council  on  Education  (ACE)  and 
appears  in  The  National  Guide,  a  student  may  not  have  to 
prepare  a  portfolio.  In  all  other  cases,  a  student 
requesting  credit  for  non-collegiate  courses  must  prepare 
a  portfolio  for  evaluation  by  a  faculty  committee. 

These  portfolios  should  be  prepared  according  to  the 
guidelines  in  CAEL  Student  Handbook  with  the  guidance  of 
an  advisor.  If  the  portfolio  is  approved  by  a  faculty 
committee,  the  student  may  earn  college  credit 
appropriate  to  the  experiences.  A  fee  is  required  to 
conduct  and  process  this  evaluation;  see  Tuition  and 
Fees.  For  further  details,  see  the  Associate  Academic 
Dean  or  the  Director  of  the  Academic  Counseling  Center. 

A  student  may  earn  a  maximum  of  30  units  for  credit  by 
exam,  10  units  in  credit  for  extra-institutional  learning, 
and  10  units  in  credit  for  non-collegiate  course  work.  All 
units  earned  in  this  manner  are  held  in  escrow  until  the 
student  has  successfully  completed  30  units  of  course 
work. 

Credit  examinations  and  portfolio  evaluations  will 
ordinarily  be  given  only  to  students  who  are  admitted  to 
the  college.  After  satisfactorily  completing  the 
examination  or  evaluation,  the  student  will  register  and 
receive  credit  for  the  corresponding  course(s).  Only 
"credit"  (i.e.,  no  letter  grades)  will  be  given:  no  record  of 
failures  will  appear  on  the  transcript. 

Classification  of  Students 

To  be  classified  as  a  sophomore,  a  student  must  have 
satisfactorily  completed  30  semester  units  (10  standard 
courses),  or  the  unit  equivalent;  as  a  junior,  60  semester 
units  (20  standard  courses);  as  a  senior,  90  semester  units 
(30  standard  courses). 

A  student  with  full-time  status  must  carry  12-17  units  per 
semester.  Part-time  students  carry  less  than  12  units  per 
semester.  Foreign  students  (with  nonimmigrant  "F-l" 
student  status)  enrolled  in  beginning  ESL  (on  or  off 
campus)  plus  nine  semester  units  may  be  considered  as 
students  with  full-time  status. 

Special  students  may  take  a  course  or  courses  for 
academic  credit  without  following  a  prescribed 
curriculum  toward  a  degree.  After  twelve  units  of  study, 
a  special  student,  unless  exempted  by  the  dean,  should 
make  application  for  admission  to  the  college. 


Auditors  attend  class  sessions  regularly  but  are  not 
obligated  to  take  examinations.  They  receive  no  credit  for 
courses  audited. 

Ordinarily  a  student  should  be  a  sophomore  before 
enrolling  in  upper  division  courses.  It  is  the  student's 
responsibility  to  be  aware  of  prerequisites  or 
requirements  for  enrolling  in  upper  division  courses. 

Declaration  of  Major 

Students  generally  declare  their  major  not  later  than  the 
second  semester  of  the  sophomore  year.  Transfer 
students  may  declare  their  major  at  entrance  or  no  later 
than  second  semester  sophomore  year.  Approval  of  the 
departmental  chairman  is  required.  Students  who  fail  to 
attain  a  GPA  of  2.0  (C  average)  in  work  taken  in  the 
prerequisites  for  the  major  may,  at  the  option  of  the 
department,  be  denied  the  privilege  of  entering  that 
major.  The  student  must  maintain  a  GPA  of  2.0  (C 
average)  in  all  her  major  courses.  After  entering  the 
junior  or  senior  year  a  student  may  change  a  major  only 
with  the  consent  of  the  chairman  of  the  department  to 
which  she  is  transferring. 

Degree  Application 

May  graduates  must  file  for  the  appropriate  degree 
during  the  Fall  semester  of  the  senior  year.  Students  who 
plan  to  graduate  at  other  times  should  file  for  the  degree 
no  later  than  three  weeks  after  the  start  of  the  final 
semester. 

Attendance 

Since  regularity  and  punctuality  are  essential  to  the 
successful  pursuit  of  study,  the  number  and  character  of 
student  absences  will  be  taken  into  account  in 
determining  academic  grades.  Unless  proof  to  the 
contrary  is  furnished,  an  instructor  will  assume  that  an 
absence  is  without  serious  cause. 

There  is  no  provision  for  a  system  of  allowed  cuts  and 
absences.  In  the  case  of  a  prolonged  absence  because  of 
illness  or  other  serious  reasons  the  recommendation  of 
the  academic  dean  is  required  for  the  student  to  be 
reinstated  in  class.  Students  may  be  dropped  from  a  class 
for  excessive  absences  when  in  the  opinion  of  the 
instructor,  further  enrollment  in  the  class  would  be  of 
little  value  to  the  student.  Occasionally,  a  student  is 
excused  from  class  attendance  by  the  academic  dean  in 
order  to  represent  the  college  at  some  function.  The 
student  should  inform  her  instructors  of  such  excused 
absences  and  secure  from  them  assignments. 

Course  Examinations 

All  undergraduate  students  are  required  to  take  the 
regular  course  examinations. 


34/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


Grades 

At  the  end  of  each  term,  the  student  receives  a  grade  in 
every  class.  The  grade  indicates  results  of  examinations, 
term  reports,  and  general  scholastic  standing  in  the  entire 
course. 

A  minimum  grade  point  average  (GPA)  of  2.0  is  required 
in  lower  division  work  before  a  student  can  be  granted 
junior  standing.  The  same  GPA  is  required  in  upper 
division  work  before  the  student  can  be  graduated. 

The  student's  grade  point  average  is  computed  according 
to  this  scale: 

A,  excellent,  4  grade  points  per  unit 

B,  good,  3  grade  points  per  unit 

C,  average,  2  grade  points  per  unit 

D,  poor  but  passing,  1  grade  point  per  unit 
F,  failure,  0  grade  points  per  unit 

The  following  grades  are  not  computed  in  the  GPA: 

AU,  audit 

CR,  C  or  better;  credit  given 

I,  incomplete 

IP,  deferred  grading  for  graduate  thesis,  senior  project,  or 

undergraduate  research  work  in  progress. 

NC,  D  or  F;  no  credit  given 

W,  withdrawn 

Grading  Policies 

CreditINo  Credit 

To  encourage  a  wider  choice  of  courses  by  lessening  the 

student's  concern  for  the  grade  point  average,  selected 

courses  may  be  taken  for  CR/NC.  The  following 

regulations  apply  to  this  option: 

Students  may  apply  a  maximum  of  9  semester  units  of 

CR/NC  to  the  Associate  in  Arts  degree,  and  a  maximum 

of  18  semester  units  of  CR/NC  to  the  baccalaureate 

degree;  not  more  than  5  units  each  term  may  be  taken  for 

CR/NC. 

Courses  taken  for  CR/NC  may  not  be  applied  to  the 
General  Studies  requirements;  nor  may  they  be  applied 
to  requirements  for  the  students's  major,  except  at  the 
discretion  of  the  major  department. 

The  student  must  indicate  intent  to  take  a  course  CR/NC 
no  later  than  the  last  day  to  drop  a  class,  as  indicated  on 
the  academic  calendar,  by  filing  with  the  Registrar  a  form 
signed  by  the  advisor,  the  instructor,  and  the  student.  A 
change  to  letter  grade  may  not  be  petitioned  after  the 
form  has  been  filed.  Signings  are  a  form  of  active  consent 
and  not  pro  forma. 

Incomplete 

An  Incomplete  is  given  only  when  a  student: 

1.  has  fulfilled  the  majority  of  the  course  requirements, 

2.  has  a  passing  grade  in  the  class  work, 

3.  is  prevented  from  completing  the  assigned  work  for 
serious  reasons. 


4.  has  consulted  the  instructor  prior  to  the  grading 
period,  and  the  instructor  has  determined  that  the 
student  can  realistically  complete  the  work  within  one 
semester. 

An  Incomplete  will  remain  as  such  unless  removed  by  the 
instructor  within  one  semester.  The  Incomplete  is  ignored 
when  computing  the  GPA.  An  Incomplete  can  be 
extended  beyond  one  semester  only  upon  petition  to  the 
academic  dean. 

Repetition  of  courses  with  D  IF  INC  grades 

Only  courses  for  which  D,  F,  and  NC  were  assigned  may 

be  repeated  for  a  higher  grade/CR.  Courses  may  be 

repeated  only  once.  In  cases  of  repeated  courses  the  units 

are  counted  once  and  the  higher  grade  is  computed  in  the 

GPA. 

Withdrawal  From  Courses 

The  grade  W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course, 
according  to  the  following  policy:  Withdrawal  (W) 
indicates  that  a  student  withdrew  from  a  class  during  the 
period  scheduled  on  the  college  calendar  with  the 
approval  of  the  instructor  and  advisor.  After  the 
scheduled  date,  permission  of  the  Dean  is  required.  A 
withdrawal  form  must  be  filed  in  the  Registrar's  office  to 
have  an  official  withdraw  with  the  grade  of  W. 

The  W  carries  no  connotation  of  quality  of  student 
performance  and  is  not  calculated  in  the  grade  point 
average.  Students  who  do  not  officially  withdraw  receive 
a  grade  of  F. 

Transcripts 

Transcripts  are  issued  at  the  written  request  of  students 
or  graduates  to  the  office  of  the  registrar.  The  first 
transcript  is  free.  All  other  transcripts  are  $2.00  each.  One 
week  should  be  allowed  for  processing. 

Full  payment  of  all  expenses  incurred  during  a  given  term 
or  semester  must  be  made  before  the  credit  for  courses 
taken  during  that  term  or  semester  will  be  recorded  on 
the  student's  transcript. 

Academic  Petitions 

Any  academic  policy  or  regulation  (e.g.,  degree 
requirements,  academic  dismissal,  etc.)  may  be  waived  or 
modified  for  good  reason  for  individual  students  by  use 
of  a  petition  form.  Reasons  must  be  presented  by  the 
student.  After  consultation  with  the  student,  the 
student's  advisor  and  department  chairman  as 
appropriate,  the  program  dean  (i.e.  dean  of  the  A.  A. 
program,  dean  of  the  graduate  division,  etc.)  has  the 
authority  to  approve  or  disapprove  any  petition.  The 
dean  for  academic  development  has  the  authority  to 
approve  or  disapprove  any  petition  for  any  academic 
program  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  A  copy  of  any 
approved  petition  must  be  sent  to  the  office  of  the 
registrar  to  be  placed  in  the  student's  permanent  file. 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/35 


Withdrawal  From  College 

Students  thinking  of  withdrawing  from  college  should 
schedule  an  exit  interview  with  an  academic  advisor  or 
the  dean  in  order  to  explore  other  options  or  assistance. 

Students  who  must  withdraw  from  the  college  at  any 
time  must  file  a  withdrawal  notice  in  the  office  of  the 
registrar.  Forms  are  available  from  the  office  of  the 
academic  dean.  Honorable  dismissal  may  be  granted 
when  this  form  is  filed. 

Students  who  leave  the  college  in  good  standing  for  one 
semester  and  do  not  attend  another  postsecondary 
institution  in  the  interim  period  may  re-enroll  through 
the  office  of  the  registrar.  Other  students  wishing  to 
re-enter  must  file  an  application  for  readmission  with  the 
admissions  office. 

Probation 

A  student  is  placed  on  probation  if  she  fails  to  maintain  a 
2.0  GPA  for  all  courses  undertaken  in  a  term.  A  student 
on  probation  must  achieve  a  GPA  of  2.0  or  higher  during 
the  following  term  in  order  to  be  readmitted  to  regular 
standing. 

Dismissal 

A  student  is  subject  to  dismissal  for  the  following 
reasons: 

1.  Failure  to  maintain  a  minimum  GPA  of  1.0  during  any 
term. 

2.  Failure  to  maintain  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.0  during  a 
probationary  term. 

The  academic  dean  has  the  power  to  dismiss  students 
and  to  suspend  dismissal.  She  may  also  recommend  that 
the  Admissions  Committee  reinstate  a  dismissed  student 
on  a  probationary  basis. 

When  extenuating  circumstances,  such  as  prolonged 
illness,  account  for  the  student's  disqualification,  she  may 
be  permitted,  on  petition  to  the  academic  dean,  to 
continue  on  probation  until  the  next  term. 

Enrollment  in  the  college  implies  willingness  on  the  part 
of  the  student  to  comply  with  the  requirements  and 
regulations  of  the  college.  If  the  student  fails  to  comply 
with  these  requirements  and  regulations,  or  if  it  is 
determined  by  the  dean  for  academic  development  and 
the  dean  for  student  development  that  she  is  not  able  to 
benefit  from  the  opportunities  offered  by  the  college,  her 
withdrawal  may  be  requested  even  though  she  is  charged 
with  no  specific  breach  of  discipline. 

Student  Development 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  provides  students  with 
programs  and  experiences  conducive  to  personal, 
cultural,  ethical,  social  and  intellectual  growth.  Student 
initiative  and  responsibility  are  encouraged  in  an 
atmosphere  of  close  interrelation  among  students, 
faculty,  administration  and  staff. 


Student  Activities 

Students  are  encouraged  to  become  members  of  various 
college  committees  where,  with  members  of  the  faculty 
and  administration,  they  may  contribute  to  the  policy  and 
procedures  involved  in  their  own  educational  process. 

The  limited  enrollment  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers 
many  opportunities  for  participation  in  student 
government  and  campus  organizations.  In  fact,  a  priority 
of  the  college  is  to  provide  women  with  distinctive 
leadership  opportunities. 

To  supply  the  broadening  experience  which  organized 
discussions  and  planned  activities  furnish  and  to  foster 
interest  in  the  special  fields  which  students  are  pursuing, 
many  opportunities  and  organizations  are  open  to  Mount 
St.  Mary's  College  students  in  campus  life.  Among  them, 
the  Associated  Students  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  sponsors 
a  wide  range  of  cultural,  educational,  recreational, 
athletic,  volunteer  and  social  activities.  The  governing 
board  of  the  Associated  Students  of  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  meets  at  regular  intervals  to  analyze  student 
concerns,  reflect  student  attitudes  on  questions  of 
administrative  policy,  promote  student  activities, 
consider  appointments,  and  appropriate  student  body 
funds.  Residence  Council  addresses  residence  issues  and 
promotes  activities.  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  has  a 
student-run  newspaper  and  yearbook.  Several  of  the 
students'  special  interests  include  Athenaeum  which 
sponsors  theater  excursions  in  Southern  California,  an 
active  Model  United  Nations  program  (annually  attends 
New  York  conference),  the  Mount  Chorus  and  Orchestra, 
Pi  Theta  Mu  (an  honorary  service  sorority),  professional 
student  affiliations  (Student  California  Teachers' 
Association,  Student  Nurses'  Association  of  California, 
Women  in  Consumer  Studies,  Women  of  Management 
and  Enterprise,  the  American  Chemical  Society  Student 
Affiliates),  and  a  local  social  sorority,  Kappa  Delta  Chi. 

In  addition  to  the  many  on-campus  activities,  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College's  urban  location  offers  the  cultural  and 
recreational  opportunities  available  in  the  greater  Los 
Angeles  area. 

Counseling  Services 

Students  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  may  find  assistance 
in  an  atmosphere  of  responsible  freedom  in  one  or  more 
counseling  situations.  Counseling  may  range  anywhere 
from  a  fifteen-minute  informational  chat  with  an 
instructor  on  the  campus  to  a  long-term  therapy  as  a 
result  of  a  referral  to  an  outside  resource  through  the 
college  health  services  or  the  department  of  psychology. 

Students  (either  individually  or  in  a  group)  have  the 
opportunity  to  talk  over  problems  of  concern  in  academic, 
personal,  or  vocational  matters  in  an  atmosphere  of 
acceptance  and  in  a  confidential  manner,  with  a  staff  of 
professionally  trained  psychologists  who  are  also 


36/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


members  of  the  teaching  staff.  The  goals  of  such 
counseling  are  the  realization  and  development  of 
individual  resources  and  increased  self-understanding. 
Psychological  testing  is  also  provided  when  it  is  deemed 
appropriate. 

Campus  Ministry 

Campus  Ministry  is  a  pastoral  apostolate  of  service  to 
members  of  the  entire  Mount  Community  through 
concern  and  care  for  persons,  the  proclamation  of  the 
Gospel  and  the  celebration  of  the  Eucharist.  Campus 
Ministry  provides  for:  retreats,  liturgical  celebrations, 
religious  activities,  counseling,  interfaith  discussions  and 
social  action.  The  College  Chaplain  works  with  the 
Campus  Ministry  Office  to  provide  students  with  a  sense 
of  Christian  living. 

The  Student  Placement  Office 

The  Student  Placement  Office  offers  a  variety  of  services 
and  employment  opportunities  for  enrolled  students.  Job 
opportunities  on  campus  are  available  in  the  library,  the 
food  service,  the  student  bookstore,  the  switchboard, 
faculty  offices  and  other  places.  Jobs  are  filled  according 
to  students'  financial  need  and  skill.  Students  interested 
in  on-campus  employment  are  encouraged  to  file 
applications  early  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office  and  in  the 
Student  Placement  Office.  Off-campus  jobs,  including 
seasonal  and  summer  employment  opportunities,  are 
posted  in  the  Student  Placement  Office  and  Campus 
Center. 

The  Office  of  Career  Planning 

The  office  of  career  planning  assists  the  student  in  finding 
the  major  or  career  best  suited  to  her  interests.  The 
director  of  career  planning  is  available  to  discuss 
individual  students'  planning  and  offers  seminars  to 
provide  students  with  the  self  evaluative  tools,  labor 
trend  information,  and  job  search  skills  that  will  enable 
them  to  build  satisfying  and  influential  careers.  The 
director  will  also  aid  the  student  in  using  a  research 
library  of  information  on  various  careers  related  to  college 
majors. 

Residence  Life 

Primary  emphasis  in  the  residence  halls  is  on  a  close 
interrelationship  of  students  and  staff  to  create  a  social 
situation  which  fosters  the  formation  of  personal  values 
and  integrity.  On-campus  living  affords  increased 
opportunities  to  develop  personal  relationships  and  to 
participate  in  the  many  enriching  programs  which  Mount 
St.  Mary's  College  offers.  Student  resident  life  is  largely 
self-regulated,  under  the  direction  of  the  residence 
council  which  is  composed  of  elected  residence  officers 
and  floor  representatives,  resident  assistants,  faculty 
members  in  residence,  the  associate  director  of  residence 
and  the  director  of  residence. 


In  addition  to  the  director  of  residence  and  associate 
director  of  residence,  several  other  staff  members  help  to 
contribute  to  the  general  well-being  of  the  resident 
students.  These  include  the  assistant  director,  a 
dormitory  assistant,  and  senior  students  who  serve  as 
resident  assistants.  A  religious  faculty  member  lives  on 
each  floor  of  the  residence  halls. 

The  residence  staff  gives  much  time  and  attention  to 
assigning  rooms  and  roommates.  They  make  every  effort 
to  provide  a  living/learning  environment  which  will  allow 
the  student  both  privacy  and  the  freedom  to  develop 
relationships  conducive  to  her  social  and  educational 
growth. 

Housing  arrangements  for  unmarried  students  are  the 
responsibility  of  the  students  and  of  their  parents.  The 
college  offers  assistance  in  making  these  arrangements. 

Health  Services  (Chalon  Campus) 

The  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Health  Center  offers  the 
services  of  a  registered  nurse  and  a  part-time  physician  to 
students,  administration,  faculty  and  staff.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  preventive  medicine.  Consultations, 
examinations,  first  aid  treatment,  whirlpool,  ultrasonic 
therapy,  hydrocollator  therapy, clinical  laboratory  tests 
and  medical  counseling  for  various  matters  (e.g.,  weight 
control  and  skin  problems)  are  available. 

Students  living  away  from  their  own  homes  and  all 
nursing  majors  are  required  to  carry  health  and  accident 
insurance.  This  applies  even  if  the  student  lives  with 
relatives  if  these  are  not  legal  guardians.  Evidence  of 
coverage  must  be  presented  at  registration.  The  college 
offers  a  reasonably  priced  insurance.  Students  wishing 
this  particular  coverage  must  obtain  it  before  the  second 
week  of  each  semester. 

Incoming  students,  freshmen  and  transfer,  must  submit 
the  results  of  a  recent  physical  examination  (within  the 
previous  six  months)  by  a  private  medical  doctor  to  the 
Health  Center  prior  to  entrance.  Thereafter,  members  of 
the  college  community  are  encouraged  to  avail 
themselves  of  the  Health  Center  for  yearly  physical 
examinations  and  laboratory  testing. 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/37 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs- 
Descriptions  and  Requirements 

American  Studies 

What  is  distinctive  about  American  culture?  What  are  the 
developing  trends  in  American  society,  in  public  policy, 
in  consumer  behavior?  What  values  do  Americans 
treasure?  The  major  in  American  Studies  focuses  on  the 
influences  of  the  past  and  present  which  have  affected 
American  character,  experience,  and  institutions. 

This  major  is  of  particular  value  to  students  interested  in 
entering  government  service,  business,  economics, 
management,  political  writing,  teaching,  and  law. 

It  is  possible  to  have  a  double  major  combining  American 
Studies  with  a  major  in  English  or  in  history.  Either 
combination  is  excellent. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  American  Studies 

Preparation 

ENG  26/126 

The  American  Experience 

(3) 

HIS  7A-I 

American  Civilization 

(9) 

SOC  5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

Recommended 

preparation 

ECO  2 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

POLIO 

Political  Concepts 

(3) 

Requirements 

Eight  upper  division  courses  chosen  from  the  following  areas: 

Art 

ART  174 

History  of  Art:  Art  of  the 

United  States 

(3) 

Business 

BUS  4 

Introduction  to  American  Business 

(3) 

English 

ENG  154 

Selected  American  Writers 

(3) 

ENG  181 

Theory  and  Criticism 

(3) 

ENG  192 

Special  Studies: 

Selected  American  Studies 

(3) 

History 

HIS  170 

The  Expanding  Atlantic  Community: 

Colonial  Era 

(3) 

HIS  171 

Revolutionaries  and  Constitutionalists: 

1763-1800 

(3) 

HIS  172 

U.S.:  Jeffersonianism  and  Jacksonianism 

(3) 

HIS  173 

U.S.  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 

(3) 

HIS  174 

U.S.  Industrialism,  Populism  and 

Progressive  Reform 

(3) 

HIS  175 

U.S.  The  Twentieth  Century 

(3) 

HIS  178 

Diplomatic  History  of  the  U.S. 

(3) 

HIS  179 

Constitutional  History  of  the  U.S. 

(3) 

HIS  181 

The  American  West 

(3) 

HIS  188 

California  History 

(3) 

Music 

MUS  163 

American  Music:  Imitation  to  Creation 

(3) 

Philosophy 

PHI  134 

American  Thought 

(3) 

PHI  174 

Aesthetics 

(3) 

Political  Science 

POL  107 

Political  Economics 

(3) 

POL  108 

American  Constitutional  Law 

(3) 

POL  113 

American  Political  Theory 

(3) 

POL  116 

Democracy  and  Democratic  Theory 

(3) 

POL  125 

Foreign  Relations  of  the  U.S. 

(3) 

POL  170 

American  Party  Politics 

(3) 

POL  180 

State  and  Local  Government 

(3) 

POL  181 

Political  Participation 

(3) 

POL  196 

Experience-Oriented  Courses 

in  Political  Science 

(3) 

Sociology 

SOC  104 

The  Family 

(3) 

SOC  137 

Culture  and  Personality 

(3) 

SOC  161 

Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations 

(3) 

SOC  175 

Urban  Sociology  and  Demography 

(3) 

SOC  185 

Political  Sociology 

(3) 

At  least  three  of  the  eight  upper  division  courses  must  be  in 

humanities  (literature,  philosophy,  art,  music);  at  least  three 

courses  must  be  in  the  social  sciences  (history,  political 

sci- 

ence,  sociology,  economics). 

Two  Seminars  in  American  Studies 

(6) 

AST  174 

Seminar  in  American  Studies  I 

AST  175 

Seminar  in  American  Studies  II 

Recommended  Electives: 

POL  190 

Internship  in  Political  Science 

(3) 

POL  191 

Internship  in  Government  Serivce 

(3) 

Total  units  in 

American  Studies  —  48 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  American  Studies 

A  minimum  of  21  units  selected  from  American  Studies  offer- 
ings. 

Students  interested  in  an  American  Studies  minor  should 
arrange  their  total  programs  with  the  department  chairman. 
Because  of  the  variety  of  careers  to  which  an  American  Studies 
program  may  lead,  the  choice  of  courses  is  flexible. 


38 /Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


Art 

The  art  major  is  directed  toward  several  goals.  It  provides 
the  undergraduate  student  with  a  thorough  and 
comprehensive  understanding  of  art  as  an  essential 
activity  of  man.  It  prepares  students  who  wish  to 
continue  as  professional  artists  or  teachers  of  art.  It  offers 
areas  of  specialization  for  those  students  who  will  pursue 
graduate  study  in  art. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree  in  Art  offers  the  student 
thorough  course  experiences  in  drawing,  design, 
painting,  photography,  printmaking,  sculpture,  ceramics, 
fiber  design,  and  art  history. 

The  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  Degree  in  Art  offers  greater 
possibilities  for  personal  concentration  and  development. 
In  addition  to  the  regular  course  work  in  drawing, 
design,  painting,  photography,  printmaking,  sculpture, 
ceramics,  and  art  history,  the  student  chooses  an  area  of 
specialization  for  further  study  and  experimentation.  The 
B.F.A.  candidate  will  prepare  a  portfolio  and  present  her 
work  in  an  exhibition  at  the  end  of  the  senior  year. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Art 

Preparation 

ARTl 

Drawing  I 

(3) 

ART  2 

Design  I 

(3) 

ART  3 

Three-Dimensional  Design 

(3) 

ART  4 

Painting  I 

(3) 

ART  5 

Fundamentals  of  Art 

(3) 

Requirements 

ART  106 

Design  II 

(3) 

ART  122 

Drawing  II  (Figure) 

(3) 

ART  111 

Printmaking  I 

(3) 

One  course  from  the  following 

ART  112 

Ceramics  I 

(3) 

ART  109 

Fiber  Arts 

(3) 

ART  125 

Weaving  I 

Six  upper  division  courses  in  art. 

Two  of  these  must  be  in 

(3) 

art  history. 

(18) 

Total  units  in  art  —  45 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  elective 

totaling  129 

semester  units. 

The  B.F.A. 

Degree  With  a  Major  in  Art 

Preparation 

ARTl 
ART  2 
ART  3 

Drawing  I 

Design  I 

Three  Dimensional  Design 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 

ART  4 
ART  5 

Painting  I 
Fundamentals  of  Art 

(3) 
(3) 

Requirements 

ART  106 

Design  II 

(3) 

ART  122 

Drawing  II  (Figure) 

(3) 

ART  111 

Printmaking  I 

(3) 

One  course  from  the  following 

ART  112 

Ceramics  I 

(3) 

ART  109 

Fiber  Arts 

(3) 

ART  125 

Weaving  I 

(3) 

Fifteen  additional  courses  in  art,  including  the 

following 

Three  courses  in  Art  History 

(9) 

ART  175 

Critical  Theories  of  the 

Visual  Arts 

(3) 

ART  176 

Portfolio  and  Exhibition 

(3) 

Upper  division  work  should  reflect  a  concentration  in  one  of    » 

the  following 

areas: 

Ceramics 

Painting 

Design 

Photography 

Drawing 

Printmaking 

Fiber 

Sculpture 

All  B.F.A.  candidates  must  prepare  and  produce  a  portfolio 

and  exhibition  at  the  end  of  the  senior  year  (ART  176). 

Total  units  in 

art  — 72 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  Art 

A  minimum  of  seven  courses  in  art: 
ART  1  Drawing  I 


ART  2 

ART  4 

ART  5 

Three  additional  courses. 

Total  of  21  semester  units 


Design  I 
Painting  I 
Fundamentals  of  Art 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


The  Minor 

in  Art  History 

A  minimum  of 

seven  courses: 

ART  5 

Fundamentals  of  Art 

(3) 

ART  170 

History  of  Art:  Ancient  to  Medieval 

(3) 

ART  171 

History  of  Art:  Renaissance  to 

Romanticism 

(3) 

ART  172 

History  of  Art:  Modern  World 

(3) 

ART  175 

Critical  Theories  in  the  Visual 

Arts:  Seminar 

(3) 

ART  199 

Independent  Study: 

Research  Paper  in  Art  History 

(3) 

One  course  from  the  following: 

ARTl 

Drawing  I 

(3) 

ART  174 

History  of  Art:  Art  of 

the  United  States 

(3) 

ART  177 

History  of  Art:  Christian 

(3) 

Total  of  21  semester  units. 

Bachelors  Degree  Programs/39 


Biochemistry 


Area  Major:  Chemistry  and  Biology 

The  major  in  biochemistry  offers  the  student  an  interdiscip- 
linary study  of  biology  and  chemistry,  and  provides  an 
excellent  preparation  for  all  preprofessional  areas  leading 
into  medicine,  dentistry,  and  pharmacy. 


The  B.S.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Biochemistry 

Preparation 

BIO  1ABCD 

Biological  Dynamics 

(6) 

CHE  1AB 

General  Chemistry 

(4-4) 

CHE5A 

Elementary  Organic  Chemistry 

(4) 

CHE5B 

Organic  Synthesis 

(3) 

CHE  7 

Elementary  Biochemistry 

(4) 

MTH  3AB 

Mathematical  Analysis  I 

(3-3) 

PHY1A 

Elementary  Physics 

(3) 

PHY  IB 

Intermediate  Physics 

(4) 

Requirements 

BIO  130 

Genetics 

(3) 

BIO  151A 

Cellular  Physiology 

(4) 

CHE  104 

Qualitative  Organic  Analysis 

(3) 

CHE  108 

Intermediate  Biochemistry 

(3) 

CHE  110AB 

Physical  Chemistry 

(3-3) 

CHE  199 

Research 

(3) 

One  additional  upper  division  course  in  chemistry 

and  three 

additional  courses  in  biology  selected  from  BIO  118 

BIO  120, 

BIO  126,  BIO  151B. 

Total  units  ir 

chemistry,  biology,  mathematics,  and  physics 

—  72-73 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  to 

taling  129 

semester  units. 

Biological  Sciences 

Students  in  the  Department  of  Biological  Sciences  may 
elect  to  major  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  options: 
environmental  studies,  general  sciences,  medical 
technology,  physical  therapy,  pre-medical  program,  and 
psychobiology.  See  also  the  Associate  in  Arts  programs  in 
physical  therapy  assistant  and  respiratory  therapy. 

These  options  will  prepare  the  student  to  enter  medical 
school,  graduate  study,  clinical  and  research  laboratories, 
allied  health  therapy  fields,  or  teaching. 

Students  may  earn  a  B.A.  degree  or  a  B.S.  degree.  For 
the  B.A.  degree  it  is  necessary  to  complete  the  foreign 
language  requirement. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Biological 

Sciences 

Preparation 

BIOIA 

Biological  Dynamics:  Basic  Concepts 

(2) 

BIO  IB 

Biological  Dynamics:  Microbial  World 

(1) 

BIOIC 

Biological  Dynamics: 

Basic  Human  Physiology 

(1) 

BIO  ID 

Biological  Dynamics:  The  Environment 

(2) 

Plus  courses 

in  mathematics,  chemistry,  physics. 

Requirements 

Seven  to  nine  upper  division  courses  including: 

BIO  130 

Genetics 

(3) 

BIO  150 

Biology  of  Aging 

(3) 

BIO  151 A 

Cellular  Physiology 

(4) 

BIO  195 

Senior  Seminar 

(2) 

Total  units  in  biological  sciences  —  30-36 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  B.S.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Biological 

Sciences 

Preparation 

BIOIA 

Biological  Dynamics:  Basic  Concepts 

(2) 

BIO  IB 

Biological  Dynamics:  Microbial  World 

(1) 

BIOIC 

Biological  Dynamics:  Human  Physiolog) 

'    (1) 

BIO  ID 

Biological  Dynamics:  The  Environment 

(2) 

Plus  courses 

in  chemistry,  mathematics,  physics. 

Requirements 

Nine  to  ten 

jpper  division  courses  including: 

BIO  130 

Genetics 

(3) 

BIO  151A 

Cellular  Physiology 

(4) 

BIO  195 

Senior  Seminar 

(2) 

BIO  197 

Research  Readings 

(1-2) 

BIO  198 

Biological  Research 

(1-3) 

Recommended  Courses 

BIO  118 

Endrocrinology 

(4) 

BIO  120 

Human  Embryology 

(4) 

BIO  150 

Biology  of  Aging 

(3) 

BIO  151B 

Medical  Physiology 

(3) 

BIO  165 

Marine  Biology 

(4) 

Total  units  in  biological  sciences  —  33-39 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 

The  B.S.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Biological 

Sciences 

Medical  Technology  Emphasis 

Preparation 

BIO  1A  Biological  Dynamics:  Basic  Concepts  (2) 

BIO  IB  Biological  Dynamics:  Microbial  World         (1) 

BIO  1C  Biological  Dynamics:  Human  Physiology    (1) 

BIO  ID  Biological  Dynamics:  The  Environment       (2) 

BIO  3  General  Microbiology  (4) 

Plus  courses  in  chemistry,  physics,  and  mathematics. 


40 /Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


Requirements 

Nine  to  ten 

upper  division  courses  i 

ncluding: 

BIO  104 

Medical  Bacteriology 

(4) 

BIO  105 

Immunology 

(4) 

BIO  130 

Genetics 

(3) 

BIO  151A 

Cellular  Physiology 

(4) 

BIO  195 

Senior  Seminar 

(2) 

BIO  197 

Research  Readings 

(1-2) 

BIO  198 

Biological  Research 

(1-3) 

Recommended  Courses 

BIO  106 

Medical  Mycology 

(3) 

BIO  107 

Parasitology 

(3) 

BIO  108 

Hematology 

(4) 

BIO  151B 

Medical  Physiology 

(3) 

Total  units  i 

n  biological  sciences  — 

■  33-39 

Plus  genera] 

studies  requirements  and  electives 

totaling,  129 

semester  units. 

The  B.S.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Biological 

Sciences 

Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental  Preparation  Emphasis 

Preparation 

BIOIA 

Biologicsl  Dyanmics:  Basic  Concepts 

(2) 

BIO  IB 

Biological  Dynamics:  Microbial  World 

(1) 

BIOIC 

Biological  Dynamics:  Human  Physiolog) 

'    (1) 

BIO  ID 

Biological  Dynamics:  The  Environment 

(2) 

Plus  courses  in  chemistry,  mathematics,  physics. 

Requirements 

Nine  to  ten  i 

ipper  division  courses  including: 

BIO  118 

Endocrinology 

(4) 

BIO  120 

Human  Embryology 

(4) 

BIO  130 

Genetics 

(3) 

BIO  151A 

Cellular  Physiolsogy 

(4) 

BIO  151B 

Medical  Physiology 

(3) 

BIO  195 

Senior  Seminar 

(2) 

BIO  197 

Research  Readings 

(1-2) 

BIO  198 

Biological  Research 

(1-3) 

Recommended  Courses 

CHE  110AB 

Physical  Chemistry 

(6) 

BIO  50/150 

Biology  of  Aging 

(3) 

Total  units  in  biological  sciences  —  33-39 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  Biological  Sciences 

A  minimum  of  20  units  including: 

BIO  1A  Biological  Dynamics:  Basic  Concepts  (2) 

BIO  1C  Biological  Dynamics:  Human  Physiology    (1) 

At  least  three  upper  division  courses. 


Business 

The  major  in  Business  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for 
careers  in  business  and  for  graduate  study. 

The  emphasis  in  Accounting  qualifies  students  to  enter 
the  most  rapidly  expanding  areas  of  business  activity, 
namely,  accounting  and  computer  science.  Graduates  will 
not  only  be  qualified  for  employment  with  public 
accounting  and  computer  firms,  but  they  will  also  be 
minimally  qualified  to  take  the  certified  public  accountant 
(CPA)  examination. 

The  emphasis  in  Business  Administration  offers  a 
curriculum  centered  around  the  practical,  applied  courses 
that  qualify  students  to  enter  administrative  positions 
immediately  after  graduation.  Courses  cover  the  broad 
spectrum  of  business  activity  and  allow  the  students  to 
choose  from  a  variety  of  possible  career  opportunities  — 
advertising,  finance,  personnel,  and  retailing. 

The  emphasis  in  Fashion  Merchandising  prepares 
students  for  positions  in  retail  buying,  selling  and 
promotion  of  fashion  apparel  and  accessories  in 
department  stores  and  specialty  shops.  A  graduate  may 
find  employment  as  a  buyer,  fashion  consultant,  fashion 
coordinator,  department  manager  or  researcher  of  market 
trends.  Business  courses  included  in  the  emphasis  make 
available  the  option  of  self-employment  as 
owner/manager  of  a  boutique. 

The  emphasis  in  Marketing  prepares  a  student  for  careers 
in  marketing,  marketing  research,  sales,  and  real  estate. 

Information  for  Majors 

Business  Internship  (BUS  190)  is  restricted  to  seniors 
whose  academic  performance  qualifies  them  for  the 
internship  experience.  The  department  will  attempt  to 
place  such  students  in  administrative  positions  where 
they  can  increase  their  competency  and  acquire  practical 
business  experience. 


The  B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Business 

Accounting  Emphasis 

Preparation 

BUS  4                Introduction  to  American  Business 

(3) 

BUS  5                Business  Law 

(3) 

BUS  15              Accounting  I 

(3) 

BUS  16              Accounting  II 

(3) 

ECO  1               Economics  I  (Microeconomics) 

(3) 

ECO  2               Economics  II  (Macroeconomics) 

(3) 

MTH  1              College  Algebra  (or  completion  of 

equivalency  exam) 

(3) 

MTH  9              Introduction  to  Computer  Processes 

(3) 

MTH  38            Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

PSY  1                General  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC  5               Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

Bachelors  Degree  Programs/41 


Requirements 

Nine  upper 

division  courses  including: 

BUS  137 

Intermediate  Accounting  I 

(3) 

BUS  138 

Intermediate  Accounting  II 

(3) 

BUS  153 

Computer  Programming 

(3) 

BUS  154 

Cost  Accounting 

(3) 

BUS  155 

Systems  Design  and  Analysis 

(3) 

BUS  185 

Business  Management 

(3) 

BUS  186 

Tax  Accounting 

(3) 

BUS  188 

Auditing 

(3) 

Total  units  in  business  —  42 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Business 

Business  Administration  Emphasis 

Preparation 

BUS  4 

Introduction  to  American  Business 

(3) 

BUS  5 

Business  Law 

(3) 

BUS  15 

Accounting  I 

(3) 

BUS  16 

Accounting  II 

(3) 

BUS  75/175 

Principles  of  Salesmanship 

(3) 

ECOl 

Economics  I  (Microeconomics) 

(3) 

ECO  2 

Economics  II  (Macroeconomics) 

(3) 

MTH1 

College  Algebra  (or  completion  of 

equivalency  exam) 

(3) 

MTH9 

Introduction  to  Computer  Processes 

(3) 

MTH38 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

Requirements 

Nine  upper 

division  courses  including  the  following: 

BUS  130 

Business  Finance 

(3) 

BUS  157 

Personnel 

(3) 

BUS  160 

Marketing 

(3) 

BUS  161 

Advertising 

(3) 

BUS  184 

Organizational  Behavior 

(3) 

BUS  185 

Business  Management 

(3) 

BUS  192 

Business  Policy  and  Ethics 

(3) 

Total  units 

in  business  —  42 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

B.A.  Degree 

in  Business 

Fashion  Merchandising  Emphasis 

Preparation 

ART  2 

Design  I 

(3) 

BUS  4 

Introduction  to  American  Business 

(3) 

BUS  15/115 

Accounting  I 

(3) 

BUS  75/175 

Principles  of  Salesmanship 

(3) 

ECO  2 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

MATH  9/109 

Introduction  to  Computer  Processes 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

SPE  10/110 

Public  Speaking 

(3) 

Requirements 

BUS  85/185 

Business  Management 

(3) 

BUS  160 

Marketing 

(3) 

BUS  161 

Advertising 

(3) 

BUS  162 

Retailing 

(3) 

BUS  180 

Merchandising:  Demonstration 

and  Display 

(3) 

BUS  192 

Business  Policy  &  Ethics 

(3) 

CST21 

Clothing  Construction 

(3) 

CST24 

Textiles  for  Consumers 

(3) 

CST  120 

Clothing  Selection 

(3) 

CST  128 

The  Fashion  Industry 

(3) 

CST  194 

Seminar:  Business  and  Consumer  Studies  (3) 

PSY  148 

Personnel  and  Consumer  Psychology 

(3) 

SPR18 

Career  Planning 

0) 

Recommended  Electives 

BUS  130 

Business  Finance 

(3) 

BUS  157 

Personnel 

(3) 

BUS  190 

Business  and  Consumer  Studies 

Internship 

(3) 

Total  units  in  business  and  consumer  studies  - 

-42 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives 

totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Business 

Marketing  Emphasis 

Preparation 

BUS  4 

Introduction  to  American  Business 

(3) 

BUS  5 

Business  Law 

(3) 

BUS  15 

Accounting  I 

(3) 

BUS  16 

Accounting  II 

(3) 

BUS  75/175 

Principles  of  Salesmanship 

(3) 

ECOl 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

ECO  2 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

MATH1 

College  Algebra  (or  completion  of 

equivalency  exam) 

(3) 

MATH  9 

Introduction  to  Computer  Processes 

(3) 

MATH  38 

Statistics 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

Requirements 

Nine  upper  division  courses  including  the  following: 

BUS  160 

Marketing 

(3) 

BUS  161 

Advertising 

(3) 

BUS  170 

Real  Estate 

(3) 

BUS  180 

Merchandising:  Demonstration 

and  Display 

(3) 

BUS  192 

Business  Policy  and  Ethics 

(3) 

Total  units  in  business  —  42 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  Business 

A  minimum  of  21  units  selected  from  Business  offerings. 
Students  interested  in  a  business  minor  should  arrange  their 
total  programs  with  the  department  chairman.  Because  of  the 
variety  of  careers  to  which  a  business  program  may  lead,  the 
choice  of  courses  is  flexible. 


42/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


Chemistry 


A  student  majoring  in  chemistry  receives  a 
comprehensive  view  of  the  principles  of  this  science  and 
participates  in  personalized  laboratory  instruction  and 
individual  research. 

The  chemistry  major  is  excellent  preparation  for  all  health 
science  careers,  education,  scientific  writing,  and  careers 
in  food,  petroleum,  and  textiles. 

The  minimal  major  in  chemistry  —  leading  to  a  B.A. 
degree  —  is  designed  for  those  interested  in  secondary 
science  teaching,  chemical  technology,  and  other 
broadly-based  careers  requiring  a  science  background. 

The  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  chemistry  or 
biochemistry  is  recommended  for  those  who  wish  to 
pursue  graduate  or  medical  studies. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Chemistry 

Preparation 

CHE 1AB 
CHE5A 
CHE  7 
MTH  3AB 
PHYIA 

General  Chemistry                                      (4-4) 
Elementary  Organic  Chemistry                     (4) 
Elementary  Biochemistry                               (4) 
Mathematical  Analysis  I                             (3-3) 
Elementary  Physics                                         (3) 

Requirements 

CHE  110AB 

Physical  Chemistry                                      (3-3) 

Three  additional  upper  division  courses  in  chemistry         (9) 

Total  units  ir 

chemistry  —  31 

Total  units  ir 

mathematics  and  physics  —  9 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 
semester  units. 

The  B.S.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Chemistry 

Preparation 

CHE  1AB 

General  Chemistry 

(4-4) 

CHE5A 

Elementary  Organic  Chemistry 

(4) 

CHE5B 

Organic  Synthesis 

(3) 

CHE  7 

Elementary  Biochemistry 

(4) 

MTH  3AB 

Mathematical  Analysis  I 

(3-3) 

MTH  4AB 

Mathematical  Analysis  II 

(3-3) 

PHYIA 

Elementary  Physics 

(3) 

PHY  IB 

Intermediate  Physics 

(4) 

Requirements 

CHE  110AB 

Physical  Chemistry 

(3-3) 

CHE  111 

Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory 

(2) 

CHE  199 

Research 

(3) 

Five  additional  upper  division  courses  in  chemistry 

(15) 

Total  units  in  Chemistry  —  45 

Total  units  in  mathematics  and  physics  —  19 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  Chemistry 

CHE  1AB          General  Chemistry  (4-4) 

CHE  5A            Elementary  Organic  Chemistry  (4) 

CHE  5B            Organic  Synthesis  (3) 

CHE  7               Elementary  Biochemistry  (4) 
Plus  one  upper  division  course  in  chemistry. 


Child  Development 

Area  Major:  Psychology  and  Sociology 

This  interdisciplinary  major  provides  a  broad  base  for 
understanding  young  children  as  individuals  and  as 
members  of  society.  It  is  recommended  primarily  for 
persons  who  will  be  working  with  preschool  children. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Child 

Development 

Psychology  oi 

Sociology  Emphasis 

Preparation 

PSY1 

General  Psychology                                        (3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives                               (3) 

Requirements 

Eleven  upper 

division  courses  from  the  fields  of  psychology 

and  sociology 

with  a  minimum  of  five  and  a  maximum  of 

seven  from  each  area  including: 

CST  109 

Maternal  and  Child  Nutrition                       (3) 

PSY12 

Developmental  Psychology                           (3) 

PSY  132 

Personality                                                       (3) 

SOC  161 

Dynamics  of  Majority- Minority  Relations    (3) 

SOC  175 

Urban  Sociology                                             (3) 

Recommended 

ART  145 

Creative  Art  Experience                                 (3) 

ENG  134 

Children's  Literature                                      (3) 

MUS31 

Music  for  the  Young  Child                            (3) 

Majors  must  maintain  a  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  all  major 

courses. 

Total  units  in 

major  areas  —  39 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 

Consumer  Studies 

The  major  in  Consumer  Studies  focuses  on  human 
physical  needs,  such  as  food,  clothing  and  shelter  and 
how  those  needs  are  met  through  the  selection  and 
purchase  of  goods  and  services  offered  in  the  retail 
market.  Courses  in  the  major  provide  an  understanding 
of  the  buying  process  from  the  viewpoint  of  both  the 
seller  and  the  buyer,  by  examining  the  operation  of 
businesses  by  sellers  and  the  management  of  physical 
resources  by  consumers.  The  major  also  gives  specific 
attention  to  consumer  problems  and  how  they  may  be 
solved. 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/43 


Graduates  may  find  employment  in  consumer  services 
departments  of  banks,  finance  companies,  department 
stores,  product  manufacturers,  government  agencies  or 
radio  and  television  stations.  The  major  provides 
excellent  preparation  for  graduate  study  in  business,  law 
and  family  economics. 


Diversified  Major 


The  B.S.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Consumer  Studies 

Preparation 

BUS  5/105 

Business  Law 

(3) 

BUS  15/115 

Accounting  I 

(3) 

CST  2/102 

Consumer  Issues 

(3) 

CST  40/140 

Management  of  Personal  and  Family 

Resources 

(3) 

ECO  2 

Macroeconomics 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

SOC  104 

The  Family 

(3) 

SPE  10/110 

Public  Speaking 

(3) 

Requirements 

BUS  160 

Marketing 

(3) 

BUS  161 

Advertising 

(3) 

BUS  170 

Real  Estate 

(3) 

CST  10/110 

Human  Nutrition 

(3) 

CST  108 

Meals,  Money  and  Markets 

(3) 

CST  154 

Housing 

(3) 

CST  160 

The  Consumer  and  the  Market 

(3) 

CST  180 

Merchandising:  Demonstration 

and  Display 

(3) 

CST  194 

Seminar:  Business  and 

Consumer  Studies 

(3) 

ENG  108A 

Journalism 

(3) 

POL  108 

American  Constitutional  Law 

(3) 

PSY  125 

Introduction  to  Counseling 

(3) 

PSY148 

Personnel  and  Consumer  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC  161 

Dynamics  of  Majority- 

Minority  Relations 

(3) 

SOC  175 

Urban  Sociology 

(3) 

SOC  189 

The  Sociology  of  Aging 

(3) 

SPR18 

Career  Planning  Seminar 

(1) 

Recommended  Elective 

BUS  190 

Business  and  Consumer  Studies 

Internship 

(3) 

Total  units  in  business  and  consumer  studies  —  39 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  Consumer  Studies 

A  minimum  of  21  units  selected  from  consumer  studies  offer- 
ings. 

Students  should  arrange  their  total  programs  with  the  de- 
partment chairman.  Because  of  the  variety  of  careers  to  which 
such  programs  may  lead,  the  choice  of  courses  is  flexible. 


Multiple  Subject  Credential:  Elementary 

The  diversified  major  is  designed  for  the  student 
qualifying  for  the  Multiple  Subject  Credential  to  teach  in 
the  elementary  school. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Diversified  Major 

Elementary  Teaching  Credential 

General  requirements:  Eighty-four  units  in  four  areas  of 

concentration 

with  a  minimum  of  18  units  in  each  area. 

Area  I  —  English  and  Speech 

Requirements 

ENG  1AB 

College  Writing 

(2-2) 

ENG  105 

Advanced  Composition 

(3) 

ENG  134 

Children's  Literature 

One  upper  division  course  in 

(3) 

American  Literature 

(3) 

One  elective  course  in  English 

(3) 

One  course  in  Speech 

(3) 

One  course  in  Linguistics 

(3) 

Area  II  —  Mathematics  and  Science 

Requirements: 

Biology 

BIOIA 

Biological  Dynamics:  Basic  Concepts 

(2) 

BIO  10 

Health  Science 

(3) 

One  course  from  the  following: 

BIO  IB 

Biological  Dynamics: 

The  Microbial  World 

(1) 

BIOIC 

Biological  Dynamics: 

Basic  Human  Physiology 

(1) 

BIO  ID 

Biological  Dynamics:  The  Environment 

(2) 

One  elective 

course  from  the  following: 

BIO  3 

General  Microbiology 

(4) 

BIO  165 

Marine  Biology 

(3) 

BIO  167 

Field  Biology 

(3) 

Mathematics 

MTH10 

Mathematical  Ideas 

(3) 

MTH50 

Modern  Math 

(3) 

MTH51 

Modern  Geometry 

(3) 

Physical  Science 

PHS1 

Scientific  Concepts 

(3) 

PHS4 

Elementary  Environmental  Studies 

(3) 

— 

One  elective  course  in  biology 

or  physical  science 

(3) 

Area  III  —  Social  Sciences 

Requirements: 

History 

HIS  176 

The  American  Democratic  Republic 

(3) 

or 
HIS  175 

U.S.,  The  Twentieth  Century 

(3) 

Political  Science 

POL  170 

American  Party  Politics 

(3) 

One  elective 

:ourse  from  economics,  history,  or  politica 

sci- 

ence 

44/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


Psychology 

PSY  1  General  Psychology  (3) 

PSY  113  Child  Development  and  the 

Learning  Process  (3) 

Recommended  electives: 

PSY  132  Personality  (3) 

PSY  135  Group  Dynamics  (3) 

PSY  145  Social  Psychology  (3) 

Sociology 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

One  course  from  the  following: 

SOC  104  The  Family  (3) 

SOC  161  Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations    (3) 

SOC  175  Urban  Sociology  (3) 

Area  IV  —  Humanities,  Fine  Arts,  Foreign  Languages 

Requirements: 

ART  145  Creative  Art  Experience  (3) 

MUS  130  Creative  Music  Experience  (3) 

—  Three  courses  in  philosophy  (9) 

—  One  to  three  courses 

in  foreign  language  (3-9) 

In  addition,  12units  in  education  and  12  units  in  student 
teaching     arerequired. 

EDU  101  Perspectives  in  Education  (1) 

EDU  114  Diagnosis  and  Prescription  (1) 

EDU  115A        Communication  —  Elementary  Curriculum  (2) 
EDU  115B         Mathematics  —  Elementary  (2) 

EDU  115C         Reading  —  Elementary  (3) 

EDU  115D        Science  and  Social  Studies  —  Elementary 

Curriculum  (3) 

EDU  116A        Supervised  Teaching  —  Elementary  (12) 

Total  units  in  four  areas  —  84 
Total  units  in  education  —  24 

Students  who  are  considering  this  major  should  consult  with 
the  education  department  as  early  as  possible  to  obtain  indi- 
vidual advisement. 
For  graduation,  129  units  are  required. 


English 


The  English  major  emphasizes  creative  writing  and 
thinking,  and  offers  training  in  communication  and  in  the 
perceptive  criticism  of  literature.  Students  may  structure 
their  English  programs  for  an  emphasis  in  such  areas  as 
literature,  television,  speech  and  drama,  journalism,  and 
English  as  a  second  language. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  English 

Preparation 

ENG  1AB         College  Writing 

(2-2) 

ENG  2              Introduction  to  Literature 

(3) 

HIS  1AB           Western  Civilization 

(6) 

One  course  selected  from  the  following: 

SPE  10              Public  Speaking 

(3) 

SPE  13              Oral  Argument 

(3) 

SPE  15               Drama  in  Action 

(3) 

Strongly  recommended: 

PHI  5  Logic:  Structures  of  Reasoning  (3) 

Requirements 

ENG  106  Creative  Writing  (2) 

ENG  142  Literary  History  of  England  and  America   (3) 

ENG  181  Theory  and  Criticism  (3) 

ENG  199  Senior  Paper  (0-1) 

Twenty-five  units  selected  from  English  and  Journalism  offer- 
ings, at  least  eighteen  of  which  are  upper  division.  Each  stu- 
dent works  out  a  total  program  with  an  adviser  and  the  de- 
partment chairman. 

Majors  may  fulfill  any  department  requirements  by  indepen- 
dent study  provided  that  a  faculty  member  agrees  to  direct  the 
work. 

Majors  must  maintain  average  or  above-average  grades  in  all 
English  courses. 
Total  units  in  English  —  40 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 
semester  units. 


The  Minor  in  English 

A  minimum  of  21  units  selected  from  English  offerings. 
Students  intersted  in  an  English  minor  should  work  out  their 
total  programs  with  the  department  chairman.  Because  of  the 
vareity  of  careers  to  which  an  English  program  may  lead,  the 
choice  of  courses  is  flexible. 


The  Minor 

in  English 

Teaching  Emphasis 

A  minimum 

of  21  units  selected  from  English  offerings 

Requirements 

ENG  1AB 

College  Writing 

(2-2) 

ENG  181 

Theory  and  Criticism 

(3) 

One  course  i 

n  American  Literature 

Strongly  recommended: 

ENG  101 

Structure  of  Modern  English 

(3) 

ENG  106 

Creative  Writing 

(2) 

ENG  173 

Shakespeare 

(3) 

English  as  a  Second  Language 


The  Minor  in  English  as  a  Second  Language  (ESL) 

Prerequisites 

Certification  of  English  proficiency  and  background  by  the 

department  of  English. 

Recommended: 

Certification  of  Spanish  proficiency  and  background  by  the 

department  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Requirements 

A  minimum  of  21  units  including: 

EDU  351  Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching 

English  as  a  Second  Language  (3) 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/45 


EDU336 

Supervised  Teaching:  English  as  a 

Second  Language  —  Elementary 

(3) 

EDU  378 

Supervised  Teaching:  English  as  a 

Second  Language  —  Secondary 

(3) 

ENG  102/202 

Structure  of  Modern  English 

(3) 

ENG  204 

Comparative  Bilingual  Studies 
(Prerequisite:  ENG  102/202) 

(3) 

Recommended  electives 

EDU  203 

Social  Foundations  of  Education 

(3) 

EDU  222 

Curriculum  and  Methods  for  the 

Urban  School 

(3) 

EDU  230 

Language  in  the  Urban  School  and 

Community 

(3) 

ENG  100/200 

English  Linguistics 

(3) 

ENG  105 

Advanced  Composition 

(3) 

HIS  165B/265B  History  of  the  Spanish-Speaking 

Peoples  of  the  United  States 

(3) 

SOC  125/225 

Comparative  Social  Structures 

(3) 

SOC  161/261 

Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations 

(3) 

SOC  212 

Contemporary  Social  Issues 

(3) 

SPA  115/215 

Applied  Linguistics:  Spanish  as  a 

Second  Language 

(3) 

SPA  118/218 

Historical  Grammar:  Spanish  as  a 

First  Language 

(3) 

Completion  of  this  minor  also  includes  completion  of  the 

program  for  the  Graduate  Certificate  in  Teaching  English 

as  a 

Second  Language. 

French 

The  major  in  French  is  a  comprehensive  program  leading 
to  a  proficiency  in  speaking,  reading,  and  writing  French, 
and  to  a  deepening  of  the  humanistic  spirit  through 
understanding  the  ideas  and  ways  of  life  of  the 
French-speaking  nations.  It  offers  preparation  for 
teaching,  research,  graduate  study  and  travel. 

Admission  to  a  major  in  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages  is  determined  by  the  department  when  the 
student  applies  in  the  spring  of  her  sophomore  year.  A 
grade  point  average  of  2.5  in  courses  in  foreign  language 
is  required. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  French 

Preparation 

FRE  4AB 

Intermediate  French 
(May  be  challenged  by  examination) 

(3-3) 

FRE25 

Advanced  Grammar 

(3) 

FRE  32 

History  and  Civilization  of  France 

(3) 

Requirements 

FRE  101 

Stylistics  and  Composition 

(3) 

FRE  112AB 

Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Literature 
Five  upper  division  courses 
covering  at  least  three  of  the 

(3-3) 

literary  periods 

(15) 

FRE  191 

Senior  Thesis 

(1) 

Total  upper 

division  units  in  French  —  25 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totalling  129 

semester  units. 

The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  French 

French  Studies  Emphasis 

Preparation 

FRE  4AB 

Intermediate  French  or  approved 

alternate 

(3-3) 

Requirements 

FRE  101 

Stylistics  and  Composition 

(3) 

FRE  112AB 

Introduction  to  the  Study  of 

French  Literature 

(3-3) 

FRE  132 

History  and  Civilization  of  France 

(3) 

FRE  191 

Senior  Thesis 

Two  approved  upper  division 
courses  chosen  from  stylistics, 
linguistics,  study-travel,  or 

(1) 

related  area  courses. 

(6) 

Total  upper 

division  units  in  French  —  25 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  French 

A  minimum  of  21  units  including: 

FRE  4AB           Intermediate  French 

(3-3) 

(may  be  challenged  by  examination) 

FRE  25              Advanced  Grammar 

(3) 

FRE  32              History  and  Civilization  of  France 

(3) 

FRE  101             Stylistics  and  Composition 

(3) 

Two  upper  division  courses 

(6) 

Gerontology 


The  major  in  gerontology  (psychology  of  development 
and  aging)  emphasizes  the  exploration  of  behavioral 
development  over  the  lifespan.  Special  focus  is  placed  on 
the  biological,  environmental,  and  psychological  aspects 
of  aging  in  American  society. 


The  B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Gerontology 

Preparation 

BIO  50 
PSYl 
PSY  12 
SOC  5 

Biology  of  Aging                                             (3) 
General  Psychology                                        (3) 
Developmental  Psychology                           (3) 
Sociological  Perspectives                                (3) 

Requirements 

Thirteen  upper  division  courses  including: 

ART  146 

Art  as  Therapy                                                (3) 

MUS  164 

Music  and  Life                                                (3) 

HSP  194 
HSP  196 
*PHI  168B 

Gerontology  Seminar                                     (2) 
Thanatology  Seminar                                     (3) 
Bioethics                                                           (3) 

PSY  127 
PSY  133 
PSY  168 
*RST  178 
SOC  189ABC 

Psychology  of  Development  and  Aging      (3) 
Psychology  of  Disability  and  Adjustment   (3) 
Abnormal  Psychology                                    (3) 
Death  and  Dying                                             (3) 
Sociology  of  Aging                                   (1-1-1) 

46/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


Recommended: 

PSY  125 

Introduction  to  Counseling 

(3) 

PSY  132 

Personality 

(3) 

PSY  135 

Group  Dynamics 

(3) 

PSY  145 

Social  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  192 

Clinical  Practicum 

(3) 

SOC  137 

Culture  and  Personality 

(3) 

SOC  161 

Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations 

(3) 

SOC  190 

Social  Change 

(3) 

*Can  fulfill  General  Studies  requirement. 

Majors  must  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  all  major  courses . 

Total  units  in 

major  —  50 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

Health  Services  Administration 

Health  Services  Administration  is  designed  to  prepare 
students  for  administrative  positions  in  medical,  hospital 
and  nursing-care  facilities.  The  major  provides  students 
who  have  already  satisfied  an  approved  program  in 
health  services  (such  as  respiratory  therapy,  physical 
therapy  assistant,  nursing,  and  medical  secretary)  with 
the  business  skills  to  assume  leadership  in  administering 
health-care  facilities. 


The  B.S.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Health  Services 

Administration 

Preparation: 

Completion  of  an  approved  program  in  Health  Services  (Phys- 

ical Therapy  Assistant,  Nursing,  Respiratory  Therapy,  Medi- 

cal Secretary, 

etc.) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC  5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

Requirements: 

MTH9 

Introduction  to  Computer  Processes 

(3) 

MTH38 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

ECOl 

Microeconomics 

(3) 

BUS  5 

Business  Law 

(3) 

BUS  15 

Accounting  I 

(3) 

BUS  16 

Accounting  II 

(3) 

BUS  130 

Business  Finance 

(3) 

BUS  185 

Business  Management 

(3) 

BUS  192 

Business  Policy  and  Ethics 

(3) 

BUS  111 

Management  of  Health  Services 

(3) 

Total  units  in  Business  —  21 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

History 

The  student  who  majors  in  history  examines  and 
analyzes  the  heritage  of  the  recorded  past  in  an  effort  to 
better  understand  and  evaluate  events  and  developments 
of  the  present.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  American, 
European,  and  non- Western  civilizations. 


Other  options  are  offered  in  the  closely-allied  area  majors 
offered  in  Social  Science  with  emphasis  in  hispanic 
studies,  history,  political  science,  public  administration 
and  sociology. 

It  is  possible  to  have  history  and  American  Studies  as  a 
double  major.  See  American  Studies.  Such  a  combination 
is  highly  desirable  and  very  useful,  combining  as  it  does 
with  the  general  major,  a  specialized  study  of  the 
character  and  developing  trends  of  American  society. 

Information  for  Majors  in  History. 

Students  must  maintain  average  or  above-average  grades 

in  all  courses  in  the  major. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  History 

Preparation 

HIS  1AB 

Western  Civilization 

(3-3) 

POL1 

American  Government 

(3) 

POLIO 

Political  Concepts 

(3) 

Recommended 

HIS  25 

Cultural  and  Historical  Geography 

(3) 

Requirements 

Ten  upper  division  courses  including: 

HIS  101 

Writing  of  History 

(3) 

HIS  198 

Historiography 

(3) 

INT  180 

Seminar  in  Ideas  and  Culture 

(3) 

Three  courses  in  U.S.  history 

(9) 

Three  courses  in  European  history 

(9) 

Two  courses  selected  from  the 

history  of  other  areas 

(6) 

Total  units  in 

history  —  39 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor 

in  History 

HIS  1AB 

Western  Civilization 

(3-3) 

HIS  101 

Writing  of  History 

(3) 

Two  upper  c 

ivision  courses  in  U.S. 

history 

Three  upper 

division  courses  in  the 

history 

of  other 

areas 

Home  Economics 

The  fundamental  sociological  unit  of  study  in  Home 
Economics  is  the  family.  The  major  focuses  on  the 
interaction  of  individuals  with  their  environment  and 
with  each  other  and  on  how  the  quality  of  life  may  be 
improved  for  all  people.  The  Home  Economics  major 
together  with  the  completion  of  requirements  for  the 
California  teaching  credential  (single  subject)  qualifies 
graduates  to  teach  home  economics  subjects  in 
elementary  and  secondary  schools  (K-12).  The  major  may 
also  be  combined  with  courses  from  other  disciplines  to 
meet  the  individual  needs  of  students.  Depending  upon 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/47 


their  academic  preparation,  graduates  may  find 
employment  with  various  types  of  community  agencies 
or  continue  their  study  on  the  graduate  level. 


B.S.  Degree 

with  a  Major  in  Home  Economics 

Preparation 

ART  2 

Design  I 

(3) 

BIOIA 

Biological  Dynamics:  Basic  Concepts 

(2) 

plus  one  of  these: 

BIO  IB 

The  Microbial  World 

(1) 

BIOIC 

Human  Physiology 

(1) 

BIO  ID 

The  Environment 

(2) 

CHE  2 

Chemistry  of  Life 

(3) 

CST  2/102 

Consumer  Issues 

(3) 

CST6 

Food  Study 

(3) 

CST  21 

Clothing  Construction 

(3) 

PHS  1 

Scientific  Concepts 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

SPE10 

Public  Speaking 

(3) 

SPR18 

Career  Planning  Seminar 

(1) 

Requirements 

CST  10/110 

Human  Nutrition 

(3) 

CST  24 

Textiles  for  Consumers 

(3) 

CST  40/140 

Management  of  Personal  and  Family 

Resources 

(3) 

CST  108 

Meals,  Money,  and  Markets 

(3) 

CST  120 

Clothing  Selection 

(3) 

CST  154 

Housing 

(3) 

CST  180 

Merchandising:  Demonstration 

and  Display 

(3) 

CST  194 

Seminar:  Business  and  Consumer  Studies  (3) 

PSY12 

Developmental  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC  104 

The  Family 

(3) 

Additional  Req 

uirements  for  California  Teaching  Credential 

BIO  10 

Health  Science 

(3) 

EDU  101 

Perspectives  in  Education 

(1) 

EDU  124 

Diagnosis  and  Prescription 

(1) 

EDU  125A 

Secondary  Curriculum 

(3) 

EDU  125B 

Emerging  Trends  in  Education 

(2) 

EDU  125C 

Reading:  Secondary 

(3) 

EDU  125D 

Secondary  Methods 

(2) 

EDU  126A 

Supervised  Teaching 

(12) 

PSY  123 

The  Adolescent  and  the  Learning 

Process 

(3) 

CST  198 

Methods  in  Teaching  Home  Economics 

(3) 

Total  units  in 

consumer  studies  —  33 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  Home  Economics 

A  minimum  of  21  units  selected  from  consumer  studies  offer- 
ings. Students  should  arrange  their  total  programs  with  the 
department  chairman.  Because  of  the  variety  of  careers  to 
which  such  programs  may  lead,  the  choice  of  courses  is  flexi- 
ble. 


Human  Services  Program 

The  Human  Services  Program  is  designed  to  reflect 
opportunities  for  career  development  particularly  suited 
to  today's  needs.  It  combines  professional  skills  with  a 
philosophy  of  concern.  Based  in  a  liberal  arts  setting,  it 
provides  a  broad  view  of  human  needs  and  how  to 
respond  with  compassion.  Courses  enable  graduates  to 
work  successfully  in  growing,  vitally-needed  and 
people-related  professions  offering  interaction  with 
others  and  excellent  chances  for  advancement.  Within  the 
Human  Services  Program  the  following  options  are 
available: 

A. A.  degree  in  Physical  Therapy  Assistant 

A. A.  degree  in  Respiratory  Therapy 

A. A.  degree  in  Medical  Secretary 

B.A.  degree  in  Gerontology 

B.S.  degree  in  Health  Services  Administration 

B.S.  degree  in  Physical  Therapy 

Each  of  these  options  is  listed  alphabetically  in  this 

bulletin. 

Mathematics 

While  offering  students  an  opportunity  to  study 
mathematics  as  part  of  a  liberal  education,  the 
mathematics  major  can  also  serve  as  preparation  for  work 
in  mathematically-based  fields  such  as  the  computer 
sciences  or  statistics,  for  secondary  teaching,  or  for 
graduate  study. 


The  B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Mathematics 
Computer  Science  Emphasis 

Preparation 

MTH  3AB         Mathematical  Analysis  I  (3-3) 

MTH  4AB         Mathematical  Analysis  II  (3-3) 

MTH  9  Introduction  to  Computer  processes  (3) 

MTH  20  Advanced  Programming  (3) 

Students  who  can  demonstrate  their  proficiency  in  any  of  the 
above  courses  may  enroll  in  the  next  course  in  the  sequence. 
Students  who  need  further  preparation  in  algebra  and 
elementary  functions  should  take  MTH  1  College  Algebra 
before  MTH  3A. 

Requirements 

MTH  102  Advanced  Calculus 

MTH  103  Linear  Algebra 

MTH  105  Complex  Analysis 

MTH  111  Abstract  Algebra 

MTH  113  Probability  and  Statistics 

MTH  128  Numerical  Analysis 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 

MTH  133  Systems  Analysis  and  Operations  Research  (3) 

MTH  137  Information  Systems  Seminar  (3) 

Total  units  in  mathematics  —  42 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 


48/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


The  Minor 

in  Computer  Science 

Preparation 

MTH  3AB 

Mathematical  Analysis  I                             (3-3) 

MTH9 

Introduction  to  Computer  Processes            (3) 

MTH  20 

Advanced  Programming                                (3) 

MTH  38 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics          (3) 

MTH  113 

Probability  and  Statistics                                (3) 

Requirements 

Two  upper  d 

ivision  courses  chosen  in  consultation  with  the 

student's  adviser,  from  the  following: 

BUS  187 

Management  of  a  Data-based  System          (3) 

MTH  103 

Linear  Algebra                                                (3) 

MTH  111 

Abstract  Algebra                                             (3) 

MTH  113 

Probability  and  Statistics                                (3) 

MTH  128 

Numerical  Analysis                                        (3) 

MTH  133 

Systems  Analysis  and  Operations  Research  (3) 

MTH  137 

Information  Systems  Seminar                       (3) 

Introduction  to  Computer  Science 

Students  who  want  an  introduction  to  computer  science 
should  take  some  or  all  of  the  following  courses: 

MTH  9  Introduction  to  Computer  Processes  (no 
prerequisite),  MTH  19  Machine  Language  Programming 
(MTH  9  prerequisite),  and  MTH  20  Advanced 
Programming  (MTH  9  prerequisite). 


The  Minor 

in  Mathematics 

A  minimum 

of  seven  courses  including: 

MTH3AB 

Mathematical  Analysis  I 

(3-3) 

MTH4A 

Mathematical  Analysis  II 

(3) 

MTH  111 

Abstract  Algebra 

(3) 

Three  additional  upper  division  courses 

chosen  in 

consulta- 

tion  with  the 

department. 

Music 

The  music  major  is  a  program  combining  individual 
instruction,  solo  and  ensemble  performance,  with 
classroom  study,  discussions  and  lectures,  all  carefully 
designed  to  provide  a  wide  range  of  musical  learning  and 
experience. 

Two  degrees  are  offered.  The  B.A.  degree  offers 
preparation  in  music  for  students  desiring  a  thorough 
knowledge  of  music  for  teaching,  research,  performance, 
personal  enjoyment,  or  cultural  development.  The  total 
curriculum  includes  two-thirds  of  the  studies  in  the 
liberal  arts,  and  one-third  in  music. 

The  B.M.  degree  is  a  broad  basic  preparation  for  students 
intending  a  career  in  music  as  performing  artists, 
conductors,  composers,  scholars,  or  teachers.  The  total 
curriculum  includes  one-third  of  the  studies  in  the  liberal 
arts,  and  two-thirds  in  music. 


Students  interested  in  music  as  an  elective  may 
participate  in  performance  classes  (chorus,  orchestra, 
instrumental  ensembles,  piano,  or  voice  class),  or  in  the 
study  of  music  as  an  art. 

Requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor 

1.  Audition  showing  potential  in  the  field  of 
performance. 

2.  Theory  examination  for  placement  purposes. 

3.  Interview  with  chairman  and  other  faculty  members. 

4.  Recommendations  which  indicate  enthusiasm, 
motivation,  and  interest. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Music 
Applied  Music  Emphasis 

Prerequisites: 

See  requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor. 

Core  Courses 

MUS  1AB         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  1CD         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  5ABCD   Music  Literature  Repertoire   (%-lVi-l%-l%) 

MUS  8  Piano  Class  (1) 

Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors.  Every  student  must  pass 

the  piano  proficiency  examination  before  graduation.  Only 

three  units  of  piano  class  may  be  taken  for  credit. 

MUS  15  Applied  Music  —  At  least  one  unit 

every  semester 
MUS  24/124      Musical  Style  Through  the  Ages  (3) 

MUS  133  Music  Analysis  (2) 

MUS  139A        Instrumental  conducting  (2) 

MUS  140A        Choral  Techniques  (2) 

Requirements 
MUS  115  Applied  Music  —  at  least  9  units 

Half-length  recital 
MUS  122  Ensemble/coaching  (1) 

or 

MUS  150  Accompanying 

MUS 
141,142A, 

143A,  144A       Music  History  Surveys  —  any  two  courses  (6) 
MUS  151  Creative  Teaching  (piano,  voice 

or  instrumental)  (2) 

For  the  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department  may 
substitute  other  courses  for  these  music  requirements.  See 
also  additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  and  B.M.  degrees. 
Total  units  in  music  —  approximately  45 
Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs /49 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Music 
Music  Education  Emphasis 

Prerequisites: 

See  requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor. 

Core  Courses 

MUS  1AB         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  1CD         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  5ABCD    Music  Literature  Repertoire     (V2-IV2-IV2-V2) 

MUS  8  Piano  Class  (1) 

Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors.  Every  student  must  pass 

the  piano  proficiency  examination  before  graduation.  Only 

three  units  of  piano  class  may  be  taken  for  credit. 

MUS  15/115      Applied  Music  —  At  least  one  unit 

every  semester 
MUS  24/124      Musical  Style  Through  the  Ages  (3) 

MUS  133  Music  Analysis  (2) 

MUS  139A        Instrumental  Conducting  (2) 

MUS  140A        Choral  techniques  (2) 

Requirements 

MUS  7  Voice  Class  (1) 

MUS  26  Brass  Instruments  (1) 

MUS  27  Woodwind  Instruments  (1) 

MUS  28  Percussion  Instruments  (1) 

MUS  29  String  Instruments  (1) 

MUS  147A        Seminar  in  Music  Education  (3) 

MUS  147B        Seminar  in  Music  Education  (3) 

or 

MUS  147C        Seminar  in  Music  Education  (3) 

One  course  in  music  history  chosen  from 
MUS  141,  142A,  143A,  144A  (3) 

Recommended  supplementary  courses:  Minimum  3  units 

MUS  116  Development  of  Jazz  (1-2) 

MUS  162  Folk  Music  of  Europe  and  America  (2) 

MUS  166  Music  in  Non-Western  Cultures  (2) 

For  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department  may  sub- 
.  stitute  other  courses  for  these  music  requirements.  See  also 
additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  and  B.M.  degrees. 
Total  units  in  music  —  approximately  45 
Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 
units. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Music 
Music  History  Emphasis 

Prerequisites: 

See  requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor. 

Core  Courses 

MUS  1AB         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  1CD        Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  5ABCD    Music  Literature  Repertoire     (1/2-l1/2-l1/2-1/2) 

MUS  8  Piano  Class  (1) 

Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors.  Every  student  must  pass 

the  piano  proficiency  examination  before  graduation.  Only 

three  units  of  piano  class  may  be  taken  for  credit. 


MUS  15/115 

Applied  Music  —  At  least  one  unit 
every  semester 

MUS  24/124 

Musical  Style  Through  the  Ages 

(3) 

MUS  133 

Music  Analysis 

(2) 

MUS  139A 

Instrumental  Conducting 

(2) 

MUS  140A 

Choral  Techniques 

(2) 

Requirements 

MUS  141,  142AB, 

143AB,  144AB  Music  History  Surveys  —  any 

three  courses 

(12) 

MUS146C 

Special  Projects  in  Music 

(3) 

For  the  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department 

may 

substitute  other  courses  for  these  music  requirements. 

See 

also  additional  requirments  for  the  B.A.  and  B.M.  degrees. 

Total  units  in  music  —  approximately  45 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

units. 

The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Music 
Music  Theory  Emphasis 

Prerequisites: 

See  requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor. 

Core  Courses 

MUS  1AB         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  1CD         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  5ABCD    Music  Literature  Repertoire     {Vi-Wi-Wi-Vi) 

MUS  8  Piano  Class  (1) 

Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors.  Every  student  must  pass 

the  piano  proficiency  examination  before  graduation.  Only 

three  units  of  piano  class  may  be  taken  for  credit. 

MUS  15/115      Applied  Music  —  At  least  one  unit 

every  semester 
MUS  24/124      Musical  Style  Through  the  Ages  (3) 

MUS  133  Music  Analysis  (2) 

MUS  139A        Instrumental  Conducting  (2) 

MUS  140A        Choral  Techniques  (2) 

Requirements 

MUS  2AB         Musicianship  II  (3-1) 

MUS  134A        Orchestration  (2) 

MUS  136  Technique  of  Arranging  (2) 

MUS  138  Advanced  Musicianship  (2) 

MUS  144A        Music  History:  Post  Romantic  and 

20th  Century  (3) 

For  the  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department  may 
substitute  other  courses  for  these  music  requirements.  See 
also  additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  and  B.M.  degrees 
Total  units  in  music  —  approximately  45 
Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 
units. 


50/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


The  Minor 

in  Music 

Prerequisites: 

See  requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor. 

Requirements 

A  minimum  of  21  units  including: 

MUS  1AB 
MUS  1CD 

Musicianship  I                                             (3-1) 
Musicianship  I                                             (3-1) 

MUS  3AB 

MUS  5BC 
of 

MUS  24 

Creative  and  Theoretical  Concepts 

of  Music                                                       (4) 
Music  Literature  Repertoire                           (3) 

Musical  Style  Through  the  Ages                  (3) 

For  the  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department  may 

substitute  other  courses  to  fulfill  music  requirements.  See  also 

additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  and  B.M.  degrees. 

Total  units  in  music  —  approximately  88 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  133 

semester  units. 


The  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree 

Church  Music  Emphasis 

Prerequisites: 

See  requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor. 

Core  Courses 

MUS  1AB 

Musicianship  I                                             (3-1) 

MUS  1CD 

Musicianship  I                                             (3-1) 

MUS  2AB 

Musicianship  II                                            (3-1) 

MUS  2CD 

Musicianship  II                                            (3-1) 

MUS  5ABCD 

Music  Literature  Repertoire     i}k-\xk-V-k-xli) 

MUS  8 

Piano  Class                                                      (1) 

Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors.  Every  student  must  pass 

the  piano  proficiency  examination  before  graduation.  Only 

three  units  of 

piano  class  may  be  taken  for  credit. 

MUS  15/115 

Applied  Music  —  each  term 

MUS  105 

Music  Literature  Repertoire  —  required 

each  term  in  upper  division                     (tyi) 

MUS  132A 

Counterpoint                                                   (2) 

MUS  133 

Music  Analysis                                                (2) 

MUS  134A 

Orchestration                                                   (2) 

MUS  138 

Advanced  Musicianship                                 (2) 

MUS  139A 

Instrumental  Conducting                               (2) 

MUS  140A 

Choral  Techniques                                            (2) 

MUS  141 

Music  History:  Ancient,  Medieval, 

Early  Renaissance                                       (3) 

MUS  142AB 

Music  History:  Renaissance  and  Baroque  (3-1) 

MUS  143AB 

Music  History:  Classical  and  Romantic    (3-1) 

MUS  144AB 

Music  History:  Post-Romantic  and 

20th  Century                                            (3-1) 

Requirements 

*MUS7 

Voice  Class                                                      (1) 

"MUS  9 

Organ  Class                                                     (1) 

MUS  110 

Gregorian  Chant                                               (2) 

MUS  112 

Music  and  Worship                                        (3) 

MUS  136 

Technique  of  Arranging                                  (2) 

MUS  146D 

Special  Project  in  Music                                 (3) 

MUS  157 

Seminar  in  Church  Music                              (2) 

*If  voice  is  not  principal  instrument 

**If  organ  is  not  principal  instrument. 

Every  student  must  pass  a  proficiency  test  in  his  or  her  second 

instrument. 

The  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree 

Music  Education  Emphasis 

Prerequisites: 

See  requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor. 

Core  Courses 

MUS  1AB 

Musicianship  I                                             (3-1) 

MUS  1CD 

Musicianship  I                                             (3-1) 

MUS  2AB 

Musicianship  II                                            (3-1) 

MUS  2CD 

Musicianship  II                                            (3-1) 

MUS  5ABCD 

Music  Literature  Repertoire     (V2-IV2-IV2-V2) 

MUS  8 

Piano  Class                                                      (1) 

Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors.  Every  student  must  pass 

the  piano  proficiency  examination  before  graduation.  Only 

three  units  0 

piano  class  may  be  taken  for  credit. 

MUS  15/115 

Applied  Music  —  each  term 

MUS  105 

Music  Literature  Repertoire  —  required 

each  term  in  upper  division                    (V2) 

MUS  132A 

Counterpoint                                                   (2) 

MUS  133 

Music  Analysis                                                (2) 

MUS  134A 

Orchestration                                                  (2) 

MUS  138 

Advanced  Musicianship                                (2) 

MUS  139A 

Instrumental  Conducting                               (2) 

MUS  140A 

Choral  Techniques                                          (2) 

MUS  141 

Music  History:  Ancient,  Medieval, 

Early  Renaissance                                       (3) 

MUS  142AB 

Music  History:  Renaissance  and  Baroque  (3-1) 

MUS  143AB 

Music  History:  Classical  and  Romantic    (3-1) 

MUS  144AB 

Music  History:  Post  Romantic  and 

20th  Century                                            (3-1) 

Requirements 

*MUS  7 

Voice  Class                                                      (1) 

MUS  26 

Brass  Instruments                                           (1) 

MUS  27 

Woodwind  Instruments                                 (1) 

MUS  28 

Percussion  Instruments                                 (1) 

MUS  29 

String  Instruments                                         (1) 

MUS  136 

Technique  of  Arranging                                 (2) 

MUS  146F 

Special  Projects  in  Music                            (1-3) 

MUS  147A 

Seminar  in  Music  Education                         (3) 

MUS  147B 

Seminar  in  Music  Education                         (3) 

or 

MUS  147C 

Seminar  in  Music  Education                         (3) 

One  course  from  the  following: 

MUS  154 

The  Art  of  Teaching  Choral  Music               (2) 

MUS  155 

Teaching  Music  Theory                                 (2) 

MUS  156 

Teaching  Music  Literature                             (2) 

*If  voice  is  not 

principal  instrument.  Every  student  must  pass  a 

proficiency  test  in  voice  if  this  is  not  his  or  her  principal 

instrument. 

Bachelors  Degree  Programs/51 


Recommended  supplementary  courses:  minimum  4  units 
MUS  116  Development  of  Jazz  (1-2) 

MUS  162  Folk  Music  of  Europe  and  America  (2) 

MUS  166  Music  Cultures  of  the  Non-Western  World  (2) 

For  the  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department  may 
substitute  other  courses  to  fulfill  music  requirements.  See  also 
additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  and  B.M.  degrees. 
Total  units  in  music  —  approximately  88 
Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  133 
semester  units. 


The  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree 
Music  History  and  Literature  Emphasis 

Prerequisites: 

See  requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor. 

Core  Courses 

MUS  1AB         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  1CD         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  2AB         Musicianship  II  (3-1) 

MUS  2CD        Musicianship  II  (3-1) 

MUS  5ABCD   Music  Literature  Repertoire     {Vi-Wi-Wi-Vi) 

MUS  8  Piano  Class  (1) 

Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors.  Every  student  must  pass 

the  piano  proficiency  examination  before  graduation.  Only 

three  units  of  piano  class  may  be  taken  for  credit. 

MUS  15/115      Applied  Music  —  each  term 

MUS  105  Music  Literature  Repertoire  —  required 

each  term  in  upper  division  (V2) 

MUS  132A        Counterpoint  (2) 

MUS  133  Music  Analysis  (2) 

MUS  134A        Orchestration  (2) 

MUS  138  Advanced  Musicianship  (2) 

MUS  139A        Instrumental  Conducting  (2) 

MUS  140A        Choral  Techniques  (2) 

MUS  141  Music  History:  Ancient,  Medieval, 

Early  Renaissance  (3) 

MUS  142AB  Music  History:  Renaissance  and  Baroque  (3-1) 
MUS  143AB  Music  History:  Classical  and  Romantic  (3-1) 
MUS  144AB     Music  History:  Post-Romantic  and 

20th  Century  (3-1) 

Requirements 

MUS  145AB  Seminars  in  Music  History  and  Literature (3-3) 
MUS  146C        Special  Projects  in  Music  (3) 

MUS  148  Collegium  Musicum  (V2-I) 

Minimum  of  4  units  from  the  following 
MUS  116  Development  of  Jazz  (1-2) 

MUS  162  Folk  Music  of  Europe  and  America  (2) 

MUS  166  Music  Cultures  of  the  Non-Western  World  (2) 

For  the  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department  may 
substitute  other  courses  to  fulfill  music  requirements.  See  also 
additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  and  B.M.  degrees. 
Total  units  in  music  —  approximately  88. 
Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  133 
semester  units. 


The  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree 

Performance  Emphasis 

Prerequisites: 

See  requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor. 

Core  Courses 

MUS  1AB 

Musicianship  I 

(3-1) 

MUS  1CD 

Musicianship  I 

(3-1) 

MUS  2AB 

Musicianship  II 

(3-1) 

MUS  2CD 

Musicianship  II 

(3-1) 

MUS  5ABCD 

Music  Literature  Repertoire     ( V2  -1 V2-I V2-  V2) 

MUS  8 

Piano  Class 

(1) 

Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors.  Every  student  must  pass 

the  piano  proficiency  examination  before  graduation. 

Only 

three  units  of 

piano  class  may  be  taken  for  credit. 

MUS  15/115 

Applied  Music  —  each  term 

MUS  105 

Music  Literature  Repertoire  —  required 

each  term  in  upper  division 

(V2) 

MUS  132A 

Counterpoint 

(2) 

MUS  133 

Music  Analysis 

(2) 

MUS  134A 

Orchestration 

(2) 

MUS  138 

Advanced  Musicianship 

(2) 

MUS  139A 

Instrumental  Conducting 

(2) 

MUS  140A 

Choral  Techniques 

(2) 

MUS  141 

Music  History:  Ancient,  Medieval, 

Early  Renaissance 

(3) 

MUS  142AB 

Music  History:  Renaissance  and  Baroque  (3-1) 

MUS  143AB 

Music  History:  Classical  and  Romantic 

(3-1) 

MUS  144AB 

Music  History:  Post  Romantic  and 

20th  Century 

(3-1) 

Requirements 

MUS  111 

Master  Class  Sessions  in  Interpretation 

(piano  and  voice  students  only) 

(1) 

MUS  122 

Ensemble/Coaching 

(1) 

MUS  145 

Seminar  in  Music  History  and  Literature    (3) 

MUS  146A 

Special  Projects  in  Music 

(2) 

or 

MUS  146B 

Special  Projects  in  Music 

(1-3) 

MUS  150 

Accompanying  (piano  students  only) 

(1) 

Voice  students  study  two  languages.  One  course  in  diction  is 

recommended. 

Half-length  junior  recital 

Full-length  senior  recital 

For  the  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department  may 

substitute  other  courses  to  fulfill  music  requirements.  See  also 

additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  and  B.M.  degrees. 

Total  units  in  music  —  approximately  88 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  133 

semester  units. 



52 /Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


The  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree 
Theory  and  Composition  Emphasis 
Prerequisites: 

See  requirements  for  admission  as  a  music  major  or  minor. 

Core  Courses 

MUS  1AB         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  1CD         Musicianship  I  (3-1) 

MUS  2AB         Musicianship  II  (3-1) 

MUS  2CD        Musicianship  II  (3-1) 

MUS  5ABCD  Music  Literature  Repertoire  (Vi-lVi-lVi-Vi) 
MUS  8  Piano  Class  (1) 

Required  of  all  but  keyboard  majors.  Every  student  must  pass 
the  piano  proficiency  examination  before  graduation.  Only 
three  units  of  piano  class  may  be  taken  for  credit. 
MUS  15/115      Applied  Music  —  each  term 
MUS  105  Music  Literature  Repertoire  —  required 

each  term  in  upper  division  (V2) 

MUS  132A        Counterpoint  (2) 

MUS  133  Music  Analysis  (2) 

MUS  134A        Orchestration  (2) 

MUS  138  Advanced  Musicianship  (2) 

MUS  139A        Instrumental  Conducting  (2) 

MUS  140A        Choral  Techniques  (2) 

MUS  141  Music  History:  Ancient,  Medieval, 

Early  Renaissance  (3) 

MUS  142AB  Music  History:  Renaissance  and  Baroque  (3-1) 
MUS  143AB  Music  History:  Classical  and  Romantic  (3-1) 
MUS  144AB     Music  History:  Post-Romantic  and 

20th  Century  (3-1) 

Requirements 

MUS  26  Brass  Instruments  (1) 

MUS  27  Woodwind  Instruments  (1) 

MUS  28  Percussion  Instruments  (1) 

MUS  29  String  Instruments  (1) 

MUS  132B        Counterpoint  (2) 

MUS  134B        Orchestration  (2) 

MUS  135  Composition  each  term  plus  recital  (1-3) 

MUS  136  Technique  of  Arranging  (2) 

MUS  146E        Special  Projects  in  Music  (3) 

For  the  special  needs  of  the  individual,  the  department  may 
substitute  other  courses  to  fulfill  music  requirements.  See  also 
additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  and  BM.  degrees. 
Total  units  in  music  —  approximately  88. 
Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  133 
semester  units. 


Additional  requirements  for  the  B.A.  and  BM.  degrees 

1.  Attendance  at  department-sponsored  recitals, 
concerts,  lectures. 

2.  Participation  in  at  least  one  major  ensemble  every 
semester. 

3.  Evidence  of  academic  and  musical  maturity  prior  to 
admission  to  junior  standing. 

4.  Participation  as  a  performer  in  student  recitals, 
coaching  sessions,  and  jury  examinations  in  major 
instrument. 


Nursing 

Baccalaureate  Program 

The  baccalaureate  degree  program  offers  professional 
education  in  nursing  based  upon  the  Roy  adaptation 
model  of  nursing.  In  the  standard  program  two  years  of 
study  are  spent  on  the  college  campus  pursuing  liberal 
arts  and  pre-professional  studies.  During  the  last  two 
years  the  student  completes  the  courses  of  the  nursing 
major,  including  clinical  experience,  as  well  as  the 
remainder  of  the  general  studies  requirements  and 
electives. 

Upon  the  completion  of  the  degree  requirements  the 
graduate  is  eligible  to  take  the  California  State  Board 
examination  for  registered  nurse  (R.N.)  licensure.  The 
graduate  is  also  qualified  for  the  Public  Health  Nursing 
Certificate  issued  by  the  California  Department  of  Public 
Health. 

In  compliance  with  California  State  law  an  optional 
three-year  program  is  offered,  in  which  the  student 
completes  all  pre-nursing  requirements  in  the  freshman 
year,  and  then  enters  the  two  years  of  the  nursing  major. 
After  the  junior  year  she  may  take  the  California  State 
Board  examinations  for  the  registered  nurse  (R.N.) 
licensure.  The  senior  year  is  spent  taking  liberal  arts 
requirements  to  qualify  for  the  baccalaureate  degree. 
Since  this  option  involves  certain  academic  and 
professional  risks  for  the  student,  special  counseling  is 
offered  before  admission  to  this  program.  Additional 
information  on  this  optional  program  may  be  obtained 
upon  request. 

Registered  nurses  enrolled  in  the  baccalaureate  program 
meet  the  same  requirements  as  those  for  the  basic 
nursing  students.  Ordinarily,  for  courses  required  by  the 
Nursing  Department,  credit  will  be  given  only  for  those 
courses  taken  within  the  past  fifteen  years.  Provision  is 
made  for  R.N.  students  to  receive  credit  for  certain 
pre-professional  and  junior-year  nursing  courses  through 
"challenge  examinations."  One  summer  course,  NUR 
100,  Introduction  to  Professional  Nursing,  is  a  required 
course  offered  during  the  summer  session  preceding  the 
senior  year  of  clinical  study.  Information  may  be  obtained 
by  writing  to  the  department  of  nursing. 

For  a  description  of  the  Associate  Degree  Program,  see 
Doheny  Campus  programs. 

Information  for  Majors  in  Nursing: 

Admission  to  the  Department  of  Nursing  for  enrollment 
in  upper  division  nursing  courses  is  determined  by  the 
Admission  Committee  of  the  department  in  the  spring 
semester  of  the  sophomore  year.  The  committee  acts  after 
consideration  of  the  student's  personality;  health,  and 
aptitude  for  the  nursing  profession.  A  cumulative 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/53 


grade- point  average  of  at  least  2.5  is  required,  as  well  as  a 
satisfactory  and  consistent  pattern  of  grades,  showing  a 
mastery  of  the  natural  and  social  sciences  and  the  use  of 
English. 

Students  who  intend  to  major  in  nursing  must  have  had 
two  high  school  laboratory  science  courses,  including 
chemistry  and  either  physics  or  a  biological  science. 

Nursing  students  are  required  to  pass  a  basic  math  test 
before  entrance  into  the  clinical  nursing  program,  and  to 
complete  an  approved  course  in  cardiopulmonary 
resuscitation. 

A  student  who  receives  a  D  or  F  in  any  course  listed 
under  "Preparation"  is  responsible  for  repeating  the 
course. 

The  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Nursing  have  the  right 
and  the  responsibility  for  judging  and  evaluating  the 
quality  of  the  student's  achievement,  both  in  the  mastery 
of  theoretical  content  and  in  clinical  competence.  If  a 
student's  level  of  clinical  practice  is  unsatisfactory  or 
unsafe,  the  student  may  be  asked  to  withdrew  before  the 
end  of  the  semester.  In  the  event  of  unsatisfactory 
performance  which  could  result  in  the  student's 
disqualification,  the  student's  record  is  reviewed  by  the 
entire  team  (first  or  second  year)  before  a  final  evaluation 
is  made  and  action  taken. 

Departmental  policy  statements  regarding  grading, 
mathematical  competence,  incompletes,  probation, 
absences,  disqualification,  and  readmission  to  the 
program  are  provided  for  the  student  at  the  beginning  of 
the  nursing  major. 

A  student  will  bring  a  written  report  of  a  chest  X-Ray, 
up-dated  immunizations,  and  a  physical  examination  done 
in  the  late  spring  or  summer  preceding  the  first  clinical 
assignment,  and  another  before  beginning  the  second 
clinical  year  of  the  program. 

During  the  clinical  portion  of  the  program,  students  must 
carry  malpractice  insurance  obtained  through  the  Student 
Nurse  Association  of  California  organization. 


TheB.S. 

Degree  With  a  Major  in  Nursing 

Preparation 

BIO  3 

General  Microbiology 

(4) 

BIO  51AB 

Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 

(4-4) 

CHE  1AB 

General  Chemistry 

(4-4) 

CHE  2 

Chemistry  of  Life 

(3) 

and 

PHS  1 

Scientific  Concepts 

(3) 

PHI  21 

Moral  Values  and  Ethical  Decisions 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY2 

Psychology  of  Communication 

(2) 

PSY12 

Developmental  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

Recommended 

PHI  168B 

Bioethics 

(2-3) 

SPA9A 

Spanish  for  the  Medical  Worker 

(3) 

Requirements 

NUR5 

Orientation  to  Nursing 

(2) 

NUR  120AB 

Medical  Science 

(3-3) 

NUR  121AB 

Nursing  Science 

(8-9) 

NUR  131AB 

Nursing  Theory 

(2-2) 

NUR  133AB 

Nursing  Practice 

(10-10) 

NUR  134AB 

Issues  in  Health  Care 

(3-3) 

CST  10/110 

Human  Nutrition 

(3) 

PSY  168 

Abnormal  Psychology 

(3) 

Total  units  in 

nursing  —  55 

Plus  general  < 

studies  requirements  and  electives 

totaling  129 

semester  units. 

Philosophy 


Philosophy  endeavors  to  discover  and  evaluate  insights 
into  the  meaning  of  man,  knowledge,  human  thought, 
nature,  values,  and  man's  relationship  to  himself,  to 
others,  and  to  the  transcendent. 

This  major  serves  as  an  excellent  preparation  for  graduate 
study  or  a  career  in  college  teaching,  law,  religious 
studies,  social  sciences,  or  research. 


The  B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Philosophy 

Preparation 

PHI  5 

Logic:  Structures  of  Reasoning 

(3) 

PHI  15 

Challenges  in  Philosophy 

(3) 

PHI  21 

Moral  Values  and  Ethical  Decisions 

(3) 

Requirements 

I.  Ten  upper  division  courses  including: 

PHI  150 

Metaphysics 

(3) 

PHI  152 

Theory  of  Knowledge 

(3) 

PHI  168A 

Contemporary  Moral  Problems 

(3) 

II.  Two  courses  in  history  of  philosophy: 

PHI  24/124 

Problems  of  Ancient  Philosophy 

(3) 

PHI  125 

Problems  of  Medieval  Philosophy 

(3) 

PHI  126 

Problems  of  Modern  Philosophy 

(3) 

III.  At  least  one  course  from  each  of  the  following  groups: 

A.  PHI  155 

Symbolic  Logic 

(3) 

PHI  158 

Philosophy  of  Science 

(3) 

B.    PHI  130 

Existential  Thinkers 

(3) 

PHI  160 

Philosophy  of  Religion 

(3) 

PHI  170 

Social  and  Political  Philosophy 

(3) 

PHI  174 

Aesthetics 

(3) 

C.   PHI  128 

Contemporary  Analytic  Philosophy 

(3) 

PHI  134 

American  Thought 

(3) 

PHI  136 

Major  Philosophers 

(3) 

Three  elective  courses  in  Philosophy 

(9) 

Total  units  in 

i  Philosophy  —  39 

Plus  General  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

54/ Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


The  Minor  in  Philosophy 

A  minimum  of  seven  courses  in  philosophy  approved  by  the 
department  of  philosophy. 


Physical  Therapy 


The  graduate  of  the  Physical  Therapy  Program  is  trained 
both  in  rehabilitation  skills  and  in  the  psychology  of 
illness  and  aging.  Through  the  combination  of  course 
work  and  clinical  training,  the  student  learns  how  to  help 
the  patient  grow  as  a  whole  person  despite  physical 
limitations. 

The  Physical  Therapy  Program  is  designed  in  accordance 
with  the  guidelines  of  the  American  Physical  Therapy 
Association  and  the  American  Medical  Association 
Council  on  Medical  Education. 


The  B.S.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Physical  Therapy 

Preparation 

BIOIA 

Biological  Dynamics:  Basic  Concepts 

(2) 

BIO  IB 

Biological  Dynamics:  Microbial  World 

(1) 

BIO  3 

General  Microbiology 

(4) 

BIO  51AB 

Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 

(4-4) 

BIO  60 

Introduction  to  Physical  Therapy 

(3) 

Plus  courses  in  chemistry,  mathematics,  physics 

Requirements  - 

-  Human  Services  Core 

ART  46 

Art  as  Therapy 

(3) 

or 

MUS  64/164 

Music  and  Life 

(3) 

BIO  50/150 

Biology  of  Aging 

(3) 

HSP  194 

Gerontology  Seminar 

(2) 

HSP  196 

Thanatology  Seminar 

(3) 

PHI  168B 

Bioethics 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  127 

Psychology  of  Development  and  Aging 

(3) 

PSY  133 

Psychology  of  Disability  and  Adjustment   (3) 

PSY  168 

Abnormal  Psychology 

(3) 

RST  78/178 

Death  and  Dying:  Religious  Aspects 

(3) 

SOC5 

Sociological  Perspectives 

(3) 

SOC  189ABC 

The  Sociology  of  Aging 

1-1-1) 

Requirements  - 

-  Physical  Therapy 

Ten  upper  division  courses,  including: 

BIO  154AB 

Medical  Lectures  for  Physical  Therapists  (2-2) 

BIO  155 

Physical  Therapy  Procedures  I 

(3) 

BIO  156 

Physical  Therapy  Procedures  II 

(3) 

BIO  157 

Physical  Therapy  Procedures  III 

(3) 

BIO  158AB 

Applied  Anatomy  and  Physiology  for 

Physical  Therapists 

(3-3) 

BIO  160 

Clinical  Neurophysiology 

(3) 

BIO  162 

Administrative  Organization 

(2) 

BIO  163 

Seminar  in  Physical  Therapy 

(2) 

BIO  169AB 

Clinical  Internship 

(0-0) 

Recommended 

BIO  120 

Human  Embryology 

(4) 

BIO  130 

Genetics 

(3) 

CHE5A 

Elementary  Organic  Chemistry 

(4) 

CHE  7 

Elementary  Biochemistry 

(4) 

PHI  168CDE 

The  Individual  and  the  Common  Good  (1- 

1-1) 

PSY  109 

Movement  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  125 

Introduction  to  Counseling 

(3) 

SOC  137 

Culture  and  Personality 

(3) 

SOC  161 

Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations 

(3) 

SOC  190 

Social  Change 

(3) 

Majors  must  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  all  major  courses. 

Total  units  ir 

Biological  Sciences  —  44 

Total  units  in 

Human  Services  Core  —  35 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  an  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

Political  Science 

The  student  who  is  majoring  in  political  science 
investigates  political  theory,  institutions,  international 
relations,  comparative  politics,  public  administration  and 
public  law  as  they  relate  to  historical  developments  and 
to  the  political  world  as  it  is  now.  A  maximum  choice  is 
allowed  so  that  the  major  can  be  designed  according  to 
the  dominant  interests  of  the  student. 
Information  for  Majors  in  Political  Science. 
Majors  must  maintain  average  or  above-average  grades  in 
all  major  courses. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Political  Science 

Preparation 

POLIO 

Political  Concepts                                           (3) 

HIS  IB 

Western  Civilization                                       (3) 

Recommended 

HIS  7A-I 

American  Civilization                                     (9) 

Requirements 

— 

Ten  upper  division  courses  in 

political  science                                         (30) 

Total  units  in  political  science  —  36 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  Political  Science 

A  minimum  of  six  courses  in  political  science  including  POL  10 
and  five  upper  division  courses  approved  by  the  department 
chairperson. 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/55 


Pre-Law  Program 


An  undergraduate  major  in  the  social  sciences  or 
humanities  is  the  preferred  preparation  for  legal  study. 
The  major  program  should  be  supplemented  with  other 
courses  designed  to  develop  the  analytical  and  expository 
skills  requisite  for  the  study  of  law.  The  Pre-Law 
Advisement  Program  identifies  potential  law  students 
early  in  their  undergraduate  education  and  assists  them 
to  plan  courses  of  study  suited  to  the  rigorous  demands 
of  the  profession. 


The  B.A.  Degree  and  the  Pre-Law  Program 

Required: 

Completion  of  a  major  in  social  sciences  or  humanities. 

Required  supplementary  courses: 

BUS  15  Accounting  (3) 

PHI  5  Logic:  Structures  of  Reasoning  (3) 

PHI  155  Symbolic  Logic  (3) 

Strongly  recommended: 

BUS  105  Business  Law  (3) 

PHI  152  Theory  of  Knowledge  (3) 

PHI  168A  Contemporary  Moral  Problems  (3) 

POL  108  American  Constitutional  Law  (3) 

SPE  13/113        Oral  Argument  (3) 

"One  course  in  computer  processes  using  Fortran  IV  language. 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 


Psychobiology 


Area  Major:  Psychology  and  Biology 

The  major  in  psychobiology  examines  the  relationships 
between  the  biological  makeup  of  the  human  person  in 
such  areas  as  personality,  behavior,  knowledge,  health, 
and  personal  goals. 


The  B.A.  or  B.S.  Degree  With  a  Major  in 
Psychobiology 

Preparation 

BIOIA 
BIOIC 

CHE  2 
MTH38 
PHI  158 
PSYl 

Biological  Dynamics:  Basic  Concepts            (2) 
Biological  Dynamics: Basic  Human 

Physiology                                                    (1) 
Chemistry  of  Life                                            (3) 
Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics          (3) 
Philosophy  of  Science                                    (3) 
General  Psychology                                      (3) 

Requirements 

Twelve  upper  division  courses  in  biology  and  psychology  — 
five  to  seven  courses  in  each  field,  including  the  following: 

BIO  118 
PSY  106 
PSY  152 

Endocrinology                                                 (4) 
Experimental  Psychology                               (3) 
Physiological  Psychology                               (3) 

Recommended  Courses 

Biological  Sciences: 

BIO  131 

Human  Sexuality 

(3) 

BIO  10 

Health  Science 

(3) 

BIO  120 

Human  Embryology 

(4) 

BIO  130 

Genetics 

(3) 

BIO  151A 

Cellular  Physiology 

(4) 

BIO  151B 

Medical  Physiology 

(4) 

BIO  187 

Selected  Topics  in  Biology 

(1-3) 

BIO  199 

Independent  Study 

d-3) 

Psychology: 

PSY  12 

Developmental  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  134 

Learning 

(3) 

PSY  145 

Social  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  168 

Abnormal  Psychology 

(3) 

PSY  192 

Clinical  Practicum 

(3) 

PSY  199A 

Special  Problems 

(1-3) 

PSY  199B 

Special  Problems 

(1-3) 

Total  units  in  psychology  and  biological  sciences  —  42-45 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives 

totaling  129 

semester  hours. 

Psychology 


The  major  in  Psychology  is  concerned  with  the  scientific 
study  of  human  behavior  and  experience  as  a  means  for 
understanding  oneself  and  others  in  the  broad  context  of 
human  society.  Focus  is  on  personality,  learning, 
motivation,  and  perception  as  interacting  human 
processes. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Psychology 

Preparation 

PSYl 
PSY  40 

General  Psychology                                      (3) 
Statistics                                                         (3) 

Requirements 

Nine  upper  ( 

division  courses  including: 

PSY  106 
PSY  132 
PSY  134 
PSY  145 
PSY  152 
PSY  192 

Experimental  Psychology                               (3) 
Personality                                                       (3) 
Learning                                                           (3) 
Social  Psychology                                           (3) 
Physiological  Psychology                               (3) 
Clinical  Practicum                                           (3) 

Majors  must  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  all  psychology 

courses. 

Total  units  in  psychology  —  33 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 
semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  Psychology 

A  minimum  of  18  units  approved  by  the  department.  At  least 
four  upper  division  courses. 


56/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


Religious  Studies 


The  Department  of  Religious  Studies  makes  available  to 
the  student  a  broad  choice  of  courses  in  Scripture, 
Christian  Tradition  and  the  relationship  of  Religion  to 
Human  Experience  and  Culture.  It  considers  the  study  of 
religion  basic  to  a  liberal  education  and  to  the  goals  of  a 
Catholic  college.  The  major  in  Religious  Studies  prepares 
a  student  for  graduate  work  in  this  field  and/or  for 
various  ministries. 


The  B.A.  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Religious  Studies 

Preparation 

RST  4  Introduction  to  the  Hebrew  Scriptures        (3) 

RST  5  Introduction  to  the  Christian  Scriptures      (3) 

One  lower  division  elective  in 

religious  studies  (3) 

Requirements 

RST  180  Practicum  (1) 

RST  185  Senior  Seminar  (3) 

Eight  additional  upper  division  courses  selected  in  consulta- 
tion with  department  adviser.  Selections  may  be  made  from 
religious  studies  offerings  or  from  courses  approved  for  such 
credit  by  the  department.  Total  program  should  represent  a 
balance  of  the  following  areas,  with  at  least  two  courses  from 
each  area: 

1.  Hebrew  and  Christian  Scriptures 

2.  Christian  Tradition 

3.  Religion,  human  experience  and  culture 

Majors  must  maintain  a  C  or  better  in  all  courses  taken  for 

religious  studies  credit. 

Total  units  in  religious  studies  —  37 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 


The  Minor  in  Religious  Studies 

A  minimum  of  21  units  selected  in  consultation  with  the  de- 
partment adviser. 


Social  Science 

The  Social  Science  major  is  an  expanded  area  major  with 
a  choice  of  five  emphases;  hispanic  civilization,  history, 
political  science,  public  administration,  and  sociology. 
The  variations  within  the  major  make  it  possible  for  the 
student  to  direct  her  studies  into  particular  areas  of 
interest.  A  core  of  studies  is  directed  toward  fiscal 
problems,  employment,  technology,  societal  roles, 
ecology,  and  the  general  strategy  of  government. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Social  Science 

Hispanic  Civilization  Emphasis 

Preparation 

HIS  1AB 

Western  Civilization                                    (3-3) 

SPA  25AB 

Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  or  its 

equivalent                                                 (2-2) 

— 

Six  lower  division  units  in  history  or 

in  the  Culture  and  Civilization  series       (6) 

Requirements 

SPA  112AB 

Introduction  to  the  Study  of 

Spanish  Literature                                   (3-3) 

HIS  162AB 

History  and  Civilization  of 

Latin  America                                          (3-3) 

18  units  from  the  following  elective  courses  or  approved  sub- 

stitutes: 

SPA  42/142 

History  and  Civilization  of  Spain                 (3) 

SPA  109 

Stylistics  and  Composition                            (3) 

SPA  115 

Applied  Linguistics                                        (3) 

SPA  118 

Historical  Grammar                                        (3) 

SPA  123 

Literary  Expression  of  Medieval  Thought  (3) 

SPA  124 

Golden  Age  Literature                                   (3) 

SPA  130 

19th  Century  Spanish  Literature                  (3) 

SPA  132 

Studies  in  the  Generation  of  1898                (3) 

SPA  135 

Peninsular  Literature  of  the  20th  Century  (3) 

SPA  140 

The  "Modernista"  Poets                                (3) 

SPA  141 

The  Spanish- American  Novel  from  1910  to 

the  Present                                                  (3) 

SPA  143 

The  Spanish- American  Short  Story             (3) 

SPA  190 

Special  Studies                                                (3) 

HIS  125 

Cultural  and  Historical  Geography              (3) 

HIS  160 

Social  History  of  Spain                                  (3) 

HIS  165A 

Latin  American  Culture                                 (3) 

HIS  165B 

The  Spanish-Speaking  in  the  United  States  (3) 

HIS  193 

Studies  in  Selected  Historical  Topics           (3) 

Total  units  in  history,  Spanish  —  46 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 

The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Social  Science 
History  Emphasis 

Preparation 

HIS  1AB           Western  Civilization                                    (3-3) 

POL  1                American  Government  and  Institutions      (3) 

POLIO 

Recommended 
ECOl 

Political  Concepts                                           (3) 
Economics  I  (Microeconomics)                      (3) 

ECO  2               Economics  II  (Macroeconomics)                    (3) 
Two  modules  from 
HIS  7ABCDEFGHI 

American  Civilization                                     (2) 
HIS  25               Cultural  and  Historical  Geography              (3) 

Bachelors  Degree  Programs/57 


Requirements 

Ten  upper  division  courses  including: 

HIS  101  Writing  of  History  (3) 

—  Two-course  sequence  in  American  history  (6) 

—  Two-course  sequence  in  European  history  (6) 

—  Three  upper  division  courses  in  economics, 

political  science,  or  sociology  (9) 

Total  units  in  social  science  —  39 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 
semester  units. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Social  Science 
Political  Science  Emphasis 

Preparation 

HIS  1AB  Western  Civilization  (3-3) 

POL  10  Political  Concepts  (3) 

Recommended 

HIS  7ABCDEFGHI 

American  Civilization  (9) 

Requirements 

—  Seven  upper  division  courses  in 

political  science  (21) 

—  Three  upper  division  courses  in  history  or 

economics  or  sociology  (9) 

Total  units  in  major  courses  —  36 

Plus  general  Studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 
semester  units. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Social  Science 

Public  Administration  Emphasis 

Preparation 

POL1 

American  Government  and  Institutions 

(3) 

or 

HIS  76 
POLIO 

American  Democratic  Republic 
Political  Concepts 

(3) 
(3) 

Recommended 

BUS  115 
ECOl 

Accounting  I 

Economics  I  (Microeconomics) 

(3) 
(3) 

ECO  2 

Economics  II  (Macroeconomics) 

(3) 

Requirements 

POL  185 

Public  Personnel  Administration 

(3) 

POL  186 

Introduction  to  Public  Administration 

(3) 

POL  187 
POL  191 

Organizational  Theory  and  Governmental 

Management                                                (3) 
Internship  in  Government  Service               (3) 

Eighteen  units  from  the  following  courses: 

ECO  131 

Public  Finance 

(3) 

MTH109 

Introduction  to  Computer  Processes 

(3) 

MTH  138 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

POL  102 

Comparative  Politics 

(3) 

POL  107 

Political  Economics 

(3) 

POL  108 

American  Constitutional  Law 

(3) 

POL  134 

International  Organization 

(3) 

POL  170 

American  Party  Politics 

(3) 

POL  175 

Selected  Topics  in  the  American 

Political  Structure 

(3) 

POL  180 

State  and  Local  Government 

(3) 

SOC  161 

Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations 

(3) 

SOC  175 

Urban  Sociology 

(3) 

Total  units  in  social  science  —  36 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Social  Science 
Sociology  Emphasis 

Preparation 

ANT  2               Cultural  Anthropology  (3) 

MTH  38            Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

POL  10              Political  Concepts  (3) 

PSY  1                General  Psychology  (3) 

SOC  5               Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

Requirements 

Six  upper  division  courses  in  Sociology  including: 

Research  Methods  in  the  Social  Sciences  (3) 

Social  Psychology  (3) 

Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations  (3) 

Development  of  Social  Thought  (3) 

(3) 


SOC  117 
SOC  145 
SOC  161 
SOC  165 
or 
SOC  166 


Contemporary  Sociological  Theory 
Three  upper  division  courses  in  economics,  history,  or  politi- 
cal science 

Total  units  in  social  science  —  42 

Plus  general  studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 
semester  units. 


Sociology 


The  major  in  sociology  is  basically  a  study  of  people  as 
they  live  together  in  groups.  Sociologists  in  the  past  have 
contributed  important  information  and  insights  to 
discussions  of  urbanism,  education,  the  racial  situation, 
and  legislation  to  prevent  poverty  and  to  eliminate  crime. 
By  inquiring  into  the  structure  and  dynamics  of  modern 
society,  the  student  develops  a  capacity  for  viewing  our 
changing  social  world  objectively,  critically,  and 
creatively. 


58/ Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Sociology 

Preparation 

ANT  2 

Cultural  Anthropology 

(3) 

MTH38 

Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics 

(3) 

POL1 

Political  Concepts 

(3) 

PSY1 

General  Psychology 

(3) 

Requirements 

SOC  104 

The  Family 

(3) 

SOC  195 

Sociology  of  Religion 

(3) 

SOC  110 

Deviant  Behavior:  Juvenile  Delinquency 

(3) 

SOC  111 

Deviant  Behavior:  Criminology 

(3) 

SOC  117 

Research  Methods 

(3) 

SOC  145 

Social  Psychology 

(3) 

SOC  161 

Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations 

(3) 

SOC  165 

Development  of  Social  Thought 

(3) 

OSC  166 

Contemporary  Sociological  Theory 

(3) 

SOC  175 

Urban  Sociology 

(3) 

— 

Plus  any  two  other  upper  division  courses 

(6) 

Total  units  in  Sociology  —  36 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  Minor  in  Sociology 

A  minimum  of  seven  courses  in  sociology,  including: 
SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives 

One  course  in  sociological  theory 
One  course  in  research  methods 


Spanish 


The  major  in  Spanish  is  a  comprehensive  program 
leading  to  a  proficiency  in  speaking,  reading,  and  writing 
Spanish,  and  to  a  deepening  of  the  humanistic  spirit 
through  understanding  the  ideas  and  ways  of  life  of  the 
Spanish-speaking  nations.  It  offers  preparation  for 
teaching,  research,  graduate  study,  and  travel. 

See  also  the  M.A.T.  degree  program  with  a  major  in 
Spanish  offered  at  the  Doheny  Campus,  graduate 
division. 

Admission  to  a  major  in  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages  is  determined  by  the  department  when  the 
student  applies  in  the  spring  of  her  sophomore  year.  A 
grade  point  average  of  2.5  in  courses  in  foreign  language 
is  required. 


The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Spanish 

Preparation 

SPA  4AB          Intermediate  Spanish 

(3-3) 

May  be  challenged  by  examination 

SPA  8                Phonetics  and  Conversation 

(3) 

SPA  25AB        Advanced  Grammar 

(2-2) 

SPA  42/142       History  and  Civilization  of  Spain 

(3) 

Requirements 

SPA  109 

Stylistics  and  Composition 

(3) 

SPA  112AB 

Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Literature 

3-3) 

— 

One  course  in  the  golden  age 

(3) 

— 

One  course  in  the  contemporary  period 

(3) 

— 

Two  upper  division  literature  courses 

(6) 

— 

One  upper  division  course  chosen  from 
Literature,  civilization  of 

Spanish-America,  linguistics 

(3) 

SPA  191 

Senior  Thesis 

(1) 

Total  upper 

division  units  in  Spanish  —  25 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling 

129 

semester  units. 

The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Spanish 

Spanish  Studies  Emphasis 

Preparation 

SPA  4AB 

Intermediate  Spanish  or  approved 

alternate 

(3-3) 

SPA  8 

Phonetics  and  Conversation 

(3) 

Requirements 

SPA  109 

Stylistics  and  Composition 

(3) 

SPA  112AB 

Introduction  to  the  Study  of 

Spanish  Literature 

(3-3) 

SPA  115 

Applied  Linguistics 

(3) 

SPA  125AB 

Advanced  Grammar 

(3-3) 

SPA  142 

History  and  Civilization  of  Spain 

(3) 

— 

One  upper  division  course  chosen  from 

hispanic  language,  literature,  civilization, 

study-travel,  or  an  approved  related 

area  course 

(3) 

SPA  191 

Senior  Thesis 

(1) 

Total  upper 

division  units  in  Spanish  —  25 

Plus  general 

studies  requirements  and  electives  totaling  129 

semester  units. 

The  B.A.  Degree  With  a  Major  in  Spanish  (Doheny 
Campus) 

For  native  speakers  of  Spanish  who  hold  a  "Bachillerato"  or 

equivalent. 

Requirements 

SPA  109  Advanced  Composition  —  May  be  taken 

by  examination  (3) 

SPA  142  History  and  Civilization  of  Spain  (3) 

SPA  147  Literary  Analysis  (3) 

—  One  course  in  the  golden  age  (3) 

—  One  course  in  the  contemporary  period      (3) 

—  Two  upper  division  literature  courses         (6) 

—  One  upper  division  course  chosen 

from  literature  or  linguistics  (3) 

A  course  in  morphology  and  syntax  is  strongly  recommended. 
Total  upper  division  units  in  Spanish  —  24 
Plus  general  studies  requirements  (or  equivalents)  and  elec- 
tives totaling  129  semester  units. 


Bachelors  Degree  Programs/59 


The  Minor  in  Spanish 

Minimum  requirements: 

SPA  4AB 

Intermediate  Spanish  —  May  be  challenged 

by  examination                                         (3-3) 

SPA  8 

Phonetics  and  Conversation                          (3) 

SPA  25AB 

Advanced  Grammar                                   (2-2) 

SPA  42 

History  and  Civilization  of  Spain                 (3) 

SPA  109 

Stylistics  and  Composition                            (3) 

Two  upper  division  courses                          (6) 

Teacher  Education  Program 

The  Department  of  Education  is  accredited  to  recommend 
students  for  California  Teaching  Credentials  in  both  the 
Multiple  Subject  (elementary  teaching)  and  the  Single 
Subject  (secondary  teaching).  Either  of  these  credentials 
may  be  obtained  in  a  four-year  baccalaureate  degree 
program.  When  the  student  has  completed  the 
Diversified  or  Single  Subject  major,  the  professional 
courses,  including  supervised  teaching,  and  any  other 
requirements  of  the  college  for  the  baccalaureate  degree, 
a  Preliminary  Credential  can  be  obtained. 

The  Preliminary  Credential  is  valid  for  five  years.  Within 
these  five  years,  a  fifth  year  of  approximately  thirty 
semester  hours  and  a  minimum  of  two  years  of  teaching 
experience  in  California  must  be  completed  to  qualify  for 
a  Life  Credential. 

The  fifth  year  program  to  fulfill  these  requirements  is 
defined  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  as  an  approved 
program  of  thirty  semester  hours  of  postbaccalaureate 
work. 

The  fifth  year  of  study  may  be  used  to  complete  a 
Master's  Degree  in  a  particular  subject,  or  to  qualify  for 
the 

1.  Administrative  Services  Credential 

2.  Bilingual/Cross-Cultural  Specialist  Credential 

3.  Early  Childhood  Specialist  Instructional  Credential 

4.  Pupil  Personnel  Services  Credential 

5.  Special  Education  Specialist  Credential  (Learning 
Handicapped) 

The  Department  of  Education  also  offers  the  Master  of 
Science  Degree  in  Education  with  concentrations  in 
various  areas.  (See  Graduate  Division.) 

The  B.S.  Degree  and  the  Teacher  Education  Program 

Admission  to  the  Program 

Students  wishing  to  enter  the  teacher  education  program 
should  make  application  in  writing  no  later  than  the 
beginning  of  the  first  semester  of  the  sophomore  year. 


A  screening  committee  made  up  of  members  of  the 
Department  of  Education  will  review  the  data  submitted 
by  the  student.  The  information  should  give  evidence  of 
the  following: 

1.  Completion  of  the  application  form  for  the  teacher 
preparation  program,  with  statements  affirming  the 
moral  character  of  the  student. 

2.  A  pattern  of  academic  competence  —  a  minimum  GPA 
of  2.5  for  multiple  subject  majors  and  2.75  for  single 
subject  majors  —  documented  by  transcripts. 

3.  Good  health  sufficient  for  teaching.  The  health 
appraisal  form  from  the  Student  Health  Services  will 
affirm  this. 

4.  Competence  in  oral  reading  and  speech.  Examinations 
will  be  given  by  the  English  and  Education 
Departments. 

5.  Completed  recommendation  forms  from  three  faculty 
members  evaluating  the  student's  suitability  for 
teaching. 

6.  At  least  twelfth  grade  mastery  of  the  basic  skills  of 
reading,  grammar,  spelling,  mathematics,  and  study 
skills.  Comprehensive  Tests  of  Basic  Skills  will  be 
administered  in  October  each  year. 

7.  Interview  by  at  least  two  members  of  the  Education 
Department  to  determine  professional  aptitude, 
goal-intent,  and  personal  qualifications. 

8.  Prior  experience  with  children  and  youth  groups 
through  volunteer  tutorial  programs  or  community 
action  courses  for  credit  and  monitored  experiences  in 
required  courses:  SOC  5,  Sociological  Perspectives, 
ENG  134,  Children's  Literature,  EDU  101,  Perspectives 
in  Education. 

The  Multiple  Subject  Credential  (Elementary  Teaching) 

The  Muiltiple  Subject  Credential  candidate  must  fulfill 
the  California  requirement  of  either  passing  a  subject 
matter  examination  OR  completing  the  college-approved 
program  for  the  Diversified  Major. 

Requirements  for  the  Multiple  Subject  Credential: 

1.  Admission  to  teacher  education  program. 

2.  Completion  of  a  Diversified  Major.  (See  diversified 
Major,  p.  43) 

3.  Professional  education  courses  as  designated  in  the 
college-approved  program  including  the  teaching  of 
reading  prior  to  Supervised  Teaching. 

4.  Twelve  units  in  Supervised  Teaching.  Consult  the 
Education  Department. 

5.  A  minimum  scholastic  average  of  2.50  must  be 
maintained  to  remain  in  credential  status. 


60/Bachelors  Degree  Programs 


6.  A  fifth  year  of  postgraduate  study  which  must  be 
completed  within  five  years. 

7.  Candidates  for  this  credential  must  consult  the 
credential  advisor  each  semester  before  filing  course 
cards. 

For  further  information  see  the  B.A.  degree  and  the 
diversified  major. 

The  Single  Subject  Credential  (Secondary  Teaching) 

The  Single  Subject  Credential  candidate  must  fulfill  the 
California  requirement  of  either  passing  a  subject  matter 
examination  OR  completing  the  college-approved 
program  for  the  Single  Subject  Major. 

Requirements  for  the  Single  Subject  Credential: 

1.  Admission  to  the  teacher  education  program. 

2.  Completion  of  a  Single  Subject  Major. 

3.  Professional  education  courses  as  designated  in  the 
college-approved  program,  including  teaching  of 
reading. 

4.  A  minimum  scholastic  average  of  2.75  to  remain  in 
credential  status. 

5.  Twelve  units  in  supervised  teaching. 

6.  A  fifth  year  of  postgraduate  study  which  must  be 
completed  within  five  years. 

7.  Consultation  with  the  department  and  with  the 
credential  advisor  each  semester  before  filing  course 
cards. 

Students  in  the  Education  Department  fulfill  the  state 
requirement  in  American  History  and  Institutions  for  all 
credentials  by  satisfying  the  Contemporary  Political 
Experience  (CPE)  requirement.  (See  p.  29.) 

Equivalence  Options 

Options  to  meet  equivalence  for  supervised  teaching  for 
those  candidates  who  are  admitted  to  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College  Approved  Programs: 

Option  I:  Designed  for  teachers  in  schools  too  remote  for 
effective  supervision  by  the  college  coordinator  and  those 
who  enter  California  to  teach  in  public  schools. 

Requirements: 

A.  Two  (2)  years  of  full-time  teaching  experience 
appropriate  to  the  credential. 

B.  Evaluations,  using  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 
instruments,  by  the  (1)  principal  and  (2)  supervisor  or 
chairman  for  the  last  2  years  of  full-time  teaching. 

C.  Supervised  teaching  —  summer  school  for  6  weeks, 
4-6  units.  This  will  be  at  a  different  grade  level  and 
with  a  different  ethnic  group  where  needed  and 
possible. 


D.  A  weekly  seminar  will  be  required. 
Option  II:  School  Site  Evaluations 
Requirements: 

A.  Two  (2)  years  of  full-time  teaching  experience 
appropriate  to  the  credential. 

B.  Evaluations,  using  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 
instruments,  by  the  (1)  principal  and  (2)  supervisor  or 
chairman  for  the  last  two  years  of  full-time  teaching. 

C.  Candidate  is  observed  and  evaluated  by  the  college 
coordinator  during  a  semester  in  the  candidate's 
classroom  with  the  principal's  permission  and 
cooperation.  The  school  principal  and/or  chairman 
will  be  involved  in  the  evaluation  of  the  candidate's 
competency.  4-6  units. 

D.  Monthly  seminars  are  required. 


Graduate  Degree  Programs 


62/Graduate  Programs 


Graduate 
Degree  Programs 


Mount  St.  Mary's  College  in  Los  Angeles  offers  to 
qualified  men  and  women  the  following  graduate  degrees 
and  programs: 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  with  majors  in  History 
and  Spanish. 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Education  with  concentrations 
in  Administrative  Studies,  Bilingual/Cross-Cultural 
Studies,  Individually  Designed  Program,  Early  Childhood 
Education,  Pupil  Personnel  Services,  and  Special 
Education  (Learning  Handicapped). 

The  Graduate  Certificate  in  Teaching  English  as  a 
Second  Language. 

The  Graduate  Division  also  offers  courses  which  qualify 
the  student  for  the  following: 

California  Teaching  Credentials  with  specialization  in 
Elementary  Teaching  (Multiple  Subject  Credential)  and 
Secondary  Teaching  (Single-Subject  Credential). 

California  Services  and  Specialist  Credentials.  Mount  St. 
Mary's  has  approval  from  the  Commission  for  Teacher 
Preparation  and  Licensing  for  the  following  programs: 

—  Administrative  Services  Credential 

—  The  Bilingual/Cross-Cultural  Specialist  Credential 

—  Early  Childhood  Specialist  Instructional  Credential 

—  Pupil  Personnel  Services  Credential 

—  Special  Education  Specialist  Credential  (Learning 
Handicapped) 

These  programs  are  designed  to  fulfill  the  fifth  year 
requirement.  For  additional  information,  consult  the 
Department  of  Education. 

Application  Procedures  for  Graduate  Programs 

A  student  who  holds  a  bachelors  degree  or  its  equivalent 
from  an  accredited  college  or  university  is  eligible  to 
apply  for  admission.  The  student's  previous  academic 
record  must  give  evidence  of  the  ability  and  preparation 
necessary  for  successfully  pursuing  graduate  study. 

Procedure  for  admission: 

The  applicant  forwards  to  the  Graduate  Office,  (10  Chester 
Place,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007): 

1.  Application  and  application  fee. 

2.  Medical  Certificate 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation  from  college 
instructors  (one  may  be  from  an  active  administrator) 
who  have  had  ample  opportunity  to  judge  the 
applicant's  academic  qualifications. 

4.  Two  official  transcripts  of  all  previous  college  work, 
both  undergraduate  and  graduate,  sent  directly  by  the 
particular  institutions. 


5.  Foreign  students  must  present  evidence  of  proficiency 
in  oral  and  written  English  by  TOEFL  scores  of  550  or 
better  or  satisfactory  completion  of  the  ninth  level  at 
an  ELS  Language  Center. 

In  addition,  foreign  students  must  submit  an  English 
translation  of  their  official  college  transcripts  including 
the  following  information:  descriptive  titles  of  courses 
studied  (i.e.  European  History,  Inorganic  Chemistry), 
the  number  of  lecture  hours  and  laboratory  hours  per 
week  devoted  to  each  course,  the  number  of  weeks  of 
lecture  and  laboratory  work  in  each  course,  and  the 
grades  earned  with  an  explanation  of  the  marking 
system. 

A  statement  guaranteeing  financial  support  is  also 
required. 

Policies  for  admission: 

1.  Graduate  Record  Examinations  (Aptitude  and/or  Area) 
may  be  required  by  the  Graduate  Dean/Department  in 
special  cases  (degree  programs  only). 

2.  In  the  event  that  the  applicant's  undergraduate  record 
does  not  include  all  the  requisite  courses  or  a 
satisfactory  average,  he  may  be  obliged  to  take 
supplementary  undergraduate  work  to  fulfill  the 
prerequisites  of  his  major  department. 

3.  Ordinarily,  the  applicant  enrolls  in  the  first  semester  of 
graduate  work  with  conditional  acceptance  in  the 
graduate  division. 

4.  The  applicant  should  arrange  for  a  personal  interview 
with  the  assigned  graduate  advisor  in  order  to  plan  a 
program  before  registering  for  courses.  Before 
registering  each  semester/summer,  the  applicant  must 
obtain  his  advisor's  signature  on  his  course  card. 

Departmental  Program  Acceptance 

Departmental  program  acceptance  may  be  approved  by 
the  graduate  dean  after  all  requirements  for  admission  are 
fulfilled,  and  after  the  applicant  has  successfully 
completed  at  least  one  graduate  course  at  Mount  St. 
Mary's  College.  Notice  of  admission  to  the  program  is 
sent  directly  to  the  applicant. 

Admission  to  the  graduate  division  or  to  the 
departmental  program  does  not  constitute  advancement 
to  candidacy  for  the  masters  degree. 

Credential  Status 

Admission  requirements  for  credential  programs  are  the 
same  as  those  for  masters  programs. 

Candidacy 

Students  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  not  later  than 
one  semester  before  the  date  of  completion  of  the 
requirements  for  the  degree.  To  be  eligible  for  candidacy 
for  masters  degree,  students  must 

1.  Have  been  accepted  into  a  departmental  program. 


Graduate  Programs/63 


2.  Have  completed  a  minimum  of  twenty- four  semester 
units  of  graduate  work  or  be  in  the  final  semester  of 
study. 

3.  Had  their  thesis/research  report  topic,  or  examination 
areas  (as  required  by  the  department)  approved. 

Written  notice  of  the  above  approval  and  advancement  to 
candidacy  is  sent  to  the  student  directly  from  the 
graduate  office. 

Application  for  Degree 

Candidates  for  the  masters  degree  must  file  a  formal 
degree  application  in  the  graduate  office.  The  final  date 
for  this  application  is  published  in  the  current  graduate 
and  extended  day  calendar. 

Commencement 

Candidates  receiving  degrees  are  expected  to  be  present 
at  commencement. 

Continuing  Education 

A  student  who  holds  a  bachelors  degree  from  an 
accredited  college  or  university  is  eligible  to  take  courses 
at  the  Mount  even  without  the  intention  of  pursuing  a 
graduate  degree  or  credential.  He  may  take  either 
undergraduate  courses  in  subjects  of  his  special  interest 
or  graduate  courses  for  which  he  is  qualified. 

The' student  should  fill  out  an  admission  form  at  the  time 
of  his  first  registration  at  the  Mount,  at  which  time  he  will 
be  assigned  an  advisor. 

Students  are  expected  to  observe  the  prevailing  standards 
of  scholarship  and  attendance.  If  a  student,  after  taking 
courses  at  the  Mount,  should  later  alter  his  decision  and 
become  an  applicant  for  a  degree,  only  that  work  may  be 
accepted  which  satisfies  the  requirements  of  the  program 
the  student  is  entering,  and  which  meets  with  the 
approval  of  the  department  and  the  graduate  dean. 

Foreign  Students 

In  addition  to  the  general  requirements  for  admission  to 
the  graduate  division,  students  from  foreign  countries  are 
required  to  present  evidence  of  proficiency  in  oral  and 
written  English  and  a  guarantee  of  financial  support 
during  their  period  of  study  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 
Further  details  will  be  found  in  Information  for  Prospective 
Students  from  Other  Countries  which  will  be  sent  from  the 
graduate  office  upon  request. 

Academic  Policies 

The  Graduate  Council  has  general  supervision  over  those 
rules  and  regulations  of  the  college  which  concern 
graduate  work  and  advanced  degrees.  It  determines  the 
qualifications  for  membership  in  the  graduate  division 
faculty  and  approves  all  graduate  programs. 


Responsibility  for  complying  at  the  proper  time  with 
regulations  and  procedures  rests  with  the  student.  The 
written  authorization  of  the  graduate  dean  is  required  for 
any  exception  to  printed  regulations.  Since  graduate 
degrees  are  awarded  for  scholarly  accomplishment,  any 
quantitative  requirements  of  specific  degree  programs 
must  be  considered  as  minimum  standards. 

The  student's  program  should  be  planned  as  an 
integrated  area  of  study.  The  program  will  be  directed  by 
the  professor  in  charge  of  graduate  studies  in  the  major 
department. 

Residence  and  Time  Limit 

All  courses  toward  the  masters  degree  should  ordinarily 
be  taken  in  residence  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  The 
minimum  time  of  residence  for  the  degree  is  three 
semesters,  or  one  semester  and  three  summer  sessions, 
or  two  semesters  and  one  summer  session,  or  four 
summer  sessions. 

The  degree  must  ordinarily  be  earned  within  five 
consecutive  years  or  nine  consecutive  summer  sessions. 
Credit  will  not  be  granted  for  work  extending  beyond 
these  limits.  Any  term  or  summer  session  in  which  the 
student  fails  to  register  in  the  graduate  division  is 
included  in  these  limits. 

Students  may  work  concurrently  toward  a  masters  degree 
and  a  credential.  Such  a  combined  objective  will  generally 
require  more  total  credit  hours  and  longer  residence. 

A  leave  of  absence  for  a  specified  period  of  time  may  be 
obtained  by  petition.  Forms  are  available  in  the  Graduate 
Office.  The  granting  of  a  leave  of  absence  does  not 
automatically  change  the  time  limit  for  completing  the 
masters  and/or  credential  programs. 

Graduate  Study  in  Summer  Session 

The  graduate  division  offers  summer  session  programs 
which  will  usually  enable  the  student  to  complete  his 
work  for  the  masters  degree  in  five  summers.  Graduate 
students  in  the  summer  session  are  subject  to  the  same 
scholastic  requirements  as  those  in  the  regular  academic 
year. 

Credit  Limit 

The  number  of  semester  hours  of  work  taken  in  the 
respective  terms  or  summer  sessions  shall  be  determined 
by  consultation  with  the  departmental  advisors.  Students 
normally  carry  nine  semester  hours  of  graduate  work 
during  a  regular  term  and  six  semester  hours  of  graduate 
work  during  the  summer  session. 

Course  Numbers 

While  all  of  the  work  counted  toward  the  masters  degree 
must  be  of  distinctly  advanced  character,  not  all  the 
courses  need  be  taken  from  the  200-level.  With  the 
approval  of  the  graduate  advisor  in  the  major  field,  a 


64  Graduate  Programs 


maximum  of  nine  semester  units  of  upper  division 
courses  suitable  for  a  well-rounded  program  may  be 
included  provided  that  the  student  earns  at  least  a  B 
grade  in  them. 

Grades 

The  grade  point  average  for  all  work  presented  for  an 
advanced  degree  must  be  at  least  3.0  or  B  average.  A 
required  course  in  which  an  unsatisfactory  grade  has 
been  received  must  be  repeated. 

The  student's  grade  point  average  is  computed  according 
to  this  scale: 

A,  excellent,  4  grade  points  per  unit 

B,  good,  3  grade  points  per  unit 

C,  average,  2  grade  points  per  unit 

D,  poor  but  passing,  1  grade  point  per  unit 
F,  failure,  0  grade  points  per  unit 

The  following  grades  are  not  computed  in  the  GPA: 

AU,  audit 

CR,  C  or  better;  credit  given 

I,  incomplete 

IP,  deferred  grading  for  graduate  thesis,  senior  project,  or 

undergraduate  research  work  in  progress. 
NC,  D  or  F;  no  credit  given 
W,  withdrawn 

Grading  Policies 

CreditINo  Credit 

CR/NC  applies  only  to  the  Supervised  Field 

Experience/Work  in  graduate  programs. 

Incomplete 

An  Incomplete  is  given  only  when  a  student: 

1.  has  fulfilled  the  majority  of  the  course  requirements, 

2.  has  a  passing  grade  in  the  class  work, 

3.  is  prevented  from  completing  the  assigned  work  for 
serious  reasons, 

4.  has  consulted  the  instructor  prior  to  the  grading 
period,  and  the  instructor  has  determined  that  the 
student  can  realistically  complete  the  work  within  one 
semester. 

An  Incomplete  will  remain  as  such  unless  removed  by  the 
instructor  within  one  semester.  The  Incomplete  is  ignored 
when  computing  the  GPA. 

An  Incomplete  can  be  extended  beyond  one  semester  only 
upon  petition  to  the  academic  dean. 

Repetition  of  courses  with  D  IF  INC  grades 
Only  courses  for  which  D,  F,  and  NC  were  assigned  may 
be  repeated  for  a  higher  grade/CR.  Courses  may  be 
repeated  only  once.  In  cases  of  repeated  courses,  the 
units  are  counted  once  and  the  higher  grade  is  computed 
in  the  GPA. 

Withdrawal  from  Courses 

The  grade  W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course, 

according  to  the  following  policy: 


Withdrawal  (W)  indicates  that  a  student  was  permitted  to 
withdraw  from  a  class  during  the  period  scheduled  on 
the  college  calendar  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor 
and  advisor.  After  the  scheduled  date,  petition  to  the 
Dean  is  required. 

The  W  carries  no  connotation  of  quality  of  student 
performance  and  is  not  calculated  in  the  grade  point 
average.  Students  who  do  not  officially  withdraw  receive 
a  grade  of  F. 

Credit  by  Examination 

Credit  for  specific  courses  listed  in  the  catalog  will  be 
given  for  satisfactory  completion  of  examinations  offered 
by  the  departments.  Petition  to  take  such  examinations  is 
made  through  the  coordinator  of  the  respective 
department.  Forms  for  such  petitions  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Graduate  Office. 

Credit  examinations  will  ordinarily  be  given  only  to 
students  who  have  been  admitted  to  a  graduate  program 
and  have  maintained  a  3.0  GPA  in  at  least  one  semester 
or  six  units  of  study  at  Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  After 
satisfactorily  completing  credit  examinations,  students 
will  register  and  receive  credit  for  the  corresponding 
course(s).  Only  "credit"  (i.e.,  no  grade)  will  be  given  for 
passing  these  examinations;  no  record  of  failures  on  these 
examinations  will  appear  on  the  transcript. 

A  maximum  of  nine  units,  which  may  be  included  in  the 
twenty- four  units  of  residency,  may  be  earned  by  credit 
examinations. 

Services  and  Specialist  Credential  Program  Equivalency 

Seminars  are  provided  for  those  who  have  had 
courses/experiences  which  apply  toward  the  Services  or 
Specialist  Credentials.  Prior  to  enrollment,  students  must 
confer  with  the  advisor  of  the  specific  credential  area.  At 
this  time,  they  must  present  all  documents  (including 
transcripts)  and  verifications  of  experience. 

Only  "credit"  (no  grade  nor  units)  will  be  given. 
Equivalency  will  be  determined  by  (a)  evaluation  of  past 
experience  and  course  work,  and  (b)  assessment  of  course 
content  and  demonstrated  performance  competency. 

Please  note:  These  seminars  are  available  only  to  those 
who  wish  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Services  or 
Specialis t  Creden tials . 

Transfer  of  Credit 

A  maximum  of  six  semester  hours  of  graduate  work  taken 
in  a  recognized  graduate  school  prior  to  matriculation  at 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College  is  transferable  provided  that: 
1.  The  transfer  courses  satisfy  curriculum  requirements  at 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  and  a  grade  of  "B"  or  better 

was  earned; 


Graduate  Programs/65 


2.  the  courses  are  transferred  after  program  acceptance 
and  prior  to  candidacy  for  the  degree.  The  student 
may  obtain  Transfer  of  Credit  forms  from  the  graduate 
office; 

3.  Correspondence  and  extension  courses  are  not 
transferable; 

4.  Courses  must  have  been  taken  within  five  years  of 
date  on  which  the  student  was  accepted  in  a  Mount 
St.  Mary's  College  graduate  program. 

Students  once  admitted  to  a  graduate  program  are 
expected  to  pursue  study  only  at  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College.  For  credential  students,  the  Ryan  Act  requires 
residency  in  one  college  program. 

Probation 

Failure  to  maintain  a  3.0  GPA  places  the  student  on 
probation.  A  student  on  probation  must  achieve  a  GPA  of 
3.0  or  higher  during  the  next  term  in  order  to  be 
readmitted  to  regular  standing  and  may  be  required  to 
take  fewer  units  of  work  while  on  probation. 

Dismissal 

A  student  is  subject  to  dismissal  for  failure  to  maintain  a 
3.0  GPA  during  probationary  period.  The  graduate  dean 
and/or  the  graduate  coucil  has  the  power  to  dismiss 
students  and  to  suspend  dismissal. 

Withdrawal 

Students  who  withdraw  from  a  graduate  program  at  any 
time  must  file  a  withdrawal  notice  in  the  graduate  office. 

Withdrawal  from  a  course  without  authorization  results 
in  a  grade  of  F. 

Grievance  Procedure 

Copies  of  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  Graduate  Student 
Grievance  Procedure  are  available  upon  request  at  the 
graduate  office. 

Degree  Programs 

Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching 

Eighteen  semester  hours  of  course  work  are  required  in 
one  of  the  following  major  fields,  12  semester  hours  in 
Education,  and  an  examination  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
program. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  with  a  Major  in  History 

Prerequisites: 

An  undergraduate  major  in  history,  or  the  equivalent, 

including 

HIS  101  The  Writing  of  History 

HIS  198  Historiography 

PSY  123  The  Adolescent  and  the  Learning  Process 

or  an  equivalent  course. 


Requirements: 

1.  HIS  293  Problems  in  Methods  and  Techniques  in 
Teaching  History  and  the  Social  Sciences,  or  the 
equivalent;  9  units  of  upper-division  history  specified 
by  the  department  as  acceptable  toward  the  masters 
degree;  two  selections  from  graduate  seminars,  with 
the  approval  of  the  graduate  advisor. 

2.  Completion  of  twelve  semester  hours  of  education 
selected  from  the  M.S.  in  Education  degree  programs 
or  from  courses  offered  for  the  Services  or  Specialist 
Credentials. 

3.  A  written  examination,  upon  completion  of  course 
work,  in  an  area  not  previously  covered  by  course 
work,  the  preparation  for  which  is  largely  on  the 
student's  own  initiative.  This  examination  may  not  be 
taken  more  than  twice. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  with  a  Major  in  Spanish 

Prerequisites: 

An  undergraduate  major;  methods  of  teaching  Spanish; 

and  PSY  123  —  The  Adolescent  and  the  Learning 

Process,  or  an  equivalent  course. 

Requirements: 

1.  SPA  115/215  Applied  Linguistics:  Spanish  as  a  Second 
Language 

SPA  118/218  Historical  Grammar:  Spanish  as  a  First 

Language 

SPA  147/247  Literary  Analysis  plus  three  graduate 

courses  in  Spanish. 

2.  Completion  of  12  semester  hours  of  education  selected 
from  the  M.S.  in  Education  degree  programs  or  from 
courses  offered  for  the  Services  or  Specialist 
Credentials. 

3.  A  written  examination  taken  after  completion  of 
course  work.  This  examination  may  not  be  taken  more 
than  twice. 

Master  of  Science  in  Education 

Thirty  semester  hours  of  graduate  course  work  are 
required.  These  include  the  required  core  courses  plus 
specialization  in  an  area  of  concentration.  A  thesis  or  a 
masters  seminar  in  the  field  of  educational  practice  is  also 
required. 

Prerequisites: 

A  bachelors  degree  and  a  valid  teaching  credential  or  its 
equivalent  (including  12  semester  hours  of  upper  division 
courses  in  education  in  the  areas  of  educational 
psychology,  foundations  of  education,  and  curriculum). 
Required  core  courses  for  all  areas  of  concentration:  Nine 
semester  hours  including: 

EDU  200        Methodology  of  Educational  Research 
EDU  214*       Philosophical  and  Historical 
Foundations 

of  Education  in  the  U.S.  —  Integrating 
Modern  and  Emerging  Trends 


66/Graduate  Programs 


EDU  295        Thesis  Guidance 

or 

EDU  296        Masters  Seminar 

""(Students  in  Pupil  Personnel  Program  substitute  EDU 
203  —  Social  Foundations  of  Education  —  for  EDU  214.) 

Areas  of  Concentration 

1.  Administrative  Studies 

Additional  prerequisites: 

One  or  two  years  of  successful  fulltime  teaching 

experience  and  a  GPA  of  2.8  or  better. 

Courses: 

A.  Administration  (of  schools  and/or  pupil  personnel 
services): 

EDU  205     Development  and  Evaluation  of  the 

Curriculum 
EDU  214     Philosophical  and  Historical 

Foundations 
EDU  215     Organization  of  School  Systems  — 

Legal  and  Financial  Aspects 
EDU  216     Supervision  of  Instruction  and 

Programs 
EDU  217     Administration  of  Schools  and 

Personnel 
EDU  258     Sociological  Aspects  of  Administrative 

Leadership 
EDU  263    Laws  Relating  to  Schools  and  Youth 
EDU  298     Supervised  Field  Experience  — 

Administration  and  Supervision 

B.  Supervision  only  (instruction  and/or  programs): 
EDU  205     Development  and  Evaluation  of  the 

Curriculum 
EDU  214    Philosophical  and  Historical 

Foundations 
EDU  215     Organization  of  School  Systems  — 

Legal  and  Financial  Aspects 
EDU  216     Supervision  of  Instruction  and 

Programs 
EDU  257     Seminar:  Supervision  of  Instruction 
EDU  263     Laws  Relating  to  Schools  and  Youth 
EDU  298     Supervised  Field  Experience  — 

Administration  and  Supervision 
EDU  217     Administration  of  Schools  and 

Personnel 
or 
EDU  258     Sociological  Aspects  of  Administrative 

Leadership 

2.  BilinguallCross-Cultural  Studies 

Additional  prerequisite: 
Screening  for  Spanish  fluency. 

Requirements: 

EDU  280  The  Spanish-Speaking  Learner: 

Development  and  Learning 


EDU  281  Implementing  the 

Bilingual/Cross-Cultural  Program 
Professional  Practicum  for  the 
Bilingual/Cross-Cultural  Specialist 
English  Linguistics 
Comparative  Bilingual  Studies 
HIS  165  A/265  A  Latin  American  Culture 
HIS  165B/265B  The  Spanish-Speaking  in  the  United 
States 

Comparative  Social  Structures 
Contemporary  Social  Issues 
Applied  Linguistics:  Spanish  as  a 
Second  Language 

Historical  Grammar:  Spanish  as  a  First 
Language 


EDU  282 

ENG  100/200 
ENG  204 


SOC  125/225 
SOC  212 
SPA  115/215 

SPA  118/218 


3.  Early  Childhood  Education 

Requirements: 

EDU  216  Supervision  of  Instruction  and 

Programs 
EDU  231  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood 

Education 
EDU  232  Cognitive  Processes  for  the  Young 

Child 
EDU  233  Language  Experience  of  the  Young 

Child 
EDU  234  Techniques  of  Early  Identification, 

Prevention  and  Remediation  of 

Learning  Problems 
EDU  235 A         Social  and  Scientific  Discoveries  of  the 

Young  Child 
EDU  235B  Creative  Expressions  of  the  Young 

Child 
EDU  238  Seminar:  Contemporary  Problems  in 

Early  Childhood  Education 
EDU  239  Professional  Practicum  for  the  Early 

Childhood  Specialist 
EDU  272  Disturbances  in  Child  Development 

4.  Individually  Designed  Program  (IDP) 

For  those  who  wish  to  earn  a  Masters  degree  without  a 
Services  or  Specialist  Credential,  this  program  is 
flexible  and  not  structured  into  required  course  work. 

The  Individually  Designed  Program  could  focus  on 
two  areas  of  study  and  permit  related  courses  in  other 
than  these  two  areas;  could  be  centered  around  a 
core-career  objective;  could  combine  disciplines  with 
educational  theory;  or  could  be  so  planned  as  to 
permit  in-depth  study  in  an  area  of  special  interest. 

Qualified  candidates,  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty 
committee  and  a  program  advisor,  construct  a 
cross-disciplinary  program  to  meet  their  special 
interests  or  needs. 


Graduate  Programs/67 


This  student- faculty  designed  program  must  be 
approved  by  the  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Programs  in 
Education  and  by  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  Division. 

Requirements: 

In  addition  to  the  required  core  courses  for  the  M.S.  in 
Education  degree,  twenty-one  units  in  course  work  are 
selected  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  committee  and 
the  program  advisor.  Fifteen  to  eighteen  units  must  be 
in  the  field  of  Education.  A  Thesis  or  Seminar  Report 
in  the  field  of  educational  practice  is  required. 

5.  Pupil  Personnel  Services 

Requirements: 

A  distribution  of  21  units  chosen  from  the  list  of 
courses  required  for  the  Pupil  Personnel  Services 
Credential,  in  consultation  with  the  program  advisor. 

6.  Special  Education  (Learning  Handicapped) 

Requirements: 

EDU  216  Supervision  of  Instruction  and 

Programs 
EDU  270  Survey  of  Programs  for  Child  with 

Exceptional  Needs 
EDU  271/PSY  271   Appraisal  of  Exceptional  Children 
EDU  272/PSY  272  Disturbances  in  Child  Development 
EDU  273/PSY  273  Development  of  Programs  for 

Children  with  Specific  Learning 

Abilities 
EDU  274/PSY  274  Counseling  and  Guidance  of 

Exceptional  Children 
EDU  275  Teaching  of  Language  Arts  for  the 

Learning  Handicapped 
EDU  276  Teaching  of  Mathematics,  Science 

and  Social  Science  for  the  Learning 

Handicapped 
EDU  277/PSY  277  Language  and  Speech  Disorders 
EDU  278  Supervised  Teaching:  Learning 

Handicapped 

(15-18  units  must  be  in  education.)  Students  may  work 
concurrently  for  a  Specialist  Credential  while  pursuing 
the  Masters  degree.  In  this  case,  more  than  30 
semester  hours  may  be  necessary  to  complete 
requirements  for  both  the  degree  and  the  credential. 
See  credential  requirements. 

Research  Requirements 

Candidates  for  the  Master  of  Science  in  Education  are 
required  to  present  a  thesis  or  to  participate  in  a  masters 
seminar  in  the  field  of  educational  practice. 

Thesis 

This  thesis  provides  an  opportunity  for  the  student  to 
obtain  firsthand  experience  in  research  methods  under 
competent  direction.  The  thesis  should  be  limited  in 
scope  and  give  evidence  of  the  student's  ability  to 
organize  knowledge,  to  analyze  critically,  and  to  present 


the  results  in  a  readable  and  accurate  form  according  to 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College  regulations.  A  brief  description 
of  the  topic  and  of  the  proposed  method  of  investigation 
must  accompany  each  topic  presented  for  approval. 

The  candidate  must  present  his  complete  thesis  to  his 
director  not  later  than  the  date  established  in  the  current 
academic  calendar.  It  must  be  approved  by  the  director 
before  being  finally  typed  according  to  the  prescribed 
form.  Two  copies  must  be  filed  in  the  graduate  office  on 
the  date  listed  in  the  current  calendar.  Specific  directions 
regarding  the  format  and  typing  of  theses  may  be 
obtained  from  the  college  bookstore. 

Masters  Seminar 

When  a  student  has  completed  a  minimum  of  24  units  of 
graduate  credit  or  when  he  has  reached  the  last  semester 
of  course  work,  he  may  enroll  in  EDU  296  Masters 
Seminar.  Specific  directions  regarding  format  and  other 
requirements  may  be  obtained  from  the  seminar  advisor. 
One  copy  of  the  completed  work  is  to  be  approved  by  the 
seminar  advisor  who  files  it  with  the  graduate  office. 

Credential  Programs 

The  Department  of  Education  is  accredited  to  recommend 
students  for  California  Teaching  Credentials  in  both  the 
Multiple  Subject  (elementary  teaching)  and  Single  Subject 
(secondary  teaching).  Either  of  these  credentials  may  be 
obtained  in  a  four-year  baccalaureate  degree  program. 
When  the  student  has  completed  the  diversified  or  single 
subject  major,  the  professional  couses,  including 
supervised  teaching,  and  any  other  requirements  of  the 
college  for  the  baccalaureate  degree,  a  Preliminary 
Credential  can  be  obtained.  See  Teacher  Education 
Programs.  This  Preliminary  Credential  is  valid  for 
five  years.  Within  these  five  years,  a  fifth  year  of 
approximately  30  semester  hours  is  required  for  a  clear 
credential.  Five  years  of  teaching  experience,  two  of 
which  must  be  in  public  school  in  California,  must  be 
completed  to  qualify  for  a  life  credential.  This  fifth  year  of 
study  may  be  used  to  complete  a  masters  degree  in  a 
subject  matter  area  or  to  qualify  for  a  Services  or 
Specialist  Credential. 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College  offers  the  following  credential 
programs,  approved  by  the  Commission  for  Teacher 
Preparation  and  Licensing.  (See  Application  Procedures 
for  Graduate  Programs,  page  61. 

Services  Credential:  Administrative  Services 

Prerequisites  for  admission: 

1.  A  bachelors  degree  with  an  acceptable  major  according 
to  state  regulations. 

2.  A  valid  teaching  credential  as  specified  in  the 
Education  Code;  a  Services  Credential  in  Pupil 
Personnel  Services  for  that  career  option. 


68/Graduate  Programs 


3.  A  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.8. 

4.  Verification  of  one  to  two  years  of  successful  teaching 
experience.  For  PPS  Administration,  additional  three 
years  of  successful  service  in  that  field. 

5.  Recommendations  from  two  active  professional 
persons  associated  with  the  applicant  within  the  past 
five  years. 

Courses: 

1.  Administration  (of  schools  and/or  pupil  personnel 
services): 

EDU  205         Development  and  Evaluation  of  the 

Curriculum 
EDU  214         Philosophical  and  Historical  Foundations 
EDU  215         Organization  of  School  Systems  —  Legal 

and  Financial  Aspects 
EDU  216         Supervision  of  Instruction  and  Programs 
EDU  217  Administration  of  Schools  and  Personnel 

EDU  258         Sociological  Aspects  of  Administrative 

Leadership 
EDU  263         Laws  Relating  to  Schools  and  Youth 
EDU  298         Supervised  Field  Experience  — 

Administration  and  Supervision 

2.  Supervision  only  (instruction  and/or  programs): 
EDU  205         Development  and  Evaluation  of  the 

Curriculum 
EDU  214         Philosophical  and  Historical  Foundations 
EDU  215         Organization  of  School  Systems  —  Legal 

and  Financial  Aspects 
EDU  216         Supervision  of  Instruction  and  Programs 
EDU  257         Seminar:  Supervision  of  Instruction 
EDU  263         Laws  Relating  to  Schools  and  Youth 
EDU  298         Supervised  Field  Experience  — 

Administration  and  Supervision. 
EDU  217         Administration  of  Schools  and  Personnel 
OR 
EDU  258         Sociological  Aspects  of  Administrative 

Leadership 

Specialist  Credential: 
Bilingual/Cross-Cultural  Studies 

Prerequisites  for  admission: 

1.  GPA  2.75  and  a  valid  teaching  credential  (unless 
concurrently  fulfilling  requirements  for  a  teaching 
credential). 

2.  Screening  for  Spanish  fluency. 

Required: 
EDU  280 

EDU  281 

EDU  282 


The  Spanish  Speaking  Learner: 
Development  and  Learning 
Implementing  the 
Bilingual/Cross-Cultural  Program 
Professional  Practicum  for  the 
Bilingual/Cross-Cultural  Specialist 


ENG  204  Comparative  Bilingual  Studies 

HIS  165A/265A   Latin  American  Cultures 

HIS  165B/265B     The  Spanish-Speaking  Peoples  of  the 

United  States 
SOC  125/225        Comparative  Social  Structures 
SOC  212  Contemporary  Social  Issues 

SPA  115/215        Applied  Linguistics:  Spanish  as  a  Second 

Language 
SPA  118/218        Historical  Grammar:  Spanish  as  a  First 

Language 

Specialist  Credential: 
Early  Childhood  Education 

Prerequisites  for  admission: 

GPA  2.75  and  a  valid  teaching  credential  (unless 
concurrently  fulfilling  requirements  for  a  Multisubject 
Teaching  Credential). 

Required: 
EDU  131/231 


EDU  132/232 
EDU  133/233 
EDU  134/234 


EDU  216 

EDU  235A 

EDU  235B 
EDU  238 

EDU  239 

EDU  272 


Introduction  to  Early  Childhood 

Education 

Cognitive  Processes  for  the  Young  Child 

Language  Experience  of  the  Young  Child 

Techniques  of  Early  Identification, 

Prevention  and  Remediation  of  Learning 

Problems 

Supervision  and  Instruction  of  Programs 

Social  and  Scientific  Discoveries  of  the 

Young  Child 

Creative  Expressions  of  the  Young  Child 

Seminar:  Contemporary  Problems  in 

Early  Childhood  Education 

Professional  Practicum  for  Early 

Childhood  Specialist 

Disturbances  in  Child  Development 


ENG  100/200       English  Linguistics 


Services  Credential: 
Pupil  Personnel  Services 

Prerequisites  for  admission: 

GPA  2.75  and  a  valid  teaching  credential 

Required: 

EDU  202  Psychological  Foundations 

EDU  203  Sociological  Foundations 

EDU  261  Education  and  Career  Planning 

EDU  262  Laws  Relating  to  Schools 

EDU  263  Pupil  Personnel  Services  and  Their 

Organization 

EDU  269  Field  Experience 

EDU  270  Survey  of  Programs  for  Children  with 

Exceptional  Needs 

PSY  224  Dynamics  of  Individual  Behavior 

PSY  225  Counseling:  Theories  and  Procedures 

PSY  230  Measurements:  Theories  and  Procedures 

PSY  235  Group  Dynamics 

SOC  261  Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations 


Graduate  Programs/69 


Specialist  Credential:  Special  Education 
(Learning  Handicapped) 

Prerequisites  for  admission: 
A  valid  teaching  credential. 

Required  courses: 

EDU  216  Supervision  of  Instruction  and 

Programs 
EDU  270  Survey  of  Programs  for  the  Child  with 

Exceptional  Needs 
EDU  271/PSY  271  Appraisal  of  Exceptional  Children 
EDU  272/PSY  272  Disturbances  in  Child  Development 
EDU  273/PSY  273  Development  of  Specific  Learning 

Abilities 
EDU  274/PSY  274  Counseling  and  Guidance  of 

Exceptional  Children 
EDU  275  Teaching  of  Language  Arts  for  the 

Learning  Handicapped 
EDU  276  Teaching  Math.,  Science  and  Social 

Science  for  the  Learning  Handicapped 
EDU  277/PSY  277  Language  and  Speech  Disorders 
EDU  278  Supervised  Teaching:  Learning 

Handicapped 

(15-18  units  must  be  in  education.) 

Graduate  Certificate  for  Personnel  in  Catholic  Schools 

Co-sponsored  by  Mount  St.  Mary's  College  and  the 
Department  of  Education,  Archdiocese  of  Los  Angeles 

Requirements: 

EDU  210C     Seminar:  Contemporary  Problems  for  Lay 

Faculty  in  the  Catholic  School  (3) 

RST  232        The  School  as  a  Faith  Community  (3) 

RST  272        A  Philosophy  and  History  of 

Christian  Education  (3) 

Two  additional  graduate  courses  chosen  from  the  areas  of 
administration  and  supervision,  curriculum,  counseling 
and  guidance,  special  education. 

Graduate  Certificate  in  Teaching 
English  as  a  Second  Language 

A.  For  non-native  speakers  of  English 

Prerequisites: 

1.  ENG  104J,  ENG  105J,  ENG  106J,  ENG  128J,  ENG  129J. 

2.  Acceptance  into  Mount  St.  Mary's  teacher  preparation 
program. 

3.  Passing  of  a  written  and  oral  proficiency  examination 
in  English. 

Requirements: 

1.  EDU  350J.  Prerequisites:  ENG  104J  and  passing  of  the 
English  proficiency  examination. 

2.  EDU  336  —  Supervised  Teaching:  ESL  —  Elementary, 
or  EDU  378  —  Supervised  Teaching:  ESL  — 
Secondary.  Prerequisites:  EDU  250J  and  approval  of 
the  Education  and  English  Departments. 


3.  All  courses  required  for  the  California  Teaching 
Credential. 

B.  For  native  speakers  of  English 

Prerequisites: 

1.  An  acceptable  undergraduate  background  in  English 
language  and  literature. 

2.  Some  foreign  language  study  at  the  college  level 
strongly  recommended. 

3.  Acceptance  into  Mount  St.  Mary's  teacher  preparation 
program,  or  a  valid  California  credential. 

Requirements: 

1.  ENG  204.  Prerequisite:  ENG  101  or  ENG  102/ENG  202. 

2.  EDU  351,  Prerequisite:  ENG  204. 

3.  EDU  336  —  Supervised  Teaching:  ESL  —  Elementary 
or  EDU  378  —  Supervised  Teaching:  ESL  — 
Secondary.  Prerequisites:  EDU  351  and  the  approval  of 
the  Education  and  English  Departments. 

4.  All  courses  required  for  the  California  Teaching 
Credential. 

Recommended  courses  in  allied  fields  for  both  programs 
A  and  B:  EDU  230AB,  PSY  134,  PSY  135,  SOC  137,  SOC 
161/SOC  261. 


Courses  of  Instruction 


72 'Courses  of  Instruction 


Designation  of  Credits  and 
Courses 

All  credit  is  recorded  in  semester  units.  The  standard 
course  is  equivalent  to  three  semester  units.  The  standard 
semester  unit  is  equivalent  to  fifteen  50-minute  periods, 
which  is  satisfied  by  thirteen  60-minute  periods  per  term 
or  the  equivalent.  The  standard  semester  unit  for  a 
laboratory  course  is  equivalent  to  forty-five  50-minute 
periods,  which  is  satisfied  by  thirty-eight  60-minute 
periods  per  term  or  the  equivalent. 

Courses  are  numbered  according  to  the  following 

classifications: 

Levels  of  instruction: 

000-to  099-Lower  division 

100- to  199- Upper  division 

200-to  299-Graduate 

300-to  399-Professional 

340-to  349-Professional  Credit  Courses 

(Any  course  identified  as  a  Professional 
Credit  Course  may  be  submitted  for 
equivalency  evaluation  to  be  applied  to  a 
credential  or  masters  program.) 

Fields  of  Study 

AER  Aerospace 

ANT  Anthropology 

ART  Art 

AST  American  Studies 

BIO  Biological  Sciences 

BUS  Business 

CHE  Chemistry 

CST  Consumer  Studies 

ECO  Economics 

EDU  Education 

ENG  English 

ESL  English  as  a  Second  Language 

EXT  Extension 

FRE  French 

GER  German 

HIS  History 

HSP  Human  Services  Program 

INT  Interdisciplinary 

ITA  Italian 

JRN  Journalism 

MTH  Mathematics 

MUS  Music 

NUR  Nursing 

PED  Physical  Education 

PHI  Philosophy 

PHY  Physics 

PHS  Physical  Science 

POL  Political  Science 

PSY  Psychology 


SOC  Sociology 

RST  Religious  Studies 

SPA  Spanish 

SPE  Speech 

SPR  Special  Programs 

For  courses  offered  any  given  term,  consult  the  schedule 
of  classes,  which  is  distributed  each  term  prior  to 
registration. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  any  course  listed 
in  the  schedule  of  classes. 

Aerospace 

Courses  offered  as  part  of  the  Loyola-Marymount 
University  Air  Force  ROTC  Program. 

AER  95AB  The  United  States  Air  Force  (1-1) 

The  study  of  the  mission  and  organization  of  the  United  States  Air 
Force. 

AER  95CD  Leadership  Laboratory  I,  II  (0) 

AER  96AB  Development  of  Air  Power  (1-1) 

AER  96CD  Leadership  Laboratory  III,  IV  (0) 

AER  197AB  American  Defense  Policy  (3-3) 

Prerequisites:  AER  095ABCD;  AER  096ABCD.  Corequisitie:  AER 
197CD. 

AER  197CD  Leadership  Laboratory  V,  VI  (0) 

AER  198CD  Leadership  Laboratory  VII,  VIII  (0) 

AER  198E  Ground  Instruction  (2) 

Preparation  for  flight. 


American  Studies 


(1-3) 


AST  172  Special  Studies  in  American  Civilization 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

AST  174  Seminar  in  American  Studies  I  (3) 

This  seminar  will  study  certain  "classic"  texts  about  American  cul- 
ture from  an  interdisciplinary  point  of  view.  Works  such  as  de 
Tocqueville's  Democracy  in  America,  Adam's  Education  of  Henry 
Adams,  Bradford's  Plymouth  Plantation,  Hawthorne's  Scarlet  Letter, 
Melville's  Moby  Dick,  and  Faulkner's  Absalom,  Absalom  will  be  dis- 
cussed through  the  perspective  of  literary,  philosophical,  historical, 
sociological,  political,  and  aesthetic  disciplines.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit. 

AST  175  Seminar  in  American  Studies  II  (3) 

This  seminar  is  a  study  of  a  recurrent  theme  in  American  life  from  a 
variety  of  perspectives.  Students  will  consider  how  the  theme  man- 
ifests itself  in  the  art,  literature,  philosophy,  history,  and  political 
and  economic  order  of  American  society.  The  particular  theme  cho- 
sen for  study  will  vary  from  year  to  year.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


Anthropology 


ANT  2  Cultural  Anthropology  (3) 

A  study  of  the  basic  components  of  culture  and  social  structure;  the 
varied  patterns  whereby  human  needs  are  met  in  both  primitive  and 
modern  societies;  cultural  change. 

ANT  125  Comparative  Societies  (3) 

See  SOC  125. 


ANT  137  Culture  and  Personality 

See  SOC  137. 


(3) 


Courses  of  Instruction/73 


Art 

ART  1  Drawing  I  (3) 

Development  of  basic  drawing  skills.  Emphasis  on  fundamentals  of 
form,  structure, and  composition.  Various  black  and  white  media 
are  explored. 

ART  2  Design  I  (3) 

An  investigation  of  the  elements  and  principles  of  design  through 
specific  visual  problems.  Color  theories  are  explored  and  sub- 
sequent interaction  of  color  is  studied  through  application. 

ART  3/103  Three-Dimensional  Design  (3) 

The  study  of  design  as  applied  to  three-dimensional  problems. 
Various  materials  and  techniques  will  be  explored.  The  develop- 
ment of  skills  in  the  handling  of  material,  tools  and  equipment  will 
be  included. 

ART  4/104  Painting  I  (3) 

The  development  of  skills  relative  to  composition,  color  and  other 
structural  elements  of  painting.  Primarily  acrylic  paint  will  be  used 
although  various  materials  can  be  considered.  Building  a  stretcher 
bar  and  stretching  canvas  will  be  included. 

ART  5/105  Fundamentals  of  Art  (3) 

Illustrated  lecture  through  the  use  of  slides  and  films  on  the  de- 
velopment of  art  forms  from  historical  periods  through  contempo- 
rary life.  Various  modes  of  painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and 
crafts  will  be  studied. 

ART  6/106  Design  II  (3) 

The  application  of  the  elements  and  principles  of  design  to  further 
the  development  of  creative  ideas.  Includes  graphic  processes  and 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  ART  2. 

ART  7/107  Modern  Art  Survey  (3) 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  help  students  develop  a  greater  aesthetic 
awareness  through  direct  exposure  to  the  visual  arts.  Emphasis  on 
visits  to  artists'  studios,  major  museums,  and  galleries. 

ART  9/109  Fiber  Arts  I  (3) 

The  development  of  design  and  visual  concepts  through  the  use  of 
fiber  and  other  related  materials.  Techniques  of  non-loom  processes 
will  be  explored.  Prerequisite:  ART  2  or  permission  of  instructor. 

ART  10/110  Photography  I  (3) 

A  laboratory  and  theory  course  introducing  techniques  of  shooting, 
developing,  and  printing.  Students  are  expected  to  supply  their 
own  cameras. 

ART  11/111  Printmaking  I  (Intaglio)  (3) 

A  laboratory  course  involving  intaglio,  collagraph,  and  relief  print- 
ing processes.  Historical  development  and  the  aesthetic  value  of  the 
print  image  will  be  considered.  Creative  experimentation  with 
materials  and  technique  is  emphasized.  Prerequisites:  ART  1  and 
ART  2. 

ART  12/112  Ceramics  I  (3) 

Foundation  course  emphasizing  wheel- thrown  forms.  The  student 
will  be  introduced  to  all  aspects  of  ceramic  processes.  Emphasis  will 
be  on  personal  development  of  visual  concepts  through  the  use  of 
clay. 

ART  20/120  Painting  II  (3) 

Contemporary  modes  of  painting  will  be  explored  and  traditional 
approaches  re-examined.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  further  develop- 
ment of  skills  and  techniques.  Various  painting  materials  will  be 
investigated.  Prerequisite:  ART  41104. 


ART  22/122  Figure  Drawing  II  (3) 

Drawing  from  life  in  various  media,  preceded  by  introductory 
anatomical  studies.  The  accurate  and  creative  use  of  the  figure  in 
composition  will  be  an  objective  of  the  course.  Prerequisite:  ART  1. 

ART  30AB/130AB  Graphic  Communication  (3-3) 

The  development  of  visual  ideas  for  the  purpose  of  communication . 
A  variety  of  techniques  and  graphic  processes  will  be  explored. 
Students  will  develop  visual  images  relative  to  social,  industrial  and 
institutional  concerns.  Prerequisites:  ART  2  and  ART  61106. 

ART  45/145  Creative  Art  Experience  (3) 

The  study  of  the  child  and  environment  in  relation  to  art.  Materials 
and  ideas  developed  to  stimulate  personal  expression  in  children. 

ART  46/146  Art  as  Therapy  (3) 

Through  the  use  of  various  techniques,  this  course  will  familiarize 
the  student  with  the  experiential  and  cultural  dimensions  of  work- 
ing in  art  with  exceptional  individuals  who  are  physically  or  men- 
tally handicapped. 

ART  53/153  Serigraphy  (3) 

An  introduction  to  silk  screen  printing.  The  study  of  techniques 
through  the  use  of  various  stencils,  chemicals,  and  photo-processes. 
The  course  will  include  building  a  printing  unit. 

ART  77/177  History  of  Art:  Christian  (3) 

Explores  the  role  of  art  in  the  evolution  of  Christian  faith.  Slide 
lecture. 

ART  94/194  Study/Travel  (1-6) 

ART  99  Special  Experience  (3) 

An  individually  designed  course  combining  field  experience  with 
studio  projects.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

ART  123  Ceramics  II  (3) 

Handbuilding  methods  stressed  in  the  designing,  forming  and  glaz- 
ing of  individualized  ceramic  forms.  Further  techniques  for  im- 
provement and  development  in  the  areas  of  decoration,  glazing, 
kiln  loading  and  firing  will  be  introduced.  Prerequisite:  ART  121112. 

ART  125  Weaving  I  (3) 

An  introduction  to  materials  and  techniques  of  loom  weaving.  Em- 
phasis will  be  on  development  of  skills,  understanding  processes, 
and  application  of  design  concepts. 

ART  131AB  Rendering  Techniques  (3-3) 

The  experimentation  and  exploration  of  materials  and  techniques 
used  in  rendering.  Various  media,  papers  and  tools  will  be  utilized 
relative  to  appropriate  application.  Graphic  presentation  and  illus- 
trative treatment  will  be  pursued  as  these  techniques  relate  to  the 
reproduction  and  graphic  process.  Prerequisites:  ART  1  and  ART  2. 

ART  149  Sculpture  I  (3) 

An  introduction  into  basic  sculpture  processes  and  techniques.  Em- 
phasis on  the  creative  development  of  three-dimensional  form  in 
space.  Various  materials  will  be  explored.  Prerequisite:  ART  31103. 

ART  150  Photography  II  (3) 

The  further  development  of  camera  and  darkroom  techniques.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  the  study  and  creative  use  of  controlled 
lighting.  Prerequisite:  ART  101110. 

ART  151  Printmaking  II  (Lithography)  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  graphic  processes  of  lithography;  work  in  black 
and  white  and  color.  Exploration  of  both  traditional  and  contempo- 
rary techniques.  Prerequisite:  ART  101110. 


74/Courses  of  Instruction 


ART  154ABC  Fiber  Arts  II  (3) 

The  further  development  of  fiber  techniques  as  applied  to  sculptural 
form.  Emphasis  will  be  on  individual  growth  and  the  development 
of  visual  concepts.  A  wide  range  of  materials  will  be  explored. 
Prerequisite:  ART  91109. 

ART  155ABC  Weaving  II  (3) 

The  further  development  of  loom  weaving  processes.  Emphasis  will 
be  on  visual  concepts  explored  through  individual  projects.  Related 
fiber  processes  will  be  introduced.  Prerequisite:  ART  125. 

ART  159ABC  Sculpture  II  (3-3-3) 

Advanced  problems  which  encourage  conceptual  development  and 
technical  control.  Individual  direction  and  choice  of  materials  are 
encouraged.  Prerequisite:  ART  149. 

ART  160ABC  Photography  III  (3-3-3) 

The  exploration  of  contemporary  processes  such  as  litho- 
breakdown,  arbitrary  color,  photo-composites,  and  solarization. 
Personal  direction  and  the  development  of  photography  as  an  art 
form  will  be  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  ART  150. 

ART  161ABC  Printmaking  III  (3-3-3) 

Coordination  of  individual  problems  in  specific  areas  of  printmak- 
ing. Techniques  of  photo-etching,  photo-litho,  and  color  printing. 
Personal  direction  will  be  encouraged.  Prerequisite:  ART  151. 

ART  162ABC  Ceramics  III  (3) 

Increased  emphasis  on  wheel-formed  and  handbuilt  objects,  glaze 
formulation  and  kiln  supervision.  Stresses  further  concepts  of  de- 
sign, craftsmanship  and  development  of  personal  standards  of 
evaluation.  Individual  direction  through  selective  problems  will  be 
encouraged.  Prerequisite:  ART  123. 

ART  163ABC  Drawing  III  (3-3-3) 

Individual  problems  in  drawing  will  be  coordinated.  Models  will  be 
available  for  further  figure  and  life  composition  studies.  Research  of 
materials  and  techniques  will  be  encouraged.  Prerequisite:  ART 
221122. 

ART  167 ABC  Painting  III  (3-3-3) 

Individual  problems  in  painting  will  be  coordinated.  The  develop- 
ment of  related  works  and  continued  technical  research  will  be 
emphasized.  Prerequisite:  ART  201120. 

ART  170  History  of  Art:  Ancient  to  Medieval  (3) 

Illustrated  lecture.  Art  from  the  prehistorical  period  to  1400  A.D., 
including  Egypt,  Greece,  Rome,  and  the  late  middle  ages.  Relation- 
ships of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  to  the  social  and  cul- 
tural environment. 

ART  171  History  of  Art:  Renaissance  to  Romanticism  (3) 

Illustrated  lecture.  The  arts  in  Europe  from  1400  to  1850.  Study  of 
major  styles  and  artists,  including  Michelangelo,  Rubens,  Rem- 
brandt, Delacroix,  and  their  relationship  to  their  culture. 

ART  172  History  of  Art:  Modern  World  (3) 

Illustrated  lecture.  Major  art  movements  and  personalities  from 
1850  to  the  present,  including  Impressionism,  Cubism,  Surrealism, 
the  Mexican  muralists,  Abstract  Expressionism,  and  current  trends. 
Emphasis  on  the  cultural  trends  which  provide  the  visual  and 
theoretical  background  of  contemporary  art. 

ART  174  History  of  Art:  Art  of  the  United  States  (3) 

Illustrated  lecture.  Survey  of  art  produced  in  the  United  States  from 
the  colonial  period  to  the  present  day.  Traces  the  development  of 
American  tradition,  European  influence,  and  the  relationship  to  the 
social  and  cultural  environment. 


ART  175  Critical  Theories  in  the  Visual  Arts:  Seminar  (3) 

A  systematic  approach  to  art  theory,  criticism  and  evaluation.  In- 
cludes visits  to  museums,  galleries,  and  exhibits.  Lecture  and  dis- 
cussion. Prerequisite:  Major  or  minor  in  art  (upper  division). 

ART  176  Portfolio  Exhibition  (3) 

Open  only  to  graduating  seniors.  Emphasis  placed  on  professional 
readiness.  All  students  must  prepare  a  portfolio  that  will  be  shown. 
(B.F.A.  Program  only.) 

ART  190  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

ART  191  Directed  Readings  (1-3) 

ART  195  B.F.A.  Studio  (3) 

ART  199  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

Advanced  individual  problems.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


Biological  Sciences 


BIO  1A  Biological  Dynamics:  Basic  Concepts  (10  weeks)  (2) 

Content  is  selected  in  a  manner  designed  to  illustrate  the  underlying 
logic  of  scientific  investigation.  Topics  include  theories  of  evolution, 
cellular  structure  and  function,  energy  metabolism,  and  genetics, 
Laboratory  experiences  give  students  the  opportunity  to  participate 
in  a  variety  of  the  processes  appropriate  to  science. 

BIO  IB  Biological  Dyanmics:  The  Microbial  World  (3  weeks)  (1) 

An  introduction  to  the  microscopic  organisms  and  how  they  affect 
the  world  of  man.  Laboratory.  Prerequisite  BIO  1A. 

BIO  1C  Biological  Dynamics:  Basic  Human  Physiology  (4 
weeks)  (1) 

An  introduction  to  the  integrating  systems  of  the  human  body. 
Laboratory.  Prerequisite:  BIO  1A. 

BIO  ID  Biological  Dynamics:  The  Environment  (9  weeks)        (2) 

An  introduction  to  the  physical  and  biological  factors  that  support 
community  life  systems.  The  ecological  interrelationships  of  plants 
and  animals  will  be  examined.  Laboratory /discussion.  Prerequisite: 
BIO  1A. 

BIO  2  Botany  (3) 

Study  of  plant  biology  including  basic  concepts  of  anatomy,  mor- 
phology, taxonomy,  genetics,  and  reproduction  with  phylogenetic 
relationships.  Lecture  2  hrs.,  laboratory  3  hrs. 

BIO  3/103  General  Microbiology  (4) 

Basic  principles  of  microbial  growth  and  metabolism,  morphology, 
taxonomy,  pathogenicity,  immunity  and  control.  Microorganisms 
as  agents  of  disease  and  normal  inhabitants  of  man's  environment. 
Techniques  of  isolation,  cultivation  and  identification  of  these  or- 
ganisms. Lecture  3  hrs.,  laboratory  4  hrs. 

BIO  4  Fundamentals  of  Biology  (3) 

An  introductory  course  in  biology.  Presents  the  main  principles  of 
organization,  function,  heredity,  and  evolution  of  plants  and  ani- 
mals, and  introduces  the  student  to  methods  of  study  in  the  life 
sciences.  Lecture  2  hrs.,  laboratory  2  hrs. 

BIO  10  Health  Science  (3) 

An  interdisciplinary  course  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a 
basic  understanding  of  the  functioning  of  the  human  body  as  it 
relates  to  common  health  problems.  Included  are  such  topics  as 
nutrition,  infectious  disease,  and  the  effects  of  alcohol,  drugs,  and 
tobacco.  Lecture  3  hours. 


Courses  of  Instruction/75 


BIO  12  Fundamentals  of  Respiratory  Therapy  I  (3) 

A  course  designed  to  present  key  concepts  in  the  field  of  respiratory 
therapy.  Areas  covered  will  include:  cardio-pulmonary  structure 
and  function,  the  process  of  ventilation  and  effective  respiration, 
acid-base  balance,  as  well  as  methods  of  assessing  cardio- 
pulmonary adequacy.  Basic  concepts  of  cardio-pulmonary  dysfunc- 
tion will  be  introduced.  Lecture  3  hrs.  Clinic  none. 

BIO  20  Principles  of  Respiratory  Therapy  Equipment  II  (2) 

Basic  physical  laws  and  mathematical  principles  as  they  apply  to 
respiratory  therapy  equipment  will  be  presented.  Emphasis  will  be 
on  the  design,  classification,  and  operation  of  commonplace  re- 
spiratory therapy  equipment.  Equipment  maintenance  workshops 
are  included.  Lecture  2  hrs.  Clinic  none. 

BIO  30A  Applied  Respiratory  Therapy  HI  (10) 

Focus  will  be  on  the  practice  of  respiratory  therapy  in  the  acute  care 
health  facility.  Areas  developed  will  include:  basic  life  support, 
airway  management,  gas  therapy,  positive  pressure  ventilation, 
aerosol  therapy,  chest  physiotherapy  and  arterial  blood  gas 
analysis.  The  clinical  management  of  the  patient  in  or  with  pending 
respiratory  distress  will  be  emphasized.  Lecture  4  hrs.  Clinic  21 
hrs/week. 

BIO  30B  Applied  Respiratory  Therapy  IV  (4) 

A  continuation  of  BIO  30A.  The  concentrated  interterm  format  af- 
fords extended  clinical  assignments  and  experiences.  Students  will 
obtain  and  be  expected  to  demonstrate  proficiency  in  prescribed 
respiratory  therapy  procedures  in  accordance  with  the  National 
Board  for  Respiratory  Therapy  certification  criteria.  Lecture  none. 
Clinic  30  hrs/week. 

BIO  31/131  Human  Sexuality  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  physiology  of  human  sexuality.  Current 
views  on  sexual  behavior  examined  from  the  psychological,  psych- 
osocial and  physiological  aspects  of  function  and  behavior. 

BIO  40  Directed  Studies  in  Respiratory  Therapy  V  (10) 

Focus  will  be  on  establishing  performance  competency  in  selected 
areas  of  applied  respiratory  therapy.  Internships  will  be  available  in 
one  of  the  following  specialty  areas:  Clinical  Practice,  Neonatal/ 
Pediatrics  or  Pulmonary  Diagnostics.  Students  will  obtain  and  be 
expected  to  demonstrate  proficiency  in  prescribed  respiratory 
therapy  procedures  in  accordance  with  the  National  Board  for  Re- 
spiratory Therapy  registration  criteria.  Lecture  2  hrs.  Clinic  24  hrs/ 
week. 

BIO  41AB  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  (4-4) 

Study  of  the  structure  and  function  of  the  human  body.  Lecture  3 
hrs.,  laboratory  3  hrs.  Course  specifically  designed  for  students 
enrolled  in  the  two-year  R.N.  program. 

BIO  42  Introduction  to  Phsyical  Therapy  Assistant  (3) 

The  role  of  the  physical  therapy  assistant  as  a  member  of  the  health 
team  will  be  examined.  Principles  and  techniques  of  patient  handl- 
ing will  be  applied  through  laboratory  practice  and  clinical  observa- 
tion. Consideration  of  rehabilitation  philosophy,  ethical  and  moral 
conduct,  and  legal  implications  of  the  profession  will  be  discussed. 

BIO  43  Physical  Therapy  Assistant  Procedures  I  (3) 

Integration  of  concepts  of  therapeutic  theory  and  skills.  Develop- 
ment of  observational  skills,  interpersonal  relationships  and  their 
practice  in  the  clinical  setting.  Examination  of  vital  signs,  and 
pathophysiological  conditions  commonly  resulting  from  disease  or 
injury. 


BIO  44  Physical  Therapy  Assistant  Procedures  II  (10) 

Theory,  principles  and  skills  of  selected  hydrotherapy;  radiant  and 
electrical  modalities;  theory  and  techniques  of  massage;  application 
of  techniques  employed  in  ambulation  and  functional  activity. 
Supervised  clinical  experience. 

BIO  45  Physical  Therapy  Assistant  Procedures  HI  (4) 

Study  of  therapeutic  exercise  and  equipment  employed  with  appli- 
cation to  patients  with  various  disabilities.  Exercise  techniques  prac- 
ticed in  the  classroom  laboratory  and  supervised  in  the  clinical 
setting. 

BIO  46  Physical  Therapy  Assistant  Procedures  IV  (10) 

Study  of  special  therapeutic  procedures,  e.g.  cervical  and  pelvic 
traction,  intermittent  pressure  apparatus,  ultrasound,  etc.  Super- 
vised experience  in  clinical  setting. 

BIO  50/150  Biology  of  Aging  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  various  physiological  aspects  associated  with 
the  effects  of  aging  on  the  human  body.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
the  five  leading  causes  of  death  in  the  United  States  and  preventa- 
tive medicine  theories  related  to  these  diseases  will  be  discussed. 
Prerequisite:  BIO  1AB  or  51 AB. 

BIO  51AB  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  (4-4) 

The  study  of  the  basic  chemical  and  physical  principles  which  relate 
to  the  structure  and  function  of  the  human  body.  The  aim  of  the 
course  is  to  provide  students  with  an  understanding  of  the  inter- 
dependence and  interrelationships  at  each  level  of  organization 
beginning  with  the  cell  and  progressing  to  the  organism  as  a  whole. 
Lecture  3  hrs,  laboratory  3  hrs. 

BIO  60  Introduction  to  Physical  Therapy  (3) 

Orientation  to  the  physical  therapy  profession,  recent  trends,  rela- 
tionships with  community  agencies  and  paramedical  groups,  de- 
partmental responsibilities,  professional  ethics,  techniques  of  pa- 
tient care,  legal  implications,  and  rehabilitation  philosophy. 

BIO  65/165  Marine  Biology  (3) 

Interrelationships  of  marine  populations;  morphology,  physiology, 
evolution,  and  distribution  of  the  plant  and  animal  organisms.  Lec- 
ture 2  hrs.,  laboratory  and  field  trips  3-5  hrs. 

BIO  67/167  Field  Biology  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  concepts  of  field  biology.  Basic  principles  of 
plant  and  animal  taxonomy  and  ecology.  Identification  of  local 
species.  Lecture  2  hrs.,  laboratory  and  field  trips  3-5  hrs. 

BIO  87  Fundamental  Concepts  (1-3) 

An  acyclic  series  of  basic  concepts  in  the  field  of  biological  sciences. 

BIO  92AB/192AB  Special  Studies  (3-3) 

BIO  104  Medical  Bacteriology  (4) 

Morphology,  taxonomy,  metabolism,  and  immunology  of  bacteria 
pathogenic  to  man.  Techniques  of  isolation,  cultivation,  and  iden- 
tification of  these  organisms.  Lecture  2  hrs. ,  laboratory  4  hrs.  Prereq- 
uisite: BIO  3. 

BIO  105  Immunology  (4) 

Basic  principles  and  theories  of  the  body's  immune  mechanisms. 
Native  immunity,  antibody  production,  antibody-antigen  reac- 
tions, tissue  transplants,  autoimmune  diseases,  hypersensitivity. 
Lecture  3  hrs.,  laboratory  3  hrs.  Prerequisite:  BIO  3. 

BIO  106  Medical  Mycology  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  morphology,  physiology,  and  taxonomy  of  the 
fungi  which  cause  disease  in  man.  Techniques  of  isolation,  cultiva- 
tion, and  identification  of  these  organisms.  Lecture  2  hrs.,  labora- 
tory 3  hrs.  Prerequisite:  BIO  3. 


76/Courses  of  Instruction 


BIO  107  Parasitology  (3) 

Study  of  the  morphology,  habits,  and  life  cycles  of  animal  parasites 
and  their  relation  to  disease  in  man.  Lecture  2  hrs.,  laboratory  3  hrs. 
Prerequisite:  BIO  IABC  or  BIO  103. 

BIO  108  Hematology  (3) 

Normal  blood  formation  and  abnormal  blood  conditions.  Labora- 
tory observation  of  blood  cells,  techniques  of  enumeration  and 
identification  of  normal  and  abnormal  elements  in  the  blood.  Lec- 
ture 2  hrs.,  laboratory  4  hrs.  Prerequisite:  BIO  1AC. 

BIO  110  Microbial  Physiology  (3) 

The  course  intended  to  provide  the  student  with  a  basic  understand- 
ing of  the  biochemical  activities  of  bacteria  as  related  to  their  growth, 
nutrition,  metabolic  activities,  and  genetics.  Lecture  2  hrs.,  labora- 
tory 6  hrs.  Prerequisite:  CHE  7. 

BIO  118  Endocrinology  (4) 

The  chemical  coordination  mechanisms  whereby  major  functions  of 
the  body  are  integrated  through  the  secretions  of  the  nervous  and 
endocrine  systems.  Lecture  2  hrs.,  laboratory  6  hrs.  Prerequisite:  BIO 
ABCD. 

BIO  120  Human  Embryology  (4) 

Causal  mechanisms  of  development:  physiological  processes  in- 
volved in  growth  and  repair,  induction  mechanisms,  and  im- 
munological capacities.  Lecture  2  hrs.,  laboratory  6  hrs.  Prerequi- 
site: BIO  1ABCD. 

BIO  126  Biology  of  the  Vertebrates  (3) 

The  evolutionary  development  of  structural  relationships  with  their 
functional  significance;  a  comparison  of  physiological  dynamics  at 
various  stages  of  complexity  of  development.  Lecture  2  hrs . ,  labora- 
tory 3  hrs.  Prerequisite:  BIO  1ABCD. 

BIO  130  Genetics  (3) 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  heredity.  Classical  viewpoints  are 
examined  and  explained  by  modern  molecular  analyses.  Molecular 
aspects  of  reproduction  and  their  significance  to  evolution  are  con- 
sidered. Lecture  3  hrs.  Prerequisite:  BIO  1ABCD. 

BIO  151A  Cellular  Physiology  (4) 

The  physiochemical  principles  of  cellular  control  mechanisms  in- 
cluding: energetics,  photoresponse,  cellular  integration  and  en- 
vironmental effects,  transport  systems,  muscle  enervation, 
antigen-antibody  reaction.  Lecture  2  hrs.,  laboratory  6  hrs.  Prerequi- 
site: BIO  1ABCD.  Biochemistry  recommended. 

BIO  151B  Medical  Physiology  (4) 

Detailed  study  of  the  functional  processes  of  the  body;  interrelation- 
ships of  the  systems;  dynamics  of  fluid  balance,  control 
mechanisms,  transport  systems,  metabolic  activity.  Lecture  3  hrs., 
laboratory  3  hrs.  Prerequisite:  BIO  1ABC.  Biochemistry  recommended. 

BIO  152  Animal  Physiology  (3) 

Detailed  study  of  the  functional  processes  of  animal  systems;  inter- 
relationship of  these  systems,  development,  differentiation,  and 
growth.  Lecture  2  hrs.,  laboratory  3  hrs.  Prerequisite:  BIO  1ABCD. 
Biochemistry  recommended. 

BIO  153  Physiological  Chemistry  (4) 

An  introductory  study  of  the  physiochemical  principles  of  living 
systems.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  membrane  control 
mechanisms,  nucleic  acid  and  protein  synthesis,  biotransformations 
of  nutrients,  ionic  balance  and  detoxification,  enzymes,  and 
neuroendocrine  integration  and  coordination. 

BIO  154AB  Medical  Lectures  for  Physical  Therapists  (2-2) 

The  pathophysiology  of  disease  and  injury  with  the  medical  and 
physical  therapy  management  of  orthopedic  and  neurologic  dys- 
function. 


BIO  155  Physical  Therapy  Procedures  I  (3) 

Therapeutic  techniques  and  procedures  for  abnormal  neuromuscu- 
lar action;  theory,  application,  and  evaluation  of  exercise  as  a 
therapeutic  agent.  Lecture  and  laboratory. 

BIO  156  Physical  Therapy  Procedures  II  (3) 

Principles  and  techniques  of  electrotherapy  procedures  and  effects 
of  selected  mechanical,  thermal,  chemical  modalities  on  neuromus- 
cular and  cardiorespiratory  function.  Lecture  and  laboratory. 

BIO  157  Physical  Therapy  Procedures  III  (3) 

Principles  and  techniques  of  exercise  and  treatment  practices  in 
physical  therapy,  synthesis  of  theory,  practice  and  evaluation  of 
techniques.  Lecture  and  laboratory. 

BIO  158AB  Applied  Anatomy  and  Physiology  for  Physical 
Therapists  (3-3) 

Gross  anatomy  of  neuromuscular  and  skeletal  systems,  coordina- 
tion and  integration  of  physiological  functions  with  analysis  of 
pathological  conditions  and  evaluation  of  the  body's  ability  to  re- 
spond to  various  procedures  of  physical  therapy. 

BIO  160  Clinical  Neurophysiology  (3) 

Relationship  of  physical  therapy  procedures  to  neurological  disor- 
ders, evaluation  of  therapy  management  of  patients  with  common 
neurological  disabilities. 

BIO  162  Administrative  Organization  (2) 

Principles  and  procedures  of  good  management  of  departments  of 
physical  therapy  in  clinical  settings.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing. 

BIO  163  Seminar  in  Physical  Therapy  (2) 

Role  of  physical  therapist  as  health  team  member,  management  of 
patient  care,  communication  skills  with  other  health  professionals, 
patients  and  families,  moral,  ethical,  and  legal  problems. 

BIO  169 AB  Clinical  Internship  (0-0) 

Introduction  to  clinical  departments  of  physical  therapy,  patient 
care  treatment  and  directed  practice  of  physical  therapy  procedures 
in  clinical  applications.  (19  40-hour  weeks.) 

BIO  187  Selected  Topics  in  Biology  (1-3) 

An  acyclic  series  of  topics  of  current  interest  in  the  field  of  biological 
sciences. 

BIO  190  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

BIO  195  Senior  Seminar  (2) 

Development  of  biological  principles.  An  integrating  course  that 
will  apply  these  principles  to  living  systems  at  various  levels  of 
organization.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing. 

BIO  196TA  Tutoring  in  Biological  Sciences  (1-3) 

Assisting  in  course  presentation  under  the  direction  of  the  faculty. 
Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  with  a  major  in  biological  sciences. 

BIO  197  Research  Readings  (1) 

Directed  reading  in  a  special  interest  area  for  the  departmental 
research  requirement. 

BIO  198  Biological  Research  (1-3) 

Directed  research  project.  May  be  taken  under  the  guidance  of  a 
biology  or  biochemistry  staff  member. 

BIO  199  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

Readings  in  a  special  interest  area  of  the  initiation  or  continuation  of 
a  research  project.  Work  should  culminate  in  a  written  project. 


Courses  of  Instruction/77 


Business 


BUS  4  Introduction  to  American  Business  (3) 

A  general  survey  of  the  principles  of  accounting,  marketing,  fi- 
nance, management,  and  government  policies  as  they  apply  to 
modern  American  business. 

BUS  5/105  Business  Law  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  development  of  legal  principles  for  business 
activity,  as  found  in  common  law,  statutory  laws,  and  the  Uniform 
Commercial  Code.  Use  of  case  studies  for  practical  applications. 

BUS  9  Introduction  to  Computer  Processes  (3) 

See  MTH  9. 

BUS  15/115  Accounting  I  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  processes  of  recording,  sorting,  and  sum- 
marizing data  resulting  from  business  transactions  and  events, 
including  derivation  and  use  of  balance  sheets,  income  statement, 
and  funds  flow  and  cash  flow  statements. 

BUS  16/116  Accounting  II  (3) 

A  continuation  of  the  accounting  procedures  outlined  under  Ac- 
counting I.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  corporate  and  partnership 
financial  statements. 

BUS  20  Office  Administration  (3) 

Planning  and  executing  projects  related  to  office  adminstration;  use 
of  judgment,  initiative,  and  creativity  in  solving  problems  encoun- 
tered in  business  offices;  learning  to  assemble  data  for  executive 
decisions;  creative  thinking  and  proper  attitudes  in  interpersonal 
relations. 

BUS  21  Business  Communications  (3) 

Mechanics  and  techniques  of  effective  business  writing;  theory  of 
and  practice  in  composing  various  types  of  business  letters  and 
reports,  with  emphasis  on  the  human  relations  aspect;  handling 
business  meetings  and  minutes. 

BUS  22AB  Advanced  Typewriting  (2-2) 

Refining  speed  and  accuracy  rates;  advanced  office  production  prob- 
lems; statistical  typewriting;  manuscripts;  special  emphasis  on  legal 
and/or  medical  forms.  Prerequisite:  Typing  speed  of  40  wpm  with  accept- 
able accuracy.  Credit  for  BUS  22 AB  may  not  be  counted  toward  the 
baccalaureate  degree. 

BUS  23  Mathematics  for  Business  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  mathematics  as  applied  to  business:  percentage, 
discount,  interest,  tax,  commission,  mark-up,  insurance,  etc. 

BUS  24AB  Shorthand  Transcription  (3-3) 

Continued  development  of  speed  and  accuracy  in  taking  dictation; 
development  of  business  vocabulary;  preparation  of  mailable  tran- 
scripts. Credit  for  BUS  24AB  may  not  be  counted  toward  the  bac- 
calaureate degree. 

BUS  25  Machine  Transcription  (2) 

Instruction  in  the  operation  of  various  kinds  of  transcribing  equip- 
ment. Emphasis  on  speed  and  accuracy  in  transcribing  mailable 
letters  and  forms.  Credit  for  BUS  25  may  not  be  counted  toward  the 
baccalaureate  degree. 

BUS  26  Adding  and  Calculating  Machines  (1) 

Instruction  in  the  operation  of  ten-key  adding  machines  and  of 
rotary,  printing,  and  electronic  calculators.  Emphasis  on  using 
machines  as  an  aid  to  solving  the  variety  of  mathematical  problems 
encountered  in  business.  Credit  for  BUS  26  may  not  be  counted 
toward  the  baccalaureate  degree. 


BUS  27  Legal  Secretarial  Procedures  and  Terminology  (3) 

An  intensive  course  in  specialized  secretarial  procedures  for  law 
offices;  development  of  legal  vocabulary;  correct  techniques  in  pre- 
paring legal  documents  and  papers. 

BUS  28  Medical  Secretarial  Procedures  and  Terminology  (3) 

An  intensive  course  in  specialized  procedures  for  secretaries  in  the 
doctor's  office  or  in  the  health-care  setting;  development  of  medical 
vocabulary;  emphasis  on  medical  correspondence  and  forms. 

BUS  75/175  Principles  of  Salesmanship  (3) 

A  study  of  the  sales  function  and  its  relationship  to  the  over-all 
marketing  program.  Topics  considered  include  setting  sales  objec- 
tives, formulation  of  sales  strategy,  development  of  a  sales  organiza- 
tion, selecting  and  working  with  distributors  and  dealers,  mea- 
surement of  salesmen's  performance,  evaluation  of  sales  manage- 
ment performance,  control  of  sales  operations,  and  integration  of 
sales  and  other  marketing  activities. 

BUS  85/185  Business  Management  (3) 

Introduction  to  principles  of  organization,  decision  making  and 
control;  analysis  of  line  and  staff  structures,  production  and  quality 
standards,  responsibility  and  business-community  relationship. 
Use  of  case  studies  and  experiences  in  the  field. 

BUS  90  Business  Internship  (3) 

Work  experience  in  a  business  firm,  legal  office,  or  a  health-care 
setting.  Students  increase  their  knowledge  and  understanding  of 
business  and  professional  fields  by  analyzing  and  evaluating  their 
experiences  at  seminar  sessions  with  fellow  students  and  the  faculty 
coordinator. 

BUS  111  Management  of  Health  Services  (3) 

Study  of  special  problems  which  a  manager  encounters  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  health  services  programs.  Business  methods  of  hos- 
pital administration;  management  of  physical  therapy,  respiratory 
therapy,  and  nursing  departments;  administration  of  nursing-care 
facilities.  Prerequisite:  This  course  is  open  only  to  Health  Services  Admin- 
istration, Consumer  Studies,  Nursing,  Business  Department  majors  unless 
written  consent  of  the  department  chairman  is  obtained. 

BUS  117  Methods  of  Research  (3) 

See  SOC  117. 

BUS  123  Mathematical  Analysis  for  the  Business  Student  (3) 

Probability,  application  of  Matrix  Theory  to  business  problems 
(Markov  chains,  game  theory,  linear  programming),  mathematics  of 
finance.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  application  of  mathematics  to 
problems  in  business. 

BUS  130  Business  Finance  (3) 

A  study  of  the  forms  and  sources  of  financing  business  firms;  tech- 
niques of  raising  funds,  appraising  risks,  allocating  and  controlling 
capital,  and  evaluating  performance.  Prerequisites:  BUS  15,  BUS  16, 
and  MTH  38. 

BUS  133  Government  and  Business  (3) 

The  spectrum  of  government  influence  on  and  control  of  business; 
the  regulation  of  competition  and  monopoly,  the  protection  of  con- 
sumers, and  the  control  of  environment  and  quality  of  life. 

BUS  137  Intermediate  Accounting  I  (3) 

Accounting  theory  and  practice  relating  to  problems  of  asset  valua- 
tion and  classification  in  accounts  and  statements.  Theory  and  prac- 
tice relating  to  problems  of  valuation  and  classification  of  liabilities 
and  stockholders  equity. 

BUS  138  Intermediate  Accounting  II  (3) 

Inventory  control  theory,  valuation  methods  and  systems,  capitol 
budgeting  alternatives,  debt  management  and  cash  flow. 


78/Courses  of  Instruction 


BUS  153  Computer  Programming  (3) 

Computer  system  fundamentals,  flowcharting,  programming  in 
Fortran  and  Basic;  file  organization  and  maintenance;  program- 
ming; graphics  and  techniques;  de-bugging  programs. 

BUS  154  Cost  Accounting  (3) 

Budgeting;  responsibility  accounting;  inventory  planning;  perfor- 
mance measurement;  costing  methods;  job  order  and  standard 
costs;  direct  vs.  full  costing;  cost  allocation;  cost- volume  profit 
analysis;  analytic  cost  reports. 

BUS  155  Systems  Design  and  Analysis  (3) 

Basic  techniques  for  design  of  information  systems;  computer 
hardware  and  software  needed  in  computer-based  systems;  infor- 
mation determination,  need  evaluation,  presentation,  and  analysis. 

BUS  157  Personnel  (3) 

Principles  relating  to  administration  of  an  employee-benefits  sys- 
tem. Techniques  of  job-applicant  screening;  job-performance 
evaluation;  firings  vs.  lay-offs  vs.  transfers.  Elements  of  psychology 
in  production  and  employee  relations. 

BUS  160  Marketing  (3) 

Basic  marketing  institutions,  practices  and  legislation;  the  subjects 
of  merchandising,  wholesaling,  distribution  channels,  pricing,  ad- 
vertising, and  marketing  research.  Practical  applications  enhanced 
through  case  studies  and  experiences  in  the  field. 

BUS  161  Advertising  (3) 

This  course  examines  the  major  problems  of  modern  advertising 
and  promotion.  Among  these  are  the  social  and  economic  role  of 
advertising;  controls  over  advertising;  planning  the  campaign;  the 
role  of  research;  the  media  strategy  and  coordination  with  other 
elements  of  the  marketing  communication  mix. 

BUS  162  Retailing  (3) 

Principles  of  retailing  applied  to  the  problems  of  organization  and 
operation  of  retail  establishments.  The  business  aspects  of  buying, 
stock  planning,  inventory  control,  markup,  stock  accounting  and 
pricing.  Special  problems  of  retail  management  will  be  discussed 
including  departmentalization,  personnel  control,  supervisory 
training,  store  layout  and  store  location. 

BUS  170  Real  Estate  (3) 

Introduction  to  economics  of  land  ownership  and  use;  fundamen- 
tals of  ownership;  financing;  appraisal;  management  and  transfer  of 
residential  and  other  real  property. 

BUS  180  Merchandising:  Demonstration  and  Display 

See  CST  180. 

BUS  181  Operations  and  Production  Management  (3) 

Three  basic  areas  are  covered:  planning,  analysis  and  control.  Plan- 
ning gives  exposure  to  quantitative  methods  of  forecasting,  allocat- 
ing, scheduling  and  financially  evaluating  strategic  alternatives. 
Analysis  emphasizes  the  qualitative  aspects  of  men,  machines, 
materials,  money  and  management  systems.  Control  considers 
quality,  quantity  and  process  control  and  operational  maintenance 
of  production  facilities. 

BUS  184  Organizational  Behavior  (3) 

Emphasis  on  the  "contingency  view"  for  understanding  the  "whys" 
of  behavior  and  the  "hows"  of  increasing  effectiveness.  (The  con- 
tingency view  contends  there  is  no  one  way  of  managing  all  situa- 
tions.) The  student  will  develop  conceptual  skills  involved  in:  1) 
diagnosing  the  human  problems  in  management;  2)  recognizing  the 
situation  and  how  it  relates  to  the  organization  as  a  whole  as  well  as 
to  the  external  environment;  3)  understanding  how  the  individual's 


actions  and  actions  of  the  parts  of  the  organization  are  interdepen- 
dent and  impact  one  another;  4)  knowing  how  and  when  to  use 
models  for  managing  organizational  problems. 

BUS  186  Tax  Accounting  (3) 

Statutes,  regulations,  administrative  rulings,  and  court  decisions 
relating  to  federal  and  California  income  taxes.  Audit  procedures; 
partnership  and  corporate  tax  returns. 

BUS  187  Management  of  a  Data-Based  System  (3) 

Planning  and  development  of  an  integrated  management  informa- 
tion system:  data  base  design;  data  management  systems;  operating 
systems,  standards,  and  documentation;  data  security;  performance 
evaluations;  monitoring,  hardware,  and  economics  of  a  data-based 
system;  problems  of  conversions. 

BUS  188  Auditing  (3) 

Audit  functions  of  the  CPA.  Nature  of  audit  evidence,  audit  proce- 
dures, audit  work  papers,  audit  reports,  evaluation  of  internal  con- 
trols and  internal  auditing,  statistical  sampling  in  auditing;  prob- 
lems of  auditing  computer-based  accounting  records. 

BUS  190  Business  and  Consumer  Studies  Internship  (1-6) 

Qualified  seniors  majoring  in  Business  or  Consumer  Studies  may 
receive  supervised,  on-the-job  training  related  to  their  major.  The 
student  is  responsible  for  setting  up  the  internship,  which  must  be 
approved  by  the  department  chairperson. 

BUS  192  Business  Policy  and  Ethics  (3) 

A  study  of  social  justice  relative  to  business  practices  regarding 
strategy  formulation,  profitability,  competition,  advertising,  pro- 
duction, customer  relations.  Extensive  use  of  case  studies. 

BUS  193  Selected  Problems  (3) 

Course,  independent  study,  seminar,  or  directed  readings  in  cur- 
rent issues  and  policies. 

BUS  197  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

Course,  independent  study,  or  directed  readings  on  a  topic  of  inter- 
est to  the  student.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing;  consent  of  faculty  spon- 
sor and  approval  of  department  chairman. 


Chemistry 


CHE  1A  General  Chemistry  (4) 

Lecture,  three  hours;  laboratory,  four  hours.  Lecture:  atomic  theory, 
atomic  structure  and  the  periodic  table;  molecular  structure  and 
bonding,  introductory  organic  chemistry;  structure  and  properties 
of  solids,  liquids,  and  gases;  kinetic  theory  and  colligative  proper- 
ties. Laboratory:  use  of  the  analytical  balance  and  volumetric 
equipment;  stoichiometry;  molecular  and  equivalent  weights.  Pre- 
requisite: high  school  chemistry  or  PHS  1;  three  years  of  high  school 
mathematics  or  MTH  1. 

CHE  IB  General  Chemistry  (4) 

Lecture,  three  hours;  laboratory,  four  hours.  Lecture:  chemical  reac- 
tions, equilibria,  kinetics,  oxidation-reduction.  Metals,  non-metals, 
metalloids,  radioactivity,  thermodynamics  and  electrochemistry. 
Laboratory:  quantitative  analysis  using  gravimetric  and  titrimetric 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  CHE  1A. 

CHE  2  The  Chemistry  of  Life  (3) 

Lecture,  three  hours.  An  introductory  course  in  organic  and 
biochemistry.  This  course  is  designed  to  fulfill  the  science  require- 
ment for  the  health-related  major.  Prerequisite:  PHS  1  or  a  college 
chemistry  course. 


Courses  of  Instruction/ 79 


CHE  5A  Elementary  Organic  Chemistry  (4) 

Lecture,  three  hours;  laboratory,  four  hours.  Nomenclature  and 
simple  reactions  of  hydrocarbons,  organic  derivatives  of  water, 
ammonia  and  halogen  acids;  carbonyl  compounds,  aromatic  com- 
pounds; stereoisomerism;  synthesis  and  mechanisms  of  reaction  of 
organic  compounds.  Laboratory:  extraction,  chromatography, 
synthesis,  oxidation,  isomerism,  equilibria,  kinetics.  Prerequisite: 
CHE  IB. 

CHE  5B  Organic  Synthesis  (3) 

Lecture  one  hour;  laboratory  eight  hours.  This  course  provides  an 
experience  for  the  chemistry  major  in  specific  organic  synthesis 
procedures.  A  physiologically  active  compound  or  some  material 
useful  in  further  experiments  is  synthesized.  Prerequisite:  CHE  5  A. 

CHE  7  Elementary  Biochemistry  (4) 

Lecture,  three  hours;  laboratory,  four  hours.  Lecture:  amino  acids, 
proteins  and  enzymes;  nucleic  acids  and  biochemical  genetics; 
metabolism  and  metabolic  interrelationships.  Laboratory:  biochem- 
ical preparations  and  analyses.  Prerequisite:  CHE  5A. 

CHE  104  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis  (3) 

Lecture,  one  hour;  laboratory,  eight  hours.  Microtechniques,  sep- 
aration of  mixtures,  derivatives,  identification  of  unknown  organic 
compounds,  spectroscopic  methods.  Prerequisites:  CHE  5AB. 

CHE  106  Intermediate  Organic  Chemistry  (3) 

Lecture,  three  hours.  Mechanism  and  structure  in  organic  chemis- 
try. Linear  free  energy  relationships,  stereochemistry  of  complex 
systems,  condensations  and  rearrangements.  Prerequisites:  CHE 
5AB. 

CHE  108  Intermediate  Biochemistry  (3) 

Lecture,  three  hours.  Survey  of  biochemistry  with  emphasis  on 
cellular  metabolism;  interrelationships  and  control  mechanisms; 
chemical  structure  and  biological  function.  Prerequisite:  CHE  7. 

CHE  110A  Physical  Chemistry:  Thermodynamics  (3) 

Lecture,  three  hours.  Laws  of  thermodynamics  and  chemical 
equilibria  and  cell  emf.  Prerequisites:  CHE  1AB,  MTH3AB,  PHY1AB. 

CHE  HOB  Physical  Chemistry:  Dynamics  (3) 

Lecture,  three  hours.  Kinetic  theory  and  chemical  kinetics;  transport 
processes;  viscosity,  conductance,  diffusion.  Prerequisite:  CHE  110 A. 

CHE  111  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2) 

Lecture,  one  hour;  laboratory,  four  hours.  Lecture  and  laboratory: 
chemical  and  phase  equilibria,  electrochemistry,  kinetics  and  trans- 
port processes,  conductance,  diffusion.  Prerequisite:  CHE  110 A. 

CHE  120  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  (3) 

Lecture,  one  hour;  laboratory,  eight  hours.  Theory  and  applications 
of  modern  instrumental  methods  including  gas  chromatography, 
radiochemistry,  various  spectroscopic  methods  and  selected  elec- 
trochemical methods.  Prerequisite:  CHE  1AB. 

CHE  190  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3) 

Lecture,  three  hours.  Chemistry  of  inorganic  systems  with  em- 
phasis on  reaction  mechanisms,  complexes,  bonding  and  periodic 
relationships.  Prerequisite:  CHE  110  AB. 

CHE  197/297  Seminar  (1-3) 

CHE  199/299  Research  in  Chemistry  (1-3) 

Research  problems  to  be  arranged  with  individual  faculty  members. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  chemistry  staff. 


Consumer  Studies 


CST  2/102  Consumer  Issues:  Problems  and  Solutions  (3) 

A  study  of  problems  often  encountered  by  consumers  in  areas  such 
as  credit,  mail-order,  warranties,  auto  repair  and  landlord-tenant 
relationships.  Explores  consumer  rights  and  responsibilities  and 
laws  that  govern  consumer  problems. 

CST  6  Food  Study  (3) 

Application  of  scientific  principles  in  selected  areas  of  food  purchas- 
ing, storage,  preparation;  evaluation  of  food  products  according  to 
quality  standards;  integration  of  nutrition  principles,  food  protec- 
tion regulations,  and  socio-economic  influences;  sanitation,  safety 
and  equipment.  Laboratory  included.  Prerequisite:  High  school 
chemistry  or  equivalent  or  permission  of  instructor. 

CST  9/109  Maternal  and  Child  Nutrition  (3) 

A  study  of  the  nutritional  needs  of  the  body  in  relation  to  a  variety  of 
cultural,  economic,  environmental,  ethnic,  psychological,  and  so- 
cial factors;  analysis  of  food  misinformation  and  nutrition  education 
principles;  controls  for  safety  and  nutritive  value  of  food  supply; 
limited  integration  of  diet  therapy. 

CST  10/110  Human  Nutrition  (3) 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  nutrition  and  their  application  with 
emphasis  on  nutritional  requirements  of  the  body  at  different  age 
levels  in  the  maintenance  of  health  and  prevention  of  deficiency 
diseases;  cultural,  social  and  psychological  influences  on  food 
habits;  analysis  of  food  misinformation  and  nutrition  education 
principles;  controls  for  safety  and  nutritive  value  of  food  supply; 
introduction  to  nutritional  therapy  in  various  diseases.  Prerequisite: 
knowledge  of  basic  chemistry  and  human  physiology. 

CST  21  Clothing  Construction  (3) 

Principles  and  techniques  of  construction  to  insure  a  professional 
look  to  apparel;  course  includes  use  of  equipment,  the  selection  of 
appropriate  sewing  techniques  and  commercial  patterns  for  woven 
knit  fabrics. 

CST  24  Textiles  for  Consumers  (3) 

Discussion  and  identification  of  fibers,  yams  and  finishes;  descrip- 
tions of  various  processes  used  for  woven  and  knit  goods  now- 
available  to  the  consumer. 

CST  40/140  Management  of  Personal  and  Family  Resources      (3) 

A  study  of  the  efficient  use  of  human  and  financial  resources  by 
individuals  and  families. 

CST  91/191  Directed  Readings  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

CST  92/192  Selected  Problems  and  Projects  (1-3) 

Courses,  workshops,  or  seminars.  Subjects  announced  in  term 
schedule.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

CST  108  Meals,  Money  and  Markets  (3) 

Principles  of  meal  planning,  preparation,  and  service;  food  buying 
with  emphasis  on  special  situations  such  as  modified  diets,  enter- 
taining, low-budget  meals,  and  meals  for  large  and  small  groups. 
Also  includes  a  close  look  at  the  modern  supermarket.  Laboratory. 

CST  120  Clothing  Selection  (3) 

A  study  of  all  the  factors  involved  in  making  a  clothing  purchase 
decision  including  fashion  trends,  individual  needs  and  comple- 
ments, sociological  influences;  ways  to  identify  quality  fabrics, 
sound  construction,  and  reasonable  prices.  Prerequisite:  ART  2  or 
consent  of  instructor. 


80/Courses  of  Instruction 


CST  128  The  Fashion  Industry  (3) 

Follows  apparel  from  designer's  drawing  board  to  garment  factory 
to  wholesale  market  to  retail  rack  and  consumer.  Includes  a  study  of 
pricing  procedure  along  the  way  and  the  development  of  fashion 
trends. 

CST  145  Management  of  Household  Resources  (3) 

Principles  of  management  applied  to  resources  in  the  home  for  most 
efficient  use.  Resources  studied  include  time,  energy,  leisure,  and 
money;  their  interrelationships  with  family  and  individual  well- 
being  and  happiness.  Values,  goals,  and  decision-making  also  in- 
cluded. 

CST  154  Housing  (3) 

A  broad  study  of  the  alternative  ways  of  satisfying  human  housing 
needs.  Includes  what  housing  may  symbolize  to  the  individual  or 
family.  Also  explores  design  and  construction  as  related  to  needs 
and  aesthetics.  Financing  and  business  dealings  with  architect, 
landlord,  and  realtor. 

CST  160  The  Consumer  and  the  Market  (3) 

A  look  at  the  interrelationship  between  the  consumer  and  the  mar- 
ket, by  examining  topics  such  as  consumer  demand,  fraud,  pricing, 
standards,  labels,  consumer  protection,  and  redress.  Prerequisites: 
CST  21102  and  CST  401140. 

CST  180  Merchandising:  Demonstration  and  Display  (3) 

Students  apply  knowledge  from  other  courses  in  their  major  in 
planning,  organizing  and  executing  promotional  and  educational 
demonstrations  and  displays.  Includes  an  examination  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  store  layout  and  shelf  placement.  Prerequisite:  SPE  10  and  at 
least  2  courses  in  Consumer  Studies.  Recommended  prerequisite:  ART  2 
Design  I.  See  BUS  180. 

CST  194  Seminar:  Business  and  Consumer  Studies  (3) 

Offers  juniors  and  seniors  an  opportunity  to  relate  their  specific  area 
of  emphasis  to  contemporary  issues  and  situations  and  to  learn  to 
articulate  their  own  talents  and  expertise.  Examines  the  current 
employment  outlook  for  the  major.  Prerequisite:  Junior  Standing. 

CST  198  Methods  in  Teaching  Home  Economics  (3) 

Techniques  and  materials  applicable  in  a  wide  variety  of  home 
economics  teaching  situations. 

CST  199  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

Research  on  topic(s)  of  particular  interest.  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
faculty  member.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


Economics 


ECO  1  Economics  I  (Microeconomics)  (3) 

An  exploration  of  the  economic  affairs  of  the  individual  and  the 
individual  business  firm.  This  course  introduces  the  law  of  supply 
and  demand  and  economic  analysis  of  individual  markets  such  as 
labor  or  international  trade. 

ECO  2  Economics  II  (Macroeconomics)  (3) 

An  introductory  analysis  of  the  aggregate  economic  system.  This 
course  discusses  methods  of  recording  and  determining  gross  na- 
tional product,  national  income,  and  employment  and  participation 
rates. 

ECO  44/144  Personal  Finance  (3) 

Emphasis  on  the  principles  underlying  financial  security  and  in- 
vestment planning;  the  study  of  credit  institutions,  the  stock  mar- 
ket, and  home  buying  through  special  projects  and  experiences  in 
the  field. 


ECO  107  Political  Economics  (3) 

A  brief  survey  of  the  history  of  economic  and  governmental  rela- 
tions. In-depth  analysis  of  the  current  relationship  between  the 
economy  and  government.  Fulfills  CPE  requirement.  See  POL  107. 

ECO  113  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  (3) 

A  study  of  the  economic  development  of  the  United  States:  agricul- 
ture, industry,  labor,  commerce,  finance,  and  transportation. 

ECO  131  Public  Finance  (3) 

Income  and  expenditure  of  federal,  state,  and  local  governments; 
theories  of  tax  incidence;  nature  and  implications  of  the  public  debt; 
fiscal  policy;  and  inter-governmental  fiscal  relations. 

ECO  135  Money  and  Banking  (3) 

The  nature  and  functions  of  money  and  credit,  the  banking  system, 
monetary  policy  in  the  domestic  and  international  economies. 

ECO  150  Labor  Economics  (3) 

The  evolution  of  trade  union  organization  in  the  United  States  and 
labor  legislation  affecting  it;  an  economic  analysis  of  wage  determi- 
nation and  its  effect  on  employment;  union-management  relations 
in  the  collective  bargaining  process. 

ECO  175  Urban  Sociology  (3) 

See  SOC  175. 

ECO  193/293  Selected  Problems  (1-3) 

Courses,  workshops,  seminars,  or  directed  readings.  May  be  re- 
peated for  credit. 

ECO  195  International  Economics  (3) 

The  general  principles  of  international  relations  and  trade;  the  prob- 
lems of  underdeveloped  countries  and  theories  of  growth  and  de- 
velopment; progress  toward  economic  integration  and  cooperation 
in  Europe,  Latin  America  and  Africa. 


Education 


EDU  31  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 

A  study  of  the  history  as  well  as  current  philosophies  of  early 
childhood  programs.  Significant  leaders  and  local  and  state  pro- 
grams will  be  analyzed.  Discussions,  lectures,  readings,  and  visits  to 
pre-school  sites,  will  provide  an  opportunity  to  study  and  observe 
young  children  and  the  ways  in  which  they  learn. 

EDU  33  Language  Development  of  the  Child  (3) 

Introduction  to  theories  of  language  learning  and  development. 
Study  of  normal  verbal  and  non-verbal  patterns  as  well  as  com- 
munication disorders.  Methods  and  materials  that  enhance  lan- 
guage development  are  studied  and  developed.  Students  are  re- 
quired to  observe  and  participate  in  a  pre-school  setting. 

EDU  35A  Cognition  and  the  Young  Child  (3) 

A  study  of  those  experiences  which  foster  cognitive  development  in 
the  young  child.  Emphasis  will  be  on  exploration,  problem  solving, 
numbers,  ordering,  classifying,  and  concept  building.  Application 
of  growth  patterns,  individualization,  prescriptions,  and  evaluation 
will  be  included.  Students  are  required  to  observe  and  participate  in 
a  pre-school  setting. 

EDU  35B  Creativity  and  the  Young  Child  (3) 

A  study  of  those  experiences  which  foster  creativity  and  self- 
expression  in  the  young  child.  Emphasis  will  be  on  art,  music,  play, 
and  movement.  Application  of  growth  patterns,  individualization, 
prescription,  and  evaluation  will  be  included.  Students  are  required 
to  observe  and  participate  in  a  pre-school  setting. 


Courses  of  Instruction/81 


EDU  70  Introduction  to  Children  with  Special  Needs  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  various  exceptionalities.  A  survey  of  special 
education  programs.  Study  of  the  learning  and  behavioral  charac- 
teristics of  exceptional  children  and  their  families.  Fieldwork  is  a 
required  part  of  this  course. 

EDU  72  Early  Childhood  Education  and  the  Exceptional  Child  (3) 

Emphasizes  the  importance  of  early  intervention  in  the  education  of 
exceptional  children.  Stresses  the  role  of  the  teacher  assistant.  De- 
velops specific  skills  for  working  with  children  with  special  needs. 
Specific  suggestions  for  successful  mainstreaming  of  special  chil- 
dren will  be  discussed.  Fieldwork  is  a  required  part  of  this  course. 

EDU  101  Perspectives  in  Education  (1) 

An  investigation  of  the  school  community,  the  role  of  the  classroom 
teacher,  and  the  teacher-aspirant's  suitability  for  teaching.  This 
course  includes  guided  self-assessment,  health  and  speech  exam, 
standardized  test  of  basic  skills,  and  completion  of  other  require- 
ments for  admission  to  the  teacher  education  program.  This  course 
is  required  for  admission  to  the  credential  program. 

EDU  114  Diagnosis  and  Prescription  (1) 

Instruction  in  techniques  of  evaluation  and  diagnosis  of  learning 
problems.  Case  studies  and  laboratory  participation  are  utilized  to 
aid  students  in  translating  diagnostic  findings  into  prescription. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  113. 

EDU  115A  Communication  —  Elementary  Curriculum  (2) 

A  study  of  the  child  and  the  elementary  school  curriculum  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  communication  skills  of  listening,  oral  and 
written  expression,  and  non-verbal  communication.  This  course 
includes  developing  an  understanding  of  general  principles,  objec- 
tives, strategies,  materials,  and  evaluation.  Personal  competence 
through  testing  and  self-assessment  leads  to  a  program  for  self- 
improvement.  Observation,  participation,  and  some  supervised 
teaching  in  actual  classroom  situations  are  an  integral  part  of  this 
course. 

EDU  115B  Mathematics  —  Elementary  Curriculum  (2) 

The  course  is  designed  to  reinforce  math  concepts,  theories  and 
their  application.  However,  the  main  thrust  is  on  methods,  process- 
es, evaluation  procedures,  materials,  both  manipulative  and  other, 
for  lab  and  classroom,  focusing  on  individual  and  group  participa- 
tion. Elementary  school  observation  and  participation  are  an  essen- 
tial component  of  the  study. 

EDU  115C  Reading  —  Elementary  Curriculum  (3) 

A  study  of  the  developmental  process  of  reading  in  the  elementary 
school  encompassing  word  attack  skills  and  comprehension  skills. 
The  course  covers  methods,  materials,  objectives  and  principles 
required  for  a  teacher  of  reading.  Evaluation  processes  researched 
are  both  diagnostic  and  achievement-oriented  in  nature.  Observa- 
tion and  participation  in  an  elementary  school  setting  give  oppor- 
tunities for  application  of  the  theories. 

EDU  115D  Science  and  Social  Studies — Elementary  Curriculum  (3) 

A  study  of  the  child  in  the  elementary  school  curriculum  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  teaching  of  science  and  social  studies.  Individual 
and  group  instruction  is  applied  both  to  subject  and  to  general 
principles,  objectives,  instructional  procedures  and  materials,  and 
the  evaluation  process.  Observation  and  participation  in  actual 
classroom  situations  focus  on  these  subjects,  including  some  super- 
vised teaching  experience. 

EDU  116A  Supervised  Teaching  —  Elementary  (12) 

EDU  116B  Supervised  Teaching  —  Elementary  (6) 


EDUC  116C  Supervised  Teaching  —  Elementary  (6) 

A  study  of  children  in  an  instructional  program  on  different  grade 
levels  and  in  different  socio-economic  communities.  This  involves 
fulfilling  the  responsibilities  expected  of  the  in-service  teacher. 
Throughout  the  continuum,  the  student,  college  instructors,  super- 
vising teachers,  and  other  designated  personnel  measure  the  effec- 
tiveness of  the  student's  interaction  within  the  school  community. 
The  goal  to  be  attained  is  an  exemplary,  personally  secure  and 
professionally  competent  individual.  Prerequisite:  Approval  of  the 
Education  Department  Screening  Committee. 

EDU  124  Diagnosis  and  Prescription  (1) 

Instruction  in  techniques  of  evaluation  and  diagnosis  of  learning 
problems.  Case  studies  and  laboratory  participation  are  utilized  to 
aid  students  in  translating  diagnostic  findings  into  prescription. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  123. 

EDU  125A  Secondary  Curriculum  (3) 

Courses  of  study,  materials,  and  equipment  used  in  teaching  in 
junior  and  senior  high  schools.  Observations  at  Pasteur  junior  High 
School  and  Hamilton  High  School  are  part  of  this  course.  Prerequi- 
site: PSY  123. 

EDU  125B  Emerging  Trends  in  Education  (2) 

A  study  of  the  philosophical  and  sociological  factors  influencing 
innovation  and  change  in  education  with  emphasis  on  those 
developments  that  are  becoming  established  through  evaluation, 
accountability, and  experimentation. 

EDU  125C  Reading  —  Secondary  (3) 

The  course  reviews  the  basic  skills,  methods  and  materials  required 
in  beginning  reading.  Approaches,  methods  and  materials  more 
appropriate  to  the  older  student  will  be  studied  and  tested  in  indi- 
vidual and  group  tutoring  within  a  regular  junior  or  senior  high 
school.  Attention  will  be  given  to  the  remedial  aspects  of  reading  as 
well  as  subject  matter  reading  skills.  Evaluation  processes  will  in- 
clude both  diagnostic  and  achievement  types. 

EDU  125D  Secondary  Methods  (2) 

A  study  of  the  rationale  underlying  the  content,  placement,  and 
methodology,  as  it  specifically  relates  to  the  teaching  major.  This 
course  includes  practice  in  the  development  and  use  of  materials 
and  equipment  for  teaching  in  the  junior  and  senior  high  school. 
Observation  and  participation  in  the  classroom  are  a  part  of  this 
course. 

EDU  126A  Supervised  Teaching  —  Secondary  (12) 

EDU  126B  Supervised  Teaching  —  Secondary  (6) 

EDU  126C  Supervised  Teaching  —  Secondary  (6) 

Instructing  students  in  a  junior  and  a  senior  high  school  class  the 
duration  of  one  semester  plus  additional  assignments  comprising  a 
total  school  day.  Weekly  conferences  are  included.  Provisions  are 
made  for  students  to  fulfill  Supervised  Teaching  at  Pasteur  Junior 
High  School  and  Hamilton  High  School.  Prerequisite:  Admission  by 
approval  of  the  department. 

EDU  131  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 

See  EDU  231. 

EDU  132  Cognitive  Processes  in  the  Young  Child  (3) 

See  EDU  232. 

EDU  133  Language  Experience  of  the  Young  Child  (3) 

See  EDU  233. 

EDU  134  Techniques  for  Early  Identification,  Prevention,  and  Re- 
mediation of  Learning  Problems  (3) 

See  EDU  234. 


82/Courses  of  Instruction 


EDU  136  Child  Development  and  the  Educative  Process  (3) 

A  systematic  study  of  the  developmental  characteristics  of  the  child 
beginning  with  prenatal  life.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  how  develop- 
mental factors  influence  the  child's  ability  to  learn,  and  how  these 
factors  affect  the  content  and  organization  of  curriculum.  Principles 
are  derived  from  interpretation  of  reliable  data  of  experimental 
studies  and  surveys  regarding  physiological,  emotional,  social, 
mental,  and  moral  growth  and  development.  Observation  and  par- 
ticipation in  pre-school  and  elementary  classrooms  provide  oppor- 
tunities to  apply  those  principles  learned  in  class. 

EDU  170/270  Survey  of  Programs  for  Children  with  Exceptional 
Needs  (3) 

Provides  an  introduction  to  the  problem  of  exceptionalities  of  all 
types;  the  history  of  special  education,  the  legal  and  administrative 
framework  for  special  education  in  California;  education,  socio- 
cultural,  and  psychological  rationale  for  grouping  children,  while 
retaining  the  basic  principles  of  normal  growth  and  development 
underlying  the  deviations  of  the  special  exceptionalities.  Types  of 
special  education  programs  are  studied  in  relationship  to  the 
mainstream  of  regular  education. 

EDU  172/272  Disturbances  in  Child  Development  (3) 

Includes  a  study  of  the  learning  and  behavioral  development  charac- 
teristics of  five  major  groups  of  exceptionality  as  they  arise  from: 
genetic  and  hereditary,  neuro- physical  traits,  prenatal  and  neonatal 
development,  nutritional  factors,  disturbances  in  sensory-motor, 
language,  auditory,  and  visual  development,  learning  and 
problem-solving,  social  and  emotional  development,  physical, 
locomotor,  disease,  physical  injury,  etc.,  and  other  specif  ic  effects  of 
environmental  and  developmental  processes.  See  PSY  272. 

EDU  174/274  Counseling  and  Guidance  of  Exceptional  Children(3) 

Primarily  a  study  of  human  relations  which  provides  the  basis  for 
the  effective  working  relationships,  both  interpersonal  and  inter- 
professional, involving  the  complex  situation  of  persons  interacting 
with  one  another  at  all  levels  of  the  organization  social  structure. 
The  student  develops  the  ability  to  relate  effectively  to  pupils,  par- 
ents, co-workers,  and  resource  personnel;  becomes  sensitive  to  the 
feelings  and  needs  of  others  by  understanding  his  own,  develops 
skills  of  communication,  and  learns  to  appreciate  and  use  available 
resources.  This  course  also  helps  the  student  develop  the  ability  to 
work  harmoniously  and  effectively  with  all  personnel  —  a  necessary 
condition  for  the  success  of  the  concerted  efforts  of  all  members  of 
the  staff  toward  a  common  goal  of  promoting  the  learning  of  chil- 
dren. See  PSY  274. 

EDU  177  Language  and  Speech  Disorders  (3) 

See  EDU  277. 

EDU  190  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

EDU  199AB  Special  Studies  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Prerequisite:  Senior  or  graduate  standing  or 
consent  of  department. 

EDU  200  Methodology  of  Educational  Research  (3) 

The  various  techniques  of  research  which  include  the  theory  of 
research,  experimental  design,  gathering  data,  and  interpreting 
data. 

EDU  202  Psychological  Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

Contemporary  psychology  as  applied  to  education.  Research  and 
writing  are  offered  to  meet  the  individual  needs  of  students  concen- 
trating in  either  elementary  or  secondary  education. 


EDU  203  Social  Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

Sociological  bases  of  education,  the  structure  of  society,  its  institu- 
tions and  trends. 

EDU  205  Development  and  Evaluation  of  the  Curriculum         (3) 

Basic  principles  of  curriculum  development.  Study  of  the  tech- 
niques of  curriculum  planning  and  evaluation  of  curriculum  organi- 
zational patterns. 

EDU  207  Reading  Improvement  in  the  School  (3) 

Principles  and  procedures  including  phonics,  employed  for  the 

improvement  of  reading  abilities.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
reading  difficulties  of  students. 

EDU  208  Science  in  the  Elementary  School  (3) 

Science  adapted  for  children  in  the  first  six  grades.  Includes  the 
planning  of  units,  classroom  demonstrations,  experiments,  compil- 
ing bibliographies,  and  collecting  instructional  materials  pertinent 
to  the  subject. 

EDU  209  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  (3) 

Recent  research  in  respect  to  curriculum,  materials,  and  methods 
affecting  the  teaching  of  the  social  studies. 

EDU  210AB  Seminar  in  Modern  Education  (1-3;  1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit.  The  curricular,  administrative  and  in- 
structional issues  at  the  elementary,  junior  or  senior  high  school 
levels.  Planned  in  order  to  present  to  teachers  a  better  understand- 
ing of  the  modern  school. 

EDU  210C  Seminar:  Contemporary  Problems  for  Lay  Faculty  in  the 
Catholic  School  (3) 

Through  group  process  and  discussion,  a  discovery  of  one's  own 
values  and  one's  image  of  oneself,  and  comparison  with  the  values 
of  the  Church.  A  study  of  how  the  philosophy  of  Catholic  education 
affects  the  actual  subject  areas;  in-depth  exploration  of  the  differ- 
ences between  the  curriculum  of  the  public  school  system  and  the 
Catholic  school  system;  methods  of  keeping  Christian  ideas  alive  in 
the  classroom.  Includes  study  of  the  organization  and  administra- 
tion of  Catholic  schools:  legal  status,  legal  issues,  fiscal  problems, 
accountability,  etc. 

EDU  211  Administration  in  a  Changing  Environment  (4) 

Course  work  is  specifically  designed  to  focus  on  organizational 
patterns  of  the  public  schools;  on  effective  techniques  in  school- 
community  relations;  on  principles  and  practices  of  public  school 
management.  Taken  concurrently  with  EDU  218  and  EDU  297. 

EDU  212  Administration  of  the  Elementary  School  and  Its  Person- 
nel (3) 

A  course  in  the  organization  and  administration  of  the  elementary 
schools  and  in  the  techniques  of  personnel  administration.  Course 
work  is  specifically  designed  to  prepare  for  service  in  elementary 
school  principalship. 

EDU  213  Administration  of  the  Secondary  School  and  Its  Person- 
nel (3) 

A  course  in  the  organization  and  administration  of  the  secondary 
schools  and  in  the  techniques  of  personnel  administration.  Course 
work  is  specifically  designed  to  prepare  for  service  in  secondary 
school  principalship. 

EDU  214  Philosophical  and  Historical  Foundations  of  Education  in 
the  United  States  —  Integrating  Modern  and  Emerging  Trends  (3) 

This  course  deals  with  the  issues  and  challenges  of  today's  schools 
integrating  modern  and  emerging  trends  in  education.  It  is  designed 
to  reveal  the  unique  characteristics  of  the  American  school  system 
by  presenting  the  philosophical  and  historical  influences  in  its  de- 
velopment. 


Courses  of  Instruction/83 


EDU  215  Organization  of  School  Systems  —  Legal  and  Financial 
Aspects  (3) 

A  study  of  the  organization  and  administration  of  school  districts 
and  school  systems  in  the  United  States:  considers  the  respective 
roles  of  federal,  state,  and  local  governments  in  education;  examines 
legislation  and  litigation  affecting  school  districts  and  theory  and 
practice  of  school  finance. 

EDU  216  Supervision  of  Instruction  and  Programs  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  opportunities  for  students  to 
develop  those  competencies  required  for  effective  supervision  of 
instruction  and  educational  programs.  Such  competencies  as  the 
following  are  to  be  emphasized:  proficiency  in  effecting  change  in 
personnel  for  the  improvement  of  educational  programs  and  of 
teaching,  effective  interpersonal  relations,  development  of  skills  in 
decision-making  and  in  all  aspects  of  program  planning,  implemen- 
tation, and  evaluation. 

EDU  217  Administration  of  Schools  and  Personnel  (3) 

A  course  in  the  organization  and  administration  of  schools  and  in 
the  techniques  of  personnel  administration.  Course  work  is  specifi- 
cally designed  to  prepare  for  service  in  elementary  and  secondary 
schools. 

EDU  218  Personnel  Factors  in  School  Administration  (4) 

An  understanding  of  sound  personnel  management;  students  ac- 
quire a  working  knowledge  of  procedures  and  techniques  in  the 
selection,  supervision,  and  evaluation  processes  of  school  person- 
nel. Taken  concurrently  with  EDU  211  and  EDU  297. 

EDU  219  Educational  Leadership  Processes  (4) 

Concentrates  on  administrative  behavior,  educational  decision- 
making, group-leadership  functions,  and  understanding  of  com- 
munity relationships  and  forces  affecting  schools.  Prerequisites:  EDU 
211,  EDU  218,  and  EDU  297. 

EDU  222  Curriculum  and  Methods  for  the  Urban  School  (3) 

In  this  course,  emphasis  is  placed  on  methods  of  teaching  children 
of  minority  groups  in  culturally  different  communities.  Findings  of 
current  research  are  related  to  various  approaches  to  content  and 
process. 

EDU  223  The  Teacher  and  the  Child  in  the  Urban  School  (3) 

This  course  is  designed,  through  the  study  of  the  culturally  different 
child,  to  make  the  teacher  more  aware  of  attitudes  and  skills  needed 
to  effect  better  interaction. 

EDU  230  Language  in  the  Urban  School  and  Community  (3) 

Linguistic  skills  as  they  apply  to  the  speech  patterns  of  the  city  child. 
The  emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  speech  patterns  of  minority 
groups. 

EDU  231  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 

A  systematic  study  of  the  developmental  characteristics  of  the 
young  child  beginning  with  prenatal  life.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
relationship  between  these  factors  and  the  theoretical  bases  upon 
which  early  childhood  programs  have  been  and  currently  are  being 
developed.  Through  lecture,  discussion,  films,  review  of  research, 
and  field  study,  fundamental  theories  of  child  development, 
philosophies  of  curriculum  and  established  programs  will  be 
analyzed.  Candidates  will  be  encouraged  to  assess  themselves  in 
relation  to  the  competencies  and  functions  of  early  childhood 
specialists  now  and  in  the  predictable  future. 

EDU  232  Cognitive  Processes  in  the  Young  Child  (3) 

Discussion  of  changing  views  as  to  how  children  develop  intellectu- 
ally. Focus  on  perceptual  development  including  cognitive  stages 
and  changes  in  perceptual  style.  Consideration  of  thought  patterns 


in  young  children  —  imagery,  generation  of  ideas,  schemata,  con- 
cepts, rules,  and  problem-solving  behavior.  Attention  to  the  de- 
veloping integration  of  language  and  cognition  with  exploration  of 
social  influences,  cognitive  deprivation,  second  language  learning 
and  memory  processes.  Field  work  will  involve  analysis  of  several 
existing  early  childhood  programs  in  terms  of  developmental  se- 
quence and  interconnections  between  cognition,  perception,  and 
language. 

EDU  233  Language  Experience  of  the  Young  Child  (3) 

Study  of  theories  of  language  acquisition  and  development  in  early 
childhood.  Concentration  on  normal  and  deviant  patterns  of  growth 
in  communication  skills.  Classroom  procedures  for  improved 
speech  and  language  functioning  in  young  children.  Instructional 
techniques  and  materials  in  pre-reading  and  beginning  reading. 
Supervised  professional  practicums  in  diverse  sociocultural  settings 
and  with  multi-age  groups  will  focus  on  differing  language  patterns, 
skill  development  and  the  necessity  of  individualization  of  experi- 
ence. 

EDU  234  Techniques  for  Early  Identification,  Prevention,  and  Re- 
mediation of  Learning  Problems  (3) 

Advanced  instruction  in  techniques  of  evaluation  and  diagnosis  of 
current  and  potential  learning  problems.  Training  in  interpretation 
of  diagnostic  data,  selection  and  development  of  effective  teaching 
techniques  and  construction  of  prescriptive  plans  which  comple- 
ment student  strengths,  developmental  and  experiential  levels, 
socio-cultural  backgrounds,  and  learning  styles.  Supervised  field 
work  will  include  laboratory  participation  in  diagnosis,  interpreta- 
tion, selection  of  instructional  activities,  recording  and  continual 
evaluation  of  pupil  progress,  consultation  with  parents  and  profes- 
sionals, selection  of  appropriate  referral  agencies  and  follow- 
through  implementation. 

EDU  235 A  Social  and  Scientific  Discoveries  of  the  Young  Child  (3) 

A  study  of  the  instructional  program  in  social  studies,  science, 
mathematics,  and  health  designed  to  promote  self-esteem,  positive 
social  interaction,  and  subject  matter  competence  in  the  young 
child.  Individual  and  group  instruction  will  be  utilized  to  develop 
principles,  explore  techniques  of  diagnosis,  create  strategies,  select 
and  develop  materials,  plan  evaluation,  and  design  the  environ- 
ment for  the  young  child.  Supervised  professional  practicums  in 
differing  socio-cultural  settings  and  with  different  age  groups  will 
focus  on  the  necessity  of  considering  the  individual  child  when 
developing  curricula  and  planning  for  continuity  of  learning  experi- 
ence regardless  of  age. 

EDU  235B  Creative  Expressions  of  the  Young  Child  (3) 

A  study  of  the  instructional  program  in  movement,  drama,  art  and 
music,  designed  to  promote  self-esteem  and  creative  expression  in 
the  young  child.  Individual  and  group  instruction  will  be  utilized  to 
develop  principles,  explore  techniques  of  diagnosis,  create 
strategies,  select  and  develop  materials,  plan  evaluation,  and  design 
the  environment  for  the  young  child.  Supervised  professional  prac- 
ticums in  differing  socio-cultural  settings  and  with  different  age 
groups  will  focus  on  the  necessity  of  considering  the  individual  child 
when  developing  curricula  and  in  planning  for  continuity  of  learn- 
ing experiences  regardless  of  age. 

EDU  236  Seminar:  Parent  and  Community  Involvement  in  Early 
Childhood  Education  (3) 

In-depth  study  of  the  community(ies)  to  be  served,  with  emphasis 
on  the  similarities  and  differences  among  cultural  groups  in  lan- 
guage, child-rearing  practices,  values  and  customs.  Methods  of 
effectively  encouraging  parent  and  community  participation,  for 


84/Courses  of  Instruction 


facilitating  productive  parent  conferences,  and  for  planning  pro- 
grams to  strengthen  home-school  cooperation,  including  parent 
education  as  related  to  individual  child  development.  Development 
of  criteria  for  working  with  volunteers,  tutors,  parents,  teachers, 
and  paraprofessionals  from  diverse  cultures. 

EDU  238  Seminar:  Contemporary  Problems  in  Early  Childhood 
Education  (3) 

Exploration  of  controversial  issues  such  as  fixed  intelligence,  pre- 
determined development,  importance  of  early  experience,  reversi- 
bility of  deprivation  and  the  relationship  of  these  theoretical  issues 
to  curriculum.  Review  of  research,  preparation  of  professional  re- 
ports, development  of  proposals,  and  investigation  of  methods  to 
obtain  cooperation  and  community  understanding  in  the  alleviation 
of  contemporary  problems  within  early  childhood  education. 

EDU  239  Professional  Practicum  for  the  Early  Childhood 
Specialist  (3) 

Supervised  field  and  practicum  experiences  will  take  place  in  repre- 
sentative cross-cultural  settings  of  public  and  private  schools  and 
agencies.  Personnel  will  include  all  adults  involved  in  early  child- 
hood education  and  children  in  at  least  one  pre-kindergarten  de- 
velopmental level  (and  one  level  at  kindergarten  or  primary  where 
needed).  Throughout  the  continuum,  the  candidate,  college  instruc- 
tors, and  the  supervising  personnel  measure  the  effectiveness  of  the 
candidate's  interaction  in  the  early  childhood  community. 
EDU  255  Seminar:  Principles  of  Curriculum  and  Instruction  (1-3) 
Principles  and  procedures  of  curriculum  program  planning.  Study 
of  trends  in  major  curricular  fields. 

EDU  256  Seminar:  School  Administration  (1-3) 

Aspects  of  school  administration  in  varied  organizational  struc- 
tures. 

EDU  257  Seminar:  Supervision  of  Instruction  (1-3) 

Examination  of  current  trends  in  school  supervision  and  of  new 
dimensions  of  the  supervisory  role. 

EDU  258  Sociological  Aspects  of  Administrative  Leadership     (3) 

A  study  of  the  knowledge,  theory,  and  research  of  the  behavioral 
sciences  that  are  transforming  school  administration,  the  behavior 
of  individuals  and  groups  in  an  organizational  setting,  and  its  appli- 
cation to  current  professional  problems  in  education. 

EDU  261  Education  and  Career  Planning  (3) 

Seminar  in  counseling  and  guidance.  A  study  of  the  agencies, 
sources,  and  research  data  needed  by  the  school  counselor. 

EDU  262  Pupil  Personnel  Services  and  their  Organization         (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  of  guidance  and  counseling 
and  a  study  of  the  organization  and  administration  of  pupil  person- 
nel services  in  the  school. 

EDU  263  Laws  Relating  to  Schools  and  Youth  (3) 

A  study  of  legal  regulations  relating  to  schools,  school  personnel, 
and  children.  Students  become  familiar  with  the  codes  and  legal 
references  and  with  agencies  which  implement  these  regulations. 

EDU  269  Field  Experience  —  Pupil  Personnel  (1-3;  1-3) 

Field  work  in  counseling  and  guidance.  Supervised  field  work  for 
two  semesters. 

EDU  270  Survey  of  Programs  for  Child  with  Exceptional  Needs  (3) 

Provides  an  introduction  to  the  problem  of  exceptionalities  of  all 
types;  the  history  of  special  education,  the  legal  and  administrative 
framework  for  special  education  in  California;  education,  sociocul- 
tural,  and  psychological  rationale  for  grouping  children,  while  re- 
taining the  basic  principles  of  normal  growth  and  development 


underlying  the  deviations  of  the  special  exceptionalities.  Types  of 
special  education  programs  are  studied  in  relationship  to  the 
mainstream  of  regular  education. 

EDU  271  Appraisal  of  Exceptional  Children  (3) 

A  study  of  the  use  of  tools  for  assessing  exceptionalities  in  children; 
statistical  concepts  in  measuring  abilities;  principles  of  assessment; 
methods  of  administration  and  interpretation;  assessment  instru- 
ments; and  the  relationship  of  the  results  of  assessment  to  the  total 
evaluation  of  the  child.  See  PSY  271. 

EDU  272  Disturbances  in  Child  Development  (3) 

Includes  a  study  of  the  learning  and  behavioral  development  charac- 
teristics of  the  five  major  groups  of  exceptionality  as  they  arise  from 
genetic  and  hereditary,  neuro-physical  traits,  prenatal  and  neonatal 
development,  nutritional  factors,  disturbances  in  sensory-motor, 
language,  auditory  and  visual  development,  learning  and 
problem- solving,  social  and  emotional  development,  physical, 
locomotor,  disease,  physical  injury,  etc.,  and  other  specific  effects  of 
environmental  and  developmental  processes.  See  PSY  272. 

EDU  273  Development  of  Programs  for  Children  with  Specific 
Learning  Abilities  (3) 

Provides  the  opportunity  for  the  candidate  to  use  the  outcomes  of 
assessment  to  plan  specific  programs  of  remediation  or  amelioration  of 
basic  psychological  functioning,  and  enables  him  to  participate  in 
the  actual  implementation  of  these  plans  through  work  with  indi- 
vidual or  small  groups  of  children  in  the  various  categories  of  excep- 
tionalities. See  PSY  273. 

EDU  274  Counseling  and  Guidance  of  Exceptional  Children     (3) 

Primarily  a  study  oihuman  relations,  which  provides  the  basis  for  the 
effective  working  relationships,  both  interpersonal  and  interprofes- 
sional, involving  the  complex  situation  of  persons  interacting  with- 
one  another  at  all  levels  of  the  organization  social  structure.  The 
student  develops  the  ability  to  relate  effectively  with  pupils,  par- 
ents, coworkers,  and  resource  personnel;  becomes  sensitive  to  the 
feelings  and  needs  of  others  by  understanding  his  own,  develops 
skills  of  communication,  and  learns  to  appreciate  and  use  available 
resources.  This  course  also  helps  the  student  develop  the  ability  to 
work  harmoniously  and  effectively  with  all  personnel — a  necessary 
condition  for  the  success  of  the  concerted  efforts  of  all  members  of 
the  staff  toward  a  common  goal  of  promoting  the  learning  of  chil- 
dren. See  PSY  274. 

EDU  275  Teaching  of  Language  Arts  for  the  Learning  Handi- 
capped (3) 

In  this  course,  the  student  draws  upon  the  knowledge  and  skills 
requisite  for  effective  teaching  of  reading  and  language  arts  in  the 
regular  classroom.  He  learns  to  adapt  them  to  the  learning  abilities 
of  learning  handicapped  children.  This  course  may  be  taken  concur- 
rently with  student  teaching  or  completed  before  that  semester. 

EDU  276  Teaching  of  Mathematics,  Science  and  Social  Science  for 
the  Learning  Handicapped  (3) 

In  this  course  the  student  draws  upon  the  knowledge  and  skills 
requisite  for  effective  teaching  of  mathematics,  science  and  social 
science  in  the  regular  classroom.  He  learns  to  adapt  them  to  the 
learning  abilities  of  learning  handicapped  children.  This  course  may 
be  taken  concurrently  with  student  teaching,  or  completed  before 
that  semester. 

EDU  277  Language  and  Speech  Disorders  (3) 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  candidate  in  special  education  with  the 
normal  language  development,  and  with  the  causes,  characteristics, 
and  remediation  of  speech  disorders  and  defects  in  the  handicapped 
child.  Includes  observation  evaluation,  and  participation  in  pro- 
grams of  speech  development  and  therapy.  See  PSY  277. 


Courses  of  Instruction/85 


EDU  278  Supervised  Teaching:  Learning  Handicapped  (2-4) 

Gives  the  candidate  the  opportunity  to  develop  his  skills  in  translat- 
ing the  theory  and  content  of  the  pre-professional  and  professional 
courses  into  practice  in  the  actual  classroom  situation.  It  provides 
experience  in  all  aspects  of  teaching  the  learning  handicapped  chil- 
dren: assessment,  programming,  instruction,  management,  record 
maintenance,  evaluation  of  progress,  and  contacts  with  families  and 
community.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  up  to  a  maximum  of  4  units. 

EDU  280  The  Spanish  Speaking  Learner:  Development  and  Learn- 
ing (3) 

A  systematic  study  of  the  developmental  characteristics  of  the 
learner  in  a  Spanish-speaking  home  and  a  Spanish-American  cul- 
ture. Emphasis  is  placed  on  those  factors  influencing  social  adjust- 
ment, aptitudes,  achievement,  and  motivation.  The  relationship 
between  these  factors  and  current  curriculum  content  and  teaching 
strategies  is  examined.  Established  and  emerging  philosophies  and 
theories  of  bilingual  education  are  analyzed  by  means  of  lectures, 
research  reports,  discussion,  observations,  and  participation. 

EDU  281  Implementing  the  Bilingual/Cross-Cultural  Program  (3) 

A  course  designed  to  reexamine  the  curricula  of  the  schools  as 
approved  by  the  California  State  Board  of  Education.  Special  atten- 
tion will  be  given  to  the  Frameioork  for  Reading  and  the  Frameioork  for 
Bilingual-Bicultural  Education  and  English  as  a  Second  Language  for 
elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Prerequisite:  EDU  280. 

EDU  282  Professional  Practicum  for  the  Bilingual,  Cross-Cultural 
Specialist  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  specialist-candidate  the  opportu- 
nity to  obtain  firsthand  knowledge  and  competency  in  effecting  the 
instructional  program  for  the  bilingual,  cross-cultural  student  under 
the  supervision  of  authorized  public  school  and  college  personnel. 
This  involves  two  ten-week  periods  of  classroom  teaching  and  the 
fulfillment  of  the  related  responsibilities  expected  of  the  in-services 
specialist.  Equivalency  for  one  period  may  be  arranged  with  the 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Education.  Provision  for  K-12  field 
work  will  be  based  on  applicant's  experiences  and  basic  teaching 
credential. 

EDU  295  Thesis  Guidance  (3) 

EDU  296  Masters  Seminar  (3) 

Designed  to  provide  opportunity  for  the  candidate  to  develop  com- 
petency in  researching  a  current  issue  in  education,  analyzing  its 
operational  problem,  and  making  a  research  report.  Failure  to  com- 
plete the  seminar  work  in  one  semester  requires  the  student  to 
re-register  for  another  three  units  in  EDU  296. 

EDU  297  Fieldwork  (Administrative  Internship)  (4) 

Provides  students  with  opportunities  to  gain  knowledge  and  to 
develop  competencies  in  those  attitudes,  skills,  and  techniques  re- 
quired of  an  educational  administrator.  One  semester  of  work  is 
devoted  to  experiences  in  schools  and  school  districts.  Taken  con- 
currently with  EDU  211  and  EDU  218. 

EDU  298  Supervised  Field  Experience  —  Administration  and 
Supervision  (3  or  2-2) 

Directed  and  supervised  experience  in  the  supervision  of  instruction 
and  in  administrative  activities.  A  wide  variety  of  experiences  is 
offered  to  prepare  the  student  to  meet  many  situations  in  supervi- 
sion and  administration.  Approval  of  faculty  advisor  is  required. 

EDU  299AB  Special  Studies  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or  consent  of  department.  May  be  re- 
peated for  credit. 
EDU  301  Inservice  Education  (1-6) 


EDU  302  Inservice  Education 


(1-6) 


EDU  330A  Seminar  and  Practicum  (1-3) 

A  course  designed  to  present  content  and  evaluation  in  connection 
with  on  the  site  field  experiences  in  a  variety  of  activities.  Class 
meetings  accompany  the  field  work  either  on  campus  or  at  the  site. 
The  amount  of  credit  for  this  course  will  be  determined  by  the 
department. 

EDU  330B  Seminar  and  Practicum  (1-3) 

A  continuation  of  EDU  330A.  Approval  of  the  department  is  re- 
quired. 

EDU  333  Supervised  Practicum:  Pre-School  (4) 

Instruction  of  children  in  the  pre-school  under  the  direction  of  a 
master  teacher.  Conferences  with  teachers  and  supervisors  accom- 
pany this  work.  Prerequisite:  Departmental  approval. 

EDU  336  Supervised  Teaching:  English  As  A  Second  Language  — 
Elementary  (4) 

Instructing  students  in  English  as  a  Second  Language  in  the  elemen- 
tary school  under  the  direction  of  master  teachers.  Conferences  with 
teachers  and  supervisors  accompany  this  work.  Prerequisites:  EDU 
350]  or  EDU  351,  and  the  approval  of  the  Education  and  English  Depart- 
ments. 

Professional  Credit  Courses  (340-349):  Any  course  identified  as  a 
Professional  Credit  Course  may  be  submitted  for  equivalency 
evaluation  to  be  applied  to  a  Credential  or  Masters  program. 

EDU  340  Seminar  and  Practicum:  Teaching  Learning  Handicapped 
Children  (6) 

Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  experienced  teachers  who  wish  to 
become  more  proficient  in  evaluation,  programming,  and  teaching 
exceptional  children.  Six  weeks  of  supervised  teaching  in  conjunc- 
tion with  planning  periods,  observation,  and  seminars.  Two  weeks 
of  lecture  and  demonstration.  Teaching  methods  and  materials, 
approaches  to  evaluation  and  programming  are  included. 

EDU  341  Individualized  Educational  Programming  for  Learning 
Handicapped  Children:  Early  Childhood  (2) 

Focus  on  children  4-8  years  of  age,  kindergarten  through  third 
grade.  Pre-academics,  ability  training,  and  beginning  academic 
skills.  Opportunities  to  explore  a  variety  of  manipulative  materials 
which  make  concepts  and  skills  more  meaningful  and  interesting  for 
young  children.  Development  of  Individual  Educational  Program- 
ming using  techniques  demonstrated. 

EDU  342  Individualized  Educational  Programming  for  Learning 
Handicapped  Children:  Elementary  (2) 

Focus  on  children  9-12  years  of  age,  fourth  through  sixth  grade. 
Approaches  for  teaching  intermediate  academic  and  remedial  skills. 
Methods,  materials,  and  classroom  structure  for  children  with  learn- 
ing problems  are  explored  to  assist  the  teacher  to  individualize 
instruction  effectively. 

EDU  343  Individualized  Educational  Programming  for  Learning 
Handicapped  Children:  Adolescent  (2) 

Focus  on  students  12-16  years  of  age.  Emphasis  on  assessment  of 
learning  problems,  analysis  of  special  problems  faced  by  the  adoles- 
cent, individualization  of  instruction. 

EDU  345  Workshop  in  Special  Education  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

EDU  350J  Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching  English  as  a  Second 
Language  (3) 

Instruction  on  techniques  and  materials  applicable  in  a  wide  variety 
of  English  as  a  Second  Language  teaching  situations.  For  non- 
native  speakers  of  English.  Prerequisites:  ENG  104}  and  passing  of  the 
English  proficiency  examination. 


86/Courses  of  Instruction 


EDU  351  Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching  English  as  a  Second 
Language  (3) 

Instruction  on  techniques  and  materials  applicable  in  a  wide  variety 
of  English  as  a  Second  Language  teaching  situations.  For  native 
speakers  of  English.  Prerequisite:  ENG  204. 

EDU  360AB  Seminar  and  Practicum  for  Services  and  Specialist 
Credential  Program  Equivalency  (0) 

Only  those  who  have  had  courses/experience  which  apply  toward 
the  services  or  specialists  credentials  may  enroll.  Approval  of  adviser  of 
specific  program  is  required. 

EDU  378  Supervised  Teaching:  English  As  A  Second  Language  — 
Secondary  (3) 

Instructing  students  in  English  as  a  Second  Language  in  the  second- 
ary school  under  the  direction  of  master  teachers.  Conferences  with 
teachers  and  supervisors  accompany  this  course.  Prerequisites:  EDU 
350]  or  EDU  351  and  the  approval  of  the  Education  and  English  Depart- 
ments. 


English 


ENG  1AB  College  Writing  (2-2) 

Principles  and  practice  of  writing,  chiefly  expository,  with  attention 
to  critical  thinking  and  analytical  reading. 

ENG  2  Introduction  to  Literature  (3) 

Selected  novels,  plays,  and  poetry  studied  for  enjoyment  and  to 
introduce  the  student  to  the  criticism  of  literature. 

ENG  3  Basic  Writing  (3) 

A  study  of  basic  elements  of  writing  including  sentence  structure, 
paragraph  development,  and  mechanics.  Does  not  fulfill  college 
writing  requirement.  Student  must  obtain  a  C  or  better  to  qualify  for 
ENG  10A  or  ENG  10B. 

ENG  4  Introduction  to  College  writing  (3) 

From  thought  to  theme:  the  selection  of  a  suitable,  limited  topic;  the 
formulation  of  a  topic  sentence;  the  planning  and  organization  of 
ideas;  writing  the  first  draft;  revising  and  editing.  Admission  by 
placement;  2  hour  lab  requirement.  ENG  1  must  follow  successful 
completion  of  ENG  5.  Credit  for  ENG  4  may  not  be  counted  toward 
the  baccalaureate  degree. 

ENG  5AB  Honors  English  (1-1) 

Offered,  upon  invitation  by  the  Department,  to  outstanding 
freshmen.  First  semester  reading  of  selected  literature;  second 
semester  imaginative  writing. 

ENG  6  Imaginative  Writing  (3) 

An  introduction  to  free  and  structured  writing;  the  writing  of 
poems,  essays,  and  stories  to  develop  creativity  and  critical  appreci- 
ation. Prerequisite:  ENG  10 A  or  ENG  10B. 

ENG  7  College  Writing  and  Lab  (2) 

Principles  and  practice  of  writing,  chiefly  expository,  with  attention 
to  critical  thinking  and  analytical  reading.  Admission  by  placement. 
Students  will  work  in  writing  lab  as  prescribed  by  instructor.  This 
course  should  be  followed  by  ENG  IB. 

ENG  10AB  Communication  Skills  (3-3) 

A  core  element  of  the  Associate  in  Arts  program,  offering  integrated 
experiences  in  reading,  writing,  listening,  and  speaking.  One 
semester  required  for  A. A.  degree. 

ENG  11  Communication  Skills  for  the  Medical  Profession        (3) 

Principles  of  written  and  oral,  individual  and  group  communication 
with  an  emphasis  on  oral  techniques  in  producing  coherent  reports, 
specific  descriptions,  clear  directions,  and  logical  conclusions. 


ENG  17  Literary  Focus  (3) 

In-depth  study  of  works  selected  by  author,  theme,  or  genre.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit. 

ENG  18  Studies  in  World  Literature  (3) 

Study  of  major  works  in  world  literature,  representing  a  variety  of 
periods,  themes,  and  genres. 

ENG  21/121  Classical  Epic  and  Drama  (3) 

Reading  of  the  Iliad,  Odyssey,  Aeneid,  and  several  Greek  tragedies. 
Study  of  their  origins,  development,  meaning  to  the  ancient  world 
and  to  the  contemporary  reader. 

ENG  22/122  The  Bible  as  Literature  (3) 

Aspects  of  the  Bible  as  art  shaped  by  human  artifice.  Concerned 
with  characters  and  their  development  in  freedom;  with  literary 
elements  such  as  theme,  structure,  voice,  images,  movement. 

ENG  24/124  Study  of  Film  (3) 

Film  as  an  art  form,  a  study  of  techniques,  with  practice  in  viewing  to 
increase  awareness  and  enjoyment. 

ENG  26/126  The  American  Experience  (3) 

An  introduction  to  significant  American  myths  and  ideas  through  a 
study  of  selected  American  writing. 

ENG  34  Pre-School  Literature  (3) 

A  survey  of  children's  literature  for  lower  division  students  in- 
terested in  working  with  pre-school  and  primary  grade  children. 

ENG  54  Studies  in  American  Literature  (3) 

A  study  of  poetry,  fiction,  and  non-fiction  representative  of  periods 
or  trends  in  American  literature. 

ENG  61  How  to  Read  Fiction  (1) 

Introduction  to  the  reading  of  fiction,  both  short  and  long,  as  an  art 
form;  some  emphasis  on  its  evolution  and  power  to  widen  the 
reader's  experience. 

ENG  62  How  To  Read  Poetry  (1) 

Introduction  to  poetry  reading  and  explication,  moving  from  simple 
to  complex  forms,  intended  to  enable  the  student  to  experience  and 
enjoy  poetry  as  an  art. 

ENG  63  How  To  Read  a  Play  (1) 

Introductory  study  of  ways  to  respond  to  a  printed  play;  attention  to 
translating  the  written  text  into  visualized  mental  performance. 

ENG  73  Shakespeare  (3) 

A  study  of  selected  Shakespearean  plays  and  poetry. 

ENG  75/175  Selected  Novelists  (2-3) 

Reading  of  major  novelists  from  selected  literary  periods.  Close 
study  of  language  and  structure  as  they  embody  and  reveal  mean- 
ing. Prerequisite:  ENG  2  or  ENG  61.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

ENG  76/176  Selected  Poets  (2-3) 

In-depth  reading  and  study  of  the  work  of  several  major  poets  from 
various  literary  periods.  Comparison  and  contrast  of  related  poems/ 
themes/forms.  Prerequisite:  ENG  2  or  ENG  62.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit. 

ENG  77/177  Selected  Dramatists  (2-3) 

Reading  of  major  playwrights  from  selected  literary  periods;  consid- 
eration of  literary,  historical,  and  technical  questions.  Prerequisite: 
ENG  2  or  ENG  63. 

ENG  91  Directed  Study  (1-3) 

Study  in  a  field  of  special  interest,  under  the  direction  of  a  depart- 
ment member.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


Courses  of  Instruction/87 


ENG  92  Special  Studies  (3) 

Exploration  of  special  interest  areas  in  the  study  of  language  and 
literature.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

ENG  93/193  Independent  Reading  (1-3) 

Reading  from  works  of  some  importance;  student  choices  guided  by 
lists  arranged  by  period  or  genre.  Although  course  may  be  repeated, 
the  student  is  limited  to  three  units  total.  Arrange  with  instructor. 
Prerequisite:  At  least  one  college-level  course  in  literature. 

ENG  94  Communication  Skills  Laboratory  (1-3) 

Individual  instruction  in  communication  skills  —  reading,  writing, 
listening,  speaking.  Not  transferrable  towards  Bachelor's  degree  at 
Chalon.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  a  maximum  of  6  units 
towards  A. A.  degree. 

ENG  95  Special  Studies  in  College  Writing  (1) 

Intensive  experience  in  expository  writing  with  emphasis  on  logical 
development  of  ideas  and  effective  style.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in 
ENG  10  A  or  ENG  10B,  or  equivalent.  Strongly  recommended  for  A.  A. 
students  transferring  to  four-year  colleges.  Required  for  A. A.  stu- 
dents who  have  completed  ENG  10A  or  B  and  who  are  transferring 
to  Chalon.  A. A.  students  transferring  to  Chalon  and  who  have 
completed  only  ENG  10A  or  B  and  not  ENG  95  at  Doheny  are 
required  to  take  ENG  IB  at  Chalon. 

ENG  96/196  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

ENG  100/200  English  Linguistics  (3) 

A  diachronic  and  synchronic  approach  to  the  linguistic  analysis  of 
English;  special  focus  on  problems  in  the  history  and  structure  of  the 
English  language  relevant  to  teachers  in  bilingual  and  cross-cultural 
programs.  Prerequisite:  Demonstration  of  competency  in  traditional  Eng- 
lish grammar. 

ENG  101  History  of  the  English  Language  (3) 

Study  of  the  history  and  development  of  the  English  language  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  phenomena  operative  in  language  change. 

ENG  102/202  Structure  of  Modern  English  (3) 

Introduction  to  varieties  of  contemporary  linguistic  theories  and 
their  application  to  modern  American  English;  study  of  transforma- 
tional grammar. 

ENG  105  Advanced  Composition  (3) 

Developing  practice  in  clear  prose  exposition;  study  of  style  and  the 
basic  structure  of  the  language. 

ENG  106  Creative  Writing  (1-6) 

Exercise  in  creating  short  stories  and  poems  from  experience  and 
observation.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  up  to  a  total  of  six  units;  at 
least  two  units  required  of  English  majors.  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

ENG  107  Writing  for  Television  (3) 

Study  of  the  broad  field  of  television  writing;  practice  in  the  areas  of 
drama  and  comedy;  occasional  opportunities  to  meet  and  discuss 
their  craft  with  working  writers. 

ENG  134  Children's  Literature  (3) 

Wide  reading  of  children's  books:  study  of  critics  in  the  field,  and  of 
artist  illustrators. 

ENG  142  Literary  History  of  England  and  America  (3) 

Overview  of  the  literary  culture  of  England  and  America  from  the 
beginnings  to  the  present,  focusing  on  the  relationship  between 
social  conditions  and  literary  production.  Critical  examination  of  the 
"historical  approach"  to  literature. 


ENG  143  English  Literature  from  the  Beginnings  to  1660        (3-6) 

Major  works  of  the  medieval  and  renaissance  periods  studied  in  the 
light  of  their  historical  contexts.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  up  to  a 
total  of  six  units. 

ENG  144  English  Literature  from  1660  to  1914  (3-6) 

Major  works  of  the  Enlightenment,  Romantic,  and  Victorian  periods 
studied  in  the  light  of  their  historical  contexts.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit  up  to  a  total  of  six  units. 

ENG  145  American  Literature  from  the  Beginnings  to  1914    (3-6) 

Major  works  of  colonial,  early  federal,  and  nineteenth-century 
America  studied  in  the  light  of  their  historical  contexts.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  up  to  a  total  of  six  units. 

ENG  146  English  and  American  Literature  from  1914  to  the 
Present  (3-6) 

Study  of  major  works  of  modem  England  and  America;  considera- 
tion of  how  the  literature  reflects  the  condition  of  society  after  the 
outbreak  of  World  War  I.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  up  to  a  total  of 
six  units. 

ENG  154/254  Selected  American  Writers  (3) 

In-depth  critical  reading  of  a  few  American  writers,  selected  to  give 
insight  into  the  literature  and  ideas  of  a  significant  period  or  move- 
ment in  American  culture.  Prerequisite:  ENG  2,  ENG  26,  ENG  54, 
ENG  126  or  ENG  145.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

ENG  171  Dante,  "The  Divine  Comedy"  (3) 

A  close  reading  and  explication  of  the  Comedy  as  a  supreme  work  of 
art;  focus  on  its  major  structural  principle. 

ENG  172  Chaucer  (3) 

Readings  in  the  poetry  of  Chaucer,  principally  the  Canterbury  Tales 
and  Troilus  and  Criseyde,  with  reference  to  the  minor  works. 

ENG  173  Shakespeare  (3-6) 

Appreciation  of  Shakespeare's  range  and  art  as  a  playwright 
through  study  of  works  from  different  periods  of  his  development; 
combination  of  in-depth  and  background  study.  Prerequisite:  ENG  2, 
ENG  63,  or  ENG  73.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  up  to  a  total  of  six 
units. 

ENG  181  Theory  and  Criticism  (3) 

Advanced  study  in  methods  of  examining  and  discussing  literature. 
Practice  in  literary  analysis.  Consideration  of  selected  major  critical 
theories  and  documents. 

ENG  182  Television  Today  (3) 

Analysis  and  criticism  of  current  television  programs  and  profes- 
sional television  criticism;  a  broad  study  of  administrative,  produc- 
tion, and  creative  processes  in  television;  occasional  visits  to  televi- 
sion programs  in  production. 

ENG  190  Internship  (1-6) 

Students  are  placed  and  supervised  in  business  or  administrative 
positions  that  make  use  of  the  skills  developed  in  the  major  study. 
Usually  taken  in  final  term  of  residence.  Prerequisites  vary  and  are 
determined  in  consultation  with  the  departmental  coordinator. 

ENG  191/291  Directed  Study  (1-3) 

Study  in  a  field  of  special  interest,  under  the  direction  of  a  depart- 
ment member.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

ENG  192/292  Special  Studies  (3) 

In-depth  exploration  of  special  interest  areas  in  the  study  of  lan- 
guage and  literature;  interdisciplinary  and  cross-disciplinary 
studies;  investigations  into  literature  and  ideas.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit. 


88/Courses  of  Instruction 


ENG  199  Senior  Paper  (0-1) 

Senior  English  majors  must  complete  a  critical,  research,  or  creative 
essay  under  the  direction  of  a  department  member;  they  enroll  in 
ENG  199  during  the  term  in  which  they  complete  the  work.  Occa- 
sionally an  outstanding  paper  earns  one  unit  of  credit. 

ENG  204  Comparative  Bilingual  Studies  (3) 

Provides  the  academic  background  and  practical  experience  for 
making  contrasting  analyses  on  the  levels  of  phonology,  morphol- 
ogy, syntax,  and  graphology.  Special  attention  is  given  to  relating 
the  techniques  and  results  of  such  analyses  to  bilingual  and  English 
as  a  second  language  teaching  situation.  Prerequisite:  ENG  100  or 
ENG  200. 

English  As  A  Second  Language 

ESL  7J  Beginning  English  as  a  Second  Language  (0) 

Intensive  basic  English  for  foreign  students. 

ESL  8J  Intermediate  English  as  a  Second  Language  (3) 

Intermediate  drill  in  English  language  skills  for  foreign  students; 
grammar,  composition,  reading.  Prerequisite:  ESL  7]  or  instructor's 
signature. 

ESL  9J  Advanced  English  as  a  Second  Language  (3) 

Advanced  English  language  study  for  foreign  students:  grammar, 
composition.  Prerequisite:  ESL  8]. 

ESL  103J  Studies  in  Language  and  Communication  (3) 

A  multi-dimensional  approach  to  language:  listening,  speaking, 
reading,  writing. 

ESL  104J  Bilingual  Comparative  Studies  (3) 

Systematic  analysis  of  English  and  Spanish  language  patterns.  Pre- 
requisite: ESL  9]. 

ESL  105J,  ESL  106J  Advanced  Composition  for  Foreign 
Students  (3-3) 

Development  of  writing  skills;  style  of  written  English.  Prerequisite: 
ESL  9]. 

ESL  125J  Approaches  to  Literature  (3) 

Study  of  a  selection  of  great  works;  experience  in  critical  and  creative 
reading.  May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Prerequisite:  ESL  9). 

ESL  128J,  ESL  129J  Introduction  to  Literature  for  Foreign 
Students  (3-3) 

Reading  in  English  and  American  literature;  vocabulary,  com- 
prehension. Prerequisite:  ESL  9}. 

French 

FRE  1,  FRE  2  Elementary  French  (3-3) 

Develops  fundamental  skills:  speaking,  reading,  understanding, 
writing.  Use  of  language  laboratory  is  required.  Classes  feature 
active  practice  and  exchange  in  French. 

FRE  3  Intermediate  French  (3) 

Continues  the  development  of  all  four  language  skills,  emphasizing 
vocabulary  building,  perfecting  pronunciation,  increasing  fluency. 
Language  laboratory  use  is  required.  Class  conducted  in  French. 

FRE  4AB  Intermediate  French  (3-3) 

Continues  the  development  of  the  four  language  skills.  Selected 
literature  and  culture  readings  discussed  and  analyzed  in  French  to 
enrich  vocabulary  and  improve  writing  ability. 

FRE  8  Phonetics  and  Conversation  (3) 

Concentrates  on  the  fundamentals  of  phonetics,  vocabulary  build- 
ing and  conversation  at  the  intermediate  level  with  emphasis  on 
correct  intonation  and  pronunciation.  Prerequisite:  FRE  3. 


FRE  25  Advanced  Grammar  (3) 

A  thorough  review  of  the  structure  of  the  language  with  concentra- 
tion on  the  more  complex  points  of  French  grammar;  exercises  in 
prose  composition.  Prerequisite:  FRE  4AB. 

FRE  32/132  History  and  Civilization  of  France  (3) 

A  background  course  for  the  study  of  French  literature.  Historical, 
social,  and  cultural  development  of  France  with  emphasis  on  con- 
temporary aspects  of  French  civilization.  Prerequisite:  FRE  4AB. 

FRE  94/194  Study/Travel  (1-6) 

FRE  101  Stylistics  and  Composition  (3) 

Exercises  in  rhetoric,  stylistic  analysis;  original  compositions.  Pre- 
requisite: FRE  25. 

FRE  112AB  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  French  Literature     (3-3) 

An  introduction  to  poetry,  prose  fiction  and  drama,  tracing  the 
development  of  each  genre  from  the  middle  ages  to  the  end  of  World 
War  II.  Special  attention  given  to  literary  theory  and  criticism  of 
works  studied. 

A.  From  the  Middle  Ages  through  the  French  Revolution. 

B.  From  the  French  Revolution  to  World  War  II. 
Prerequisite:  FRE  4AB. 

FRE  123  Literary  Expression  of  Medieval  and  Renaissance 
Thought  (3) 

Themes,  ideas,  and  forms  of  medieval  and  renaissance  literature  as 
an  expression  of  the  life,  thought  and  attitudes  of  the  times.  Poetry, 
prose,  drama,  Prerequisite:  FRE  112A. 

FRE  125  Masterpieces  of  the  17th  Century:  Prose  and  Poetry    (3) 

Study  of  the  different  trends  in  prose  and  poetry  with  analysis  of  the 
major  works.  Prerequisite:  FRE  112 AB. 

FRE  126  The  Classical  Theatre:  Corneille,  Racine  and  Moliere(3) 

A  study  of  French  Classicism  as  it  is  exemplified  in  the  tragedies  of 
Corneille  and  Racine,  and  the  comedies  of  Moliere.  Prerequisite:  FRE 
112AB. 

FRE  127  The  Age  of  Enlightenment  (3) 

A  study  of  the  artistic  and  intellectual  trends  of  the  eighteenth 
century  as  revealed  by  the  major  poets,  dramatists,  and  prose  writ- 
ers of  the  period;  the  intellectual  origins  of  the  French  Revolution. 
Prerequisite:  FRE  112AB. 

FRE  129  The  Literary  Genres  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  (3) 

A  study  of  the  artistic  and  intellectual  currents  of  the  nineteenth 
century  as  revealed  by  the  major  poets,  novelists  and  dramatists  of 
the  period.  Interpretation  and  analysis  of  selected  works.  Prerequi- 
site: FRE  112  AB. 

FRE  134  Twentieth  Century  Literary  Trends  (3) 

Intensive  study  of  the  different  trends  of  contemporary  poetry, 
theater  and  novel  with  analysis  and  interpretation  of  selected 
works.  Prerequisite:  FRE  112AB. 

FRE  190AB  Special  Studies  (3-3) 

Courses  designed  to  investigate  in-depth  areas  of  special  literary 
interest:  genres,  authors,  themes.  Internship  program  in  areas  re- 
lated to  French. 

FRE  191  Senior  Thesis  (1) 

French  majors  must  complete  a  senior  thesis  in  literature  under  the 
direction  of  a  department  member.  They  enroll  in  FRE  191,  Senior 
Thesis,  during  the  term  in  which  they  complete  the  work.  Upon 
acceptance  of  the  paper  by  the  department,  the  student  receives  one 
unit  of  credit  and  no  grade. 

FRE  199AB  Independent  Studies  (1-3;  1-3) 

Directed  readings  and  research.  For  qualified  students  with  the 
approval  of  the  department. 


Courses  of  Instruction/89 


German 

GER  1,  GER  2,  GER  3  Elementary  German  (3-3-3) 

Develops  fundamental  skills  in  understanding,  speaking,  reading 
and  writing.  Intensive  use  of  the  language  laboratory. 

GER  4,  GER  5  Intermediate  German  (3-3) 

Conversation  stressed.  Introduction  to  culture  and  civilization  of  the 
German-speaking  peoples.  Prerequisite:  GER  3  or  equivalent. 


History 


HIS  1AB  Western  Civilization  (3-3) 

An  historical  study  of  the  major  elements  in  man's  heritage  de- 
signed to  introduce  the  student  to  the  ideas,  attitudes,  and  institu- 
tions basic  to  western  civilization. 

HIS  5/105  European  Leaders  and  Ideas  in  Ferment  and  Flux 

A  study  of  the  major  people  and  forces  which  shaped  European 
culture  and  institutions  from  the  mid-19th  century  to  the  present. 

HIS  7ABC  American  Civilization  —  Colonial  and  Revolutionary 
Traditions  (1-1-1) 

This  course  will  spotlight  the  colonial  and  revolutionary  traditions 
as  well  as  trace  their  contributions  to  the  thought  and  values  in 
American  character.  Emphasis  on  the  Puritan  tradition,  pre- 
Revolutionary  America,  and  constitutionalism  in  a  new  nation. 

HIS  7DEF  American  Civilization  —  19th  Century  (1-1-1) 

This  offering  will  feature  three  developments  in  the  19th  century 
which  shaped  American  society  and  its  values.  The  areas  selected 
will  be  the  multi-faceted  Jacksonian  period,  the  slave  system  in 
Southern  culture  and  the  development  of  business  enterprise  in  the 
post-Civil  War  era. 

HIS  7GHI  American  Civilization  —  20th  Century  (1-1-1) 

This  course  is  aimed  at  in-depth  examination  of  three  pivotal  epochs 
in  modern  American  development:  the  progressive  Reform  Era,  the 
New  Deal  Economic  changes  and  the  post-World  War  II  foreign 
policy  revolution.  Each  part  will  focus  on  the  dominant  themes  and 
currents  which  shaped  American  values.  Fulfills  CPE  requirement. 

HIS  17  Trends  in  American  History  and  Institutions  (3) 

The  constitutional  problems  of  the  American  Revolution,  the  found- 
ing of  the  American  Republic,  the  later  crises  brought  on  by  sec- 
tionalism and  slavery,  the  socio-economic  implications  of  these 
crises,  the  evolution  of  the  presidency  since  1900,  the  changing 
relationships  of  the  federal  government  to  the  economy,  and  the 
growth  of  executive  power. 

HIS  22/122  Europe:  Knights,  Monks,  Monarchs,  and  Merchants  (3) 

The  high  middle  ages;  Church  and  State;  rise  of  the  feudal  monar- 
chies; the  dynamics  of  medieval  culture  as  reflected  in  literature,  art, 
education,  law,  science,  and  philosophy. 

HIS  25/125  Cultural  and  Historical  Geography  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  basic  cultural  elements  of  geography,  of  their  corre- 
lation with  the  physical  elements,  and  of  the  geographic  factors 
basic  to  the  study  of  history  and  the  social  sciences. 

HIS  27  U.S.  History  and  Institutions  for  Foreign  Students        (3) 

The  constitutional  problems  of  the  American  Revolution,  the  found- 
ing of  the  American  Republic,  the  later  crises  brought  on  by  sec- 
tionalism and  slavery,  the  socio-economic  implications  of  these 
crisis,  the  evolution  of  the  presidency  since  1900,  the  changing 
relationships  of  the  federal  government  to  the  economy,  and  the 
growth  of  executive  power.  Limited  to  foreign  students.  Fulfills  CPE 
requirement. 


HIS  42/142  Europe:  Politics  and  Theology  in  the  Age  of  Reforma- 
tion (3) 

An  examination  of  the  currents  and  influences  of  religious  disunity, 
the  Reformation,  dynastic  wars,  and  the  counter- Reformation. 

HIS  75/175  U.S.  The  Twentieth  Century  (3) 

A  studv  of  the  twentieth  century  aspects  of  American  life,  national 
and  international  problems;  the  place  of  the  United  States  in  world 
affairs.  Fulfills  CPE  requirement. 

HIS  76/176  The  American  Democratic  Republic  (3) 

This  course  emphasizes  the  historical  development  of  the  United 
States  as  illustrated  in  the  federal  and  state  constitutions,  the  courts, 
and  the  legislature;  the  power  of  the  executive  as  policy  maker;  the 
development  of  foreign  policy.  Fulfills  CPE  requirement,  not  gener- 
ally accepted  as  part  of  the  history  major. 

HIS  93/193ABCD  Studies  in  Selected  Historical  Problems/ 
Topics  (3-3-3-3) 

The  course  will  reflect  special  areas  of  research  by  various  faculty 
members  and  visiting  lecturers.  The  particular  area  of  study  will  be 
announced  in  the  semester  schedules. 

HIS  101  The  Writing  of  History  (3) 

An  examination  and  practice  of  the  methods  of  modern  research  and 
the  particular  tools  of  history:  chronology,  analysis,  and  interpreta- 
tion. Attention  is  given  to  the  craft  of  working  with  different  sources 
and  the  development  of  style.  This  course  will  include  a  research 
paper. 

HIS  112  Economic  History  of  Europe  (3) 

The  rise  and  spread  of  commerce  and  capitalism  in  Western  Europe; 
a  critical  evaluation  of  the  concept  of  the  Industrial  Revolution;  the 
economic  development  of  the  modern  European  state;  the  process 
of  economic  cooperation  and  integration. 

HIS  113  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  (3) 

See  ECO  113. 

HIS  121  The  Early  Medieval  World  (3) 

Heirs  of  the  Roman  Empire,  Byzantium,  Western  Europe,  and  Is- 
lam, Carolingian  Europe  and  new  invasions;  feudalism;  territorial, 
economic,  and  religious  frontiers. 

HIS  124AB  History  and  Civilization  of  the  Near  East  (3-3) 

A.  Islamic  Civilization:  From  Mohammed  to  the  18th  century.  A 
history  of  the  revelation  received  by  Mohammed  and  of  the  Arab, 
Iranian  and  Ottoman  Turkish  societies  based  on  the  Koran.  The 
contact  of  Christian  Islamic  soldiers,  merchants,  philosophers,  ar- 
chitects and  artists  studied  through  events  such  as  the  Crusades  and 
the  fall  of  Constantinople  and  by  means  of  the  literature  and  visual 
arts  of  the  age.  B.  Muslim,  Christian  and  Jewish  nations:  From  the 
decline  of  the  cosmopolitan  Ottoman  Turkish  and  Iranian  empires 
in  the  18th  century  to  the  emergence  of  the  contemporary  nation 
states.  Persia  and  Egypt  as  examples  of  Islamic  nationalism  versus 
European  imperialism;  the  background  of  Turkish-Christian  and 
Arab-Jewish  conflict. 

HIS  141  Europe:  The  Age  of  Transition  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  transition  from  medieval  to  early  modern 
European  society  with  emphasis  on  theological,  humanistic,  and 
cultural  achievements. 

HIS  143  Europe:  The  Old  Regime  and  the  Enlightenment,  1660- 
1789  (3) 

The  European  search  for  security  and  the  effort  to  reconcile  the  Old 
Regime  with  the  New  Science  of  the  Enlightenment.  An  examina- 
tion of  the  attempts  to  maintain  the  political  balance  and  growth  of 
forces  leading  to  the  modern  world. 


90/Courses  of  Instruction 


HIS  146  Europe:  The  Age  of  Revolution  and  Nationalism,  1789- 
1871  (3) 

A  studv  of  class  conflicts,  culture  and  nationalism  in  the  period  from 
the  beginning  of  the  French  revolution  to  the  unification  of  Italy  and 
Germany  and  the  Commune  of  Paris.  The  intellectual  and  artistic 
achievements  of  figures  such  as  Goya,  Beethoven,  Stendhal,  Dar- 
win, Marx,  and  Wagner  will  be  treated  in  relation  to  the  political, 
social  and  cultural  trends  of  this  period. 

HIS  147  Europe:  The  Age  of  Imperialism  and  Totalitarianism, 

1871-1945  (3) 

The  history  of  Europe  in  the  German  era  from  the  establishment  of 
the  Second  Reich  to  the  collapse  of  the  Third.  A  study  of  soceity  and 
culture  in  nations  preparing  for  and  conducting  total  war.  The 
intellectual  and  artistic  achievement  of  figures  such  as  Nietzsche, 
Freud,  Mann,  Nijinsky,  Orwell,  and  Picasso  will  be  treated  in  rela- 
tion to  the  political  and  intellectual  currents  of  the  period. 

HIS  148AB  History  of  Russia  (3-3) 

A.  Russia  to  1860.  A  survey  of  the  political,  economic,  and  social 
developments,  and  of  foreign  relations  in  the  Kievan,  Muscovite, 
and  St.  Petersburg  periods. 

B.  Russia  from  1860  to  present.  Reform  and  radical  movements, 
international  politics,  the  era  of  revolutions  in  Russia,  and  the  for- 
mation. Internal  developments  and  foreign  relations  of  the  Soviet 
Union. 

HIS  160  The  Social  History  of  Spain  (3) 

The  course  deals  with  the  period  since  the  Reconquest,  with  em- 
phasis on  the  crises  in  religious  life,  regional  integration  and  class 
relations,  culminating  in  the  civil  war  of  the  20th  century. 

HIS  162AB  History  and  Civilization  of  Latin  America  (3-3) 

A.  Latin  American  Civilization 

A  survey  of  pre-Columbian  and  Latin  American  social  and  cultural 
history,  with  stress  on  the  values  and  institutions  which  have 
created  modern  society  in  the  Latin  American  world. 

B.  Latin  American  Nations 

A  study  of  selected  major  nations  of  topical  interest  and  of  the  role  of 
the  revolution,  military  dictatorship,  and  reform  as  vehicles  of  mod- 
ernization. May  be  repeated  with  the  consent  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  165AB/265AB  History  of  the  Spanish-Speaking  Peoples  of  the 
United  States  (3-3) 

A.  Latin  American  Culture 

A  survey  of  the  indigenous  civilizations,  the  influence  of  Spain  and 
of  the  modern  impact  of  the  United  States,  with  stress  on  the  social 
and  cultural  changes  in  Mexico  which  have  caused  migration 
northward.  Reference  to  the  history  of  other  nations  which  have 
representation  in  Southern  California. 

B.  The  Spanish-Speaking  in  the  United  States 

A  study  of  the  Spanish-speaking  peoples  in  the  United  States  today. 
The  history,  contemporary  status,  and  emerging  future  of  the  Mexi- 
can Americans,  with  attention  to  the  Puerto  Ricans,  Cubans,  and 
other  communities  of  importance  to  Southern  California. 

HIS  170  The  Expanding  Atlantic  Community:  The  Colonial  Era  (3) 

The  study  of  the  founding  and  of  the  political,  social,  and  economic 
history  of  the  thirteen  colonies  and  their  neighbors,  with  attention  to 
European  backgrounds. 

HIS  171  U.S.:  Revolutionaries  and  Constitutionalists  (3) 

The  American  Revolution,  Confederation,  and  union  under  the 
Constitution;  the  social,  economic,  and  cultural  development  of  the 
United  States  to  1800. 


HIS  172  U.S.:  Jeffersonianism  and  Jacksonianism  (3) 

The  political  and  social  history  of  the  United  States  from  1801  to 
1850;  political  developments,  western  settlements,  territorial  expan- 
sion, economic  developments,  and  the  roots  of  intersectional  con- 
flict. 

HIS  173  U.S.  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  Era  (3) 

Concentration  on  the  causes  underlying  the  outbreak  of  the  conflict 
between  the  North  and  South;  the  formation  of  the  Confederate 
States;  the  war  years;  reconstruction  and  its  effect  on  American 
civilization. 

HIS  174  U.S.  Industrialism,  Populism  and  Progressive  Reform  (3) 

A  study  covering  the  rise  of  American  industrialism  in  the  1860's 
through  labor  trends,  the  Populist  Revolt,  Imperialism,  and 
Progressive  Reforms  of  Roosevelt,  Taft,  and  Wilson. 

HIS  178  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  factors  entering  into  the  formation  and  the  carrying 
out  of  American  foreign  policy,  with  emphasis  on  twentieth  century 
developments  and  post  World  War  II  problems. 

HIS  179  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States  (3) 

The  evolution  of  the  fundamental  characteristics  and  trends  in 
American  Constitutional  development  with  emphasis  on  contem- 
porary problems.  Fulfills  CPE  requirement.  Consent  of  instructor 
necessary  for  non-majors  and  non-minors. 

HIS  181  The  American  West  (3) 

A  consideration  of  the  special  problems  in  American  history  result- 
ing from  the  impact  of  civilization  on  an  open  frontier.  The  Turner 
thesis  is  examined  and  the  particular  characteristics  and  contribu- 
tions of  the  fur-trading,  mining,  cattle,  and  farming  frontiers  are 
studied. 

HIS  188  California  History  (3) 

The  social,  economic,  cultural,  and  institutional  development  of 
California  through  the  Spanish,  Mexican,  and  American  periods; 
the  influence  of  the  development  of  the  Pacific  Coast  on  the  United 
States,  nationally  and  internationally. 

HIS  190  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

HIS  197 ABC  Readings  in  Historical  Literature  (1-3) 

Individual  programs  of  reading  on  significant  historical  topics  or 
fields.  Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  pertinent  books  of  the 
past  and  present.  Limited  to  majors  in  history. 

HIS  198  Historiography  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  most  significant  hisorians  and  historical 
works.  Evaluation  of  representative  historians,  including  their  (1) 
philosophy  of  history,  (2)  methods  of  gathering  information,  (3)  use 
and  criticism  of  sources,  (4)  credibility,  and  (5)  artistic  presentation. 
Required  of  history  majors  in  the  senior  year. 

HIS  208ABCD  Seminar:  Selected  Historical  Problems  or 
Topics  (3-3-3-3) 

Particular  area  or  subject  announced  in  the  schedule. 

HIS  254ABCD  Seminar:  Selected  Areas  of  European  History 

(3-3-3-3) 

HIS  262AB  Seminar:  Latin  American  History  (3-3) 

HIS  270ABCD  Seminar:  U.S.  History  (3-3-3-3) 

HIS  293  Problems  in  Methods  and  Techniques  of  teaching  History 
and  the  Social  Sciences  (3) 

Required  for  MAT  in  history.  Includes  methods  and  techniques  but 
emphasizes  comprehension,  organization  and  presentation  of 


Courses  of  Instruction/91 


materials  together  with  bibliography,  with  attention  to  integrated 

role  of  the  social  sciences  in  the  teaching  process. 

HIS  295  Guidance  and  Preparation  for  the  M.A.T.  Examination  (0) 

Human  Services 

HSP  94/194  Gerontology  Seminar  (2) 

An  examination  of  the  current  issues  and  trends  operative  in  society 
today  with  an  emphasis  on  their  effects  on  the  quality  of  life  of  the 
aging  American. 

HSP  196  Thanatology  Seminar  (3) 

A  multi-discipline  approach  to  death  and  dying.  Some  foci  will  be 
literary  themes  and  philosophical  and  religious  questions  which 
deal  with  personal  and  cultural  attitudes  toward  death,  and  the 
biological  aspects  of  the  dying  process. 


Interdisciplinary 


INT  4/104ABCDEFGH  Civilization  and  Culture  (Each  module 
IV2-IV2)  (12) 

Each  self-contained  module  explores  a  cultural  age  or  epoch  using  a 
dominant  figure,  idea  or  social  movement  as  the  focal  point.  Each  is 
an  interdisciplinary  offering  bringing  together  the  appropriate  dis- 
ciplines from  art,  economics,  history,  literature,  music,  philosophy, 
political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  and  theology. 

Ancient  World  to  500  A.D. 

A.  The  Age  of  Pericles:  The  Golden  Age  of  5th  Century  B.C.  A  study 
of  fifth  century  B.C.  Athens  in  the  time  of  Pericles.  Examination  of 
the  achievements  and  failures  of  democracy  and  its  extraordinary 
cultural  contributions  to  world  civilization. 

B.  The  Age  of  Augustus  in  Rome.  A  study  of  imperial  Rome  in  the 
time  of  Caesar  Augustus.  Examination  of  conditions  in  the  Empire 
during  the  Pax  Romana  and  the  cultural  achievements  of  this  Golden 
Age  in  world  civilization. 

Medieval  and  Renaissance,  500-1600 

C.  The  Age  of  Aquinas  in  the  13th  Century.  "The  Age  of  Aquinas"  or 
"How  to  be  Really  Gothic!"  involves  a  survey  of  the  twelfth- 
thirteenth  centuries  from  the  viewpoint  of  gothic  style  and  its  influ- 
ence on  structure  and  content  in  philosophy,  literature,  music,  art 
and  society. 

D.  The  Age  of  the  Renaissance.  This  module  attempts  to  understand 
"the  Renaissance  man"  in  a  time  extraordinarily  rich  in  culture  and 
in  influence  on  modern  history. 

Early  Modern  World,  1500-1800 

E.  Age  of  Louis  XIV  in  17th  Century  France.  This  is  a  study  of  French 
institutions  and  culture  in  the  reign  of  the  "Sun  King."  Both  the 
golden  age  of  French  culture  and  the  social  attitudes  of  the  lower 
classes  are  the  focus  of  this  historical  period. 

F.  The  Industrial  Revolution.  The  factors  which  led  to  the  industri- 
alization in  England  as  well  as  its  cultural  and  institutional  influ- 
ences are  the  basis  for  this  eighteenth  century  economic  investiga- 
tion. 

The  Modern  World,  1800  to  Present 

G.  The  Age  of  Romanticism.  The  literary  figures  of  the  early 
nineteenth  century  are  the  center  for  interpreting  the  multi-faceted 
aesthetic  and  cultural  aspects  of  the  Romantic  Movement.  The  pri- 
mary focus  is  on  English  and  German  developments. 

H.  The  age  of  Dictatorship  —  Nazi  Germany.  The  rise  of  authorita- 
rian role  in  the  twentieth  century  —  Germany  in  particular  —  is  the 
main  thrust  of  this  historical  study.  The  social  and  economic  pat- 
terns that  brought  this  development  about  and  later  supported  the 
Nazi  regime  are  the  central  themes  for  analysis. 


INT  20/120  Mythology  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  mythology;  the  historical  and  social 
significance  of  mythology  in  various  cultures. 

INT  31/131  Focus  I  (2) 

A  seminar  for  women  returning  to  higher  education  designed  to 
focus  personal  goals  and  academic  options,  to  provide  supportive 
discussion  of  the  problems  of  "re-entry"  and  to  consider  the  risks 
and  rewards  of  reassessment  and  growth.  The  course  seeks  to 
heighten  one's  ability  to  see,  power  to  act  more  resolutely,  wisdom 
to  accept  both  the  consequences  and  the  continuing  questions. 

INT  32/132  Focus  II  (2) 

A  seminar  for  women  returning  to  higher  education  designed  to 
focus  the  problem  of  knowledge:  the  process,  its  extent  and  limits, 
its  power  and  responsibilities,  its  application  to  problems  in  con- 
temporary society.  The  question  is  approached  from  an  interdiscip- 
linary point  of  vie  w  with  a  panel  of  guest  faculty  present  at  each  class 
meeting. 

INT  94/194  Study/Travel:  Seminar  (1-6) 

INT  95/195  Study/Travel:  European  History  and  Culture         (1-6) 

INT  180  Seminar  in  Ideas  and  Culture  (3) 

An  interdisciplinary  seminar  in  a  selected  period  or  movement  in 
European  or  American  civilization;  emphasis  on  historical,  literary, 
and  philosophical  sources.  Specific  topics  will  be  announced  in 
semester  schedules.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

Italian 

ITA  1,  ITA  2,  ITA  3  Elementary  Italian  (3-3-3) 

Develops  fundamental  skills  in  understanding,  speaking,  reading 
and  writing.  Intensive  use  of  the  language  laboratory. 

ITA  4,  ITA  5  Intermediate  Italian  (3-3) 

Stress  is  laid  on  conversational  Italian;  culture  and  civilization  are 
introduced.  Prerequisite:  ITA  3  or  equivalent. 


Journalism 


JRN  8AB/108AB  Journalism  (3-3) 

Instruction  and  practice  in  various  forms  of  journalistic  writing: 
news,  interpretation,  features,  opinion. 

JRN  9/109  Journalism  Workshop  (1-3) 

View  practicum;  not  applicable  to  English  major. 

Mathematics 

MTH  1  College  Algebra  (3) 

Set  language  and  notation,  real  and  complex  numbers,  fundamental 
operations,  inequalities;  polynomial,  exponential,  and  trigonomet- 
ric functions  and  their  graphs;  permutations,  combinations,  bino- 
mial theorem. 

MTH  3AB  Mathematical  Analysis  I  (3-3) 

Differential  and  integral  calculus  of  elementary  functions  with  as- 
sociated analytic  geometry;  techniques  and  applications.  Prerequi- 
site: Three  to  four  years  of  high  school  mathematics  including  trigonometry 
and  a  full  year  of  advanced  algebra  or  the  satisfactory  completion  of  MTH  1 , 
College  Algebra.  Students  having  some  deficiencies  in  formal  high  school 
courses  may  qualify  by  obtaining  the  consent  of  the  department  andlor 
passing  an  examination. 

MTH  4AB  Mathematical  Analysis  II  (3-3) 

Improper  integrals,  polar  and  spherical  coordinates  with  applica- 
tions, series,  multivariable  calculus,  elementary  differential  equa- 
tions. Prerequisite:  MTH  3B. 


92/Courses  of  Instruction 


MTH  9/109  Introduction  to  Computer  Processes  (3) 

An  introduction  to  computer  processes  for  the  non-mathematics 
major.  Description  of  the  computer,  its  logical  structure  and  func- 
tioning, input-output  and  storage,  peripheral  equipment,  the  data 
processing  cycle,  programming  using  the  Basic  language. 

MTH  10/110  Mathematical  Ideas  (3) 

Topics  in  mathematics  chosen  to  illustrate  the  mathematical  way  of 
thinking  and  to  acquaint  liberal  arts  students  with  mathematics  as 
an  art  and  science.  This  course  is  intended  primarily  for  non- 
mathematically  oriented  students;  those  having  a  strong 
background  in  mathematics  need  the  consent  of  the  instructor  be- 
fore enrolling. 

MTH  19  Machine  Language  Programming  (3) 

Base  conversion,  arithmetic  in  other  bases,  complementary  arithme- 
tic; programming  of  jumps,  decisions,  loops,  subroutines,  and  mac- 
ros in  machine  language;  applications  in  related  disicp lines.  Prereq- 
uisite: MTH  9. 

MTH  20  Advanced  Programming  (3) 

Advanced  programming  and  computation  of  elementary  mathemat- 
ical functions;  Fortran  language,  single  and  multi- dimensional  ar- 
rays, functions  and  subroutines,  declarative  statements;  evaluation 
of  polynomials  by  synthetic  division,  derivatives,  integrals  in  one 
and  two  dimensions,  determinants,  Gaussian  reduction.  Prerequi- 
sites: MTH  3  A  and  MTH  9. 

MTH  35/135  Introduction  to  Biostatistics  (3) 

An  introduction  to  methods  of  statistical  analysis  with  special  atten- 
tion to  biomedical  applications.  Topics  include  sampling,  distribu- 
tions, tests  of  hypotheses,  significance  and  confidence  levels.  Not 
open  for  upper  division  credit  to  mathematics  majors. 

MTH  38/138  Elements  of  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

Elementary  probability  theory,  properties  of  distributions,  sampl- 
ing, estimation,  hypothesis  testing,  correlation.  Not  open  for  upper 
division  credit  to  mathematics  majors. 

MTH  50/350  Modern  Mathematics  (3) 

Sets,  numeration  systems,  properties  of  integers,  rational  and  real 
numbers,  elementary  number  theory.  This  course  is  intended 
primarily  for  elementary  teachers. 

MTH  51/351  Modern  Geometry  (3) 

Intuitive  geometry  of  lines,  planes,  and  space;  congruence,  similar- 
ity, measurement,  geometric  constructions;  elements  of  spherical 
and  coordinate  geometry.  This  course  is  intended  primarily  for 
elementary  teachers. 

MTH  99  Special  Studies  in  Mathematics  (1-3) 

Independent  or  group  studies  in  mathematics.  Course  may  be  re- 
peated for  credit.  Prerequisite:  Approval  of  the  department  and  consen t  of 
the  instructor. 

MTH  102  Advanced  Calculus  (3) 

Set  theory,  real  numbers  and  their  topology,  limits,  continuity, 
differentiation  and  integration  theory.  Prerequisite:  MTH  4B. 

MTH  103  Linear  Algebra  (3) 

Vectors  and  vector  spaces,  linear  transformations  and  matrices, 
determinants,  eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors.  Prerequisite:  MTH  3B. 

MTH  105/205  Complex  Analysis  (3) 

Complex  numbers  and  functions,  analytic  functions,  integration, 
conformal  mapping.  Prerequisite:  MTH  102. 

MTH  111  Abstract  Algebra  (3) 

Numbers  and  number  systems,  groups,  rings,  fields;  homomorph- 
ism  and  isomorphism  theorems.  Prerequisite:  MTH  3B. 


MTH  113/213  Probability  and  Statistics  (3) 

Probability  as  a  mathematical  system,  random  variables  and  their 
distributions,  limit  theorems,  statistical  applications,  hypotheses 
testing.  Prerequisite:  MTH  3B. 

MTH  128/228  Numerical  Analysis  (3) 

Curve  fitting,  interpolation,  numerical  integration,  solution  of 
algebraic  and  transcendental  equations,  numerical  solution  of  dif- 
ferential equations.  Prerequisite:  MTH  4B. 

MTH  133  Systems  Analysis  and  Operations  Research  (3) 

Cost-benefit  analysis,  mathematical  economics,  linear  program- 
ming, dynamic  programming,  analysis  of  algorithms,  and  graph 
theory.  Prerequisite:  MTH  3B. 

MTH  137  Information  Systems  Seminar  (3) 

Topics  chosen  from  logic  design,  switching  theory,  data  structures, 
computer  architecture,  theory  of  computation,  and  programming 
languages.  Prerequisites:  MTH  3B,  MTH  20. 

MTH  199/299  Special  Studies  in  Mathematics  (1-3) 

Independent  or  group  studies  in  mathematics.  Course  may  be  re- 
peated for  credit.  Prerequisite:  Approval  of  the  departmen  t  and  consent  of 
the  instructor. 

Music 

MUS  1AB-CD/101AB-CD  Musicianship  I  (4-4) 

(Harmony  —  3;  Solfege  —  1)  Lecture  and  laboratory,  five  hours  each 
week  for  two  semesters.  A  functional  study  of  the  theoretical  aspects 
of  music  including  scales,  modes,  intervals,  two-  and  three-part 
counterpoint,  and  elements  of  harmony  up  to  the  chord  of  the 
seventh.  Development  of  aural,  visual,  singing,  writing  and  playing 
skills  in  notation,  scales,  modes,  rhythm,  and  melodic  and  harmonic 
intervals. 

MUS  2AB-CD/102AB-CD  Musicianship  II  (4-4) 

Harmony  (3);  Solfege  (1).  Lecture  and  laboratory,  five  hours  each 
week  for  two  semesters.  Continuation  of  Musicianship  I,  including 
ninth,  eleventh,  and  thirteenth  chords,  chromatic  harmony  and 
modulation.  Development  of  aural,  visual,  singing,  writing,  and 
playing  skills  in  compound  intervals,  chromatic  and  atonal 
melodies,  chromatic  harmonies,  modulation,  and  more  complex 
meters  and  rhythms. 

MUS  3AB/103AB  Creative  and  Theoretical  Concepts  of  Music  (4-4) 

A.  A  functional  approach  to  the  theoretical  aspects  of  music  includ- 
ing development  of  skills  in  the  singing,  playing,  and  writing  of 
scales,  intervals,  chords,  and  elementary  harmony.  Designed  for 
music  minors  and  other  non-music  majors. 

B.  A  functional  exploration  of  counterpoint,  analysis  and  orchestra- 
tion for  music  minors  and  other  non-music  majors. 

MUS  4/104  Guitar  Class  (1) 

Class  instruction  in  the  basic  technique  and  performance  of  the 
guitar,  development  of  music  reading  skills  and  appropriate  reper- 
toire. Students  must  provide  their  own  instrument.  Class  is  open  to 
both  music  and  non-music  majors  on  beginning  and  intermediate 
levels.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  5ABCD  Music  Literature  Repertoire  (yz-Wi-lVz-Vi) 

Study  of  the  masterpieces  of  music  through  performances,  coach- 
ing, concert  attendance,  lectures,  and  systematic  guided  listening. 
Required  of  all  lower  division  music  majors. 

MUS  6  Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Music  (3) 

A  course  which  explores  the  art  of  music  from  a  variety  of  avenues  in 
order  to  heighten  awareness,  understanding  and  appreciation  of 
this  art.  Study  of  the  stylistic,  creative,  and  theoretical  aspects  of 
music  for  the  non-music  major. 


Courses  of  Instruction/93 


MUS  7/107  Voice  Class  (1) 

Study  of  fundamental  techniques  of  breath  control,  tone  produc- 
tion, diction,  and  interpretation.  Development  of  appropriate  reper- 
toire. Open  to  both  music  (other  than  voice  major)  and  non-music 
majors.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  8/108  Piano  Class  (1) 

Class  instruction  in  the  development  of  fundamental  keyboard 
skills.  Performance  and  interpretation  of  piano  compositions  in 
styles  suitable  to  grade  level.  Classes  are  open  to  both  music  and 
non-music  majors  on  beginning  and  intermediate  levels.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  9/109  Organ  Class  (1) 

Class  instruction  in  fundamental  techniques,  registration  and  per- 
formance. Prerequisite:  Sufficient  piano  technique  to  play  Bach  Two-Part 
Inventions  and  easier  Mozart  and  Beethoven  Sonatas.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit. 

MUS  10/110  Gregorian  Chant  (1-2) 

Study  of  the  rhythm,  modes,  chironomy  and  interpretation  of  Gre- 
gorian chant.  Survey  of  its  history  and  liturgical  use. 

MUS  12/112  Music  and  Worhsip  (3) 

An  introductory  course  in  Church  music  aimed  at  educating  for 
leadership  in  the  area  of  pastoral  service.  Repertory,  curriculum, 
legislation,  and  techniques  for  the  use  of  music  in  worship. 

MUS  13/113  Applied  Music  (1-3) 

Private  instruction  —  instrumental  or  vocal.  For  non-music  majors. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  15/115  Applied  Music  (1-4) 

Private  instruction  —  instrumental  or  vocal.  For  music  majors.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  16/116  Development  of  Jazz  (1-2) 

An  introduction  to  the  nature,  process,  and  history  of  jazz. 

MUS  19/119  Chorus  (1) 

Study  and  performance  of  masterpieces  of  choral  literature  from  all 
periods.  Open  to  all  college  students,  and  to  qualified  high  school 
students  with  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  20/120  Mount  Community  Orchestra  (1) 

Study  and  performance  of  symphonic  literature  of  all  periods.  Pre- 
requisite: Consent  of  instructor.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  21/121  Mount  Singers  (1) 

Study  and  performance  of  masterpieces  of  choral  literature  from  all 
periods.  Open  to  college  students  by  audition  and  to  qualified  high 
school  music  students  with  senior  standing  by  audition  and  recom- 
mendation of  high  school  music  instructor.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit. 

MUS  22/122  Ensemble/Coaching  (1) 

Study  and  performance  of  significant  keyboard  and  vocal  ensem- 
bles. May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor . 

MUS  23/123  Chamber  Music  (1) 

Study  and  performance  of  chamber  music  for  various  instrumental 
and/or  vocal  combinations.  May  be  repeated  for  credit.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor. 

MUS  24/124  Musical  Style  Through  the  Ages  (3) 

The  development  of  musical  style  through  each  period  of  history 
from  ancient  Greece  to  the  present  day.  Study  of  selected  master- 
pieces of  music  and  their  composers  in  historical  context. 

MUS  25/125  Women's  Chamber  Ensemble  (1) 

Study  and  performance  of  masterpieces  of  music  for  small  ensemble 
of  women.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


MUS  26/126  Brass  Instruments:  Introductory  Techniques  (1) 

Elementary  instruction  and  techniques,  care  of  instruments  and 
survey  of  methods. 

MUS  27/127  Woodwind  Instruments:  Introductory  Techniques(l) 

Elementary  instruction  and  techniques,  care  of  instruments  and 
survey  of  methods. 

MUS  28/128  Percussion  Instruments:  Introductory  Techniques  (1) 

Elementary  instruction  and  techniques,  care  of  instruments  and 
survey  of  methods. 

MUS  29/129  String  Instruments:  Introductory  Techniques  (1) 

Elementary  instruction  and  techniques,  care  of  instruments  and 
survey  of  methods. 

MUS  30/130  Creative  Music  Experience  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  conceptual  structure  of  music.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  rhythm,  melody,  creativity,  style,  and  harmony.  This 
course  serves  as  basic  preparation  for  the  elementary  and  inter- 
mediate school  instructor.  It  includes  instruction  on  melodic  and 
percussion  instruments,  observation  and  participation,  and  pro- 
grammed instruction  in  fundamentals.  Prerequisite:  MUS  6  or 
adequate  background. 

MUS  31/131  Music  for  the  Young  Child  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  conceptual  structure  of  music  and  the  initial 
preparation  for  the  instruction  of  children  eight  years  and  younger. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  rhythm,  melody,  style,  movement,  use  of 
instruments,  and  the  relation  of  music  to  the  different  stages  of  child 
development. 

MUS  64/164  Music  and  Life  (3) 

Music,  as  it  contributes  to  the  quality  of  life  and  continued  personal 
growth  of  the  aging  adult.  Prerequisite:  MUS  6. 

MUS  94/194  StudyfTravel  (1-6) 

MUS  105  Music  Literature  Repertoire  (V2) 

Study  of  the  masterpieces  of  music  through  performance  coaching, 
concert  attendance,  and  occasional  lectures  on  special  subjects  and 
topics  of  current  interest.  Required  each  semester  of  all  upper  divi- 
sion B.M.  majors. 

MUS  111  Master  Class  Sessions  in  Interpretation  (1) 

The  interpretation  of  great  literature  under  the  guidance  of  artist 
teachers.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  114  Voice  Literature  (2) 

Survey  of  selected  masterpieces  of  music  written  for  solo  voice 
throughout  the  centuries. 

MUS  117  Vocal  Development  (2) 

Study  of  various  approaches  to  vocal  technique.  Demonstration  of 
various  timbres  and  voice  qualities.  Survey  of  vocalises  and  song 
literature  for  the  developing  voice.  Fundamentals  of  stage  presence. 

MUS  118  The  Musical  Theater  Repertoire  (1-3) 

Study  and  performance  of  works  from  the  musical  theater  reper- 
toire. Brief  history  of  the  American  musical  theater.  Open  to  music 
majors  and  non-music  majors  with  the  consent  of  the  instructor. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  132AB  Counterpoint  (2-2) 

A.  Writing  and  analysis  of  pieces  in  eighteenth-century  style  for  two 
and  three  voices. 

B.  Continatuion  of  the  above.  Four  and  five  voices,  canon,  and 
fugue.  Private  instruction. 

MUS  133  Music  Analysis  (2) 

Detailed  analysis  of  the  music  forms  found  in  the  literature  of  the  last 
five  centuries. 


94 /Courses  of  Instruction 


MUS  134AB  Orchestration  (2-2) 

A.  Designed  to  provide  facility  in  writing  for  various  instrumental 
combinations.  Techniques,  analysis  and  use  of  the  orchestra  by  the 
composers  of  the  18th,  19th,  and  20th  centuries.  Includes  ranges, 
tonal  possibilities,  technical  limitations. 

B.  Advanced  orchestration  to  be  taken  in  private  sessions  with 
instructor. 

MUS  135  Composition  (1-3) 

Analysis  and  composition  of  music  in  various  styles,  forms,  and 
instrumental  and/or  vocal  combinations.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUS  136  Technique  of  Arranging  (2) 

Study  of  arranging  techniques  for  various  choral  and  instrumental 
ensembles,  including  accompaniments,  descants,  special  effects, 
choral  style  voicing,  contrapuntal  and  mixed  voicing.  Prerequisite: 
MUS  1ABCD,  MUS  132 A,  MUS  133. 

MUS  137  Diction  for  Singers  (2-3) 

The  fundamentals  of  phonetics  and  sound  production  in  Italian, 
French  and  German  as  applied  to  singing. 

MUS  138  Advanced  Musicianship  (2) 

Analysis  and  techniques  used  in  contemporary  music.  Comprehen- 
sive study  of  twentieth  century  harmony,  and  writing  of  music  in 
contemporary  style. 

MUS  139AB  Instrumental  Conducting  (2-2) 

A.  Study  of  baton  technique,  score  reading,  and  interpretation  of 
orchestral  literature. 

B.  Special  problems  in  the  interpretation  of  instrumental  literature. 

MUS  140AB  Choral  Techniques  (2-2) 

A.  Study  of  baton  technique,  score  reading  and  interpretation  of 
choral  literature  of  various  styles. 

B.  Special  problems  in  the  interpretation  of  choral  literature  from  the 
sixteenth  century  to  the  present. 

MUS  141  Music  History:  Ancient,  Medieval,  Early  Renaissance  (3) 

The  history  of  music  from  Hellenic  times  to  the  death  of  Josquin. 
Elementary  principles  of  performance  practice;  the  evolution  of 
notation  and  musical  theory. 

MUS  142A  Music  History:  Renaissance  and  Baroque  (3) 

The  history  of  music  from  the  early  sixteenth  century  to  the  death  of 
J.S.  Bach.  Stylistic  idioms;  vocal  and  instrumental  performance 
practices. 

MUS  142B  Music  History:  Analysis  (1) 

Detailed  analysis  of  selected  renaissance  and  baroque  works.  Con- 
current with  MUS  142A. 

MUS  143A  Music  History:  Classical  and  Romantic  (3) 

The  history  of  music  from  pre-classicism  through  the  nineteenth 
century  to  Wagner. 

MUS  143B  Music  History:  Analysis  (1) 

Detailed  analysis  of  classical  and  romantic  works.  Concurrent  with 
MUS  143A. 

MUS  144A  Music  History:  Post-Romantic  and  Twentieth  Cen- 
tury (3) 

The  history  of  music  from  the  post-romantic  era  to  the  present. 
Developments  in  theory  and  aesthetics,  folk  influences,  "neo" 
movements,  new  definitions  of  music. 

MUS  144B  Music  History:  Analysis  (1) 

Detailed  analysis  of  post-romantic  and  twentieth  century  works. 
Concurrent  with  MUS  144A. 


MUS  145AB  Seminars  in  Music  History  and  Literature  (3-3) 

Special  studies  in  a  single  formal  genre,  historical  periods,  or  repre- 
sentative composers. 

MUS  146  Special  Projects  in  Music  (1-3) 

A.  Vocal  Literature 

B.  Instrumental  Literature 

C.  Music  History  and  Literature 

D.  Church  Music 

E.  Theory  and  Composition 

F.  Music  Education 

G.  Musicianship 
H.  Chamber  Music 
I.  Choral  Music 

J.  Music  Therapy 

K.  Conducting 

L.  Special  Subject 

MUS  147 ABC  Seminar  in  Music  Education  (3-3-3) 

Overview  of  the  organization  of  music  in  the  schools.  Scheduling, 
length,  and  content  of  music  offerings.  Consideration  of  general 
music  classes,  chorus,  glee  clubs,  orchestras,  bands,  ensembles, 
theory,  music  literature,  and  humanities.  Observation  and  some 
supervised  teaching. 

A.  Emphasis  on  the  total  school  music  program. 

B.  Emphasis  on  the  Elementary  School  music  program. 

C.  Emphasis  on  the  Secondary  School  music  program. 

MUS  148  Collegium  Musicum  (1) 

Study,  discussion,  and  informal  performance  of  music  from  selected 
periods  through  the  early  eighteenth  century. 

MUS  149  Research  Projects  in  Music  Education  (1-3) 

Investigation  of  specific  areas  chosen  by  the  student  and  related  to 
music  teaching  in  the  schools. 

MUS  150  Accompanying  (1) 

Study  of  the  art  of  accompanying  instrumentalists  and  vocalists  as 
soloists  and  in  small  and  large  ensembles.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit. 

MUS  151A  Creative  Piano  Teaching  (2) 

MUS  151B  Creative  Voice  Teaching  (2) 

MUS  151C  Creative  Teaching  —  Instrumental  Area  (2) 

Analysis  and  comparison  of  various  procedures  for  beginning  and 
intermediate  instruction.  Approaches  to  the  art  of  teaching.  Review 
of  materials.  Guided  teaching  incorporated. 

MUS  152  The  Arts  in  Western  Civilization  (3) 

Comparative  history  of  musical,  artistic,  and  literary  forms  and 
styles  as  they  develop  and  interrelate  throughout  the  civilizations  of 
the  West  from  the  ancient  Greeks  to  the  present  time. 

MUS  154  The  Art  of  Teaching  Choral  Music  (1-2) 

Organizational  aspects  of  choral  groups  in  church  and  schools. 
Study  of  rehearsal  and  performance  techniques,  voice  production 
and  repertoire  for  various  groups. 

MUS  155  Teaching  Music  Theory  (2) 

The  study,  practice,  and  evaluation  of  various  pedagogical  ap- 
proaches to  music  theory.  Evaluation  of  text  and  teaching  materials. 

MUS  156  Teaching  Music  Literature  (2) 

The  study,  practice,  and  evaluation  of  various  pedagogical  ap- 
proaches to  music  literature.  Evaluation  of  texts  and  teaching  mate- 
rials. 

MUS  157  Seminar  in  Church  Music  (2) 

Historical  perspectives  of  sacred  music  and  its  use  in  various  litur- 
gies. Current  trends  and  repertoire. 


Courses  of  Instruction/95 


MUS  158  The  Art  of  the  Harpsichord  (1-3) 

The  mechanism  and  technique  of  the  harpsichord.  Overview  of 
selected  music  from  the  masters  of  the  harpsichord. 

MUS  159  Music  of  Women  Composers  (1-2) 

An  overview  of  "herstory"  in  music  from  the  twelfth  century  to  the 
present.  Includes  a  study  of  the  lives  of  women  composers,  educa- 
tional and  sociological  barriers  affecting  women's  contributions  to 
music,  and  pertinent  scores  and  recordings. 

MUS  160  Interpretation  of  Renaissance  Choral  Music  (1-2) 

Study,  analysis,  and  performance  of  choral  literature  from  the 
golden  age  of  polyphony. 

MUS  161  Experiments  in  the  Arts  (1-3) 

Current  trends  and  developments  in  the  fine  arts;  emphasis  on 
music. 

MUS  162  Folk  Music  of  Europe  and  America  (2) 

Exploration  of  the  treasury  of  folk  music  from  selected  European 
countries  and  America. 

MUS  163  American  Music:  From  Imitation  to  Creation  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  development  of  American  music  as  it  reflects  the 
time  and  place  of  its  creation. 

MUS  165  Business  in  Music  (3) 

A  seminar  explaining  music  merchandising,  radio  and  television 
industry,  publishing,  performance  management,  recording,  and 
other  areas  of  the  music  industry. 

MUS  166  Music  in  Non-Western  Cultures  (2) 

A  survey  of  music  in  the  life  and  culture  of  the  non-western  world; 
examination  of  theoretical  aspects  of  non-western  music,  instru- 
ments, forms,  and  performance. 

MUS  190  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


Nursing 


NUR  5  Orientation  to  Nursing  (2) 

An  introduction  to  concepts  underlying  the  philosophy  of  nursing, 
the  role  of  nursing  in  society,  an  understanding  of  the  person  as  a 
bio-psycho-social  being,  and  an  assessment  of  well  persons,  using 
the  Roy  adaptation  model  of  nursing.  Prerequisite:  PSY2,  Psychology 
of  Communication .  B.S.  program. 

NUR  20  Introduction  to  Medical  Science  (3) 

Theory  basic  to  diagnosis,  treatment,  and  rehabilitation  of  persons 
with  common  biophysical  pathology.  Concepts  of  health  and  dis- 
ease as  related  to  the  stages  of  (a)  disease  foundation  and  predisease 
factors,  (b)  presymptomatic  disease  conditions,  (c)  symptomatic 
diseases,  and  (d)  irreversible  conditions.  Pathology  is  studied  as  a 
disruption  in  the  body's  structure,  function,  and  regulatory 
mechanisms.  Pharmacology  is  taught  as  related  to  each  pathological 
process.  A. A.  program. 

NUR  21A  Nursing  Science  Theory  I  (2) 

Lecture,  2  hours.  An  introductory  study  of  the  concepts  underlying 
the  Roy  adaptation  model  of  nursing,  the  role  of  nursing  in  society, 
interpersonal  relationships,  and  the  understanding  of  the 
physiological  need  areas  of  man.  Offered  in  the  fall  semester  of  the 
freshman  year.  A. A.  program. 

NUR  21B  Nursing  Science  Theory  I  (2) 

Lecture,  2  hours.  The  continued  use  of  the  Roy  adaptation  model  of 
nursing  to  identify  nursing  problems,  and  its  use  in  selected  inter- 
ventions in  physiological,  self-concept,  interdependence  modes 
and  role  function.  Prerequisite:  NUR  21  A.  Offered  in  the  spring 
semester  of  the  freshman  year.  A. A.  program. 


NUR  24AB  Nursing  Practicum  I  (4-4) 

Laboratory,  12  hours.  The  development  and  application  of  the  pro- 
cess of  assessment,  intervention  and  evaluation  using  the  Roy  adap- 
tation model  in  the  care  of  adult  patients  who  have  common  health 
problems.  The  principles  and  practice  of  nursing  skills  utilized  in  the 
plan  of  therapy,  including  medications.  Selected  experience  in 
health  agencies.  Covers  two  semesters,  Freshman  Year.  Taken  con- 
currently with  NUR  21AB.  A. A.  Program. 

NUR  30ABCD  Medical  Science  (1  Vz-l  V2-I V2-I V2) 

Lecture,  IV2  hours.  The  continued  study  of  the  theory  basic  to 
prevention  of  disease,  diagnosis,  treatment  and  rehabilitation.  Spe- 
cial emphasis  on  (A)  Childbearing  Cycle  (B)  Children  (C)  Complex 
Medical  or  Surgical  Disruptions  (D)  Mental  Health.  Pharmacology  is 
taught  as  related  to  each  pathological  process.  Offered  Fall/Spring, 
Sophomore  Year.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR  31 ABCD  and  NUR 
33ABCD.  Each  semester  the  student  must  enroll  in  NUR  33A&B  or 
NUR  33  C&D.  A.  A.  Program. 

NUR  31ABCD  Nursing  Science,  Theory  II  (1-1-1-1) 

Lecture,  1  hour.  The  focus  is  the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  the 
health-illness  problems  related  to  (A)  Childbearing  Cycle  (B)  Chil- 
dren (C)  Complex  Medical  or  Surgical  Disruptions  (D)  Mental 
Health.  The  Roy  adaptation  model  is  used  in  the  assessment,  inter- 
vention and  evaluation  process.  Offered  Fall/Spring,  Sophomore 
Year.  Each  semester  the  student  must  enroll  in  NUR  31A&B  or  NUR 
31C&D.  A. A.  Program 

NUR  33ABCD  Professional  Practicum  (2V2-2V2-2V2-2V2) 

Laboratory.  Clinical  experience  is  offered  in  a  variety  of  settings 
using  the  Roy  adaptation  model  in  dealing  with  health  problems. 
Offered  Fall/Spring,  Sophomore  Year.  Each  semester  the  student 
must  enroll  in  NUR  33A&B  or  NUR  C&D.  A. A.  Program. 
NUR  33  A  Practicum: 

Childbearing  Cycle.  Provides  clinical  experience  in  prenatal,  deliv- 
ery, and  postnatal  care,  study  of  the  parenting  roles,  and  the  health 
needs  of  the  emerging  family  groups. 

NUR  33B  Practicum: 

Care  of  Children.  Provides  clinical  experience  in  the  health-illness 
problems  encountered  in  the  care  of  children  and  their  families. 
Growth  and  development  from  infancy  through  adolescence  in 
terms  of  the  Adaptation  Theory  of  Nursing. 

NUR  33C  Practicum: 

Care  of  the  Adult.  Provides  clinical  experience  in  the  care  of  adult 

patients  with  more  complex  medical  or  surgical  disruptions. 

NUR  33D  Practicum: 

Mental  Health.  Provides  clinical  experience  in  the  application  of 

principles  and  concepts  related  to  psycho-social  problems. 

NUR  34  Sophomore  Seminar  (2) 

A  study  of  nursing  as  a  profession.  Emphasis  is  on  the  historical 
development  of  nursing,  nursing  legislation,  organizations,  profes- 
sional problems  in  education  and  practice,  and  the  nurse's  role  in 
health  care  services.  Concepts  of  team  nursing  are  taught  in  this 
course.  A. A.  program. 

NUR  40  Introduction  to  Roy  Adaptation  Model 

A  course  designed  for  LVNs  who  meet  admission  requirements  of 
the  department  and  wish  to  challenge  the  first  year  nursing  classes. 
Course  content  deals  with  the  Roy  adaptation  model  and  its  applica- 
tion in  the  clinical  setting.  Selected  experiences  in  clinical  practice 
are  required.  Course  work  is  equivalent  to  6  units  of  academic  credit 
and  is  utilized  as  challenge  examinations  for  receiving  credit  for 
N21  AB  and  N24  AB.  This  course  precedes  the  sophomore  year. 
Ordinarily  offered  during  summer  session.  A. A.  program. 


96/Courses  of  Instruction 


NUR  98/198  Independent  Studies  (1-3) 

Independent  investigation  of  significant  problems  in  nursing.  Pre- 
requisite: consent  of  the  instructor. 

NUR  99/199  Special  Studies  in  Nursing  (1-3) 

Selected  problems:  offered  as  a  course  or  seminar  on  current  issues 
in  nursing.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

NUR  100  Introduction  to  Professional  Nursing 

A  course  offered  to  registered  nurses  (graduates  of  accredited  hospi- 
tal diploma  or  associate  degree  programs)  enrolled  in  the  basic 
program  leading  to  a  baccalaureate  degree.  An  introduction  to  the 
concepts  underlying  the  philosophy  of  nursing,  the  process  of  as- 
sessment and  intervention,  and  the  Roy  adaptation  model  as  ap- 
plied to  nursing  practice.  Selected  experiences  in  clinical  practice  are 
required.  Course  work  is  equivalent  to  6  units  of  academic  credit  and 
is  utilized  as  challenge  examinations  for  receiving  credit  for  N005 
and  N121  AB.  This  course  precedes  the  senior  clinical  nursing 
courses.  Ordinarily  offered  during  summer  session. 

NUR  111A  Nursing  Science  (9) 

Lecture  4  hours;  laboratory  averaging  15  hours  (increasing  with  the 
progress  of  the  student's  competence  from  8  to  18  hours).  A  study  of 
the  concepts  underlying  the  philosophy  of  nursing  in  society,  inter- 
personal relationships,  and  an  understanding  of  man  as  a  bio- 
psycho-social  being.  An  introduction  to  the  process  of  assessment 
and  intervention,  the  concept  of  adaptation,  and  the  principles  and 
practice  of  basic  nursing  skills  in  a  variety  of  situations.  Clinical 
experience  in  selected  health  agencies.  Offered  in  the  fall  semester 
of  the  junior  year,  concurrently  with  NUR  120.  B.S.  program. 

NUR  111B  Nursing  Science  (10) 

Lecture  4  hours;  laboratory  18  hours.  A  continuation  of  the  study  of 
the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health-illness  problems  on  families 
and  individuals  of  all  ages.  Emphasis  is  on  the  Roy  Adaptation  Level 
Theory  and  the  assessment  of  the  immediate  and  environmental 
factors  affecting  these  levels.  Methods  of  nursing  intervention  are 
stressed  and  developed.  Clinical  experience  is  provided  in  a  variety 
of  community  health  agencies,  concurrent  with  the  theoretical 
course  content  in  the  areas  of  maternity  nursing,  nursing  of  chil- 
dren, and  medical- surgical  nursing.  Given  in  the  second  semester  of 
the  junior  year.  Prerequisites:  completion  of  NUR  111A  and  NUR  120A. 
B.S.  program. 

NUR  120AB  Medical  Science  (3-3) 

Theory  basic  to  diagnosis,  treatment,  and  rehabilitation  of  persons 
with  common  biophysical  pathology.  Concepts  of  health  and  dis- 
ease as  related  to  the  stages  of  (a)  disease  foundation  and  predisease 
factors,  (b)  presymptomatic  disease  conditions,  (c)  symptomatic 
diseases,  and  (d)  irreversible  conditions.  Pathology  is  studied  as  a 
disruption  in  the  body's  structure,  function,  and  regulatory 
mechanisms.  Pharmacology  is  taught  as  related  to  each  pathological 
process.  B.S.  program. 

NUR  121A  Nursing  Science  (8) 

Lecture,  3  hours;  laboratory  averaging  15  hours  (increasing  with 
progress  of  student's  competence  from  8  to  18  hours).  This  course 
introduces  the  student  to  the  principles  and  practice  of  basic  nursing 
skills,  the  methodology  for  patient  assessment,  and  the  problem- 
solving  approach  to  intervention,  based  on  the  Roy  adaptation 
model.  Clinical  experiences  in  selected  acute  care  agencies  focus  on 
the  mastery  of  simple  to  complex  nursing  skills.  Offered  in  the  fall 
semester  of  the  junior  year,  concurrently  with  NUR  120A.  B.S. 
program. 


NUR  121B  Nursing  Science  (9) 

Lecture,  3  hours;  laboratory  18  hours.  A  continuation  of  the  study  of 
the  bio-psycho-social  impact  of  health-illness  problems  on  families 
and  individuals  of  all  ages.  Utilization  of  the  nursing  process  allows 
the  student  to  assess  facts  relating  to  the  person's  position  on  the 
health-illness  continuum.  Methods  of  nursing  intervention  are 
stressed  and  developed.  Clinical  experiences  are  provided  in  a 
variety  of  acute  care  agencies  specializing  in  maternal  and  child  care. 
Offered  in  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  concurrently  with 
NUR  120B.  B.S.  program. 

NUR  131AB  Nursing  Theory  (2-2) 

A  study  of  the  person's  biophysical  and  psychosocial  adaptation  to 
the  environment  including  causative  factors  and  psychosocial  reac- 
tions. Pathology  is  studied  as  a  disruption  in  the  body's  structure, 
function,  and  regulatory  mechanisms.  Pharmacology  is  taught  as 
related  to  each  pathological  process.  Taken  concurrently  with  NUR 
133AB  in  the  senior  year.  B.S.  program. 

NUR  133AB  Nursing  Practice  (10-10) 

Lecture,  3  hours,  laboratory  21  hours,  for  two  semesters.  A  senior 
year  course  consisting  of  the  study  of  nursing  intervention  for  pa- 
tients and  families  with  complex  nursing  problems.  The  role  of  the 
nurse  in  leadership,  group  dynamics,  and  health  care  planning  is 
emphasized.  Clinical  experience  is  provided  in  a  variety  of  health 
agencies  in  the  areas  of  medical-surgical,  psychiatric  and  commu- 
nity health  nursing.  Prerequisites:  Senior  standing  and  the  completion  of 
NUR  120AB  and  NUR  121  AB.  B.S.  program. 

NUR  134AB  Issues  in  Health  Care  (3-3) 

A  modular  course  examining  selected  issues  in  health  care,  focusing 
on  the  role  of  the  professional  nurse.  Topics  include:  varieties  of 
health  care  delivery,  bioethics,  nursing  research,  developments  in 
nursing,  legislation,  and  professionalism.  Taken  concurrently  with 
NUR  131AB  and  NUR  133AB.  B.S.  program. 

NUR  301  Continuing  Education  (1-3) 

NUR  302  Inservice  Education  (1-3) 

NUR  303  Workshop  in  Nursing  (1-3) 

Philosophy 

PHI  5  Logic:  Structures  of  Reasoning  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  structures  of  correct  deductive  arguments; 
definitions,  interpretations,  truth,  and  validity;  practice  in  the  criti- 
cal evaluation  of  arguments  occurring  in  everyday  life. 

PHI  15  Challenges  in  Philosophy  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  problems  and  methods  of  philosophic 
inquiry;  philosophy  as  the  means  for  addressing  fundamental  ques- 
tions about  the  meaning  of  human  existence. 

PHI  21  Moral  Values  and  Ethical  Decisions  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  human  person  as  free  and  responsible,  the 
decision-making  process  concerning  moral  problems,  and  various 
philosophical  theories  of  morality  and  their  implications. 

PHI  24/124  Problems  of  Ancient  Philosophy  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  origin  of  philosophical  problems  through 
readings  from  the  ancient  philosophers  with  special  attention  to  the 
pre-Socratics,  Plato,  and  Aristotle. 

PHI  62/162  Eastern  Thought  (3) 

An  analysis  and  critical  evaluation  of  the  major  religions  of  the  Far 
East  —  Hinduism,  Buddhism,  Confucianism,  Taoism  —  based  on 
central  scriptures  and  writings  of  each.  Prerequisite:  2  lower  division 
courses.  See  RST  621162. 


Courses  of  Instruction/97 


PHI  125  Problems  of  Medieval  Philosophy  (3) 

An  historical  introduction  to  some  philosophical  problems  and  sys- 
tems in  Western  thought  from  the  fifth  to  the  fourteenth  century. 

PHI  126  Problems  of  Modern  Philosophy  (3) 

The  development  of  modern  views  on  the  relationship  of  reality  and 
knowledge:  the  tension  of  reason  and  experience  in  classical  modern 
rationalists  and  empiricists  and  the  synthesis  of  Kant.  Prerequisite:  2 
lower  division  courses. 

PHI  128  Contemporary  Analytic  Philosophy  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  contemporary  British-American  tradition  of 
philosophy  focusing  on  problems  concerning  language:  meaning, 
our  ability  to  communicate,  ordinary  and  artificial  languagues.  Pre- 
requisite: 2  lower  division  courses. 

PHI  130  Existential  Thinkers  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  existentialist  trend  in  philosophy  from  Kier- 
kegaard to  the  present;  the  meanings  of  concepts  such  as  alienation, 
anxiety,  authenticity,  and  freedom  in  both  philosophical  and  liter- 
ary works  of  existentialists.  Prerequisite:  2  lower  division  courses. 

PHI  134  American  Thought  (3) 

An  analysis  of  puritanism,  rationalism,  romanticism,  and  prag- 
matism and  their  effects  in  American  civilization  and  culture.  Pre- 
requisite: 2  lower  division  courses. 

PHI  136  Major  Philosophers  (3) 

A  series  of  studies  of  the  thought  and  philosophic  context  of  one 
philosopher  or  group  of  philosophers:  Plato,  Aristotle,  Aquinas, 
Kant,  the  Enlightenment  philosophers,  French,  Spanish,  or  English 
philosophers.  Prerequisite:  2  leaver  division  courses. 

PHI  150  Metaphysics  (3) 

An  inquiry  into  the  nature  of  reality,  the  possibility  of  metaphysical 
knowledge,  the  ramifications  of  metaphysics  on  questions  about 
religion  and  morality.  Prerequisite:  2  lower  division  courses. 

PHI  152  Theory  of  Knowledge  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  nature  and  possibility  of  human  knowledge: 
objectivity,  perception,  truth,  self-knowledge  and  the  knowledge  of 
other  minds,  the  conditions  of  justified  belief.  Prerequisite:  2  lower 
division  courses. 

PHI  155  Symbolic  Logic  (3) 

Deductive  methods  in  sentential  and  quantifier  logic;  formal  lan- 
guages: formation  rules  and  derivation  rules;  techniques  on  logical 
proofs;  axiomatic  methods. 

PHI  158  Philosophy  of  Science  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  basic  concepts  and  assumptions  underlying 
scientific  inquiry:  the  nature  of  explanation,  theory,  observation, 
and  evidence  in  the  natural  and  social  sciences.  Prerequisite:  2  lower 
division  courses. 

PHI  160  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  grounds  for  belief  and  disbelief  in  God's  existence 
in  an  historical  context;  rational  arguments,  religious  experiences, 
religious  language,  and  faith.  Prerequisite:  2  lower  division  courses. 

PHI  168A  Contemporary  Moral  Problems  (3) 

A  problem-oriented  study  of  current  moral  issues.  Prerequisite:  PHI 
21.  SeeRST168A. 

PHI  168B  Bioethics  (2-3) 

A  study  of  the  ethical,  social  and  legal  issues  involved  in  contempo- 
rary developments  in  biology  and  medicine  such  as  generics  and 
birth,  behavior  control,  euthanasia,  experimentation,  sterilization, 
allocation  of  scarce  medical  resources.  Prerequisite:  PHI  21 .  See  RST 
168B. 


PHI  168CDE  The  Individual  and  the  Common  Good  (1-1-1) 

C.  Individual  Rights  (1) 
An  examination  of  individual  rights  in  relation  to  the  common  good; 
emphasis  on  cases  of  conflict  arising  from  recent  developments  in 
technology. 

D.  Freedom  of  Inquiry  and  Freedom  of  Action  (1) 
An  examination  of  the  relationship  between  freedom  of  thought/ 
action  in  relation  to  individual  rights  and  the  social  good. 

E.  Laic  and  Morality  (1) 
An  examination  of  the  implications  and  effects  of  legislating  moral 
standards. 

PHI  170  Social  and  Political  Philosophy  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  nature  of  man  and  of  society,  the  nature  and 
justification  of  government,  political  rights  and  political  obligation, 
justice  and  equality.  Prerequisite:  2  lower  division  courses. 

PHI  172  Marxism  (3) 

An  examination  of  some  of  the  key  works  of  Marx,  Engels,  and  other 
writers  in  the  Marxist  tradition;  consideration  of  the  application  of 
Marxist  ideas  to  selected  contemporary  issues.  Prerequisite:  2  lower 
diviswn  courses. 

PHI  174  Aesthetics  (3) 

A  philosphical  study  of  art  in  its  various  forms  and/or  theories 
concerning  the  nature  of  art,  aesthetic  experience,  and  art  criticism. 
Prerequisite:  1  lower  division  course. 

PHI  176  Philosophy  in  Literature  (3) 

A  study  of  some  of  the  important  philosophical  issues  dealing  with 
the  meaning  and  value  of  life  as  presented  in  great  works  of  litera- 
ture. Prerequisite:  1  lower  division  course. 

PHI  178  The  Experience  of  Revolution  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  meaning,  history,  and  impact  of  revolutions 
in  modern  human  culture;  how  political,  social,  scientific,  and  artis- 
tic revolutions  differ  from  the  evolution  of  political  entities, 
societies,  the  sciences,  and  the  arts;  what  we  mean  by  revolutions  in 
thinking.  Prerequisite:  1  lower  division  course. 

PHI  180  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

PHI  195  Directed  Readings  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

PHI  198  Special  Problems  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

PHI  199  Senior  Seminar  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

Physical  Education 

See  Special  Programs. 

Physical  Science 

PHS  1/101  Scientific  Concepts  (3) 

A  course  in  the  basic  principles  of  chemistry  and  physics  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  application  of  these  principles  to  con- 
temporary concerns. 

PHS  4/104  Elementary  Environmental  Studies  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  man's  physical  resources  and  envi- 
ronment leading  to  a  consideration  of  the  problems  of  conservation 
and  pollution.  Prerequisite:  PHS  1. 

PHS  5/105  Selected  Topics  in  Physical  Science  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHS  1. 


98/Courses  of  Instruction 


PHS  190/290  Workshop 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


(1-3) 


Physics 

PHY  1A  Introductory  Physics  (3) 

Lecture,  three  hours.  A  study  of  motion  including  force,  conserva- 
tion laws,  vibratory  motion,  and  wave  motion;  an  introduction  to 
light,  field  theory,  electricity,  magnetism  and  quantum  mechanics. 
Prerequisite:  Facility  with  algebraic  manipulations. 

PHY  IB  Intermediate  Physics  (4) 

Lecture,  three  hours;  laboratory,  three  hours.  A  study  of  the  prop- 
erties of  matter,  thermodynamics,  electrical  circuits,  optics,  topics  in 
astronomy  and  relativity. 
PHY  105AB  Topics  in  Physics  (1-3) 

Political  Science 

POL  1/101  American  Government  and  Institutions  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  and  problems  of  government,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  formation  and  development  of  the 
national  and  state  administrative,  legislative,  and  judicial  systems 
and  processes.  Fulfills  CPE  requirement. 

POL  2/102  Comparative  Politics  (3) 

An  investigation  of  the  concepts  and  techniques  which  enable  the 
student  to  compare  divergent  political  systems,  focusing  upon  both 
traditional  and  innovative  concepts  such  as  power,  ideology,  deci- 
sion making,  elitism,  and  the  structural- functional  approach.  Par- 
ticular attention  is  devoted  to  political  systems. 

POL  10  Political  Concepts  (3) 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  students  with  the  scope  and 
techniques  of  political  science  by  relating  major  concepts  in  political 
theory  to  current  problems  and  issues.  Major  political  theorists  such 
as  Plato,  Aristotle,  Locke,  Hobbes,  Hegel,  and  Marx  are  the  focal 
point  of  analysis.  In  this  way  the  contribution  of  political  science  to 
the  understanding  and  clarification  of  political  phenomena  can  be 
exemplified. 

POL  31/131  International  Relations  (3) 

A  general  survey  of  the  institutions,  considerations,  and  ideologies 
involved  in  the  formation  and  execution  of  foreign  policy  within  a 
world  context.  Special  attention  is  placed  upon  international  agen- 
cies, including  the  United  Nations. 

POL  35/135  Selected  Problems  in  International  Organization (0-5) 

Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  of  international  organiza- 
tions and  the  maintenance  of  world  peace. 

POL  70/170  American  Party  Politics  (3) 

The  development,  organization  and  character  of  the  American  party 
system.  Fulfills  CPE  requirement. 

POL  75/175AB  Selected  Topics  in  the  American  Political 
Structure  (3-3) 

Specific  area  will  be  announced  in  the  term  schedules.  Fulfills  CPE 
requirement.  Consent  of  instructor  necessary  for  non-majors  and 
non-minors. 

POL  103  Scopes  and  Methods  in  Political  Science  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  techniques  and  tools  of  analysis  as  well  as  the 
particular  inquiries  distinguishing  political  science  from  the  other 
social  sciences.  Required  of  majors. 

POL  107  Political  Economics  (3) 

See  ECO  107. 


POL  108  American  Constitutional  Law  (3) 

See  HIS  179.  Fulfills  CPE  requirement.  Consent  of  instructor  neces- 
sary for  non-majors  and  non-minors. 

POL  112  Contemporary  Political  Theory  (3) 

A  study  of  the  major  contributors  to  political  theory  from  Marx  to  the 
present  day,  including  such  theorists  as  Dewey,  Russell,  Weber, 
Mosca,  Pareto,  Nehru,  Maclver,  Becker,  Laski,  Cole,  et  al.  The 
normative  approach  will  be  deemphasized  in  favor  of  the  descrip- 
tive and  analytical  approach. 

POL  113  American  Political  Theory  (3) 

A  critical  examination  of  the  contributors  to  the  formation  and 
sustenance  of  the  consensual  framework  within  which  American 
government,  politics,  and  society  operate,  with  special  attention  to 
the  great  constitutional  crises  of  the  past  150  years. 

POL  116  Democracy  and  Democratic  Theory  (3) 

A  critical  examination  of  the  major  theorists  of  democracy  in  the 
twentieth  century  with  emphasis  upon  both  the  justifications  and 
preconditions  of  democratic  government  and  society;  in  particular, 
insights  derived  from  psycholgoy  and  sociology  are  utilized.  Con- 
sent of  instructor  necessary  for  non-majors  and  non-minors. 

POL  117  World  Political  Theory  (3) 

The  history  of  man's  attempt  to  explain  the  relationship  of  a  man  to 
governmental  institutions  with  particular  emphasis  upon  the  values 
to  be  implemented  by  society.  The  time  period  spans  the  develop- 
ment of  Greek  political  theory  to  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth 
century. 

POL  119  Concepts  in  Political  Theory  (3) 

Selected  concepts  to  be  dealt  with  in  depth.  Specific  concepts  noted 
in  term  schedule. 

POL  125  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States  (3) 

See  HIS  178. 

POL  134  International  Organization  (0-5) 

An  examination  of  the  origins,  structure,  and  practices  of  interna- 
tional agencies  with  special  attention  to  the  United  Nations.  The 
primary  technique  in  this  approach  is  an  attempt  at  role-playing  by 
virtue  of  participation  in  the  Model  United  Nations. 

POL  146  Public  Opinion  and  Propaganda  (3) 

A  study  of  the  techniques  utilized  by  professional  public  relations 
experts  in  the  manipulation  of  public  opinion  as  well  as  the 
strategies  of  electoral  victory  available  to  the  political  participant  for 
the  maximization  of  particular  goals. 

POL  155  Comparative  Politics  of  Selected  Areas  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  government,  political  practices,  per- 
sonalities, and  problems  of  selected  areas.  Specific  area  designated 
in  the  term  schedule. 

POL  180  State  and  Local  Government  (3) 

A  study  of  state  political  systems,  including  their  administrative  and 
local  sub-systems;  intergovernmental  relationships;  policy  outputs. 
Fulfills  CPE  requirement.  Consent  of  instructor  necessary  for  non- 
majors  and  non-minors. 

POL  181  Political  Participation  (1) 

A  course  in  which  the  student  actively  participates  in  a  current 
political  campaign.  Seminars  and  informal  discussions  attempt  to 
relate  student  experiences  to  the  literature  in  the  field. 

POL  185  Public  Personnel  Administration  (3) 

The  process  of  formulating  and  administering  public  personnel 
policies;  concepts  and  principles  utilized  in  selected  governmental 
personnel  systems.  Special  emphasis  on  collective  bargaining  in 
public  employment. 


Courses  of  Instruction/99 


POL  186  Introduction  to  Public  Administration  (3) 

The  executive  function  in  government;  principles  of  administrative 
organization,  personnel  management,  financial  administration, 
administrative  law,  and  problems  and  trends  in  government  as  a 
career. 

POL  187  Organizational  Theory  and  Governmental  Manage- 
ment (3) 

Organizational  structure,  human  factors  in  organization,  dynamics 
of  organizational  change,  internal  adaptability  to  external  environ- 
ment; problems,  limitations,  and  trends  in  governmental  organiza- 
tion and  management. 

POL  190  Internship  (3) 

Students  in  political  science  serve  as  interns  working  in  the  Los 
Angeles  offices  of  public  officeholders. 

POL  191  Internship  in  Government  Service  (3) 

Students  in  the  public  administration  program  serve  as  interns 
working  in  government  offices  in  the  Los  Angeles  area. 

POL  192  Plays  and  Politics  (3) 

See  ENG  192. 

POL  193ABCD  Selected  Problems  and  Projects  in  Political 
Science  (1-4),  (1-4),  (1-4),  (1-4) 

Subject  announced  in  term  schedule. 

POL  196  Experience-Oriented  Courses  in  Political  Science         (3) 


Psychology 


PSY  1  General  Psychology  (3) 

An  introduction  to  psychology  as  a  scientific  study  of  behavior. 
Focus  on  issues  in  learning,  motivation,  perception,  personality 
development,  and  psychopathology". 

PSY  2  Psychology  of  Communication  (2-3) 

A  study  of  the  use  of  communication  as  a  two-way  process  of 
giving-receiving  data,  interpreting  verbal/nonverbal  behavior  in  a 
variety  of  interpersonal  and  group  situations. 

PSY  12  Developmental  Psychology  (3) 

Theories  of  personality  development  and  a  review  of  current  re- 
search; study  of  physical,  mental,  social,  and  emotional  growth 
throughout  the  entire  human  life  span;  focus  on  factors  that  facilitate 
growth. 

PSY  13  Early  Child  Development  (3) 

Study  of  the  early  years  in  human  development.  Focus  on  prenatal 
life  and  early  childhood  years  as  influential  factors  on  the  child's 
learning  ability.  Study  of  infant  care  and  family  life  as  these  forces 
affect  psychophysiological,  emotional,  social,  motor,  and  mental 
development.  Observation  of  children  and  experience  in  designing 
learning  activities  for  young  children  in  pre-school  and  elementary 
classrooms. 

PSY  33  Adjustment  and  Mental  Health  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  concepts  of  personal  and  community  mental  health 
including:  the  psychological  principles  contributing  to  mental 
health,  the  interaction  of  personality  and  environment,  and  an 
overview  of  human  services  agencies  available  in  the  community  to 
individuals  of  all  ages. 

PSY  40  Statistics  (3) 

Collection  and  interpretation  of  statistical  data,  with  emphasis  on 
decision -making  and  limits  of  inference. 

PSY  77  Language  Development  of  the  Child  (3) 

Introduction  to  theories  of  language  learning  and  development. 


Study  of  normal  verbal  and  non-verbal  patterns  as  well  as  com- 
munication disorders.  Methods  and  materials  that  enhance  lan- 
guage development  are  studied  and  developed.  Students  are  re- 
quired to  observe  and  participate  in  a  pre-school  setting. 

PSY  99  Special  Problems  (1-3) 

Individual  study  of  problem  of  interest.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  in- 
structor. 

PSY  106  Experimental  Psychology  (3) 

Analysis  and  evaluation  of  published  literature;  design  of  experi- 
ments; use  of  experimental  and  statistical  methods;  survey  of  labora- 
tory apparatus;  use  of  case  study  and  naturalistic  observation.  Em- 
phasis on  human  experimental  psychology. 

PSY  109  Movement  Psychology  (3) 

Exploration  of  human  movement  patterns  in  relation  to  personality. 
Therapeutic  use  of  movement,  integrating  recent  findings  from 
kinesiology,  dance,  and  mime.  Study  of  the  relationship  between 
human  skeletal  adjustments  and  psychosomatic  correlates. 

PSY  113  Child  Development  and  the  Learning  Process  (3) 

Application  of  child  development  principles  to  children  aged  four 
through  twelve  years.  Curriculum  design  of  elementary-aged  chil- 
dren based  on  knowledge  of  their  social,  emotional,  mental,  and 
physical  attributes.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1. 

PSY  123  The  Adolescent  and  the  Learning  Process  (3) 

A  study  of  the  developmental  and  behavioral  characteristics  of  the 
adolescent.  Emphasis  on  how  individual  characteristics  and  con- 
cerns influence  the  adolescent's  ability  and  motivation  to  learn  and 
how  these  factors  affect  the  content  and  presentation  of  curricula. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  1. 

PSY  125  Introduction  to  Counseling  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  major  methods  of  psychological  counseling  with 
emphasis  on  the  underlying  theoretical  framework.  Included  will  be 
consideration  of  both  traditional  and  contemporary  individual  and 
group  methods.  Demonstrations  and  limited  practical  experiences 
will  focus  on  paraprofessional  applications. 

PSY  127  Psychology  of  Development  and  Aging  (3) 

Study  of  behavioral  development  throughout  the  adult  life  span; 
exploration  of  attitudes,  values,  and  motivation  insofar  as  they 
affect  and  are  affected  by  environmental  and  biological  changes 
associated  with  aging.  Course,  conducted  as  a  seminar,  includes 
field  work. 

PSY  132  Personality  (3) 

Comprehensive  study  of  the  structure  and  dynamics  of  personality 
as  viewed  by  various  theorists.  Implications  of  theoretical  formula- 
tions. 

PSY  133  Psychology  of  Disability  and  Adjustment  (3) 

An  exploration  of  the  effects  of  physical  disabilities  on  mental 
health.  Conditions  fostering  personality  development  and  con- 
tinued personal  growth  in  the  physically  disabled  will  be  investi- 
gated, with  an  emphasis  on  the  special  problems  of  disabilities 
among  the  aged.  Course  includes  field  work. 

PSY  134  Learning  (3) 

A  comprehensive  and  critical  examination  of  major  psychological 
theories  of  learning  and  related  research.  Practical  applications  of 
learning  principles  are  also  discussed. 

PSY  135  Group  Dynamics  (3) 

A  preliminary  experiential  and  theoretical  study  of  the  nature,  de- 
velopmental stages,  interpersonal  communication  patterns  and  role 
dynamics  manifested  in  group  situations.  Students  will  have  the 
opportunity  to  participate  in  a  variety  of  structured  and  unstruc- 
tured group  exercises. 


100/Courses  of  Instruction 


PSY  137  Culture  and  Personality  (3) 

A  study  of  the  relationships  between  cultures  and  personalities, 
including  the  "technocratic"  personality  of  the  industrial  culture. 
Also  focuses  on  language  and  personality,  minority  consciousness 
and  the  encounter  group  culture. 

PSY  145  Social  Psychology  (3) 

Theories  of  social  psychologists;  the  influence  of  social  structure  on 
social  character;  the  socialization  process  in  forming  the  self  and  the 
person;  institutional  and  cultural  influences  on  role  behavior;  social 
control.  See  SOC  145. 

PSY  148  Personnel  and  Consumer  Psychology  (3) 

Study  of  the  psychological  principles  and  techniques  used  in  a 
business  setting.  Topics  include  the  psychology  of  work,  personnel 
selection,  appraisal,  job  analysis,  placement  training,  production 
efficiency,  and  consumer  behavior. 

PSY  152  Physiological  Psychology  (3) 

A  study  of  the  relationship  of  nervous,  skeletal,  muscular,  glandu- 
lar, and  circulatory  systems  to  behavior.  Introduction  to  theories  of 
perception,  motivation,  and  emotion  and  their  physiological  con- 
comitants. 

PSY  155  Psychological  Testing  (3) 

An  introductory  investigation  of  the  field  of  psychological  testing 
including  an  examination  of  history,  theory,  and  construction  of 
tests  as  well  as  a  survey  of  principal  individual  and  group  tests  of 
intelligence,  personality,  interest,  and  ability  currently  used  in  clini- 
cal and  research  settings.  Special  attention  will  be  placed  on  the 
development  of  skills  for  evaluating  the  reliability,  validity,  and 
ethics  of  psychological  tests  and  their  applications. 

PSY  168  Abnormal  Psychology  (3) 

Study  of  the  concepts  of  mental  health  and  mental  illness.  Introduc- 
tion to  the  different  psychopathological  entities  and 
psychotherapeutic  techniques. 

PSY  190  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

PSY  192  Clinical  Practicum  (3) 

Experience-oriented  course  designed  to  enable  the  student  to  apply 
the  principles  of  psychology  in  real  life  settings.  Field  work  options 
include  areas  of  school  psychology,  gerontology,  mental  retarda- 
tion, emotional  disturbances,  learning  disabilities,  or  probation 
work.  Course  includes  weekly  seminar  oriented  towards  integrating 
experiences  with  theory. 

PSY  199A  Special  Problems  (1-3) 

Individual  study  of  problem  of  interest.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  in- 
structor. 

PSY  199B  Special  Problems  (1-3) 

Individual  study  of  problem  of  interest.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  in- 
structor. 

PSY  200  Research  Methodology  (3) 

Methodology  of  research;  includes  techniques  of  research,  theory  of 
research,  experimental  design,  gathering  data,  and  interpreting 
data. 

PSY  224  Dynamics  of  Individual  Behavior  (3) 

A  study  of  the  development  and  organization  of  the  individual's 
personality  structure  as  he  perceives  himself  in  his  universe. 

PSY  225  Counseling  Theory  and  Procedures  (3) 

An  in-depth  exploration  into  the  theory  and  methodology  of  coun- 
seling for  the  pupil  personnel  worker  with  emphasis  on  the  profes- 
sional application  of  skills  and  theory.  Students  will  participate  in 


counseling  practica  experiences  under  the  supervision  of  the  in- 
structor. Prerequisite:  PSY  125  or  its  equivalent. 

PSY  230  Measurements:  Theory  and  Procedures  (3) 

An  advanced  course  in  the  evaluation,  use,  and  interpretation  of 
individual  and  group  tests  of  intelligence,  personality,  interest,  and 
achievement.  Prerequisite:  MTH  381138. 

PSY  235  Group  Dynamics:  Theory  and  Procedures  (3) 

An  investigation  of  group  processes  for  individuals  who  have  al- 
ready had  experience  working  with  groups.  The  emphasis  will  be  on 
the  concepts  of  group  facilitation,  productivity,  evaluation  and  the 
application  of  group  methods  in  teaching,  counseling,  and  adminis- 
trative work. 

PSY  271  Appraisal  of  Exceptional  Children  (3) 

A  study  of  the  use  of  tools  for  assessing  exceptionalities  in  children: 
statistical  concepts  in  measuring  abilities,  principles  of  assessment- 
methods  of  administration  and  interpretation;  assessment  instru- 
ments; and  the  relationship  of  the  results  of  assessment  to  the  total 
evaluation  of  the  child.  See  EDU  271. 

PSY  272  Disturbances  in  Child  Development  (3) 

Includes  a  study  of  the  learning  and  behavioral  development  charac- 
teristics of  the  five  major  groups  of  exceptionality  as  they  arise  from: 
genetic  and  hereditary,  neuro-physical  traits,  prenatal  and  neonatal 
development,  nutritional  factors,  disturbances  in  sensory-motor, 
language,  auditory  and  visual  development,  learning  and 
problem-solving,  social  and  emotional  development,  physical, 
locomotor,  disease,  physical  injury,  etc.,  and  other  specific  effects  of 
environmental  and  developmental  processes.  See  EDU  172/272. 

PSY  273  Development  of  Programs  for  Children  with  Specific 
Learning  Abilities  (3) 

Provides  the  opportunity  for  the  candidate  to  use  the  outcomes  of 
assessment  to  plan  specific  programs  of  remediation  or  amelioration  of 
basic  psychological  functioning,  and  enables  him  to  participate  in 
the  actual  implementation  of  these  various  plans  through  work  with 
individual  or  small  groups  of  children  in  the  various  categories  of 
exceptionalities.  See  EDU  273. 

PSY  274  Counseling  and  Guidance  of  Exceptional  Children      (3) 

Primarily  a  study  of  human  relationships,  which  provides  the  basis 
for  the  effective  working  relationships,  both  interpersonal  and  in- 
terprofessional, involving  the  complex  situation  of  persons  interact- 
ing with  one  another  at  all  levels  of  the  organizational  social  struc- 
ture. The  student  develops  the  ability  to  relate  effectively  with 
pupils,  parents,  co-workers,  and  resource  personnel;  becomes 
aware  of  legal  and  personal  nature  of  this  work;  and  learns  to 
appreciate  the  sensitivity  of  the  materials  being  used.  This  course 
also  helps  the  student  develop  the  ability  to  work  harmoniously  and 
effectively  with  all  personnel,  a  necessary  condition  for  the  success 
of  the  staff  toward  a  common  goal  of  promoting  the  learning  of 
children.  See  EDU  174/274. 

PSY  277  Language  and  Speech  Disorders  (3) 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  candidate  in  special  education  with  normal 
language  development,  and  with  the  causes,  characteristics,  and 
remediation  of  speech  disorders  and  defects  in  the  handicapped 
child.  Includes  observation,  evaluation,  and  participation  in  pro- 
grams of  speech  development  and  therapy.  See  EDU  277. 


Religious  Studies 


RST  4/104  Introduction  to  the  Hebrew  Scriptures  (3) 

A  study  of  the  methods  of  modern  biblical  scholarship  building  on  a 
consideration  of  revelation  and  inspiration;  a  consideration  of 
selected  themes  of  the  Hebrew  Scriptures. 


Courses  of  Instruction/101 


RST  5/105  Introduction  to  the  Christian  Scriptures  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  synoptic  gospel  accounts,  Johannine  litera- 
ture, the  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  and  certain  Pauline  letters. 

RST  7/107  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Religion  (3) 

The  search  for  ultimate  meaning  in  a  technological  age. 

RST  12/112  Catholicism  (3) 

Catholicism's  contributions  to  Christianity's  traditions:  for  Catholics 
a  reacquaintance,  for  others  an  introduction. 

RST  17/117  Education  for  Justice  (3) 

An  experience-oriented  course  which  aids  students  to  identify  and 
examine  critically  their  values  and  stereotypes  by  providing 
fieldwork  with  persons  and  groups  who  are  working  toward  the 
creation  of  a  just  society. 

RST  20/120  Christian  Ethics  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  moral  decision-making  from  the 
perspective  of  Christian  faith:  the  sources  and  nature  of  moral  obli- 
gation, personal  and  social  responsibility,  freedom  and  sinfulness. 

RST  22/122  Bible  as  Literature  (3) 

The  Bible  as  art,  shaped  by  human  artifact  in  which  the  characters 
come  alive  through  the  storyteller's  techniques  of  plot,  theme,  im- 
ages, voice,  progress  toward  change. 

RST  35/135  The  Sacraments  (3) 

The  Christian's  individual  and  corporate  response  to  God  as  seen  in 
the  sacramentality  of  Christ,  the  Church,  and  its  worship. 

RST  62/162  Eastern  Thought  (3) 

See  PHI  62/162. 

RST  78/178  Death  and  Dying:  Religious  Aspects  (3) 

A  treatment  of  the  process  of  dying  as  it  affects  and  is  affected  by  a 
person's  religious  convictions;  pastoral  concerns  about  ministry  to 
dying  persons  and  major  religions'  teachings  regarding  such  con- 
cepts as  God  and  the  afterlife. 

RST  92/192  Christian  Fantasy  (3) 

A  search  for  beauty  and  the  God  who  is  immanent  via  the  writings  of 
20th  Century  authors,  such  as  C.  S.  Lewis,  Charles  Williams,  Susan 
Cooper  and  others. 

RST  93/193  Prayer  and  Poetry  (3) 

Introduction  to  various  techniques  of  prayer  using  the  world  around 
and  the  insights  of  poetry  and  Scripture. 

RST  99/199  Special  Studies  (1-3) 

May  apply  to  any  of  the  three  areas  of  study,  depending  on  subject 
matter;  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

RST  121  Theology  of  Liberation  (3) 

A  study  of  the  essential  freedom  which  is  the  Christian  vocation, 
together  with  an  examination  of  contemporary  social  issues  and  the 
possibilities  for  liberating  others. 

RST  130  God:  Yahweh,  Christ,  and  Spirit  (3) 

Theological  bases  and  implications  of  affirming  that  God  is  Three- 
in-One. 

RST  131  Christology  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  classical  and  contemporary  approaches  to  the 
person  and  mission  of  Jesus  Christ. 

RST  132/232  The  School  as  a  Faith  Community  (3) 

Identifies  the  characteristics  of  a  faith  community  and  assists 
teachers  and  administrators  in  discovering  and  developing  within 
themselves  those  qualities  which  promote  such  a  community. 


RST  133  Christian  Spirituality  (3) 

An  investigation  of  the  Spirit's  operation  in  our  lives;  the  life  of  grace 
and  prayer. 

RST  136  Ministry  in  the  Church  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  history  of  ministry  in  the  Church  and  practice 
in  methods  of  current  participation  in  the  ministry  of  Christ  in  our 
day:  hospital,  youth,  parish. 

RST  137  Liturgy  (3) 

The  meaning,  purpose,  forms,  and  history  of  communal  worship  in 
the  Church. 

RST  141  Prophetic  Literature  in  the  Hebrew  Scripture  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  theology  of  prophecy  and  the  writings  of 
selected  prophets. 

RST  142  Wisdom  Literature  (3) 

Selected  books  from  the  wisdom  of  Israel,  showing  the  religious 
philosophy  and  insight  into  human  nature  of  the  pre-Christian  era. 

RST  144  Synoptic  Gospel  Accounts  (3) 

Origin,  distinction,  character,  and  exegesis  of  the  works  of 
Matthew,  Mark,  and  Luke. 

RST  145  Johannine  Literature  (3) 

The  Gospel  according  to  John,  the  Book  of  Revelation,  and  the 
Johannine  letters. 

RST  146  Pauline  Literature  (3) 

A  study  of  the  letters  attributed  to  Paul,  as  well  as  the  portion  of  Acts 
which  deals  with  his  mission. 

RST  155  Jewish  Religious  Thought  (3) 

An  investigation  into  contemporary  Judaism. 

RST  160  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3) 

See  PHI  160. 

RST  168A  Contemporary  Moral  Problems  (3) 

See  PHI  168A. 

RST  168B  Bioethics  (2-3) 

See  PHI  168B. 

RST  170  Theology  in  Literature  (3) 

An  interdisciplinary  investigation  of  themes  in  literature  which  de- 
monstrate the  human  search  for  the  transcendent. 

RST  177  A  Theology  of  Marriage  (3) 

Judaeo-Christian  impact  on  the  human  phenomenon  of  marriage. 

RST  179  Sociology  of  Religion  (3) 

See  SOC  195. 

RST  180  Practicum  (1) 

Directed  and  supervised  experience  to  provide  students  with  at- 
titudes, skills,  and  competencies  required  in  an  area  of  ministry, 
e.g.,  hospital,  parish,  school,  etc. 

RST  185  Senior  Seminar  (3) 

A  course  designed  to  provide  for  integration  of  the  other  aspects  of 
the  religious  studies  program:  content,  methods,  and  practicum. 

RST  190  Workshop  (1-3) 

RST  195  Directed  Reading  (1-3) 

RST  272  A  Philosophy  and  History  of  Christian  Education        (3) 

The  history  of  the  Judaeo-Christian  educational  tradition  from  its 
beginnings,  through  Western  European  influences,  into  contempo- 
rary United  States.  Specific  attention  to  the  influence  of  American 
pluralistic  values  and  determinations  of  Vatican  Council  II  regarding 
the  role  of  the  laity  in  the  Church  on  such  a  tradition. 


102/Courses  of  Instruction 


Sociology 


SOC  4  The  Family  (3) 

The  study  of  the  family  as  a  primary  group  and  as  an  institution. 
Varieties  of  family  patterns,  pre-marital  and  marital  behavior, 
child-parent  relationships,  and  family  disorganization  and  reor- 
ganization are  considered. 

SOC  5  Sociological  Perspectives  (3) 

A  basic  course  presenting  the  vocabulary  of  sociology;  its  concepts; 
the  varied  aspects  of  social  structure  and  function  of  the  rural-urban 
shift;  with  special  emphasis  on  problems  of  minorities  and  of  popu- 
lation increase.  This  course  is  a  prerequisite  for  all  upper  division 
sociology  courses. 

SOC  65/165  Development  of  Social  Thought  (3) 

An  examination  of  selected  types  of  social  thought  from  primitive 
speculation  to  early  modern  scientific  inquiry. 

SOC  104/204  The  Family  (3) 

The  structure  of  the  family  as  institution.  Change  as  it  affects  the 
structure  of  the  family,  the  functions  it  performs,  and  the  definition 
of  member  roles.  Involves  a  comparison  of  types  of  family  systems. 

SOC  110/210  Deviant  Behavior:  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3) 

An  analysis  of  basic  theoretical  orientations  to  social  and  personal 
disorganization  of  the  juvenile  in  twentieth  century  American  socie- 
ty. Special  emphasis  on  contemporary  problems  and  movements  of 
the  youth  scene. 

SOC  111/211  Deviant  Behavior:  Criminology  (3) 

An  analysis  of  basic  theoretical  orientations  to  social  and  personal 
disorganization  of  the  adult  in  twentieth  century  American  society. 
An  examination  of  the  various  types  of  individual  and  group  de- 
viance. 

SOC  117  Research  Methods  (3) 

Study  of  the  techniques  and  methods  used  in  sociological  research 
with  a  critical  analysis  of  research  studies. 

SOC  125/225  Comparative  Social  Structures  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  basic  social  structures  of  society.  A  study  of 
the  similarities  and  differences  between  societies,  including  a  com- 
parison of  primitive  and  modern  cultures.  A  special  emphasis  will 
be  placed  on  the  dominant  American  culture  as  contrasted  with  the 
subcultures  in  today's  society,  primarily,  the  Spanish-speaking 
sub-cultures. 

SOC  137  Culture  and  Personality  (3) 

A  study  of  relationships  between  culture  and  personality  with  a 
cross-cultural  approach  to  determine  what  is  universal  and  what  is 
unique  among  peoples  of  the  world.  The  processes  of  socialization, 
enculturation,  cultural  transmission  and  aging  will  be  examined 
along  with  language  and  personality,  minority  consciousness,  na- 
tional character  and  the  technocratic  personality  in  the  industrial 
society. 

SOC  145  Social  Psychology  (3) 

See  PSY  145. 

SOC  152  Group  Processes  (3) 

Systematic  study  of  the  formation,  structure,  and  functioning  of 
groups;  analysis  of  group  processes  and  group  products  from  a 
variety  of  theoretical  viewpoints. 

SOC  153  Sociology  and  Literature  (3) 

A  discussion  of  the  usefulness  of  literature  in  the  study  of  sociology. 
Particular  emphasis  on  selected  works  that  bring  to  life  or  actualize 
certain  specific  sociological  theories. 


SOC  161/261  Dynamics  of  Majority-Minority  Relations  (3) 

A  study  of  majority  policies  toward  minorities  and  of  alternative 
minority  responses  to  prejudice  and  discrimination.  Special  em- 
phasis given  to  American  minorities  (racial  and  cultural)  and  to  the 
impact  of  differential  treatment  upon  minorities-within-minorities: 
e.g.  children  vis-a-vis  the  school,  adults  and  employment  oppor- 
tunities, and  the  aged  in  a  youth-oriented  society. 

SOC  166/266  Contemporary  Sociological  Theory  (3) 

A  critical  evaluation  of  major  contemporary  sociological  theorists  as 
representative  of  various  schools  of  sociological  inquiry  and 
analysis. 

SOC  175/275  Urban  Sociology  (3) 

A  study  of  the  change  from  rural  to  urban  societies  and  the  problems 
of  adaptation  created  by  this  change.  Major  emphasis  on  the  history 
or  urbanization,  demographic  changes,  the  anti-urban  bias,  and 
social  problems  related  to  urbanization.  Analysis  of  such  problem 
areas  as  education,  race,  housing,  poverty,  welfare,  taxation,  etc. 

SOC  180/280  Social  Stratification  (3) 

An  examination  of  systems  of  class  and  caste,  with  special  attention 
to  the  United  States;  and  exploration  of  such  elements  of  stratifica- 
tion as  status,  occupation,  income,  and  others;  a  thorough  examina- 
tion of  the  style  of  life  of  minorities,  the  poor,  the  elite,  and  the 
middle  class. 

SOC  185/285  Political  Sociology  (3) 

A  course  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  an  understanding  of 
the  organization  of  power  and  an  analysis  of  the  social  basis  of 
power  and  political  institutions.  This  understanding  of  politics  is 
used  to  analyze  political  behavior,  political  bureaucracies,  political 
movements,  interest  groups,  and  social  change.  A  review  of  some 
cross-cultural  research  is  included. 

SOC  189ABC  The  Sociology  of  Aging  (1-1-1) 

A.  Sociological  Approaches  to  Aging  (1) 
An  exploration  of  the  sociological  definitions  of  aging,  the  demog- 
raphy of  the  aged  and  role  changes,  particularly  from  work  to 
retirement. 

B.  Social  Stratification  (1) 
Class  and  caste  and  the  effects  of  social  status  upon  the  quality  of  life 
of  the  elderly. 

C.  Economic  Components  (1) 
An  emphasis  on  employment  opportunities,  financial  resources, 
dependency  and  public  layers  of  protection  through  programs  of 
insurance  and  assistance. 

SOC  190  Social  Change  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  areas  of  social  change  in  American  society 
with  an  emphasis  on  understanding  the  past  in  order  to  project 
expected  changes  in  the  future.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  influences  of 
internal  and  external  factors  upon  social  structures  as  well  as  the 
effect  those  changes  have  upon  various  segments  of  our  society  over 
the  life-cycle. 

SOC  195/295  Sociology  of  Religion  (3) 

Religious  belief  and  religious  behavior  as  they  influence  other  di- 
mensions of  social  behavior.  Social  conditions  as  they  influence 
belief  and  action. 

SOC  197  Applied  Sociology  (1-4) 

An  opportunity  to  apply  the  principles  of  sociology  to  an  area  of 
special  student  interest.  Directed  study  under  the  auspices  of  com- 
munity agencies.  Prerequisites:  three  courses  including  Sociological 
Perspectives;  Methods  of  Research;  and  one  upper  division  sociology  course. 
Permission  of  the  instructor  is  required. 


Courses  of  Instruction/103 


SOC  198  Readings  in  Sociology  (1-6) 

Intensive  and  independent  study  in  a  field  of  special  interest  at  the 
culmination  of  one's  sociological  work. 

SOC  199  Special  Studies  (1-6) 

A  more  advanced  or  specialized  treatment  of  an  area  covered  in  the 
regular  course  list. 

SOC  212  Contemporary  Social  Issues  (3) 

An  explication  and  analysis  of  the  institutional  disjunctions,  the 
conflict  between  value  systems,  and  the  stresses  between  majority 
and  minority  groups  in  contemporary  society.  Special  emphasis  on 
America's  largest  minorities  with  Spanish-speaking  minorities  as 
cases  in  point. 


Spanish 


SPA  1,  SPA  2  Elementary  Spanish  (3-3) 

Develops  fundamental  skills  in  speaking,  reading,  understanding, 
writing.  Use  of  the  language  laboratory  is  required.  Classes  feature 
demonstration,  active  practice  and  exchange  in  Spanish. 

SPA  3  Intermediate  Spanish  (3) 

Continues  the  development  of  all  four  language  skills,  emphasizing 
vocabulary  building,  perfecting  pronunciation,  increasing  fluency. 
Language  Laboratory  use  is  required.  Class  conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPA  4AB  Intermediate  Spanish  (3-3) 

Continues  the  development  of  the  four  language  skills.  Selected 
literature  and  culture  readings  discussed  and  analyzed  in  Spanish  to 
enrich  vocabulary  and  improve  writing  ability. 

SPA  8  Phonetics  and  Conversation  (3) 

Concentrates  on  the  fundamentals  of  phonetics,  vocabulary'  build- 
ing, and  conversation  at  the  intermediate  level  with  emphasis  on 
correct  intonation  and  pronunciation.  Prerequisite:  SPA  3. 

SPA  9AB  Spanish  for  the  Medical  Worker  (3-3) 

Essential  Spanish  vocabulary  and  phrases  for  a  variety  of  medical 
situations  including  admitting,  taking  case  history,  emergency 
room,  delivery  room,  inhalation  therapy,  outpatient  care  and  pre- 
paring for  surgery.  Patient  and  medical  worker  role-playing  is  stres- 
sed. 

SPA  10  Spanish  for  Business  (3) 

Essential  Spanish  for  all  secretarial  procedures,  writing  business 
letters,  making  introductions,  conducting  interviews,  managing  of- 
fice public  and  personnel  relations. 

SPA  25AB  Advanced  Grammar  (2-2) 

A  thorough  review  of  the  structure  of  the  language  with  concentra- 
tion on  the  more  complex  points  of  Spanish  grammar;  exercises  in 
prose  composition.  Prerequisite:  SPA  4AB. 

SPA  42/142  History  and  Civilization  of  Spain  (3) 

A  background  course  for  the  study  of  Peninsular  literature.  Histori- 
cal, social  and  cultural  development  of  Spain.  Prerequisite:  SPA  4AB. 

SPA  44/144  History  and  Civilization  of  Spanish  America  (3) 

A  background  course  for  the  study  of  Spanish- American  literature. 
Historical,  social  and  cultural  development  of  Spanish  America. 
Prerequisite:  SPA  4AB. 

SPA  94/194  Study/Travel  (1-6) 

SPA  103  Morphology  and  Syntax  (3) 

Patterns  of  the  Spanish  language:  verbs,  word  structure  and  word 
distribution. 


SPA  109  Stylistics  and  Composition  (3) 

Analysis  of  basic  stylistic  elements  of  each  of  the  genre.  Readings 
and  oral  written  and  oral  analysis  of  selected  masterpieces.  Prerequi- 
site: SPA  25 A. 

SPA  112AB  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Spanish  Literature  (3-3) 

An  introduction  to  poetry,  fiction  and  drama  tracing  the  develop- 
ment of  each  genre  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present.  Special 
attention  given  to  literary  theory  and  criticism  for  appreciation  of 
works  studied. 

A.  From  the  Middle  Ages  to  1700. 

B.  From  1700  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  SPA  4AB. 

SPA  115/215  Applied  Linguistics:  Spanish  as  a  Second  Language  (3) 

The  linguistic  approach  to  the  teaching  of  Spanish. 

SPA  118/218  Historical  Grammar;  Spanish  as  a  First  Language  (3) 

Origins  and  development  of  the  language  to  modern  times. 
Suggested  for  teachers. 

SPA  123  Literary  Expression  of  Medieval  Thought  (3) 

Themes,  ideas,  and  forms  of  medieval  literature  as  an  expression  of 
the  life,  thought  and  attitudes  of  the  middle  ages:  poetry,  prose  and 
drama.  Prerequisite:  SPA  112 A. 

SPA  124/224  Golden  Age  Literature  (3) 

The  development  of  Renaissance  and  Baroque  writing  from  Gar- 
cilaso  to  Calderon.  Interpretation  and  analysis  of  selected  poems, 
plays  and  novels.  Prerequisite:  SPA  112 A. 

SPA  130/230  Nineteenth  Century  Spanish  Literature  (3) 

Romanticism,  Realism  and  Naturalism  as  manifested  in  the  works  of 
representative  authors.  Detailed  study  and  analysis  of  selected 
works.  Prerequisite:  SPA  112B. 

SPA  132/232  Studies  in  the  Generation  of  1898  (3) 

The  spirit  of  the  Generation  of  '98  as  reflected  in  the  works  of  major 
representative  authors.  Intensive  analysis  of  selected  works.  Prereq- 
uisite: SPA  112B. 

SPA  135/235  Peninsular  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century     (3) 

Major  trends  in  peninsular  poetry,  theater  and  prose  fiction  from 
1898  to  today.  Intensive  study  of  specific  authors  and  critical 
analysis  of  selected  works.  Prerequisite:  SPA  112B. 

SPA  138/238  The  Literature  of  Colonial  Spanish  America  (3) 

Examines  pre-conquest,  conquest  and  colonialization  of  the 
Spanish-speaking  New  World  in  documents,  chronicles,  letters, 
fiction,  poetry  and  theater.  Prerequisite:  SPA  441144. 

SPA  140/240  The  "Modernista"  Poets  (3) 

A  study  of  the  literary  significance  of  "Modernismo"  in  Spanish- 
American  poetry  through  an  intensive  study  of  its  most  representa- 
tive poets.  Characteristics  of  the  movement,  its  culmination  and 
decadence.  Interpretation  and  analysis  of  selected  poems.  Prerequi- 
site: SPA  112  AB. 

SPA  141/241  The  Spanish  American  Novel  from  1910  to  the 
Present  (3) 

After  a  brief  consideration  of  the  development  of  the  Spanish- 
American  novel,  a  detailed  study  of  the  genre  of  the  early  twentieth 
century,  its  social  and  literary  significance.  Interpretation  and  criti- 
cal analysis  of  representative  works.  Prerequisite:  SPA  112B. 

SPA  143/243  The  Spanish  American  Short  Story  (3) 

A  study  of  representative  short  story  writers  of  the  nineteenth  and 
twentieth  centuries  through  critical  analysis  and  interpretation  of 
selected  works. 


104/Courses  of  Instruction 


SPA  147  Literary  Analysis  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  literary  devices,  figures  of  speech  and 
the  differentiation  of  literary  genres. 

SPA  190AB  Special  Studies  (3-3) 

Courses  designed  to  investigate  areas  of  special  literary  interest: 
genres,  authors,  themes.  Internship  program  in  areas  related  to 
Spanish. 

SPA  191  Senior  Thesis  (1) 

Spanish  majors  must  complete  a  senior  thesis  in  literature  under  the 
direction  of  a  department  member,  enrolling  in  SPA  191,  Senior 
Thesis,  during  the  term  in  which  they  complete  the  work.  Upon 
acceptance  of  the  paper  by  the  department,  the  student  receives  one 
unit  of  credit  and  no  grade. 

SPA  199AB  Independent  Studies  (1-3,  1-3) 

Directed  readings  and  research.  For  qualified  students  with  the 
approval  of  the  department. 

SPA  227  El  Quijote  (3) 

The  meaning  of  Cervantes'  masterpiece  is  sought  through  a  careful 
study  of  its  form  and  content.  Past  and  current  interpretations  are 
examined. 

SPA  272AB  Peninsular  Literature  Since  the  Civil  War  (3-3) 

Analysis  of  the  principal  literary  and  ideological  characteristics  of 
post-Civil  War  Spanish  letters  through  study  of  (a)  the  novel, 
selected  examples,  and  (b)  the  theater  from  Buero  Vallejo's  early 
works  to  the  present. 

SPA  290  Directed  Independent  Studies  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  and  acceptance  by  the  department. 

SPA  299AB  Independent  Studies  (1-3;  1-3) 

Directed  readings  and  investigation.  For  qualified  students  with  the 
approval  of  the  department. 

SPA  331  Spanish  for  School  Personnel,  Level  I  (3) 

Develops  the  most  fundamental  conversational  Spanish  skills  for 
the  classroom  as  well  as  reading,  understanding,  and  writing 
abilities.  Language  lab,  active  class  practice,  and  exchange  in 
Spanish. 

SPA  332  Spanish  for  School  Personnel,  Level  II  (3) 

Continues  progress  of  basic  Spanish  conversational  skills  for  the 
teacher.  Stress  is  on  participation  in  class  conversation  as  well  as  on 
developing  skills  in  reading,  understanding,  and  writing.  Language 
lab  every  session. 


Special  Programs 


Academic  Programs 

A  maximum  of  six  non-required  units  in  this  area  may  be 
counted  towards  the  baccalaureate  degree  without 
permission  of  the  Dean. 

Physical  Education 

PED  7  Aesthetics  of  Dance  (1-3) 

Study  of  the  technical  aspects  of  moving,  creation  of  dances 
(choreography),  philosophy  and  history  of  the  dance,  and  critical 
appraisal  and  evaluation  of  professional  dance  performers.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

PED  8  Dance  Workshop  (1-6) 

Application  of  techniques  of  dance  with  the  opportunity  for  original 
performance. 

PED  9  Physical  Education  (V2-I) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


Special  Courses 

SPR  1  Personal  Typewriting  (1-2) 

Introduction  to  the  basic  typewriting  skills;  knowledge  of  the 
keyboard,  letters,  tabulation,  vertical  and  horizontal  centering, 
manuscripts,  and  business  forms.  Students  expected  to  attain  a 
minimum  speed  of  25-30  wpm.  Only  students  with  no  typing 
knowledge  or  very  minimal  typing  experience  are  eligible  to  register 
for  this  course.  May  not  be  counted  toward  the  baccalaureate  de- 
gree. 

SPR  11/111  Seminar  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPR  12/112  Studies  in  Humanities  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPR  13/113  Studies  in  Contemporary  Society  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPR  14/114  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPR  15/115  Workshop  (1-3) 

May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPR  16A  Leadership  Seminar  I  (1) 

An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  issues  of  leadership,  with  particu- 
lar emphasis  on  the  application  of  these  principles  to  women  in 
higher  education. 

SPR  16B  Leadership  Seminar  II  (1) 

An  investigation  of  the  concepts  and  techniques  of  leadership  which 
enables  the  student  to  assess  individual  leadership  skills.  Particular 
attention  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  and  participation  in  leadership 
skill-building  workshops. 

SPR  18/118  Career  Planning  Seminar  (1-2) 

Training  in  how  to  analyze  one's  needs,  interests,  skills  and  values; 
application  to  decisions  about  work,  leisure  time,  choice  of  major 
and  academic  planning.  Introduction  to  the  most  accurate  sources  of 
career  information  and  traditional  and  non-traditional  ways  of  find- 
ing a  job,  with  special  emphasis  on  resume  writing  and  interviewing 
skills.  Special  topics  such  as  integration  of  a  career  with  family  lfe 
may  be  discussed  according  to  class  needs. 

SPR  19  Personal  Awareness  (1) 

An  application  of  Abraham  Maslow's  theory  of  a  hierarchy  of  needs 
to  the  life  of  the  student.  It  will  explore  what  these  needs  are,  how 
the  resources  of  the  college  can  help  in  meeting  these  needs,  and 
how  to  be  more  successful  and  efficient  in  meeting  these  needs. 

SPR  20  Reading  and  Academic  Study  Techniques  (3) 

An  analytical  method  to  strengthen  reading  efficiency:  includes 
theory  and  practice  to  strengthen  habits  of  systematic  listening, 
notetaking,  and  techniques  for  handling  related  study  problems: 
reference  books,  literary  works,  textbooks,  and  current  academic 
readings.  Credit  for  SPR  20  may  not  be  counted  toward  the  bac- 
calaureate degree. 

SPR  60A  OUTREACH:  Social  Action  (1-3) 

A  multi-faceted  community  action  program  geared  to  help  people  in 
need.  Approximately  twenty- five  hours  of  volunteer  work  under 
supervision  in  an  approved  agency  or  center  and  a  weekly  seminar 
required.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPR  60B  OUTREACH:  Fieldwork  (1-3) 

Consists  of  fieldwork  related  to  a  particular  course  or  program.  It 
extends  the  instructional  process  and  awareness  beyond  the  cam- 
pus in  order  to  have  career-related  experience,  to  derive  meaning 
from  real-life  situations,  and  to  give  community  service. 


Courses  of  Instruction/105 


SPR  60C  OUTREACH:  Term  (3) 

An  interdisciplinary  focus  on  a  "problem"  and  its  complexities 
either  on  or  off  campus. 

SPR  80  Group  Experience  0) 

Intended  to  assist  students  in  orientation  to  college  by  providing 
each  student  with  the  opportunity  to  make  her  own  choices,  recog- 
nize her  own  values,  and  set  her  own  goals  in  a  group  situation. 
Each  group  member  has  the  opportunity  to  (1)  find  meaning  in  her 
college  studies  and  related  experiences;  (2)  develop  a  greater  under- 
standing of  herself  and  others;  (3)  develop  constructive  feelings 
about  herself;  and  (4)  develop  positive  forms  of  behavior. 

SPR  98  Special  Experience  (1-3) 

This  course  has  variable  title,  content,  and  credit  It  is  designed  to 
give  students  the  opportunity  to  obtain  credit  for  an  experience 
obtained  prior  to  or  concurrently  with  their  regular  classes.  The 
specific  course  title  and  description  is  prepared  when  the  student 
enrolls  in  the  course.  A  student  may  enroll  in  this  course  no  more 
than  three  times. 

SPR  99  Special  Experience:  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

This  course  has  variable  title,  content,  and  credit.  It  is  intended  to 
allow  a  student  to  engage  in  independent  study  un  der  the  direction 
of  a  faculty  member.  The  specific  course  title  and  description  is 
prepared  when  the  student  enrolls  in  the  course.  A  student  may 
enroll  in  this  course  no  more  than  three  times. 

Extension  Programs 

Units  in  this  area  are  for  enrichment  and  will  be  accepted 
toward  degree  only  on  an  individual  basis . 

Great  Books  Programs 

EXT  365  Great  Books  —  Leadership  Training  Course  (3) 

This  course  demonstrates  the  basic  techniques  for  the  selection, 
appreciation,  and  understanding  of  good  literature  for  young 
people.  It  is  designed  for  in-service  teachers,  business  men  and 
women,  civic  lay  and  professional  groups.  This  is  a  three  part 
course;  all  three  parts  must  be  successfully  completed  before  credit 
is  granted. 


Speech  and  Drama 


SPE  10/110  Public  Speaking  (3) 

Exercises  in  speaking  before  an  audience;  developing  techniques  of 
persuasive  public  utterance. 

SPE  13/113  Oral  Argument  (3) 

Techniques  of  organizing,  constructing,  and  delivering  oral  argu- 
ment; group  discussion  and  platform  practice. 

SPE  15/115  Drama  in  Action  (3) 

Training  in  performing  and  production  aspects  of  the  theater;  occa- 
sional opportunity  to  discuss  drama  with  work;  ag  artists,  and  visits 
to  local  dramatic  productions.  Course  culminat  s  in  public  dramatic 
production.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPE  191/291  Directed  Study  (1-3) 

Study  in  a  field  of  special  interest,  under  the  direction  of  a  depart- 
ment member.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

SPE  192/292  Special  Studies  (3) 

In-depth  exploration  of  special  interest  areas  in  the  study  of  speech 
and  drama.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


Administration  and  Faculty 


108/Administration  and  Faculty 


Board  of  Trustees 

Sister  Grace  Ann  Loperena,  Chairman 

Sister  Anita  Joseph  Aragon 

Sister  Magdalen  Coughlin 

Mr.  James  F.  LeSage 

Sister  Kathleen  Mary  McCarthy 

Sister  Cecilia  Louise  Moore 

Dr.  Frank  R.  Moothart 

Dr.  Foster  H.  Sherwood 

Administrative  Officers 

Sister  Magdalen  Coughlin,  Ph.D.,  President 

Reverend  Matthew  S.  Delaney,  Ph.D.,  Dean  fo:  Academic  Development 

Cheryl  Mabey,  J.D.,  Dean  for  Student  Development 

Robert  S.  Geissinger,  B.A.,  Director  of  Resource  Development 

Reverend  Sylvester  D.  Ryan,  M.A.,  College  Chaplain 

Sister  Margaret  Anne  Vonderahe,  M.Ed.,  Dear  cf  Associate  in  Arts  Program 

Barbara  A.  Becker,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  to  the  Pre:  ic.ent  for  Planning  and  Development 

Regents  Council 

Mr.  Daniel  J.  Gayton,  Chairman 

Mr.  Richard  T.  Aldworth 

Mr.  Charles  F.  Bannan 

Mr.  Jerome  C.  Byrne 

Mr.  John  L.  Cecil 

Mr.  Gordon  Cooper 

Mr.  William  S.  Culp 

Mr.  William  Dozier  (Inactive) 

Mr.  Jimmy  Durante  (Inactive) 

Mr.  M.  A.  Enright 

Mr.  Jerome  E.  Farley 

Mr.  Thomas  E.  Fuszard 

Mrs.  William  Goodwin 

Mrs.  Sally  Snow  Halff 

Mr.  J.  W.  Hawekotte  (Inactive) 

Mrs.  Joseph  L.  Hegener 

Mr.  James  L.  Hesburgh 

Mrs.  Eleanore  Kalmus 

Mrs.  Peter  Keller 

Mr.  J.  W.  Kennedy,  Jr. 

Mr.  James  F.  LeSage 

Mrs.  James  F.  LeSage 

Mrs.  Lola  McAlpin-Grant 

Mrs.  Lawrence  O.  Mackel 

Mrs.  Gregory  J.  Melanson 

Dr.  Frank  R.  Moothart 

Dr.  James  B.  Peter 

Mr.  Gene  N.  Pruss 

Mr.  Richard  F.  Schmid 

Dr.  Foster  H.  Sherwood 

Mr.  Edward  J.  Spillane 

Mrs.  Edward  J.  Spillane 

Mr.  William  H.  Steurer 

Mr.  C.  J.  VerHalen 

Judge  Richard  L.  Wells 

Mr.  Harry  L.  White 


Administration  and  Faculty/109 

Academic  and  Student  Development  Staff 

Sister  Jeanne  Anne  Cacioppo,  M.A.,  Assistant  Director  of  Financial  Aid,  Doheny  Campus 

Sister  Barbara  Cotton,  M.A.,  Director  of  Residence,  Chalon  Campus 

Sister  Ruth  Ellen  Daly,  M.S.,  Director  of  Learning  Assistance  Program 

Sister  Mary  Magdalene  Digneo,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  for  Student  Development,  Doheny  Campus 

Sister  Patricia  Mary  Dugan,  B.A.,  Registrar;  Director  of  Academic  Counseling  Center  (January  1979) 

Sister  James  Marien  Dyer,  M.A.,  Associate  Director  of  Residence,  Chalon  Campus 

Sister  Joyce  Marie  Gaspardo,  B.  A.,  Campus  Minister 

Mary  Kathryn  Grant,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  for  Academic  Services 

Helen  Hawekotte,  B.A.,  Director  of  College  Relations  and  Acting  Director  of  Admissions 

Audrey  Kelley,  R.N.,  Health  Service  Coordinator 

Sister  Catherine  Therese  Knoop,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Institutional  Research 

Jane  Melom,  M.A.,  Consultant  for  Academic  Advisory  Services 

Mary  Ann  O'Brien,  M.S.,  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Sister  Helen  Oswald,  M.A.,  Registrar,  Chalon  Campus  (January  1979) 

Laurence  Press,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator  of  Computer  Services 

Lynda  Sampson,  M.L.S.,  Assistant  Librarian,  Doheny  Campus 

Mary  Anne  Sterling,  B.A.,  Assistant  Director  of  Recruitment  and  Admissions,  Doheny  Campus 

Julia  Surtshin,  M.S.,  Assistant  Director  of  Residence,  Chalon  Campus 

Sister  Joseph  Wilson,  M.A.,  Assistant  Registrar,  Doheny  Campus 

Sister  Patricia  Zins,  B.A.,  Director  of  Residence,  Doheny  Campus 

Business  Management  and  Development  Staff 

William  Blundell,  Supervisor  of  Buildings  and  Grounds,  Doheny  Campus 

Sister  Rosanne  Bromham,  Assistant  to  the  Business  Manger,  Doheny  Campus 

Sister  Teresa  Dunbar,  Coordinator  of  Printing  and  Graphics 

Carlota  Estrada,  Bookstore  Manager,  Doheny  Campus 

Deborah  Fritz,  Bookstore  Manager,  Chalon  Campus 

Arlene  Garvey,  Associate  Director  of  Development 

Katherine  Korman,  Director  of  Personnel 

Meryl  Longenecker,  Coordinator  of  Purchasing 

Sister  Rose  de  Lima  Lynch,  Director  of  Alumnae  Relations 

Sister  Rose  Bernard  McCabe,  Assistant  Director  of  A"  umnae  Relations 

John  Manning,  Supervisor  of  Buildings  and  Grounds,  Chalon  Campus 

Sister  Adrienne  Clare  Pereira,  Coordinator  of  Facility  Improvement  and  Planning,  Chalon  Campus 

Ata  Shafiyoon,  Director  of  Food  Services 

Sister  Anne  Marie  Sheldon,  Director  of  Press  Relations 

Sister  Marie  Bernadette  Walsh,  Director  of  Accounting  and  Business  Office  Manager 

Faculty 

-rSabbatical,  1978-1979 
*On  leave,  1978-1979 

Alzobaie,  Patricia  Lei  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles;  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.  (Cand.),  Univers  ty  of  Southern  California. 

Arnold,  Sister  Mary  Frederick  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Loy  <la  University,  Chicago. 

Bennett,  Daphne  Nicholson  Professor  Emeritus  of  English  and  Speech 

B.A.,  M.A.  (Reg)  Diploma  in  Dramatic  Art,  University  of  London;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  London;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Southern  California;  postdoctoral  stu  dy,  University  of  Oxford,  Shakespeare  Institute,  University  of  Birm- 
ingham. 

Bernhardt,  Robert  Lecturer  in  Music 

B.A.,  Union  College,  Schenectady,  New  York;  M.M.,  University  of  Southern  California. 


110/Administration  and  Faculty 

Bero,  Francesca  Instructor  in  Education 

B.A.,  Sacramento  State  University;  M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  University;  Ph.D.,(Cand.),  Claremont  Graduate  School. 

Block,  Thomas  Lecturer  in  Physical  Sciences 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

tBonino,  MaryAnn  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Borchard,  Sister  Margaret  Clare  Academic  Resource  Personnel  II 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.Ed.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Bower,  Sister  Annette  Associate  Professor  of  Biological  Sciences 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  Creighton  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arizona,  Tucson. 

Brosterman,  Ronalee  Lecturer  in  Dance 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Buck,  Marjorie  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Mexico;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Bundy,  Hallie  F.  Professor  of  Biochemistry 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Calloway,  Sister  Rose  Gertrude  Professor  Emeritus  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Catholic  LTniversity  of  America. 

Casey,  Catherine  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

R.N.,  Certified  Midwife,  England;  B.S.N.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los 
Angeles. 

Cho,  Joan  M.  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  M.S.N. ,  Indiana  University. 

Clark,  Alfred  T.,  Jr.  Lecturer  in  Education 

M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Clifford,  Sister  Rose  Catherine  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  History 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Collette,  Sister  Mary  Louise  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  University  of  California.  Los  Angeles. 

Cremins,  Sister  Pancratius  Academic  Resource  Personnel  I 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

D'Agostino,  Sister  Imelda  Instructor  in  Education 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Northridge. 

Daily,  Mary  Instructor  in  Business/Consumer  Studies 

B.S.,  University  of  Alabama;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  Columbia. 

Delahanty,  James  Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Rutgers  University;  Ph.D.  (Cand.),  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Delaney,  Matthew  S.  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Immaculate  Heart  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University. 

Digges,  Sister  Laurentia  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America. 

Doan,  Sister  Rebecca  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America;  Ed.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Doran,  Matt  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  B.M.,  M.Mus.,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Driscoll,  Sheila  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 


Administration  and  Faculty/111 

Dumont,  Sister  Michele  Therese  Instructor  in  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Long  Beach;  Ph.D.  (Cand.),  Boston  University. 

Dunne,  Patrick  J.  Adjunct  Professor  of  Biological  Sciences 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  M.A.,  California  State  College,  Dominguez  Hills;  Certified  Respiratory 
Therapist. 

Dyer,  Sister  James  Marien  Instructor  in  History 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Edwards,  Sister  Dorothy  Mary  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Northridge. 

Edwards,  Sister  Joseph  Adele  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Ellison,  Margaret  D.  Lecturer  in  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Iowa;  M.S.N.,  Yale  University. 

Esbensen,  Leonard  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Colorado. 

Espinosa,  Sister  Teresita  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.M.,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Flynn,  Sister  Mary  Evelyn  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Fors,  Bonnie  D.  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Lake  Forest  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Loyola  University,  Chicago. 

Frick,  Eugene  G.  Assistant  Professor  of  Religious  Studies 

B.A.,  University  of  Dayton;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Marquette  University. 

Frostig,  Marianne  Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,  New  School  of  Social  Research,  New  York;  M.A.,  Claremont  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Gerber,  Sister  Aline  Marie  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los 
Angeles. 

Gerber,  Sister  M.  Hildegarde  Academic  Resource  Personnel  II 

B.A.,  Pomona  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.  (Cand.),  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Giardina,  Mary  Anne  Academic  Resource  Personnel  II 

B.A.,  Pacific  Oaks  College;  M.S.,  Pepperdine  University. 

Gilson,  Jake  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  Humboldt  State  University;  M.F.A.,  Arizona  State  University. 

Grant,  Mary  Kathryn  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  Mercy  College,  Detroit;  M.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University. 

Handley,  Paul  Lecturer  in  Biological  Sciences 

B.A.,  La  Verne  College;  M.S.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles. 

*Hanson,  Brenda  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  California  State  University,  Chico;  Maternal  Nurse  Practitioner,  University  of  California,  San  Francisco. 

Hanson,  Joan  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Harris,  Doris  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Henehan,  Sister  Joan  Assistant  Professor  of  Religious  Studies 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  M.A.S.,  University  of  San  Francisco. 

Hicks,  Mary  E.  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Michigan. 


112/ Administration  and  Faculty 

Hoffman,  Ruth  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska. 

Howard,  Mary  L.  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  Cornell  University;  M.S.N.,  Vanderbilt  University. 

Jagla,  Betty  Lecturer  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  California  State  University,  Long  Beach;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Kauffman,  Kathy  C.  Lecturer  in  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Washington;  B.A.,  University  of  Nevada;  M.F.A.,  University  of  California,  Irvine. 

Kristian,  Mary  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University;  graduate  study,  University  of  Wisconsin,  L'  Universite  de 
Geneve. 

Larkin,  Sister  Miriam  Joseph  Lecturer  in  Music 

B.M.,  Mount  S.  Mary's  College;  M.M.,  University  of  Southern  California;  graduate  study,  Oxford  University,  London;  Pius 
X  School  of  Liturgical  Music,  Fontainebleu,  France. 

*Larkin,  Sister  Miriam  Therese  Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Notre  Dame;  graduate  study,  Regina  Mundi,  Rome;  University  of 
California,  Los  Angeles. 

Leahy,  Sister  M.  Gerald  Professor  of  Biological  Sciences 

B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Notre  Dame;  post- 
doctoral study,  Harvard  University. 

Leese,  David  Assistant  Professor  of  English  and  American  Studies 

B.A.,  Amherst;  J.D.,  Northwestern  University;  Member,  California  Bar;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Brandeis  University. 

Levenson,  Linda  Lecturer  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  San  Francisco;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Liederbach,  Sister  Mary  Lynn,  S.N.D.  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  Notre  Dame  College,  Cleveland;  M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America;  M.L.S.,  Western  Reserve  University  School  of 
Library  Science. 

Lingel,  John  J.  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.,  Lawrence  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California;  Ed.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Lira,  Gloria  Lecturer  in  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Concepcion,  Chile;  M.A.,  Ph.D.  (Cand.),  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Lubberden,  Verle  D.  Adjunct  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Lynch,  Sister  Margaret  Academic  Resource  Personnel  I 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California;  European  Study,  Vergilian  Academy,  Rome. 

Lynch,  Sister  Rose  De  Lima  Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley;  graduate  study,  Regina  Mundi, 
Rome. 

Malone,  Sister  Elizabeth  Anne  Assistant  Professor  of  Business 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

McDonald,  Sister  Mary  Leogene,  S.N.D.  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  Loyola-Marymount  University. 

McGinness,  Rodger  Assistant  Professor  of  Business/Consumer  Studies 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado;  M.B.A.,  Loyola-Marymount  University. 

McKnight,  Marilyn  R.  Lecturer  in  Special  Education 

B.A.,  Stanford  University;  M.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati. 

Mescall,  Sister  Eloise  Therese  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  graduate  study,  Sorbonne,  Paris;  Leval  University,  Quebec; 
University  of  Lausanne,  Switzerland;  Visiting  Professor,  University  of  Louvain,  Belgium. 


Administration  and  Faculty/113 

Miller,  Anne  Marie  Lecturer  in  Special  Education 

B.A.,  Occidental  College;  M.Ed.,  Tufts  University. 

Moore,  Sister  Marie  Therese,  S.N.D.  Lecturer  in  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  California  State  University,  Northridge;  graduate  study,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Munch,  Sister  Paulanne  Assistant  Professor  of  Consumer  Studies 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  St.  Louis  University;  Internship,  St.  Louis  University  Hospitals. 

Murray,  James  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  M.F.A.,  Art  Center  College  of  Design,  Los  Angeles. 

Nestor,  Leo  Cornelius  Lecturer  in  Music 

B.A.,  California  State  University,  Hayward;  M.M.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Oard,  Ronald  J.  Professor  of  History  and  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Regis  College;  M.A.,  Creighton  University;  M.P.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  Ph.D.,  St.  Louis  University. 

O'Brien,  Reverend  George  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  St.  John's  College;  M.A.,  Loyola-Marymount  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Ols,  Sister  Mary  Cornelius,  S.N.D.  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

B.S.E.,  St.  John  College,  Cleveland;  M.Ed.,  Loyola-Marymount  University. 

Parnell,  Patty  Kay  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Arts  and  Sciences  of  Oklahoma;  M.S.,  University  of  Oklahoma;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern 
California. 

Parolise,  Anthony  M.  Lecturer  in  Special  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley;  M.A.,  University  of  Northern  Colorado. 

Parsons,  Sister  Maura  Jean  Academic  Resource  Personnel  II 

B.Ed.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  M.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  graduate  study,  University  of  Southern 
California. 

Pascale,  Mario  Adjunct  Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,  Montclair  State  College,  New  Jersey;  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University. 

Pena,  Hilario  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Pasadena  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Madrid;  Ed.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Perret,  Sister  Anne  Louise  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Pettid,  Sister  Mary  Helen  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  University  of  California.  Los  Angeles. 

Pondozzi,  Sister  Jeannine  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  College  of  St.  Rose;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany. 

fPoush,  Mary  T.  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.A.,  M.S.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles. 

Prickel,  Donald  Lecturer  in  Special  Education 
B.A.,  B.S.,  Xavier  University;  M.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Rambo,  Beverly  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
B.S.N.,  M.A.,  California  State  University,  San  Diego;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Reyzer,  Margaret  Instructor  in  Nursing 
B.S.,  Purdue  University;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Robbins,  Sister  Mary  Reginna,  S.N.D.  Lecturer  in  Religious  Studies 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  Diploma,  Regina  Mundi,  Rome;  M.A.,  Gregorian  University,  Rome;  M.A.,  Loyola- 
Marymount  University. 


114/ Administration  and  Faculty 


"Roberson,  Marsha  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  Public  Health  Certificate,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Roy,  Sister  Callista  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Royer,  James  S.  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.F.S.,  M.S.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Southern  California;  Ed.D.,  Brigham  Young  University. 

Ryan,  Lawrence  J.  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Psychology 

B.A.,  John  Carroll  University;  M.A.,  East  Carolina  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Windsor,  Canada. 

Ryan,  Reverend  Sylvester 

B.A.,  St.  John's  Seminary;  M.A.,  Immaculate  Heart  College. 

Salazar,  Sister  Regina  Clare 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Sampson,  Lynda  Marie 

B.A.,  Scripps  College;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Sanders,  Sister  Marie  Loyola 

B.A.,  Loyola  University,  Chicago;  M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America. 

*Sawchuk,  Mariette  T. 

B.A.,  Northwestern  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University. 

Schellin,  P.  Israel 

B.F.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon. 

Schembri,  Sister  Dolores  Cecile 

B.M.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.M.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Schmitz,  Mary 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  Arizona  State  University. 

*Schofield,  Ann  M. 
B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati;  M.S.,  University  of  California,  San  Francisco  Medical  Center. 

Schwab,  Norman  W.  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles. 

Sedgwick,  Mary  Academic  Resource  Personnel  II 

B.A.,  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Long  Beach;  M.A.  in  L.S.,  Immaculate  Heart  College. 

Servonsky,  Jane  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  Old  Dominion  University;  M.S.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles. 

Sexton,  Sister  Mary  Patricia  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  English 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  graduate  study,  Stanford;  research  and  study 
of  Dante's  Divine  Corned]/  in  Florence  and  Rome. 

Shimotsuma,  Sister  Francis  Xavier 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.F.A.,  Otis  Art  Institute,  Los  Angeles. 

Siebert,  Eleanor 

B.A.,  Duke  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Simson,  Mimi  A. 

B.A.,  Wilson  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Louisville. 

Sloper,  Mary 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

Smythe,  Emily  E.  M. 

B.S.N.,  Cowell  University;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Snow,  George  E. 

B.A.,  Rockhurst  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  Boulder. 


Lecturer  in  Religious  Studies 

Lecturer  in  Education 

Academic  Resource  Personnel  I 

Assistant  Professor  of  Business 

Assistant  Professor  of  English 

Lecturer  in  Art 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

Instructor  in  Nursing 

Associate  Professor  of  Nursing 


Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

Lecturer  in  Nursing 

Instructor  in  Nursing 

Assistant  Professor  of  Biological  Sciences 


Administration  and  Faculty/115 

Stevens,  Delores  Lecturer  in  Music 

B.M.,  University  of  Kansas;  Concert  artist. 

Supple,  Sister  Michael  Patrick  Academic  Resource  Personnel  II 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Maryland. 

Taguchi,  Patricia  A.  Lecturer  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College. 

Taylor,  Nancy  S.  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Thimester,  Renate  Lecturer  in  Business 

B.A.,  University  of  London,  Victoria  College;  Degre  Superieur,  University  of  Paris,  Sorbonne;  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Alabama. 

Thomas,  Andrea  Instructor  in  Nursing 

B.S.,  California  State  University,  Los  Angeles;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Turner,  David  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Quincy  College;  M.A.,  Incarnate  Word  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin. 

Upmeier,  Sister  Mary  Joel,  S.N.D.  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  Notre  Dame  College,  Cleveland;  M.A.,  Loyola-Marymount  University. 

Uyidi,  William  T.  Lecturer  in  Special  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California. 

Vail,  Marilyn  I.  Lecturer  in  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  M.A.,  Middlebury  College;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University. 

tVairo,  Sharon  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B:S.N.,  Wayne  State  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado. 

Van  Landingham,  Sister  Joyce  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

*Vaughan,  Sister  Judith  Marie  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  California  State  University,  San  Diego. 

Vaughan,  Sister  Kieran  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  Ed.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Veatch,  Rita  R.  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University. 

*Williams,  Sister  Mary  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  College  of  St.  Catherine;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University;  graduate  study,  University  of  Poitiers,  France. 

Young,  F.  Roman  Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 

B.A.,  St.  John's  University,  Toledo;  B.S.,  Ed.,  Toledo  Teachers  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan. 

Zeuthen,  Marie  Assistant  Professor  of  Biological  Sciences 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

Teacher  Education  Program  —  Cooperating  Staff 

Sister  Eileen  Mary  Connors,  Principal,  and  Staff  of  St.  Martin  of  Tours  School 

Jack  S.  Furumura,  Principal,  and  Staff  of  Coliseum  Street  School 

Josephine  Jemenez,  Principal,  and  Staff  of  Hamilton  High  School 

Florence  Itkin,  Principal,  and  Staff  of  Kenter  Canyon  School 

Angelene  Kasza,  Principal,  and  Staff  of  Norwood  Street  School 

Sister  Eleanor  Marie  Ortega,  Principal,  and  Staff  of  St.  Vincent  School 

Victor  Placero,  Principal,  and  Staff  of  Cortez  Street  School 

Lorna  Round,  Principal,  and  Staff  of  Brentwood  School 

Robert  F.  Simpson,  Principal,  and  Staff  of  Pasteur  Junior  High  School 


116/Administration  and  Faculty 

Applied  Music  Faculty 

Piano:  Mary  Ann  Bonino,  Sara  Compinsky,  Eva  Cooper,  Leah  Effenbach,  Sister  Teresita  Espinosa,  Mario  Feninger,  Sister 

Nancy  Fierro,  Joanna  Graudan,  Johana  Harris,  Robert  Hunter,  Sister  Miriam  Joseph  Larkin,  Randal  Lawson,  Maribeth 

Levine,  Alice  Rejito,  Goldie  Rodgers,  Sister  Dolores  Cecile  Schembri,  Delores  Stevens,  Robert  Turner,  Reginald  Stewart, 

Aube  Tzerko,  Earl  Voorhies,  Eugenee  Ward 

Organ:  Elfreda  Baum,  Harold  Daugherty,  Jr.,  Marcia  Farmer,  Sister  Maura  Jean  Parsons 

Voice:  Maurice  Allard,  Marjorie  McKay  Anwyl,  Ruth  M.  Chamlee,  Margrete  Eddy,  Helena  Sundgren  Fulton,  John 

Guarnieri,  Gaylan  Lurwin,  Peggy  Bonini  Kendel,  Ruth  Michaelis,  Margaret  Minks,  Doris  Leslie  Niles,  Vincent  Pirillo, 

LeNore  Porter,  Florence  Riggs,  Seth  Riggs,  Anthony  Scott,  Gloria  Toplit,  Nolan  Van  Wey 

Harp:  Dorothy  Remsen,  Dorothy  Victor 

Harpsichord:  William  Neil  Roberts 

Violin:  Israel  Baker,  Manuel  Compinsky,  Glenn  Dicterow,  Shirley  Marcus,  Sybil  Maxwell,  Paul  Shure,  Henri  Temianka 

Viola:  Manuel  Compinsky,  Louis  Kievman,  Joseph  Reilich,  Sven  Reher 

Cello:  Joseph  Di  Tullio,  Gretchen  Geber,  Raphael  Kramer,  Cesare  Pascarella  Victor  Sazer 

Bass:  Milton  Kestenbaum. 

Flute:  Burnett  Atkinson,  Louise  Di  Tullio,  Matt  Doran,  Susan  Greenberg,  Arthur  Hoberman,  Luella  Howard,  Sheridan 

Stokes 

Oboe:  William  Criss,  Terry  Row,  Gordon  Schonberg,  Salvatore  Spano,  Barbara  Winters 

Clarinet:  David  Atkins,  Kalman  Bloch,  Edmond  Chassman,  Gary  Gray,  Norman  Herzberg 

Bassoon:  Norman  Herzberg 

Saxophone:  Milton  Hall,  David  Sherr 

French  Horn:  Vincent  De  Rosa,  Ralph  Pyle,  Gale  Robinson,  Henry  Sigismonti 

Trumpet:  John  Clyman,  Stewart  Rupp,  James  Stamp 

Trombone:  Miles  Anderson,  John  Daley 

Tuba:  John  Johnson 

Percussion:  Thomas  D.  Raney,  Kenneth  Watson 

Recorder,  Viol:  Shirley  Marcus 

Classical  Guitar:  Laurindo  Almeida,  Vincent  Macaluso,  Richard  Pattie 

Nursing  Program:  Cooperating  Agency  Staff 

Gail  Anderson,  Associate  Director  of  Nursing  Education,  Cedars-Sinai  Medical  Center 

Kaye  Daniels,  Executive  Director,  Hospital-Home  Health  Agency,  Torrance 

Diana  Downs,  Assistant  Administrator,  Nursing  Service,  Daniel  Freeman  Hospital 

June  Dyche,  Inservice  Director,  Kaiser  Foundation  Hospital  (Sunset) 

Mary  Dee  Hacker,  Coordinator  of  Nursing,  Children's  Hospital,  Los  Angeles 

Mary  Ann  Hillyard,  Assistant  Director,  Nursing  Service,  UCLA  Center  for  Health  Sciences 

Millie  Holland,  Director  of  Nursing,  San  Fernando  Health  Center,  County  of  Los  Angeles, 

Department  of  Health  Services 
Naomi  McGuinness,  Supervisor  of  Inservice  Education,  Orthopedic  Hospital 
Clara  McKellar,  Director  of  Nursing,  Hollywood- Wilshire  Health  Center,  County  of  Los  Angeles, 

Department  of  Health  Services 

Noreen  Meinhart,  Director  of  Staff  Development,  Dr.  David  M.  Brotman  Memorial  Hospital 
Charlotte  Meyers,  M.D.,  Medical  Staff,  San  Fernando  Health  Center,  County  of  Los  Angeles, 

Department  of  Health  Services 
Lillian  O'Brien,  Executive  Director,  Visiting  Nurse  Association  of  Los  Angeles 
Jean  Presbery,  Director  of  Nursing,  Southwest  Health  Center,  County  of  Los  Angeles, 

Department  of  Health  Services 
Marie  Randolph,  Educational  Coordinator,  St.  Vincent's  Medical  Center 
Janet  Spiller,  Director  of  Nursing  Education,  Kaiser  Foundation  Hospital  (West  L.  A.) 
Mary  Tender,  Director  of  Nursing  Education,  St.  John's  Hospital,  Santa  Monica 
Gwen  Van  Servellen,  Assistant  Director,  Nursing  Services,  UCLA  Neuropsychiatric  Institute 
Mary  Waldron,  Director  of  Nursing  Service,  Centinela  Valley  Community  Hospital 
Marjorie  Wells,  Director  of  Nursing  Education,  Kaiser  Foundation  Hospital  (Panorama  City) 
Jo  Wiseman,  Director  of  Nursing,  Hawthorne  Community  Hospital 


Index/117 


Index 


Academic  Calendar 

Graduate  and  Extended  Day,  5 

Undergraduate  Program,  4 
Academic  Counseling 

Associate  Degree,  11,  13 

Bachelors  Degree,  30 
Academic  Course  Fees,  5-7 
Academic  Petitions 

Associate  Degree,  16 

Bachelors  Degree,  34 

Graduate  Degree,  63,  64 
Academic  Policies 

Associate  Degree,  12-16 

Bachelors  Degree,  27 

Graduate  Degree,  63-65 
Acceleration  Program  for 
High  School  Students 

Associate  Degree,  14 

Bachelors  Degree,  32 
Accreditations,  3 
Add/Drop  Period,  4-5 
Administrative  Officers,  108 
Admissions 

Associate  Degree  Program 

Conditional  Admission,  12 

"Freshman  Requirements  & 

Procedures,  11 

Special  Admission,  12 

Transfer  of  Credit,  12 

Transfer  Requirements  & 

Procedures,  11-12 

Bachelors  Degree 

Conditional  Admission,  27 

Freshman  Requirements  & 

Procedures,  26 

Special  Admission,  27 

Transfer  of  Credit,  27 

Transfer  Requirements  & 

Procedures,  26-27 

Graduate  Program 

Acceptance,  62 

Application,  62 

Policies,  62 
Advanced  Placement 

Associate  Degree  Program,  14 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  32 
Aerospace  Studies,  31,  72 
Alumnae  Association,  8 
American  Studies 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  37 

Courses,  72 
Art  Program 

Associate  Degree,  18 

Bachelors  Degree,  38 

Bachelors  of  Fine  Art,  38 

Courses,  73-74 
Anthropology,  72 


Application  for  a  Degree 

Associate  Degree,  15 
Bachelors  Degree,  33 
Graduate  Program,  63 
Associate  Degrees 

Art,  18 

Business,  18-19 

Liberal  Arts,  19 

Nursing,  19-20 

Physical  Therapy  Assistant,  20-21 

Pre-School  Teaching,  21-22 

Respiratory  Therapy,  22-23 
Associate  Degree  Program 

Academic  Policies,  12-16 

Admission  Requirements  and 

Procedures,  11,  12 

Classification  of  Students,  15 

Credit,  14 

Degree  Application,  15 

Degree  Requirements,  12 

Grading  Policy,  15-16 

Honors,  13-14 

Learning  Resources  Center,  12-13 

Overview,  10 

Placement  and  Acceleration,  14 

Specializations 

Art  Program,  18 

Business  Program,  18-19 

Liberal  Arts  Program,  19 

Nursing  Program,  19-20 

Physical  Therapy 

Assistant  Program,  20-21 

Pre-School  Teaching  Program,  21-22 

Respiratory  Therapy  Program,  22-23 

Student  Development,  17 

Withdrawal,  Probation,  Dismissal,  16 
Attendance 

Associate  Degree  Program,  15 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  33 
Audit  of  Courses 

Associate  Degree,  6 

Bachelors  Degree,  6 

Fees,  6 
Baccalaureate  Degrees 

Bachelor  of  Arts 

American  Studies  Major,  37 

Art  Major,  38 

Biological  Sicences  Major,  39-40 

Business  Major,  40-41 

Chemistry  Major,  42 

Child  Development  Major,  42 

Diversified  Major,  43-44 

English  Major,  44-45 

French  Major,  45 

Gerontology  Major,  45-46 

History  Major,  46 

Mathematics  Major,  47-48 

Music  Major,  48-52 

Philosophy  Major,  53-54 

Political  Science  Major,  54 

Physiobiology  Major,  55 


Psychology  Major,  55 

Religious  Studies  Major,  56 

Social  Science  Major,  56-57 

Sociology  Major,  57-58 

Spanish  Major,  58-59 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Biochemistry  Major,  39 

Biological  Sciences  Major,  39-40 

Chemistry  Major,  42 

Consumer  Studies  Major,  42-43 

Health  Services 

Administrative  Major,  46 

Home  Economics  Major,  46-47 

Nursing  Major,  52-53 

Physical  Therapy  Major,  54 

Psychobiology  Major,  55 

Bachelor  of  Music 

Music  Major,  50-52 

Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts 

Art  Major,  38 
Bachelors  Degree  Program 

Academic  Counseling  &  Services,  30 

Academic  Policies,  27 

Admission  Requirements  & 

Procedures,  26-27 

Classification  of  Students,  33 

Declaration  of  Major,  33 

Degree  Application,  33 

Degree  Requirements,  27 

Educational  Alternatives 

Program,  30-31 

General  Studies  Program,  27-28 

Grading  Policies,  34 

Honors,  31-32 

Independent  Study/Directed  Study,  30 

Learning  Assistance  Center,  30 

Placement  and  Acceleration,  32 

Programs,  See  Baccalaureate 

Degrees 

Student  Development,  35-36 

Withdrawal,  Probation, 

Dismissal,  35 
Billing/Payment  Policy,  5-7 
Biochemistry 

Bachelors  Program,  39 
Biological  Sciences 

Bachelors  Program,  39-40 

Courses,  74-76 
Board  of  Trustees,  108 
Business 

Associate  Degree  Program,  18 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  40-41 

Courses,  77-78 
Calendar,  Academic 

Graduate  and  Extended  Day,  5 

Undergraduate,  4 
Campuses,  2-3 
Career  Planning,  11-36 
Change  of  Majors,  33 
Characterization  of  College,  2-3 


118/Index 


Chemistry 

Bachelors  of  Arts  Degree,  42 

Bachelors  of  Science  Degree,  42 

Courses,  78-79 
Child  Development  Program 

Bachelors  Degree,  42 
Campus  Ministry,  36 
Classification  of  Students 

Associate  Degree,  15 

Bachelors  Degree,  33 
College,  Location  and  Objective,  2 
Conditional  Status 

Associate  Degree,  12 

Bachelors  Degree,  27 
Consumer  Studies 

Bachelors  Degree,  42-43 

Courses,  79-80 
Continuing  Education,  63 
Counseling 

Associate  Degree,  11,  13 

Academic,  Bachelors  Degree,  30 

Career,  11,  36 

Personal 

Associate  Degree,  11,  17 

Bachelors  Degree,  35 

Placement  Planning 

Associate  Degree,  11,  13 

Bachelors  Degree,  30 
Course  Examinations 

Associate  Degree,  15 

Bachelors  Degree,  33 
Courses  of  Instruction,  72 
Course  Classification,  33,  63 
Credit  by  Examination 

Associate  Degree,  14-15 

Bachelors  Degree,  32-33 

Fee,  6 

Graduate  Degree,  64 
Credit/Non-credit 

Associate  Degree,  15-16 

Bachelors  Degree,  34 
Credit  for  Non-traditional 

Learning,  14-15,  32-33 
Credit,  Transfer  of,  12,  27 
Change  of  Registration 

See  AddlDrop 
Dean's  List 

Associate  Degree,  13-14 

Bachelors  Degree,  31-32 
Declaration  of  Major,  33 
Degree  Application 

Associate  Degree,  15 

Bachelors  Degree,  33 
Degrees  Conferred 

See:  Associate  Degree 

Baccalaureate  Degrees 

Graduate  Degree 
Degree  Requirements 

Associate  Degree,  12 

Bachelors  Degree,  27 

Graduate  Degree,  65-69 


Dismissal 

Associate  Degree,  16 

Bachelors  Degree,  35 

Graduate  Degree,  65 
Diversified  Major 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  43-44 
Downpayment,  Tuition,  5-7 
Drama 

See  Speech 
Economics  Courses,  80 
Educational  Alternatives  Program,  30-31 
Education  Courses,  80-86 
Employment,  Student 

Associate  Degree  Program,  17 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  36 
English 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  44-45 

Courses,  86-88 
English  as  a  Second  Language 

Courses,  88 

Program,  43-44 
Examinations 

Credit  By: 

Associate  Degree,  14-15 

Bachelors  Degree,  32-33 

Graduate  Degree,  64 

Placement 

Associate  Degree,  14 

Bachelors  Degree,  32 
Executive  Secretary,  19 
Expenses 

See  Fees,  5-8 
Extension  Programs,  105 
Faculty  Listing,  109-116 
Family  Rights  and  Privacy  Act,  3 
Fees 

Academic  Course  Fees,  5-7 

Auditing,  6 

Billing/Payment  Policy,  5-7 

General  College  Fee,  6 

Residence,  7 

Special  Fees,  6 

Tuition,  5 

Examinations,  6 

Refunds,  7 

Interterm,  7 
Financial  Aid,  8 
Foreign  Languages 

French,  88 

German,  89 

Italian,  91 

Spanish,  103-104 
Foreign  Language  Requirement,  30 
Foreign  Students 

Associate  Degree  Program,  11,  12 

Bachelors  Program,  26,  27,  30 

Graduate  Program,  62,  63 
French 

Bachelors  Program,  45 

Courses,  88 


Freshman 

Admission  Requirements  and 

Procedures 

Associate  Degree,  11 

Bachelors  Degree,  26 
Fulltime  Students 

Associate  Degree  Program,  10-23 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  26-60 
General  Studies  Program,  27 
German  Courses,  89 
Gerontology 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  45-46 
Grading  Policies 

Associate  Degree,  15-16 

Bachelors  Degree,  34 

Graduate  Degree,  64 
Graduate  Certificate  Programs 

Graduate  Certificate  for 

Personnel  in  Catholic  Schools,  69 

Graduate  Certificate  in  Teaching 

English  as  a  Second  Language,  69 
Graduate  Credential  Programs 

Services  Credential 

Administrative  Services,  67-68 

Bilingual/Cross-Cultural,  68 

Early  Childhood,  68 

Pupil  Personnel  Services,  68 

Special  Education,  69 
Graduate  Degrees 

Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching,  65 

History  Major,  65 

Spanish  Major,  65 

Master  of  Science  in  Education,  65 

Administrative  Service,  66 

Bilingual/Cross-Cultural,  66 

Early  Childhood,  66 

Individually  Designed  Programs,  66 

Pupil  Personnel  Services,  67 

Special  Education,  67 
Graduate  Program 

Academic  Policies,  63-65 

Acceptance,  62 

Application  and  Admission,  62-63 

Candidacy,  62-63 

Commencement,  63 

Continuing  Education,  63 

Credit  Limit,  63 

Grading  Policies,  64 

Leave  of  Absence,  63 

Overview,  2 

Programs,  62 

See:  Graduate  Certificate  Program 

Graduate  Credentials  Program 

Graduate  Degrees 

Residence,  63 

Summer  Session,  63 
Graduation 

Petition 

Associate  Degree  Program,  15 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  33 

Graduate  Degree  Program,  63 


Index/119 


Requirements 

Associate  Degree  Program,  12 
Bachelors  Degree  Program,  27 
Graduate  Degree  Program 
With  Honors 

Associate  Degree  Program,  14 
Bachelors  Degree  Program,  32 
Great  Books  Program,  105 
Grievance  Procedure,  65 
Health  Services  for  Students 
Associate  Degree,  17 
Bachelors  Degree,  36 
Fee,  6 
Health  Services  Administration 
Bachelors  Degree  Program,  46 
History 

Bachelors  Program,  46 
Courses,  89-91 
Home  Economics 

Bachelors  Program,  46-47 
Honors 

Associate  Degree,  13-14 

Bachelors  Degree,  31-32 

Honor  Societies,  32 

Human  Services  Courses,  91 

Human  Services  Program,  47 

Physical  Therapy  Assistant  (A. A.),  20-21 
Respiratory  Therapy  (A. A.),  22-23 
Medical  Secretary  (A. A.),  19 
•  Gerontology  (B.A.),  45-46 
Health  Services  Administration  (B.S.),  46 
Physical  Therapy  (B.S.),  54 
Incomplete  (Grade) 

Associate  Degree  Program,  16 
Bachelors  Degree  Program,  34 
Graduate  Degree  Program,  64 
Independent  Study 
Associate  Degree,  13 
Bachelors  Degree,  30 
Individually  Designed  Program 

Graduate  Program,  66 
Insurance,  6 

Interdisciplinary  Courses,  91 
Interterm 

Associate  Degree,  13 
Bachelors  Degree,  31 
Italian  Courses,  91 
Journalism  Courses,  91 
Junior  Year  Abroad,  31 
Leave  of  Absence 

Graduate  Program 
Learning  Assistance  Center,  30 
Learning  Resource  Center,  12 
Legal  Responsibility  of  the  College,  3 
Legal  Secretary,  19 
Liberal  Arts 

Associate  Degree  Program,  19 
Loans,  Student,  8 
Major 

Declaration,  33 
Change,  33 


Mathematics 

Bachelors  Program,  47-48 

Courses,  91-92 
Medical  Secretary,  19 
Music 

Bachelors  of  Art  Program,  48-49 

Bachelors  of  Music  Program,  50-52 

Courses,  92-95 
Nondiscrimination  Policy,  3 
Nursing 

Associate  Degree,  19-20 

Bachelors  Degree,  52-53 

Courses,  95-96 
Office  of  Career  Planning,  36 
Parents  Confidential  Statement,  8 
Part-Time  Students 

Associate  Degree  Program,  15 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  33 
Pass/No  Credit  Option 

Associate  Degree,  15 

Bachelors  Degree,  34 
Personal  Counseling 

See:  Counseling,  Personal 
Philosophy 

Bachelors  Program,  53-54 

Courses,  96-97 
Physical  Education  Courses,  104 
Physical  Science  Courses,  97-98 
Physics  Courses,  98 
Physical  Therapy 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  54 
Physical  Therapy  Assistant 

Associate  Degree,  20-21 
Physiobiology 

Bachelors  of  Arts  Program,  55 

Bachelors  of  Science  Program,  55 
Placement 
Associate  Degree,  14 

Bachelors  Degree,  32 
Political  Science 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  54 

Courses,  98-99 
Post  Degree  Students 

See  Continuing  Education 
Pre-Dental  Program,  39 
Pre-Law  Program,  55 
Pre-Medical  Program,  39 
Pre-School  Teaching 

Associate  Degree  Program,  21 
Probation 

Associate  Degree,  16 

Bachelors  Degree,  35 

Graduate  Degree,  65 
Psychology 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  55 

Courses/99-100 
Refunds,  7 
Regents  Council,  108 
Registration,  4-5 


Religious  Studies 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  56 

Courses,  100-101 
Repetition  of  Courses 

Associate  Degree,  16 

Bachelors  Degree,  34 
Residence  Life 

Associate  Degree,  17 

Bachelors  Degree,  36 
Residence  Rates,  7 
Residence  Refund  Policy,  7 
Residency  Requirements 
Associate  Degree,  17 
Bachelors  Program,  36 

Graduate  Program,  63 
Respiratory  Therapy 

Associate  Degree  Program,  22-23 
ROTC,  31 
Scholarship,  8 
Senior  Status 

Bachelors  Program,  33 
Social  Science 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  56-57 
Sociology 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  57-58 

Courses,  102-103 
Spanish 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  58-59 

Courses,  103-104 
Special  Programs 

Courses,  104-105 
Speech  and  Drama  Courses,  105 
Student  Placement  Office 

Associate  Degree,  17 

Bachelors  Degree,  36 
Student  Development 

Associate  Degree 

Associated  Students  of 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  17 

Counseling  Services,  17 

Delta  Service  Organization,  17 

Health  Service,  17 

Insurance,  17 

Leadership  Program,  17 

Religious  Opportunitites,  17 

Residence  Life,  17 

Student  Nurses  Association 

of  California,  17 

Student  Placement  Services,  17 

Bachelors  Degree 

Campus  Ministry,  36 

Counseling  Service,  35 

Health  Services,  36 

Residence  Life,  36 

Student  Activities,  35 

Student  Placement  Office,  36 
Student  Services 

Academic  Counseling 

Associate  Degree,  11,  13 

Bachelors  Degree,  30,  35 


120/Index 


Developmen  tal  Services 

Associate  Degree,  10-11 

Bachelors  Degree,  27 

Financial  Aid,  8,  17,  36 

Health  Services 

Associate  Degree,  17 

Bachelors  Degree,  36 

Learning  Assistance  Center,  30 

Learning  Resources  Center,  12-13 

Living  On  Campus 

Associate  Degree,  17 

Bachelors  Degree,  36 

Personal  Counseling 

Associate  Degree,  11,  17 

Bachelors  Degree,  35-36 

Placement  and  Career  Planning,  36 
Summer  Session 

Graduate  Study,  63 

See  Calendar 
Teacher  Education  Program,  59-60 
Transcripts 

Associate  Degree,  16 

Bachelors  Degree,  34 
Transfer  Program 

Admission 

Associate  Degree,  11-12 

Bachelors  Degree,  26-27 

Transfer  Credit  Policy 

Associate  Degree  Program,  12 

Bachelors  Degree  Program,  27 

Graduate  Program,  64-65 

From  Doheny  Campus,  23 
Tuition,  5-7 

Tuition  Downpayment,  5-7 
Tuition  Refund  Policy,  7 
Withdrawal 

From  Classes 

Associate  Degree,  16 

Bachelors  Degree,  34 

Graduate  Degree,  64,  65 

From  College 

Associate  Degree,  16 

Bachelors  Degree,  35 
Writing  Competency,  28,  29,  30 


Mount  St.  Mary's  College  •  Chalon  Campus:  12001  Chalon  Road,  Los  Angeles,  California  90049,  (213)  476-2237 
Doheny  Campus:  10  Chester  Place,  Los  Angeles,  California  90007,  (213)  746-0450 


DesignConcept:  Van  Noy  &  Company,  Los  Angeles      Copy:  Terry  McFadden      Photography:  Tom  Zimberoff,  Jim  Van  Noy      Printing:  Penn  Lithographies